Field Service - 1050,1050P, 1050e, 1050ep (Ver. 3.0 November 2006) PDF

SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
2006.11
Ver. 3.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1

IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-11
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-11
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-12
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-1
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-2
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP

OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 7
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ........................................................................................... 317
TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................ 533
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 651
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.
DF-603
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 27
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-603.
PF-701/PP-701
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-701/PP-701.
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.
LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.
i
FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.
SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.
PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of RC-501.
RC-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.
IC Unit
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING ........................................................................................... 23
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................. 25
* For particulars, see the contents of IC Unit.
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing ser-
vice work.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as the risk of damage to
the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the product while ser-
vicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and " CAUTION" is defined
as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble and
property damage
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
:Precaution when using the copier.

General precaution Electric hazard High temperature
:Prohibition when using the copier.

General prohibition Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble
:Direction when using the copier.

General instruction Unplug Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY

KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-
quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electri-
cal aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors.
For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such
modifications are therefore strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the
reasoning behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, sol-
der or similar object.
• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)
• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Making any modification to the product unless instructed by KMBT
• Using parts not specified by KMBT
S-2
2. POWER PLUG SELECTION

In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet used in the area. In
that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) to attach appropriate power plug or
power cord set in order to connect the product to the supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for the connection AC230V
to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current,
and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough current capacity,
and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
AC208V 240V
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:

- having configuration intended for the connection to wall outlet appropri-
ate for the product's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connecting to inade-
quate power supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result
in fire or electric shock.
• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to terminals of the plug
according to the following order:
• Black or Brown: L (line)
• White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the product, and results
in fire or electric shock.
S-3
3. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety stan-
dards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk of injury. However, in daily use, any electri-
cal equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE
must perform regular safety checks.
1. Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
?V
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.

Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or electric shock.
• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as
the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power kw
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or
electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact quali-
fied electrician for the installation.
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a capacity greater
than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.

If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you may suffer elec-
tric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
S-4
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with this product,
make sure the connector is securely inserted in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture prop-
erly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the product securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and risk
of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord or cord set (with plug and connector on each end) specified by
KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.

Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.
S-5
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same out-
let.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one. Current that can
flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long extension cord may
result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.
2. Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Place
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or volatile materials that
may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not using product for a long time
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of time (holidays,
dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it will not be harmful
to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
S-6
Fixing
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may slide, leading to
a injury.
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following
the prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the product may break
and a risk of injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs
from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still
powered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.

You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the product Powered
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation
check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.
S-7
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and screws to fall into
the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock or fire.
• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.

Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and elec-
trode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or fire.
• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit) incorporating a

laser, make sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the
write unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery speci-
fied in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
S-8
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether
the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the product (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the orig-
inal location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumable
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken
not to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact
with eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.

You may be burned due to dust explosion.
S-9
Handling of Service Materials
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.

Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before any solvent rem-
nants on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.

Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.
S-10
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products mar-
keted in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined
within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user
operation.
S-11
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns
and electric shock.
For metric area:
This product employs a Class

3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.
This area generates high votage. Be

careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa001e
S-12
For inch area:

invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.
This area generates high votage. Be

careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa050e
S-13

invisible laser beam. The
cover should not be opened
when the power is turned on.
1050sa002e
S-14
CAUTION
The paste tank
unit is very hot.
To avoid getting
burned DO NOT
TOUCH.
1050sa005e
CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also, when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and
cannot be seen clearly, replace it with a new caution label.
S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF

AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further dam-
age.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation
must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in
"Serious Accident Report/Follow-up Procedures."
S-16
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, and
paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system,
and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a rough outline of the
object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system,
and the timing of operation of each part.
<Field service section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, and product specifications
MAINTENANCE: Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Utility mode *, service mode *, security *, mechanical adjustment and
POD corresponding adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING *: List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam occurs and its
release method, and list of error codes, their causes, operation when a
warning is issued and estimated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX *: Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing chart, overall
layout drawing
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's premise), a rough out-
line of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the object and role of each adjustment, error
codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of the main
body.
C-1
Notation of the service manual
1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board: Standard printer
(2) KonicaMinolta bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP:Main body
(3) PS-502 PostScript3 Option: PS3 Option
(4) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP
2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.
3. Electrical parts and signals

Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description

IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
C-2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
C-3
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial commu-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
nication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data
4. Paper feed direction

When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the paper feed direction
like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as the transverse
feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added to the paper size.
For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with no specification
made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longitudinally.
<Example>
Paper size Feed direction Notation

Transverse feed A4
A4
Longitudinal feed A4S
A3 Longitudinal feed A3
C-4
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
Main body
2006.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left ass they are.
Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)

2006/11 3.0
Revision due to the minor changes for enhancing its reliability
2005/04 2.0 Revision due to the addition of a new option (SD, RC)
2004/10 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 CONTENTS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

CONTENTS
1050e/1050eP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3 Type of paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.5 Machine data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.6 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.1 Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.4 FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.5 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.6 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.3.7 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3.8 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.9 RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.4 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.1 Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.2 Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.4.3 Spot replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.5 Maintenance procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.5.1 External section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.5.2 Photo conductor section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.5.3 Developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.5.4 Toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.5.5 Cleaning/toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.5.6 Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.5.7 Vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.5.8 ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.5.9 Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.5.10 Paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4. SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4.1 Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4.2 Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4.4 Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.4.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.4.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.4.3 Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
/1050e/1050eP
4.4.4 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

4.4.5 Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.4.6 Mail sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1.2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.1.3 Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5.1.4 Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.1.5 Error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
5.1.6 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
5.2 Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.2 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.3 Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.4 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
5.2.5 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
5.2.6 Notes for use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
5.2.7 Internet ISW using the touch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
5.2.8 Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1.1 Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1.2 CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6.1.3 Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.1.4 Developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.1.5 Transfer/separation charger unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.1.6 Main body (write position adjusting shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.3 Disassembling/reassembling procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.1 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.2 Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
6.3.3 Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
6.3.4 Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.3.5 Registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.3.6 ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
6.3.7 HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
6.4 Commercially available parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
6.4.1 Status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
6.4.2 Coin vendor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
6.5 PCS corresponding parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.1 PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.2 PCS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.3 Procedure for reinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
6.5.4 Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
6.6 CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
6.6.1 CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
ii

6.6.2 CMS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
6.6.3 CMS corresponding parts counter management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1050e/1050eP
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
9. UTILITY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9.1 List of utility modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
10. SERVICE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1.1 Start and exit service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.2 List of service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
10.3 Machine adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.3.1 Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.3.2 Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
10.3.3 Timing adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
10.3.4 Centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.3.5 Warp adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
10.3.6 Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
10.3.7 ADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
10.3.8 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
10.4 Process adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.4.1 High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.4.3 Drum peculiarity manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
10.4.4 User paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
10.5 Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.5.1 PM count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.5.2 Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
10.5.3 Copy count of part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
10.6 Machine condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
10.6.1 I/O check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
10.7 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.7.1 List output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.8 Test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.8.1 Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.8.2 Test pattern density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.8.3 Running test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.9 System setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.1 Software DIPSW setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.2 Telephone number setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
10.9.3 Serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.9.4 Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.10 ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . 454
iii
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
/1050e/1050eP
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.12 Confirm communication log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.14 Error code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
10.12 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.1 Staple Finisher adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.2 Multi folder (hole-punch) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
10.13.3 Multi folder (Fold) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
10.13.4 Multi folder (PI) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.5 Stacker adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.6 Saddle stitcher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.13.7 Perfect binder adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
10.14 Machine manager setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.1 Manager authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.2 Machine manager password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15 CE Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.1 CE authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.2 CE password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
10.16 IP HDD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1 Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.1 Tray centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.2 Separation pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
11.1.4 Pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.1.5 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
11.1.6 Paper lift plate skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
11.2 REGISTRATION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
11.2.1 Registration roller paper skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
11.3 ADU section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
11.3.1 Pre-transfer roller nip pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.1 Before using the adjustment for POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2 The front and back registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2.1 The front and back registration (printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2.2 The front and back registration (scanner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
12.2.3 The front and back registration (ADF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
12.2.4 The front and back registration by user (by paper brand) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
12.2.5 The front and back registration by user (for fine adjustments). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
12.3 Image density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
iv

12.3.1 Darken image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
12.3.2 Lighten image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
1050e/1050eP
12.5 Overlay printing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
12.6 User setting of each paper brand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
12.7 Settings for feeding carbonless paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
TROUBLESHOOTING
13. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
13.1 Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
14.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
APPENDIX
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
15.2 DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
15.3 PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
15.4 FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
15.5 LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.6 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
15.7 SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
15.8 PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
16.2 DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
16.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
16.3 PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
16.4 FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
16.5 LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
16.6 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.7 SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
16.8 PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
17. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
17.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
17.2 DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
17.3 PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
17.4 FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
17.5 LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
17.6 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
17.7 SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
17.8 PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
18.1 Main body 1/4
v
18.2 Main body 2/4

18.3 Main body 3/4
18.4 Main body 4/4
/1050e/1050eP
18.5 DF-603
18.6 PF-701
18.7 FD-501
18.8 LS-501/502
18.9 FS-503
18.10 SD-501 1/4
18.11 SD-501 2/4
18.12 SD-501 3/4
18.13 SD-501 4/4
18.14 PB-501 1/4
18.15 PB-501 2/4
18.16 PB-501 3/4
18.17 PB-501 4/4
19. PAPER SETTING
19.1 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing hard roller)
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing soft roller)
(European paper) (for fusing hard roller)
(European paper) (for fusing soft roller)
19.5 Conversion table of paper weight
vi
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

OUTLINE
1050e/1050eP
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration
[4] [3]
[14]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[9]
[13]
[10]
[6]
[12]
[7]
[11]
1050to1001ea
2 1
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1] Main body [9] Expanded memory: 256 MB (EM-701) for

[2] Large capacity paper feed unit (PF-701) the image controller
/1050e/1050eP
[3] Double sided original auto feeder (DF-603) *1 [10] Side cover *2
[4] Flat stapling finisher (FS-503) [11] Hand cart (LC-501)
[5] Punch and multi folding finisher (FD-501) [12] Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[6] Large capacity stacker (LS-501) [13] Saddle stitching trimmer finisher (SD-501)
[7] Large capacity stacker (LS-502) [14] Overlay printing kit (PP-701)
[8] Toner recycle cut kit (RC-501)
*1 In the case of the 1050P, no scanner/DF function is provided.

*2 Attach the side cover when PF-701 is not connected. The side cover is available as the service parts.
B. Option coupling formation
NOTE
• The option can be connected. However, be sure to take note of the AC connection mode.
Coupling combination of the main body and the finisher option AC power to be connected to
1 Main body LS-502 —
2 Main body FD-501 FS-503 External (FD-501)
3 Main body SD-501 External (SD-501)
4 Main body FD-501 SD-501 External (FD-501/SD-501)
5 Main body FD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/PB-501)
6 Main body FD-501 SD-501 FS-503 External (FD-501/SD-501)
7 Main body FD-501 SD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)
8 Main body FS-503 —
9 Main body LS-501 LS-501 FS-503 External (1st tandem LS-501)
External (2nd tandem LS-501)
10 Main body LS-501 LS-502 External (LS-501)

11 Main body LS-501 FS-503 External (LS-501)
12 Main body LS-501 PB-501 External (LS-501/PB-501)
13 Main body PB-501 External (PB-501)
14 Main body SD-501 PB-501 External (SD-501/PB-501)
15 Main body SD-501 FS-503 External (SD-501)
16 Main body LS-501 SD-501 External (LS-501/SD-501)
17 Main body FD-501 LS-502 External (FD-501)
18 Main body FD-501 LS-501 FS-503 External (FD-501/LS-501)
NOTE
• Any coupling formation other than the above is unavailable.
• PF-701 can be either connected or disconnected.
2 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 Type
1050e/1050eP
Type: Console type (floor-mounted type)
Copying method: Indirect electrostatic method
Original stand: Fixed
Original alignment: Left rear standard
Photosensitive material: OPC
Sensitizing method: Laser writing
Paper feed trays: Two trays (1,500 sheets x 2, 20lb, 80 gsm)
PF-701 (2,000 x 3, 80 gsm) *1
*1 The PF-701 is optional.
2.2 Functions
Original: Sheet, book, solid object
Maximum original size: A3, or 11 x 17
Copy size:
Tray /1, /2: Inch: 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11R, 51/2 x 81/2, A3, B4,
A4, B5, B5S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper
(up to 324 mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
Metric:A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x
11, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4 , 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to 324
mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
ADU: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 51/2
x 81/2, 81/2 x 11R, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to
324 mm x 460 mm)
Magnification:
Fixed magnification: Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214, x 0.785, x 0.772,
x 0.647, x 0.500
Metric:x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154, x 0.866, x 0.816,
x 0.707, x 0.500
Special magnification setting: 3 types
Zoom magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Vertical magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Horizontal magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Warm-up time Hard roller: Less than 6 min. (under 20°C, at rated voltage)
Soft roller: Less than 8 min. (under 20°C, at rated voltage)
First copy out time Hard roller: Less than 3.0 sec.
Soft roller: Less than 9.0 sec.
Continuous copy speed: 105 copies/min. (for A4/81/4 x 11)
Continuous copy count: Up to 9,999 sheets
Copy density selection: AE/AES, manual (9 steps), user density (2 steps)
Resolution:
Scan: 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Write: 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Memory: 256 MB (DRAM) + 10 GB (HDD1)
Interface section: RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C): Main body right side
2 3
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Serial port (USB Type B), Parallel port: Mounted on the Image process-
ing board (IPB)
No. of originals to be stored: More than 10,000 sheets
/1050e/1050eP
Under the following conditions:

Original: FAX#4CHART/A4
Density: Manual 5
Mode: Text/photo
2.3 Type of paper

Plain paper *2: 60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2, high-quality paper
Special paper *3: OHP film, label paper, *4
coated paper, 60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 recycled paper,
40 g/m2 to 60 g/m2, 16lb, high-quality paper (thin), *5
91 g/m2 to 300 g/m2, 25lb to 72lb, high-quality paper (thick) *6
*2 Standard specified paper:
Inch: Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m2),
Metric: Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2),
*3 Special paper/recommended paper:
Thick paper: Inch: HM-Cover65lb (176 g/m2), XeroxDigitalLasr65lb (176 g/m2),
DomterCdor65lb, COUGARCOVER65lb (176 g/m2)
Metric: RDEREY200 (200 g/m2), RDEREY160 (160 g/m2), NEUCOLOR-
COPY (200 g/m2), XeroxColotech (200 g/m2), Xerox3R91798
(160 g/m2)
Thin paper: Inch: Domter16lb (Doqupach16lb)
Metric: Clair Mail (60 g/m2)
Label paper: Inch: AVERY 5160
Metric: AVERY DSP24
Coated paper: Inch: KROMEKOTE PLUSLASER HIGH GROSS 183 g/m2 (Smart
Paper Company),
Futural Laser 105 g/m2 (Stora Enso Paper Company)
Metric: —
*4 Label paper is loaded and fed one sheet at a time.
*5 Carbonless paper is only for the A4S size in the simplex mode.
Carbonless paper and recycled high-quality paper are only for character image.
Carbonless paper output is only for the main tray output of the FS-503.
*6 245 g/m2 to 300 g/m2 paper is available only for the middle stage tray of the PF-701.
2.4 Maintenance
Maintenance: Once every 750,000 prints
Machine service life: 40,000,000 prints or 7 years (whichever earlier)
4 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2.5 Machine data
Power source: Inch: AC208V to 240V ± 10%, 60Hz
1050e/1050eP
Metric: AC230V ± 10%, 50Hz
Power consumption: Inch: Less than 3600W (full option)
Metric: Less than 3450W (full option)
Weight: 1050/1050e: Approx. 330 kg (with DF provided) /
1050P/1050eP: Approx. 310 kg
Dimensions:
1050/1050e: W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm
1050P/1050eP: W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm
1050/1050e + PF-701 + FD-501 + FS-503: W 2902 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm
1050P/1050eP + PF-701 + LS-501 + LS-502: W 3292 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm
(with no operation board included in each case)
2.6 Operating environment

Temperature: 10°C to 30°C (50°F to 86°F)
Humidity: 10% RH to 80% RH
NOTE
• The information herein May be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2 5
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
/1050e/1050eP
Blank page
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK

MAINTENANCE
1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1 Life value
A. Life value of materials
Item No. of prints Driving time Definition of driving time

Drum 1,000,000 220h The time during which the drum is being driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.
Developer 1,000,000 220h The time during which the developing roller is being
driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.
B. Life value
The life value is a value for the number of prints or a value for the drive time, whichever is earlier.
The relationship between the driving time mentioned above and the actual number of prints has certain condi-
tions. It is decided according to the amount of copy time and also idling time*. Accordingly, the number of prints
can vary substantially for the same amount of rotation time.
* Idling time: Time period during which the drum or developing roller is rotating with no image created.
Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
220 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 11 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.
Caution:
• Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the service
mode.
1 7
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
3.2 Schedule
Guarantee period (7 years or 40,000,000 prints)
/1050e/1050eP
Service item x 10,000 prints No. of

xxxxxx executions
0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000
3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z z z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z 53
Main body
Every 750,000 prints times

Maintenance 2 z z z z z z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z 39
Every 1,000,000 prints times
Maintenance 3 z z z z z xxxzxxx z 26
Maintenance 4 z z z z xxxzxxx z 17
Maintenance 5 z z z xxxzxxx 13
Maintenance 6 z z xxxzxxx 8 times
Every 4,500,000 prints
Maintenance 7 z xxxzxxx 6 times
Maintenance 9 xxxzxxx 2 times
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z 53
DF

PF

FD

LS

FS

Maintenance 2 z z z xxxzxxx 13
8

Service item x 10,000 prints No. of
xxxxxx executions
0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000
3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975
1050e/1050eP
SD
Maintenance 2 z z z z z z xxxzxxx 26
Maintenance 4 z 1 time
PB

10,000,000 prints
RC

2 9
3.3 Maintenance item
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• For cleaning of the tools used, be sure to use a vacuum cleaner appropriate for cleaning toner.
NOTE
• For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
3.3.1 Main body

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations Image check z
2 Photo conductor Cleaning of the photo z Vacuum cleaner
section conductor section
3 Cleaning/ Toner seal board z Cleaning pad
recycle section Cleaning blade 2 z Setting powder
Blade set mode
(in service mode)
56UA5351#
Cleaning of the inside of z Vacuum cleaner
the cleaning unit
Cleaning of the inside of z
the recycle pipe
4 Charger Cleaning of the back z Cleaning pad/drum
plate cleaner/cotton
swab/blower brush
Charger control plate 1 z
56UA2508#
Charger wire 2 z
56UA2509#
Charger wire vibration 2 z
proof rubber
55VA2527#
Charger cleaning unit 2 z
55VA-255#
C-clip 2 z
45AA2040#
5 Developing Cleaning of the devel- z Vacuum cleaner
section oping suction section
Replacing of the suction 1 z
filter
56UA3108#
Cleaning of the devel- z Vacuum cleaner
oping section
10

5 Developing Reinstallation to the
1050e/1050eP
section photo conductor sec-
tion
6 Writing Cleaning of the dust- z Cleaning pad
section proof glass
7 ADU Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
Cleaning of the pre- z Drum cleaner/
transfer roller cleaning pad
Cleaning of the loop z
roller
Cleaning of the ADU z
exit roller
conveyance roller /2
reverse roller
reverse/exit roller
acceleration roller
Cleaning of the paper z
exit roller /1
Cleaning of the paper z
exit roller /2
Cleaning of the fusing z
exit roller
Cleaning of the convey- z
ance section
8 Registration Cleaning of the paper dust z Vacuum cleaner/
section removing brush for the blower brush
registration roller /Lw
Cleaning of the paper dust z
removing brush for the
registration roller /Up
Cleaning of the registra- z Blower brush
tion sensor section
Cleaning of each sensor z
11

9 Transfer/sep- Cleaning of the back z Cleaning pad/drum
/1050e/1050eP
aration plate cleaner/cotton

charger Cleaning of the transfer z swab/blower brush
assist sheet assembly
Discharge wire 3 z
56UA2613#
Transfer presser rubber 3 z
56AA1783#
Transfer cleaning 1 z
assembly
56GA-276#
Separation cleaning 1 z
assembly /1
56GA-277#
Separation cleaning 1 z
assembly /2
56GA-278#
C-clip 3 z
45AA2040#
10 Fusing Cleaning of the fusing z Roller cleaner/
section claw /Up cleaning pad/drum
Cleaning of the fusing z cleaner
claw /Lw
Cleaning web 1 z
56UA5351#
Fixing cleaning web
counter reset
(in service mode)
11 Paper feed Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
section
12 Vertical Cleaning of the paper z Vacuum cleaner/
conveyance dust removing brush blower brush
section Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
13 Paper exit Removal of the paper
section exit section
Cleaning of the paper z Blower brush
exit sensor
Cleaning of the main z Drum cleaner/
body paper exit roller cleaning pad
14 Scanner Cleaning of the original z Blower brush/drum
section glass cleaner/cleaning
Cleaning of the slit glass z pad
15 Toner supply Cleaning of the toner z Vacuum cleaner/
section bottle insertion opening blower brush
12

16 Main body Cleaning of the cover/ z Drum cleaner/
1050e/1050eP
machine internal cleaning pad
17 Final check Check of the image and z
the paper through (with
various types of adjust-
ments included)
PM counter reset z
(in service mode)
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)

1 Preparations Image check z
2 Photo conductor Replacing of the drum 1 z Replace it once for
section DR010 every 1,000,000
• Sensitive drum prints or 220 h. of
counter reset (in ser- driving time, which-
vice mode) ever is earlier.
Cleaning of the photo z Drum cleaner/clean-
conductor section ing pad/vacuum
cleaner
Replacing of the drum 3 z
claw
57GA2919#
3 Cleaning/ Cleaning of the clean- z Cleaning pad/
recycle section ing unit blower brush/vac-
uum cleaner
4 Developing Cleaning of the devel- z Cleaning pad/vac-
section oping section uum cleaner
Developer z Replace it once for
DV010 every 1,000,000
• Developer counter prints or 200 h. of
reset (in service driving time, which-
mode) ever is earlier.
5 Main body Cleaning of the cover/ z Drum cleaner/
6 Final check Check of the image z
and the paper through
(with various types of
adjustments included)
13
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,500,000 prints)

classification Tools used
/1050e/1050eP
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

1 Toner supply Agitator plate assem- z Cleaning pad
section bly /1
56UA-347#
Agitator plate assem- z
bly /2
56UA-348#
2 Cleaning/ Cleaning of the clean- z Vacuum cleaner/
recycle section ing unit Cleaning pad
Toner guide brush 1 z
assembly
56UA-574#
Scattering prevention 1 z
felt
55VA5568#
Seal plate /Fr 1 z
56UA-559#
Seal plate /Rr 1 z
56UA-558#
3 Transfer/ Replacing of the trans- 1 z
separation fer assist sheet assem-
charger bly
56UA-281#
4 Fusing Fusing roller /Up 1 z Tri-flow (soft roller)
section 56UA5304#
(hard roller)
56UA5470#
(soft roller)
Heat insulating sleeve 2 z
45405339#
Fusing bearing /Up 2 z
45407504#
Fusing roller assembly 1 z
/Lw
56UA-528#
Fusing claw /Lw 2 z
25AA5329#
Fusing claw /Up 6 z
56UA5453#
Fusing cleaning sheet 1 z
assembly
56UA-547#
Cleaning of the fusing z Cleaning pad/blower
heating roller brush
14 2

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 2,250,000 prints)

1050e/1050eP
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 2 Actual replacement
z
section 55VA-484# cycle: 500,000
Paper feed roller 2
z
55VA-483#
Separation roller 2
z
55VA-483#
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 3,000,000 prints)

1 Photo conductor Replacing of the drum 1 z
section temperature sensor
56GA-209#
2 Cleaning/ Toner seal board 1 z
recycle section 56UA-568#
Toner guide plate 1 z
assembly
56UA-561#
3 Fusing Fusing heater lamp /1 1 z
section 55VB8302#
Fusing heater lamp /2 1 z
56UA8303#
Fusing heater lamp /3 1 z
55VA8304#
Fusing heating roller 1 z
55UA5307#
Heating roller bearing 2 z
56UA7507#
Heat insulating sleeve / 2 z
Lw
26AA5315#
Thermistor /2 1 z
55VA8804#
Thermistor /4 1 z
55VA8806#
4 Toner supply Toner supply sleeve /1 1 z
section 55VA-334#
Toner supply sleeve /2 1 z
55VA-335#
1 15
F. Maintenance 6 (Every 4,500,000 prints)

/1050e/1050eP

1 Vertical Pre-registration clutch /1 1 z Actual replacement
conveyance 56AA8201# cycle: 3,000,000
section Pre-registration clutch /2 1 z
56AA8201#
Vertical conveyance 1 z
clutch
55VA-574#
Paper dust guide brush z
assembly
56UA-478#
2 Main body Ozone filter /A 2 z
56UA1121#
Ozone filter /K 1 z
56UA1128#
Conveyance suction filter 1 z
56UA1129#
Developing suction filter 1 z
56UA1122#
Cleaning of the cover/ z Drum cleaner/
G. Maintenance 7 (Every 6,000,000 prints)

1 Charger Charger unit 1 z
56UA-250#
2 Developing Developing suction 1 z
section assembly
56UA-325#
Developing unit 1 z
56UA-300#
3 ADU Cleaning of the ADU z Blower brush
paper reverse sensor /1
paper reverse sensor /2
Paper exit roller /1 1 z Actual replacement
56UA47432E cycle: 6,000,000
Paper exit roller /2 1 z
assembly
56UA-035#
ADU acceleration roller 1 z
56UA4740#
16

3 ADU ADU reverse/exit roller 1 z Actual replacement
1050e/1050eP
56UA4741# cycle: 6,000,000
ADU reverse roller 1 z
56UA4741#
ADU conveyance roller /1 1 z
56UA47442E
56UA47442E
56UA4595#
56UA4683#
ADU exit roller 1 z
56UA4683#
Fusing exit roller 1 z
56UA4595#
4 Registration Registration roller /Up 1 z
section 56UA46061E
Registration bearing 2 z
56UA7602#
5 Transfer/ Transfer/separation 1 z
separation charger unit
charger 56UA-270#
TSL 1 z
55VA8308#
6 Fusing Fusing gear 1 z
section 56UA7783#
Web motor 1 z
56GA8017#
Fusing actuator 1 z
56UA5383#
7 Paper exit Cleaning of the paper z Blower brush
section exit sensor
Main body paper exit 1 z
roller
56UA45571E
8 Cleaning/ Cleaning gear /A assem- 1 z
toner recycle bly
section 56GA-556#
2 17
H. Maintenance 8 (Every 10,000,000 prints)

/1050e/1050eP
Cleaning Check LubricationReplacement

1 ADU Reverse gate 7 z Actual replacement
56UA4760# cycle: 10,000,000
2 Vertical Conveyance roller /1 1 z Actual replacement
conveyance 56UA4413# cycle: 6,000,000
section Conveyance roller /2 1 z
56UA44141E
Conveyance roller /3 1 z
56UA44641E
Pre-registration roller /1 1 z
56UA44111E
Pre-registration roller /2 1 z
56UA44111E
Conveyance exit roller 1 z
56UA4412#
Pre-registration bearing 4 z
56UA7603#
Cleaning gear /A 1 z
55VA7920#
3 Toner supply Pump unit /Rt 1 z
section 56UA-790#
Pump unit /Lt 1 z
56UA-780#
I. Maintenance 9 (Every 15,000,000 prints)

1 Paper feed Paper feed clutch /1 1 z Actual replacement
section 56AA8201# cycle: 3,000,000
Paper feed clutch /2 1 z
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /1 1 z
56AA8201#
56AA8201#
2 Cleaning/ Cleaning gear /B 1 z
toner recycle 55VA7921#
section
18 2

3.3.2 DF
1050e/1050eP
1 Preparations Original through check z
Cover z
2 Paper feed Pick-up roller z Drum cleaner/
section Paper feed roller z cleaning pad
Paper feed assist roller z
Cleaning pad z
Registration roller z
Pre-handling rubber z
Original count sensor z Blower brush
Original size sensor /Lt z
Original size sensor /Rt z
3 Conveyance Original registration z
section sensor /Lt
Original registration z
sensor /Rt
4 Read Original conveyance z
section sensor
Original skew sensor / z
Rr
Original skew sensor /Fr z
5 Paper exit Mirror on the driven z
section roller assembly
Original reverse sensor z
Reverse jam sensor z
Original reverse/exit z
sensor
6 Final check Paper through check z
Cleaning of the cover z Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

1 Paper feed Separation roller 1 z Actual replacement
section 13GA4606# cycle: 400,000
19

/1050e/1050eP

1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 1 z Actual replacement
section 13GA4604# cycle: 800,000
Paper feed roller 1 z
15AS4605#
Paper feed assist roller 1 z
15AS4601#
Torque limiter 1 z
13GA-135#
3.3.3 PF

1 Preparations Paper through check z
2 Tray section Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
3 Conveyance Cleaning of each sensor z
section
cleaning pad

1 Tray section Pick-up roller 3 z Actual replacement
55VA-484# cycle: 500,000
55VA-483#
Separation roller 3 z
55VA-483#
20


1050e/1050eP
1 Conveyance Pre-registration clutch /1 1 z Actual replacement
section 56AA8201# cycle: 3,000,000
Pre-registration clutch /2 1 z
56AA8201#
Pre-registration clutch /3 1 z
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Up 1 z
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Lw 1 z
56AA8201#
2 Tray section Paper dust removing 3 z
brush
15BY5604#

2 Conveyance Pre-registration roller 3 z Actual replacement
section 15BA45071E cycle: 6,000,000
Bearing 6 z
56UA7603#
Conveyance roller 4 z
15BA45081E
PFU paper exit roller 1 z
15BA5011#
Torque limiter 2 z
57GA4430#
cleaning pad
2 21
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 15,000,000 prints)

/1050e/1050eP

1 Tray section Paper feed clutch /1 1 z Actual replacement
56AA8201# cycle: 3,000,000
56AA8201#
56AA8201#
56AA8201#
56AA8201#
56AA8201#
Forced separation 1 z
clutch
56AA8201#
F. Spotted replacement part (Every 50,000 cycle)

1 Tray section Pick-up roller 1 z
(PP-701) A08R5621#
Feed roller 1 z
A08R5622#
A08R5622#
22 2

3.3.4 FD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 2,250,000 prints)
1050e/1050eP
2 PI section Paper feed rubber 2 z Actual replacement
50BA-575# cycle: 100,000
Separation rubber 2 z
13QN-443#
Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
3 Tray up/down Cleaning of each sensor z
section
4 Punch Cleaning of each sensor z
section
5 Conveyance Cleaning of each sensor z
section
cleaning pad

2 PI section Pick-up rubber 6 z Actual replacement
50BA-574# cycle: 200,000
3 Tray up/down Tray up down motor 1 z Actual replacement
section 129U-108# cycle: 5,000,000
cleaning pad
23

/1050e/1050eP

2 Punch Punch motor 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AG-573# cycle: 5,000,000
3 Conveyance Roller solenoid /1 1 z
section 15AG-493#
Roller solenoid /2 1 z
15AG-493#
15AG-493#
15AG-493#
cleaning pad
24

3.3.5 LS
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 15,000,000 prints)
1050e/1050eP
2 Conveyance Paper press solenoid /3 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AV8255# cycle: 5,000,000
Paper press solenoid /1 1 z
15AV8252#
Paper press solenoid /2 1 z
15AV8251#
Rear stopper solenoid 1 z
15AV8253#
Stacker tray up down 1 z
motor
15AV8003#
Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
cleaning pad
25
3.3.6 FS

/1050e/1050eP

2 Main tray Paper exit roller /A 8 z
section 122H4825#
3 Stacker Cleaning of each sensor z Blower brush
section
4 Conveyance Cleaning of the paper z Vacuum cleaner/
section dust removing brush blower brush
5 Stapler Cleaning of staple z
section scraps box
cleaning pad

1 Stapler Stapler unit /Fr 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AA4222# cycle: 500,000
Stapler unit /Rr 1 z
15AA-450#

1 Stacker Intermediate roller 1 z
section release solenoid
15AA-449#
26 2

3.3.7 SD
1050e/1050eP
1 Right angle Right angle conveyance z Blower brush
conveyance sensor /1
2 section Right angle conveyance z
sensor /2
3 Right angle conveyance z Drum cleaner/
roller /1 cleaning pad
4 Right angle conveyance z
roller /2
roller /3
roller /4
7 Folding Folding main scan align- z Blower brush
section ment home sensor /Fr1
8 Folding main scan align- z
ment home sensor /Fr2
9 Folding entrance roller /1 z Drum cleaner/
10 Folding entrance roller /2 z cleaning pad
11 Folding entrance roller /3 z
12 Saddle Saddle stitching paper z Blower brush
stitching sensor
13 section Bundle sensor /1 z
14 Bundle pro- Bundle sensor /2 z
cessing sec-
tion
15 Trimmer Trimmer scraps full sensor z
16 section Trimmer board assembly z Actual replacement
15AN5282# cycle: 18,900 cuts

1 Trimmer Trimmer blade assembly 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AN-570# cycle: 37,500 cuts
2 27

/1050e/1050eP

1 Trimmer Trimmer blade motor 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AN8002# cycle: 200,000 cuts
2 Trimmer press motor 1 z
15AN8002#

1 Right angle Roller release solenoid /1 1 z Actual replacement
conveyance 15AN8251# cycle: 5,000,000
2 section Roller release solenoid /2 1 z Actual replacement
15AN-239# cycle: 5,000,000
3 Right angle gate solenoid 1 z Actual replacement
15AN-249# cycle: 5,000,000
4 Saddle Stapler assembly /Rt 1 z Actual replacement
stitching 15AN-550# cycle: 1,000,000
5 section Stapler assembly /Lt 1 z Actual replacement
15AN-550# cycle: 1,000,000
6 Folding Roller release solenoid /3 1 z Actual replacement
section 15AN8251# cycle: 5,000,000
7 Bundle pro- Bundle press stage 1 z Actual replacement
cessing sec- gear cycle: 500,000 books
tion 15AN7719# (Bundle exit tray
exit)
28 2

3.3.8 PB
1050e/1050eP
1 Conveyance Entrance sensor z Blower brush
section
2 Glue tank Glue tank z Tweezers, industrial wiper
section
3 Filter z
A0753724#
4 Cover paper Cover paper folding z*1 Tweezers, industrial wiper
section plate
5 Book spine backing z*1

plate
6 Glue supply Pellet hopper z Blower brush
7 Book stock Book load limit sensor z
8 section Book upper limit LED z
9 Cover paper Paper dust removing z
tray section brush
10 Paper dust removing z
roller
11 SC section Switchback roller z
13GQ4519#
*1 Cleaning of the cover paper folding plate and the book spine backing plate is an abbreviated cleaning.
Remove adhered glue as necessary.

1 Cutter sec- Roller cutter blade Assy z
tion A0754421#
C. Spotted replacement part (Every 500,000 cycle)

1 Cover paper Pick-up roller 1 z
tray section 55VA-484#
55VA-483#
55VA-483#
2 29
D. Spotted replacement part (Every 3,000,000 cycle)

/1050e/1050eP

1 Cover paper Cover paper pick up 1 z
tray section clutch
56AA8201#
3.3.9 RC

1 Waste toner Hose /3 z Drum cleaner/
conveyance cleaning pad
section
2 Waste toner Waste toner collecting 1 z
collecting box
box 14RT-970#

1 Waste toner Accumulator 1 z Blower brush
conveyance 14RT-230#
2 section Recycle pump 1 z
14RT-210#
30 2

3.4 Replacement parts list
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the service mode.
3.4.1 Main body
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual Parts count
replacement No.
cycle
1 Main body Ozone filter /A 56UA1121# 2 4,500,000 32
2 Ozone filter /K 56UA1128# 1 4,500,000 32
3 Conveyance suction filter 56UA1129# 1 4,500,000 33
4 Developing suction filter 56UA1122# 1 4,500,000 33
5 Photo con- Drum temperature sensor 56GA-209# 1 3,000,000 22
6 ductor section Drum DR010 1 * 1,000,000
7 Drum claw 57GA2919# 3 1,000,000 9
8 Charger Charger unit 56UA-250# 1 6,000,000 34
9 Charger control plate 56UA2508# 1 750,000 4
10 Charger wire 56UA2509# 2 750,000 3
11 Charger rubber vibration isolator 55VA2527# 2 750,000
12 Charger cleaning unit 55VA-255# 2 750,000 5
13 C-clip 45AA2040# 2 750,000
14 Developing Developing unit 56UA-300# 1 6,000,000 36
section
15 Developing suction assembly 56UA-325# 1 6,000,000 37
16 Suction filter 56UA3108# 1 750,000 6
17 Developer DV010 1 * 1,000,000
18 Agitator plate assembly /1 56UA-347# 1 1,500,000 153
19 Agitator plate assembly /2 56UA-348# 1 1,500,000 153
20 Toner supply Toner supply sleeve /1 55VA-334# 1 3,000,000 23
section
21 Toner supply sleeve /2 55VA-335# 1 3,000,000 24
22 Pump unit /Lt 56UA-780# 1 10,000,000 52
23 Pump unit /Rt 56UA-790# 1 10,000,000 51
24 Cleaning/ Cleaning blade 56UA5351# 2 750,000 2
25 recycle sec- Toner seal board 56UA-568# 1 3,000,000 25
26 tion Toner guide brush assembly 56UA-574# 1 1,500,000 12
27 Scattering prevention felt 55VA5568# 1 1,500,000
28 Seal plate /Fr 56UA-559# 1 1,500,000 14
29 Seal plate /Rr 56UA-558# 1 1,500,000 13
*
The actual replacement cycle of the drum and developer is 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours of use, whichever is earlier.
2 31
replacement No.
/1050e/1050eP
cycle
30 Cleaning/ Toner guide plate assembly 56UA-561# 1 3,000,000 26
31 recycle sec- Cleaning gear /A assembly 56GA-556# 1 6,000,000 167
32 tion Cleaning gear /B 55VA7921# 1 15,000,000 172
33 Paper feed Pick-up roller 55VA-484# 2 500,000 53,57
34 section Paper feed roller 55VA-483# 2 500,000 54,58
35 Separation roller 55VA-483# 2 500,000 54,58
36 Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 55
38 Separation clutch /1 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 56
40 Vertical con- Conveyance roller /1 56UA4413# 1 6,000,000 82
41 veyance sec- Conveyance roller /2 56UA44141E 1 6,000,000 83
42 tion Conveyance roller /3 56UA44641E 1 6,000,000 83
43 Pre-registration roller /1 56UA44111E 1 6,000,000 84
44 Pre-registration roller /2 56UA44111E 1 6,000,000 85
45 Conveyance exit roller 56UA4412# 1 6,000,000 77
46 Paper dust guide brush assembly 56UA-478# 1 3,000,000 76
47 Pre-registration bearing 56UA7603# 4 6,000,000
48 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 79
50 Vertical conveyance clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 80
51 Cleaning gear /A 55VA7920# 1 6,000,000
52 Transfer/sep- Transfer/separation charger unit 56UA-270# 1 6,000,000 38
53 aration Discharge wire 56UA2613# 3 750,000 7
54 charger Transfer presser rubber 56AA1783# 3 750,000
55 Transfer cleaning assembly 56GA-276# 1 750,000 8
56 Separation cleaning assembly /1 56GA-277# 1 750,000 8
57 Separation cleaning assembly /2 56GA-278# 1 750,000 8
58 C-clip 45AA2040# 3 750,000
59 Transfer assist sheet assembly 56UA-281# 1 1,500,000 10, 11
60 TSL 55VA8308# 1 6,000,000 39
61 Registration Registration roller /Up 56UA46061E 1 6,000,000 40
62 section Registration bearing 56UA7602# 2 6,000,000 40
63 ADU section Paper exit roller /1 56UA47432E 1 6,000,000 44
64 Paper exit roller /2 assembly 56UA-035# 1 6,000,000
65 ADU accelerate roller 56UA4740# 1 6,000,000 41
66 Reverse/exit roller 56UA4741# 1 6,000,000 42
67 ADU reverse roller 56UA4741# 1 6,000,000 43
68 ADU conveyance roller /1 56UA47442E 1 6,000,000 45
32 2

replacement No.
cycle
1050e/1050eP
69 ADU section ADU conveyance roller /2 56UA47442E 1 6,000,000 45
70 ADU conveyance roller /3 56UA4595# 1 6,000,000 45
71 ADU conveyance roller /4 56UA4683# 1 6,000,000 45
72 ADU exit roller 56UA4683# 1 6,000,000 45
73 Fusing exit roller 56UA4595# 4 6,000,000 46
74 Reverse gate 56UA4760# 7 10,000,000
75 Fusing sec- Cleaning web 56UA5351# 1 750,000 1
76 tion Fusing heater lamp /1 55VB8302# 1 3,000,000
77 Fusing heater lamp /2 56UA8303# 1 3,000,000
78 Fusing heater lamp /3 55VB8304# 1 3,000,000
79 Fusing roller /Up 56UA5304# 1 1,500,000 15
56UA5470#
80 Heat insulating sleeve 45405339# 2 1,500,000 19
81 Fusing bearing /Up 45407504# 2 1,500,000 20
82 Heating roller bearing 56UA7507# 2 3,000,000 28
83 Fusing gear 56UA7783# 1 6,000,000 48
84 Fusing roller /Lw assembly 56UA-528# 1 1,500,000 16
85 Fusing heating roller 56UA5307# 1 3,000,000 31
86 Heat insulating sleeve /Lw 26AA5315# 2 3,000,000 27
87 Fusing claw /Up 56UA5453# 6 1,500,000 17
88 Fusing claw /Lw 25AA5329# 2 1,500,000 18
89 Thermistor /2 55VA8804# 1 3,000,000 29
90 Thermistor /4 55VA8806# 1 3,000,000 30
91 Fusing actuator 56UA5383# 1 6,000,000 50
92 Web motor 56GA8017# 1 6,000,000 49
93 Fusing cleaning sheet assembly 56UA-547# 1 1,500,000 21
94 Paper exit Main body paper exit roller 56UA45571E 1 6,000,000 47
section
33
3.4.2 Option
replacement No.
/1050e/1050eP
cycle
1 DF Pick-up roller 13GA4604# 1 800,000 141
2 Paper feed roller 15AS4605# 1 800,000 142
3 Paper feed auxiliary roller 15AS4601# 1 800,000 144
4 Separation roller 13GA4606# 1 400,000 143
5 Torque limiter 13GA-135# 1 800,000 145
6 PF Pick-up roller 55VA-484# 3 500,000 61,66,71
7 Paper feed roller 55VA-483# 3 500,000 62,67,72
8 Separation roller 55VA-483# 3 500,000 62,67,72
9 Paper dust removing brush 15BY5604# 3 3,000,000
16 Forced separation clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 70
20 Torque limiter 57GA4430# 2 6,000,000
21 Intermediate clutch /Up 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 93
22 Intermediate clutch /Lw 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 94
23 Pre-registration roller 15BA45071E 3 6,000,000 86,87,88
24 Bearing 56UA7603# 6 6,000,000
25 Conveyance roller 15BA45082F 4 6,000,000 86,88
26 PFU paper exit roller 15BA5011# 1 6,000,000 89
27 FD Pick-up rubber 50BA-574# 6 200,000 114,117
28 Paper feed rubber 50BA-575# 2 100,000 116,119
29 Separation rubber 13QN-443# 2 100,000 115,118
30 Roller solenoid /1 15GA-493# 1 5,000,000 121
34 Punch motor 15GA-573# 1 5,000,000 120
35 Tray up down motor 129U-108# 1 5,000,000 123
36 LS Stacker tray up down motor 15AV8003# 1 5,000,000 128, 133
37 Paper press solenoid /1 15AV8252# 1 5,000,000 124, 129
34 2

replacement No.
cycle
1050e/1050eP
40 LS Rear stopper solenoid 15AV8253# 1 5,000,000 127, 132
41 FS Intermediate roller release solenoid 15AA-449# 1 5,000,000 113
42 Stapler unit /Fr 15AA4222# 1 500,000 111
43 Stapler unit /Rr 15AA-450# 1 500,000 112
44 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825# 8 750,000
45 SD Roller release solenoid /1 15AN8251# 1 5,000,000 139
46 Roller release solenoid /2 15AN-239# 1 5,000,000 140
47 Roller release solenoid /3 15AN8251# 1 5,000,000 140
48 Right angle gate solenoid 15AN-249# 1 5,000,000 138
49 Stapler assembly /Rt 15AN-550# 1 1,000,000 134
50 Stapler assembly /Lt 15AN-550# 1 1,000,000 135
51 Trimmer blade assembly 15AN-570# 1 37,500 136
52 Trimmer board assembly 15AN5282# 1 18,900 137
53 Trimmer blade motor 15AN8002# 1 200,000
54 Trimmer press motor 15AN8002# 1 200,000
55 Bundle press stage gear 15AN7719# 1 500,000
56 PB Switchback roller 13GQ4519# 1 750,000 158
57 Cover paper separation clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 162
58 Roller cutter blade Assy A0754421# 1 100,000 163
59 Filter A0753724# 1 750,000 164
60 RC Recycle pump 14RT-210# 1 10,000,000 151
61 Accumulator 14RT-230# 1 10,000,000 152
62 Waste toner recycle box 14RT-970# 1 750,000 150
(including the waste toner filter)
3.4.3 Spot replacement parts list
replacement No.
cycle
1 PB Pick-up roller 55VA-484# 1 500,000 159
2 Paper feed roller 55VA-483# 1 500,000 160
3 Separation roller 55VA-483# 1 500,000 160
4 Cover paper pick up clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 161
5 PF (PP-701) Pick-up roller A08R5621# 1 50,000 61,66,71
6 Paper feed roller A08R5622# 1 50,000 62,67,72
7 Separation roller A08R5622# 1 50,000 62,67,72
2 35
3.5 Maintenance procedure
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• When replacing periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
3.5.1 External section

A. Replacing the ozone filters /A, /K and the conveyance suction filter
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Ozone filter /A: Every 4,500,000 prints
• Ozone filter /K: Every 4,500,000 prints
• Conveyance suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust
[1] cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2053c
2. Remove 2 ozone filters /A [1] and the ozone filter

[1]
/K [2], and the conveyance suction filter [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[2] steps in reverse.
[3]
1050fs2054c
36

B. Replacing the developing suction filter
• Developing suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the filter cover
[2].
[1]
[2] 1050fs2055c
2. Remove the developing suction filter [1].

[1] 3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2056c
37
3.5.2 Photo conductor section

A. Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.
(1) Procedure
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.
[1]
2. Bring down lever A of the ADU.
(See P.112)
3. Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the photo con-
ductor section cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2089c
4. Remove screw [1].

[3] [2]
5. Loosen screw [2] and pull out the intermediate
toner hopper [3].
[1]
1050fs2090c
38

6. Release the lock [1] and open the intermediate
[2]
toner hopper [2].
1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs2091c
7. Remove the 2 screws [1].

[1] 8. Remove the screw [2], pull the knob [3] toward
you and lock the toner recycle pipe [4] while rais-
ing it up in the arrow-marked direction.
[4]
[3] [2] 1050fs2092c
9. Remove the screw [1] and pull out the coupling

[5]
[2].
10. Hold the sections marked with [3] and [4] and
pull out the photo conductor section [5].
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• For reinstallation of the coupling, see "B.
Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling" in the
next section.
[3] [1] [2] [4] 1050fs2093c
39
B. Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• Be sure to conduct this operation when removing the photo conductor section.
(1) Procedure
1. Clean the periphery of the coupling with drum
[1]
cleaner.
2. Insert the coupling so that the protrusions [2] of
the coupling [1] get into the depressed portions
[2] [4] of the drum [3].
NOTE
• An detent [5] is provided on the inside of the
coupling [1]. So be sure to set it into the key
groove [7] of the drum shaft [6].
[4]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[2]
[5] fs503fs2094c
40

3. While attaching a plus driver lightly to the cou-
pling [1], rotate the coupling [1] clockwise until its
meshing surface fits the external surface of the
1050e/1050eP
bearing [2].
[1] [2]
1050fs2420c
4. Tighten the coupling [2] with the screw [1].
[2]
[1] 1050fs2095c
41
C. Replacing the charger unit
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When removing the charger unit, be careful not to touch the mesh portion of the charger control
plate with bear hands.
• When cleaning the charger control plate, blow off dirt with the blower brush.

• Charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
[3]
2. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
wiring harness of the charger from the harness
clamps [2] at the 3 places.
3. Hold the portions marked with [3] and [4] and
[2]
remove the charger unit [5].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[5]
[4]
1050fs2096c
42

D. Replacing the charger control plate
• Charger control plate: Every 750,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the charger unit.
(See P.42)
2. Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2] to release the lock [3] and remove the charger
[4] control plate [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid loosening or removing the
screw [5] that fastens the lever.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[4] [5]
[1]
[2] 1050fs2104c
43
E. Replacing the charger wire/charger vibration proof rubber

• Charger wire: Every 750,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
• Charger vibration proof rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)
[2] [5]
2. Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
3. Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [1] and /Rr
[2].
4. Remove the springs [3], one each, and then
remove the charger wires [4] and the charger
vibration proof rubber [5], one each.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the charger wire, be sure to
insert each of the wires into the cut [6] of the
[6] charger vibration proof rubber.
[5] [4] • Be sure to reinstall the charger wires so that
the hook [7] of each spring turns to the inside.

steps in reverse.
[7] [1]
[4] [3] [7] 1050fs2105c
44

F. Replacing the charger cleaning unit/C-clip
• Charger cleaning unit: Every 750,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the charger unit.(See P.42)
[4]
2. Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
3. Remove the charger wire. (See P.44)
4. Remove the C-clip [3], one each, from the shaft
[3]
[2] of the charger cleaning unit [1].
[2] 5. Reverse the charger unit [4] and remove the 2
charger cleaning units.
6. Remove the collar [5] from the shaft of each of
the charger cleaning units.
7. When the charger back plate is stained, clean it
with drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
[4]
[1] NOTE
• Be careful that the collar inserted into the
[6] shaft of the charger cleaning unit does not
drop off.
• Be sure to reinstall the charger cleaning unit
so that the marking "F" [6] turns in the same
direction as shown in the drawing.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[5] 1050fs2106c
1 45
G. Replacing the drum temperature sensor

• Drum temperature sensor: Every 3,000,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)
2. Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)
[2]
3. Remove 2 connectors [1] and then remove the
wiring harness from the wiring harness clamp.
NOTE
• Take note of the direction of the connector to
be removed.
4. Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the sensor sup-

[3] port stay assembly [3].
[1]
[2] [1] 1050fs2097c
46

5. Disconnect the connector [1].
[3]
6. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the drum
temperature sensor [3].
1050e/1050eP
steps in reverse.
[1] [2] 1050fs2098c
47
H. Replacing the drum/cleaning of the photo conductor section
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
• When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charger and the developing section removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charger and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the service mode.
If not reset, image fogging and toner splash may result.(See P.350)

• Drum: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section.
[1]
(See P.38)
2. Remove the charger unit.
(See P.42)
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly.
(See P.46)
4. Remove the developing unit.
(See P.53)
5. Remove the cleaning section.
(See P.72)
6. Remove the drum [1].
1050fs2099c
48

7. Clean toner adhered around the drum installation
section [1] and the developing suction duct [2].
8. Clean the maximum density sensor [3] and the
1050e/1050eP
gamma sensor [4] on the toner control sensor
board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad.
[3] [4]
[1] [2] 1050fs2100c
9. Clean toner in the recycle pipe [1] and on the

toner receiving plate [2] with a vacuum cleaner.
NOTE
• When cleaning toner with a vacuum cleaner,
be sure to turn the shutter section [3] in the
arrow-marked direction.
• When cleaning the recycle pipe, be sure to tap
the pipe softly to let toner that adheres to the
inner wall drop off, and then rotate the gear
[4] to discharge the toner.
[4] [1] [2] [3] 1050fs2400c

steps in reverse.
49
I. Replacing the drum claw
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.

• Drum claw: Every 1,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)
[4] [3]
2. Remove the cleaning unit. (See P.72)
3. Remove the drum. (See P.48)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
spring [2].
5. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the drum
claw unit [4].
[1] [3] [2] 1050fs2101c
50

NOTE
[3] • When reinstalling the drum claw unit [1], be
sure to set the projection [2] of the drum claw
1050e/1050eP
unit to the guide hole [4] of the photo conduc-
tor section [3].
[4]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2102c
51
6. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the
[3]
arrow-marked direction and remove the 3 drum
claws [3].
/1050e/1050eP
7. Remove the springs [4], one each, from each of

the dram claws.
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to
clean the shaft with drum cleaner and a
cleaning pad. Reinstalling the separation
claws with toner adhered causes the opera-
tion to slow down.
• When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to
insert the C-clip between the ribs [5].
[3]
• After reinstalling the dram claws, check to
see if they move smoothly.

[1]
steps in reverse.
[5] 1050fs2103c
52

3.5.3 Developing section
A. Replacing the suction filter
1050e/1050eP
• Suction filter: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
body.
(See P.38)
2. Open the cover of the developing suction assem-
[1]
bly [1].
3. Remove the suction filter [2].
4. Clean the outside and the inside of the develop-
ing suction assembly with the cleaner.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
expand the filter opening before installation.
1050fs2107c
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.

steps in reverse.
B. Replacing the developing suction assembly

• Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
body.
(See P.38)
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
developing suction assembly [2].
steps in reverse.
[1] 1050fs2108c
53
C. Cleaning of the developing unit

(1) Procedure
[1]
/1050e/1050eP
body.
(See P.38)
2. Remove the developing suction assembly.
(See P.53)
3. Remove the developing unit.
(See P.55)
4. Remove the developing unit cover /1.
(See P.55)
5. Clean up the developer regulation blade [1], the
[3] underside of the developing roller [2] and both
[3] [2] 1050fs2401c
sides of the developer roller [3] with a vacuum
cleaner.
NOTE
• Be careful not vacuum too much developer
necessarily. Cleaning should be restricted
only to stained sections.
• Be careful not to bend the lower sheet.
6. Clean up the rear side of the developing unit

[1]
cover /1 [1] with a vacuum cleaner.
7. Clean up the suction duct [2] of the developing
unit cover /1 with a vacuum cleaner.
steps in reverse.
[2]
1050fs2402c
54 2

D. Replacing the developing unit
• Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
body.
(See P.38)
(See P.53)
3. Release the developing pressure lever [2] while
holding down the right side [1] of the developing
unit.
NOTE
• When releasing the developing pressure lever,
[2] [1] 1050fs2109c
be careful not to touch the front panel and the
rear panel of the photo conductor section.
4. Hold the sections [1] and [2] with both hands and
remove the developing unit [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2110c
55
NOTE
• When reinstalling the developer unit, make
sure that the developing unit stopper roller [1]
/1050e/1050eP
is in contact with the developing unit stopper

plate [2]. (DS secured)
• When the developing unit stopper roller is too
[2] easily rotated, remove it once and then rein-
stall it.
[1] [1]
1050fs2116c

steps in reverse.
[2] NOTE
• When reinstalling the developer unit, be care-
ful that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the
developing roller [1].
[1] 1050fs2111c
• Never rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2].
56 1

E. Replacing the developer
NOTE
[2]
1050e/1050eP
• When replacing the developer, be careful that
dirt does not get into it.
• When rotating the developing roller [1], be
sure to rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2] with the flat blade
driver.
• When putting in new developer, be sure to
reset the developer counter in the service
mode. If not reset, image fogging and toner
[1] splash may result. (See P.350)
1050fs2112c

• Developer: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure
[4] body.
[2]
(See P.38)
(See P.53)
[3] 3. Remove the developing unit.
(See P.55)
[1] 4. Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing
1050fs2113c
unit cover /1 [2].
5. Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing
unit cover /2 [4].
1 57
6. With the developing unit [1] tilted to about 45°

[4] [2]
[2], rotate the developing gear to the arrow-
marked direction [3] with a flat blade screwdriver
/1050e/1050eP
[1] to discharge the developer [4] in the developing

unit thoroughly.
7. Use cleaner to clean the developer adhered to
the developing roller.
NOTE
• Any used developer remaining in the develop-
ing roller may cause gray background to the
image.
[3]
1050fs2114c
8. Pour new developer [1] evenly from above the

[3]
mixing screw [2].
9. Rotate the developing gear [5] counterclockwise
[4]
so that the developer gets fully into the develop-
ing unit [4].
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 to pour the developer
completely.
[1] 11. Rotate the developing gear counterclockwise
[5] and check the height of developer across the
entire developing roller [6].
[2] [6] 12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
1050fs2115c
steps in reverse.
58 1

3.5.4 Toner supply section
A. Replacing/cleaning of the toner bottle
(1) Procedure
1050e/1050eP
1. Open the toner supply door [1] and pull out the
[3]
toner supply cover /A assembly [2].
2. Remove the toner bottle [3].
[1]
[2] 1050fs2004c
3. Clean around the toner bottle insertion opening

[1]
[1] with a blower brush and a vacuum cleaner.
steps in reverse.
1050fs2005c
59
B. Replacing the agitator plate assembly

• Agitator plate assembly /1: Every 1,500,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
• Agitator plate assembly /2: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.
[2]
2. Bring down the lever A of the ADU.(See P.112)
3. Remove the cover on the photo conductor sec-
tion and pull out the intermediate toner hopper to
open it.(See P.38)
4. Close up the connection opening [1] of the inter-
mediate toner hopper with a cleaning pad [2].
5. Attach the toner recovery bag [4] beneath the
shutter section [3] connected to the developing
unit.
NOTE
• For the toner recovery bag, use a paper bag
made by folding a sheet of paper, or a vinyl
bag. Be sure to fix it at an appropriate place
so that toner does not spill over. And also,
[3] [4] [1] 1050fs2783c
make sure that the bag does not come down
by the toner's own weight.
• The intermediate toner hopper contains toner
about half as much as the volumetric capacity
of the hopper. Be sure to set up a bag that
accommodates of the entire toner amount.
6. Enter 54-00 in "I/O check mode" in the service

[3] [2] [5] [4]
mode and press the start button.
7. Insert the connecting shutter [1] fully deep and
open it to discharge toner in the hopper. (This
takes about 5 minutes.)
NOTE
• While discharging, be sure to rotate the gear
[2] several times in the arrow-marked direc-
tion [3] once in a while so that toner that is
above the agitator plate assembly is dis-
charged.
• When rotating the gear [2] and no more toner
is discharged, it is considered that almost all
toner has been recovered.
• Be sure to avoid sucking toner in the interme-
[1] [6] 1050fs2784c
diate toner hopper with a vacuum cleaner.
Using a cleaner may cause damage electro-
statically to the toner remaining sensor /1
(PS31).
60 2

8. Press the stop button.
[2] [1]
9. Remove 5 screws [1] and then remove the inter-
mediate toner hopper cover assembly [2] in the
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• The intermediate toner hopper cover assem-
bly [5] will also be adhered with toner. Be
careful that it does not scatter.
[3] 1050fs2802c
10. Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction

[1] [2]
until 2 screws [3] that hold the agitator plate
assembly [2] turns up.
NOTE
• At this time, the sheet of the agitator plate
assembly /1 jumps up. Be sure to cover about
half of it with paper so that toner does not
scatter.
11. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the agita-

tor plate assembly /1 [2].
NOTE
[5] [3] [4] 1050fs2785c
• Be sure not to rotate the gear [1] after remov-
ing the agitator plate assembly /1. Rotating it
may cause a phase lag with the agitator plate
assembly /2 [5], thus making it impossible to
detect the remaining amount of toner prop-
erly.
2 61
12. Remove the two screw [1] and remove the stir-
[2]
ring plate /2 assembly [2].
/1050e/1050eP
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• The recovered toner may get mixed with
impurities. Be sure to dispose of it, do not put
it back in the intermediate toner hopper.
[1]
1050fs5101c
62 2

C. Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2
• Toner supply sleeve /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• Toner supply sleeve /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.(See P.250)
[1] 2. Open the front doors /Rt [1] and /Lt [2] and the
toner supply door [3].
3. Remove the toner bottle [4]. (See P.59)
[2] 4. Remove the toner supply door. (See P.254)
5. Replace the toner supply cover /A assembly [5].
[4]
[3]
[5] 1050fs2006c
6. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the toner

[1] [2] [1]
supply protective assembly [2].
7. Pull out the toner supply cover /A assembly [3]
until the lock is released.
NOTE
• If the toner supply cover /A assembly [3] is
set, the lock section [5] remains in contact
when the toner supply lock assembly [4] is
removed. Be sure to pull out the toner supply
cover /A assembly [3].
8. Remove 2 screws [6].

10. Pull out tray /2.
11. Remove the toner supply lock assembly [4].
[7] [5] [3] [4] [6] 1050fs2007c
63
12. Remove 2 connectors [1] and the wiring harness

from the wiring harness clamp.
/1050e/1050eP
[1] 1050fs2008c
13. Release 2 hose clamps [1] and remove 2 hoses

[2] [5]
[3] from the toner feed case [2].
NOTE
• Keep each of the released hose clamps [1]
near the connecting opening of each hose [3].
• When the hose [3] is removed from the toner
feed case [2], toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with toner.
• The hose connecting section of the toner feed
case [2] and the hose [3] are provided with the
[3] toner supply installation label [4] that indi-
cates the respective points to which a con-
[1] [3] nection is made. When installing each hose,
be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [4].
[2] 14. Release the cable clamp [5] and pull out the hose
[3] to the outside of the main body.
NOTE
• The hose [3] may be damaged when the toner
supply unit [6] is being removed. Be sure to
[4] [4] 1050fs2009c
pull it out to the outside of the main body.
64

15. Remove the screws [1] and [2], and pull out and
[2] [1]
remove the toner supply unit [3].
1050e/1050eP
[3] 1050fs2010c
NOTE
[1]
• When reinstalling the toner supply unit [1], be
sure to insert 2 guide pins [2] on the rear side
[4] and 2 guide pins [3] on the front side into the
respective guide holes [4] of the main body
frame.
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2] 1050fs2011c
65

supply protective plate [2].
/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2012c
17. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover

/Up [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2404c
66

NOTE
• When reinstalling the cover /Up [2], set the
[6]
[8] projection [5] of the cover /Lw [4] to the posi-
1050e/1050eP
tioning hole [3] of the cover /Up [2] and then
insert the projection [6] of the cover /Up [2]
into the slit [8] of the drive board [7].
[7]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4] [5]
1050fs2013c
67
18. Remove the toner supply sleeves /1 [1].

19. Push the coupling in the arrow-marked direction
[2] and remove the toner supply sleeve /2 [3].
/1050e/1050eP
[3]
[1]
[2] 1050fs2014c
NOTE
[1] [2]
• Be sure to reinstall the toner supply sleeves /1
[1] and /2 [2] in the direction as shown in the
drawing.

steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of disassembly/assembly of
the toner supply unit, be sure to select the
code 54-09 (rotation of the toner pump motor
(M28) and the air pump motor (M29)) in the I/O
check mode of the service mode and then
press the start button.
When toner drops off into the mixing section
due to the vibration of the disassembly/
assembly, this may cause the codes SC23-14
and SC23-17. (See chapter III "4.6.1 G.
Removing toner from the toner mixing sec-
tion" in the Field Service for the main body.)
[1] [2] 1050fs2015c
68

D. Replacing the pump units /Lt and /Rt
• Pump unit /Lt: Every 10,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• Pump unit /Rt: Every 10,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover and the upper covers /
Rr1 and /Rr2.(See P.250)
2. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the exte-
rior mounting plate [2].
[1]
[2]
[1] 1050fs2016c
69
3. Disconnect 2 connectors [1].

[2] [1] [3] [5]
[4] from the pump unit /Rt [3].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Rt [3], the toner may spill out of each
body does not get stained with the toner.
• The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Rt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indi-
[5] nection is made. When installing each hose,
[5] [4] 1050fs2017c
5. Disconnect 2 connectors [1].

[3] [1] [2]
[4] from the pump unit /Lt [3].
NOTE
• When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Lt [3], the toner may spill out of each
body does not get stained with the toner.
• The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Lt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indi-
nection is made. When installing each hose,
[5] [4] [5] 1050fs2405c
70

7. Remove the screws [1], two each, and remove
the pump unit /Lt [2] and the pump unit /Rt [3].
[3]
1050e/1050eP
[2] NOTE
[1]
• When reinstalling each pump unit, be sure to
[1] insert the toner supply spacer [4] between the
attaching surfaces.

steps in reverse.
[4] [4] 1050fs2018c
71
3.5.5 Cleaning/toner recycle section

A. Removing/reinstalling the cleaning section
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• Before reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to clean the cleaning section with a blower brush
and a cleaning pad.
• When reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to apply setting powder to the entire periphery of
the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) To obtain an accurate toner density, clean setting powder splashed onto the gamma sensor
and the maximum density sensor on the toner control sensor board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad
soaked in drum cleaner.
2) With the charger unit and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (for splash
prevention of setting powder to the charger and prevention against the image getting blurred).
(1) Procedure
1. Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.
NOTE
• Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to pre-
[7]
vent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.

body. (See P.38)
3. Release the 2 levers [1] that holding the cleaning
[1]
section.
4. Remove the connector [2], remove the wiring
harness from the clamp [3] and then remove the
cleaning section [4].
[4]
NOTE
• When removing the cleaning section, be sure
[3] to move it along the ribs [5] of the photo con-
[2] ductor section with the opposite side of the
drum contacting section slanted to about 15°.
When reinstalling it, be sure to set the refer-
ence pin [6] of the photo conductor section to
the notch [7] of the cleaning section.

[5] steps in reverse.
[6] 1050fs2117c
72

B. Replacing the cleaning blade
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• When replacing the cleaning blades, be sure to replace 2 blades at the same time.

• Cleaning blade: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
body. (See P.38)
2. Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)
[1] 3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
cleaning blade /2 [2].
4. Reinstall a new cleaning blade /2.
[2] 1050fs2119c
73
5. With the blade release arm [1] raised in the

arrow-marked direction [2], rotate the blade
replacement lever [3] in the arrow-marked direc-
/1050e/1050eP
tion [4] to turn the cleaning blade /2.
[2]
NOTE
• Be sure to keep the blade release arm raised
[1] up, do not let go of it.
[3]
[4]
1050fs2120c
74

6. Bring down the blade release arm [1] in the
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
[1]
• Be sure to keep hold of the blade replacement
lever [3] being rotated, do not let go of it.
[2]
7. Release the hand that is holding the blade

replacement lever.
[3]
1050fs2121c

cleaning blade /1 [2].
9. Install a new cleaning blade /1.
[1] 10. Remove toner adhered to the lower [3] and
upper [4] blade sides of the cleaning section with
a cleaning pad.
[4]
[3] [2] 1050fs2503c
75
11. Reinstall the parts after that following the removal

[2]
steps in reverse.
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [1] has been pulled.
• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to conduct the blade set mode in the
service mode to prevent the blade from curl-
ing up.(See P.346)
• Be sure to avoid using the blade set mode
other than when replacing the cleaning blade.
[1] fs503fs2153c
Otherwise, the cleaning blade count of the
fixed parts count is reset so that the blade is
not replaced automatically at the correct tim-
ing.
76

C. Cleaning/replacing the toner seal board
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle

• Toner seal board: Every 750,000 prints

• Toner seal board: Every 3,000,000 prints
(3) Procedure
[4] [6] [5]
body. (See P.38)
3. Remove the screws [1] and [2], and then remove
the toner seal board [3].
4. Clean the sheet section [4] of the toner seal
[3] board with a blower brush and a cleaning pad.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner seal board, be
sure to first of all install the screw [1].
• When both sides [5] of the sheet section of
the toner seal board get inside of the toner
guide brush [6], an overflow toner may result.
On such an occasion, a correction should be
made so that the warp of the sheet section
[2]
[1] [3] 1050fs2122c
becomes parallel to the toner guide brush or
it turns a little to this side (less than 1 mm).

steps in reverse.
77
D. Replacing the toner guide brush/scattering prevention felt/seal plate
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling the toner guide brush, apply setting powder uniformly with the toner guide brush
removed.
• Be absolutely sure to avoid touching the brush section of the toner guide brush with bare hands.
Also, be careful that the brush section does not come in direct contact with other objects.

• Toner guide brush: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Scattering prevention felt: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Seal plate /Fr: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Seal plate /Rr: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
body. (See P.38)
3. Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the seal
plate /Fr [2].
5. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the seal
plate /Rr [4].
[1]
[4]
[3]
1050fs2118c
78

6. Move the toner guide brush [1] in the order of the
arrow-marks [2] and [3] and remove it.
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner guide brush, be
sure to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
to the coupling slit [5] of the cleaning section
[6] [4].
7. After removal of the toner guide brush, clean up

[2] [1] the installation section of the seal plates /Fr and /
Rr by a vacuum cleaner.
[4] [3]
[5] 1050fs2123c
79
8. Remove the C-clip [3], the bearing [4], the scat-

[2]
tering prevention felt [5], the bearing fixing mem-
ber [6] and the toner prevention collar [7] in this
/1050e/1050eP
order from the shaft [2] of the toner guide brush

[3] [1].
NOTE
[1]
• Be careful that the toner prevention collar
does not get lost.

[5] [6] steps in reverse.
[4]
[7]
1050fs2124c
80

E. Replacing the toner guide plate assembly
• Cleaning gear /A assembly: 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• Cleaning gear /B: 15,000,000 prints
• Toner guide plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2] body. (See P.38)
[5] [1] 3. Remove the toner seal board. (See P.77)
4. Remove the seal plate. (See P.78)
5. Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then
remove 2 cleaning mounting lever collars [2].
6. Remove the screws [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and [4]
[4]
(TPM3 x 6) and then remove the drive reinforcing
plate [5].
[3] [2] [1] 1050fs2125c

NOTE
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
careful not to confuse the screw [3] with the
screw [4].
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
sure to tighten the screw [3] and the screw [4]
in this order after fastening each of the clean-
ing mounting lever collar with the E-ring.
7. Remove the cleaning gear /A assembly [1].
[1] 1050fs2423d
2 81
8. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft

[4][5] [3] [2] [1]
[1], and remove the cleaning gear /B [3].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• While removing the cleaning gear /A assembly
or the cleaning gear/B [3], the bearing [4] and
the splash prevention felt [5] may come off. If
the felt become detached, make sure to
replace it with a new one.
1050fs2424d
9. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft

[2] [1]
[1].
1050fs2425d
10. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the bearing

[1] [2] [3] [2].
11. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] to remove it.
1050fs2426d
82 2

NOTE
[1][2]
• When reinstalling the toner guide shaft, be
sure to insert it while holding it down from the
1050e/1050eP
outside so that the bearing [1] does not come
off.
• If the bearing and the splash prevention felt
[2] become detached while inserting the toner
guide shaft, make sure to replace the splash
prevention felt with a new one.
1050fs2427d
2 83

[1]
guide plate assembly [2].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner guide plate
assembly, be sure to hit it against the lower
side before fixing it.
13. Clean up the exterior of the cleaning unit with a

cleaning pad and a blower brush.
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1] 1050fs2130c
84

F. Cleaning when removing the cleaning unit (when conducting maintenance work)
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• When removing the cleaning unit, be sure to clean thoroughly both the inside and the inner wall of
the cleaning unit and the recycle pipe with as little toner left as possible. When cleaning is insuffi-
cient, toner may spill over the conveyance section.
(1) Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See P.38)
2. Remove the cleaning section.(See P.72)
3. Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
4. Remove the toner guide brush/seal plates Fr and
Rr.(See P.78)
5. Tap the casing [1] section softly to let the recy-
cled toner adhering to the inner wall drop off.
[1] 1050fs2431c
6. Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction

to discharge toner to the outside.
7. Repeat the steps 5 and 6 until there is no toner
discharged. And finally, clean the inside with a
vacuum cleaner.
[1] 1050fs2432c
8. Tap the recycle pipe softly to let the recycled toner

adhering to the inner wall drop off into the pipe.
9. Rotate the gear [1] of the recycle screw counter-
clockwise and open the shutter section [2] to dis-
charge toner.
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 until there is no toner
discharged.
11. Clean the cleaning unit mounting place (photo
conductor section) with a vacuum cleaner.
NOTE
• When cleaning it with a vacuum cleaner, be
[1] [2] 1050fs2433c
careful that the vacuum cleaner does not
come into contact with drum.

steps in reverse.
85
3.5.6 Paper feed section

A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• The pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly are CMS corresponding parts.
(1) Procedure
NOTE
• The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly is the same for
tray /1 and tray /2. The explanation here is given for tray /1.
• After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.
• Be sure to take note that the direction of the pick-up roller is different for the main body and the
PF.
1. When the power switch is off, open the toner

supply door.
2. Raise up the tray lock lever [1] lightly and pull out
[2] the tray [2].
[1]
1050fs2700c
86

3. Rotate the pick-up roller [1] in the arrow-marked
[2] [3]
direction (counterclockwise as seen from the
front) and place the coupling [2] in the longitudi-
1050e/1050eP
nal direction.
[1]
NOTE
• The rotation of the pick-up roller [1] is
restricted only to the arrow-marked direction
(counterclockwise). It does not rotate in the
reverse direction (counterclockwise). So, be
sure not to turn it in this direction forcibly.
1050fs2701c
4. Remove 2 C-clips [3].
5. Remove the bearing /Fr [1].

[2] 6. Slide the bearing /Rr [2] to the rear side.
NOTE
• When installing the bearing /Fr [1], /Rr [2],
insert it in the notch [5] of the metal frame
while pressing down a little the metal frame
[1]
[3] of the pick-up roller assembly to make
level the flat portion [4] of the bearing /Rr [2].
And then insert the bearing /Fr [1] in the same
manner as with the bearing /Rr.
[4]
[5]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2702c
87
7. Hold the pick-up roller assembly [1] by hand and

lift the paper feed roller [3] up to tilt while rotating
it around the shaft [2] of the pick-up roller, and
/1050e/1050eP
[7] then remove it from the notch [4] of the bearing

and the coupling [5].
NOTE
• When removing the pick-up roller [1], be care-
ful not to damage the sensor [7] with the
metal frame [6].
[5] [3]
[6]
[4]
[2] [1] 1050fs2703c
88

8. Remove the pick-up roller shaft [2] from the arm
[1] of the paper feed guide plate and then remove
[3] the pick-up roller assembly [3].
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2704c
9. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the

[2]
entrance guide plate [2].
[1] 1050fs2705c
89

[2]
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling it, fasten it with the screws

while pressing down the separation roller
assembly [2].
[1] 1050fs2706c
11. After pulling out the front side of the separation

roller assembly [1], remove the coupling [2] in the
rear from the joint [3].
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the
coupling pin [2] with the joint [3] before instal-
lation.
[2]

steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, hold the
[1]
pick-up roller lightly and rotate it in the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as
seen from the front) to check to see if the
paper feed roller, the belt and the coupling
section rotate smoothly. (The rotation of the
pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as
1050fs2707c
seen from the front) and be absolutely sure
not to turn it clockwise.)
90

B. Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller
• Pick-up roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
1050e/1050eP
• Paper feed roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
1. Remove the pick-up roller assembly.

2. Remove the C-clip [1], remove the coupling bear-
ing [2] and then remove the mounting bracket [3].
[2]
[1] [3] 1050fs2708
3. Pull out the shaft [3] from the collar [1] and
remove the pick-up roller [2] from the collar [1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the pick-up roller. Be sure to insert the col-
lar [1] from the side provided with the groove
[4].
[3] [1] [2]
[4]
1050fs2709c
91
4. Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the collar [2]
[2] [3]
and the paper feed roller [3].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
of the paper feed roller. Be sure to insert the
collar [2] from the side provided with the
groove [4].

steps in reverse.
[4] [3]
[2]
1050fs2710c
92

C. Replacing the separation roller
• Separation roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the separation roller and the paper feed roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
1. Remove the separation roller assembly.

[1] 2. Remove the C-clip [1], slide the shaft and remove
the separation roller [3] together with the shaft
[2].
[3]
[2] 1050fs2711c
3. Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separa-
[1] [4] [5] [3] [2]
tion roller [4] from the shaft [1] in the arrow-
marked direction and remove them.
NOTE
of the separation roller. Be sure to insert it
into the shaft [2] from the side provided with
the groove [5].
• The outward appearance is identical for the
collar [6] of the separation roller and the col-
[6] [7] lar [7] of the paper feed roller. However, the
one-way mechanism is provided on the inside
of the collar [7] of the paper feed roller with
[8] no mechanism provided for the collar [6] of
the separation roller. Be careful not to con-
fuse one with the other.

steps in reverse.
1050fs2712c
93
D. Removing/reinstalling the tray
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• The tray is heavy. Be sure to conduct this operation with two people.
NOTE
• The procedure for removing/reinstalling the trays /1 to /2 is identical. The explanation here is made
of the tray /1.
• When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at the specified positions. Holding it at positions other
than those specified may cause damage to the tray, thus resulting in a paper feed jam.
(1) Procedure
1. Open the toner supply door.
2. Lightly raise up the tray lock lever [1] and pull out
the tray [2].
[2] 3. When paper remains in the tray, take it all out.
[1]
1050fs2715c
94

4. Remove the stopper screws [2], one each, pro-
[2] [1]
vided at either side of the rail [1] and pull the tray
further out.
1050e/1050eP
[2]
1050fs2716c
95
5. Remove the screws [1], one each, provided at

[1] [2] [4] [3]
either side of he rail, hold the tray [2] at the spec-
ified positions [3] and raise it up to remove it.
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at
the specified positions [3] and raise it up with
two persons.
• Be absolutely sure to avoid holding it at posi-
tions [4] that can be easily deformed. This
may affect the paper tray, thus resulting in a
[3] [1] jam.
• When reinstalling it, be sure to check to see if
the knobs [5] provided at the 4 places on the
rail are securely in the notches [6] of the tray.

steps in reverse.
[5] [6] 1050fs2717c
96

E. Replacing the paper feed clutch/separation clutch
• Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /2 (CL6): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
1050e/1050eP
prints)
• Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /2 (CL7): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
1. Remove the rail stopper screw of the tray and

[1] [2] pull out the tray.
2. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the clutch
cover [2].
1050fs2713c
3. Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and remove the 2

[4] [7]
wire binding bands [2].
4. Remove 2 C-clips [3] and then remove the paper
[3] feed clutch [4] and the separation clutch [5].
NOTE
[6]
[5] • When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the
[6] stopper [6] of the clutch with the stopper sec-
tion [7].
[7]

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1] 1050fs2714c
97
3.5.7 Vertical conveyance section

A. Removing/reinstalling the vertical conveyance unit
(1) Procedure
/1050e/1050eP
1. Remove the right cover.

[2] [1] [3] 2. Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
guide holder [2].
NOTE
• The roller may get stained with paper dust
that has gathered in the paper dust guide
[4] holder [2]. Be sure to remove it when remov-
[4] ing the vertical conveyance unit.

4. Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the verti-
[5] [6] cal conveyance unit [5].
NOTE
• When placing the vertical conveyance unit, be
sure to place it with the jam open/close door
side down. Placing it with the roller side down
1050fs2732c
may cause damage to the gear [6]. When
placing it with the roller side down, be sure to
remove 2 gears [6].

steps in reverse.
NOTE
• Pulling out the main body tray with the verti-
cal conveyance unit removed may damage
the guide roller that brings down forcibly the
pick-up roller of the main body tray. Be abso-
lutely sure not to pull out the main body tray
with the vertical conveyance unit removed.
• When reinstalling it, be sure to move the verti-
cal conveyance unit [5] to the rear side and
tighten it up with the screws [4].
98

B. Replacing the pre-registration clutch/vertical conveyance clutch
• Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1), /2 (CL3): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
1050e/1050eP
prints)
• Vertical conveyance clutch (CL2): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
[2] 2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
3. Remove 2 C-clips [1] and then remove 2 gears
[2].
NOTE
of the gears.
[1]
1050fs2733c
4. Disconnect 3 connectors [1] and remove the 3

[4] [5] [3] [6] wire binding bands [2].
5. Remove 3 C-clips [3] and then remove the pre-
registration clutch /1 (CL1) [4], the vertical con-
veyance clutch (CL2) [5], and the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL3) [6].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, set the stopper [7] of the
[8] [7] [1] [2] clutch to the screw [8].

steps in reverse.
1050fs2734c
99
C. Replacing the pre-registration roller /1, /2, the registration bearing and the conveyance rollers /2
and /3
/1050e/1050eP
• Pre-registration roller /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Pre-registration bearing /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Conveyance roller /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
[4] [2] [6] 2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit.(See P.98)
3. Remove the pre-registration clutches /1 (CL1)
[4]
[5] and /2 (CL3) and the vertical conveyance clutch
(CL2). (See P.99)
4. Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and the connector
[2], and remove the wire binding bands [3] at the
[3] 5 places.
5. Remove 4 screws [4] (one each at either side of
each roller) and then remove the roller covers /1
[5] and /2 [6].
[7] [3] [1]
NOTE
[8] • Be careful that no damage is caused to the
sensor.
• When removing the roller covers /1 [5] and /2
[9] [6], be sure to pull up the upper side.
• When reinstalling the roller covers /1 [5] and /
2 [6], be sure to set the grooves at both sides
to the projection [8] and then press it lightly in
the direction of the paper through slit [9].
1050fs2735c
100

6. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the
[4]
4 places, the bearings [2], one each, the pre-reg-
istration roller /1 [3] and the pre-registration roller
1050e/1050eP
/2 [4].
NOTE
[3] • When removing and reinstalling the pre-regis-
tration rollers /1 [3] and /2 [4], be careful that
they are not damaged by the corners of the
guide plate.
[1] • When reinstalling the bearing [2], be sure to
raise the conveyance guide plate so that it is
in the jam release condition.
[2]
1050fs2736c

[2] [2].
[1] 1050fs2738c
101
8. Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 belt stoppers [2], the belt

[5]
[3], 2 pulleys [4] and 2 pins [5].
/1050e/1050eP
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2739c
9. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at 4

[5] [4]
places, and then remove the plastic washers [2],
one each, the bearing [3], one each, the vertical
conveyance roller /2 [4] and the vertical convey-
ance roller /3 [5].
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, check to
see if each roller rotates smoothly.
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2740c
102

D. Replacing the conveyance roller /1
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
[1] NOTE
• When installing the E-ring [1], be careful not
to damage the teeth of the gear [2].
[2] [3]
1050fs2741c
103
4. Remove 2 E-rings [1], and then remove 2 plastic

[4]
washers [2], 2 bearing [3] and the conveyance
roller /1 [4].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When removing and reinstalling the convey-
ance roller /1 [4], be careful that it does not
get damaged by the corners of the guide
plate.
[1] • When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure to
raise the conveyance guide plate so that it
gets into the jam release condition.
[3]
steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, check to
see if the roller rotates smoothly.
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2742c
104

E. Replacing the conveyance exit roller
• Conveyance exit roller: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
1050e/1050eP
• Cleaning gear /A: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
[2]
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
[2].
[1]
[1]
1050fs2743c

[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2744c
2 105
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the gear

cover [2] and the bearing [3].
/1050e/1050eP
[2] NOTE
[1]
• When installing the bearing [3], be sure to
install it from the inside to the gear cover [2].
[3]
1050fs2745c

NOTE
• The gear removed at the step 4 is different
[3]
from the one removed at the step 6. Be care-
ful not to confuse one with the other.
[2]
[2] [1]
1050fs2746c
106

7. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
[1]
Cleaning gear /A [2].
1050e/1050eP
1050fs5103c

[2] [3]
[1]
1050fs2747c
2 107
9. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove 2 wire

[1] [2] [4] [3]
binding bands [2].
10. Remove 4 screws [3] and then remove the sen-
/1050e/1050eP
sor mounting plate [4].
[3]
1050fs2748c
108

11. Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 washers [2] and 2 bear-
[3] [2] [1] [1] [2] [3]
ings [3], and take out the conveyance exit roller
[4].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When taking out the conveyance exit roller
[4], the bearing [6] of the paper dust guide
brush assembly [5] is displaced. When rein-
stalling it, be sure to get it back to the original
place.

steps in reverse.
[4] [5]
[6]
[6] 1050fs2749c
109
F. Replacing the paper dust guide brush assembly

• Paper dust guide brush assembly: Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
[1]
guide holder [2].
[2]
1050fs2750c
[2] [3]
2. Remove the screw [1] and pull out the holder [2]
from the shaft [3] of the paper dust guide brush.
[1]
1050fs2751c
110

3. Remove the shaft [1] of the paper dust guide
[1] [2]
brush assembly from the coupling [2] and then
remove the paper dust guide brush assembly
1050e/1050eP
and the bearing [4].
[3]
steps in reverse.
[4] 1050fs2752c
G. Cleaning of the paper dust guide holder

(1) Procedure
1. Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
[1]
guide holder [2].
2. Clean the paper dust guide holder [2] with the air
brush.
steps in reverse.
1050fs2753c
111
3.5.8 ADU
A. Pulling out/reinstallation of the ADU
/1050e/1050eP
Caution:
• Be absolutely sure to avoid forcibly turning ON the interlock switches /1 (MS1) and /2 (MS2) with
the ADU pulled out. Otherwise, a high voltage may unexpectedly develop.
(1) Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1] and the front door /Lt
[2] [1] [2].
2. While pressing the lock release lever [3] with a
driver in the arrow-marked direction, pull out the
ADU and bring the lever [4] down to pull out the
ADU section [5].
3. When reinstalling it, push in the ADU and bring
up the lever that pulls out the ADU section.
[5] [4]
[3]
1050fs2001c
112

B. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw
• Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw: Every 750,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
[3] 2. After sliding once the paper dust removing lever
[1] in the arrow-marked direction [2], pull out and
remove the paper dust removing brush [3] for the
registration roller /Lw.
(The picture shows the lever that has been pulled
[2] out a little.)
NOTE
• When reinstalling the paper dust removing
brush for the registration roller /Lw, be sure to
insert it fully until it hits against the back.
[1] 1050fs2131c
When the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Lw is not inserted fully, this
may block the light path of detection of the
registration sensor (PS40), thus resulting in a
jam.
3. Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust

[1]
removing brush [1] for the registration roller /Lw
with the blower brush.
steps in reverse.
[2] fs503fs2132c
113
C. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up
• Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up: Every 750,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[2] [3] 2. Push out the projections [1], two each, and
release the lock to remove 2 paper dust remov-
ing brushes /1 [2] and /2 [3] for the registration
roller /Up.
[3]
[1] 1050fs2133c
3. Clean each of 2 cleaning sections [2] of the

[1]
paper dust removing brush [1] for the registration
roller /Up.
steps in reverse.
[2] fs503fs2134c
114

D. Cleaning of the registration sensor
• Registration sensor: Every 750,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[1] [2]
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of the
sensor mounting piece [2].
fs503fs2135c
3. Turn over the sensor mounting piece [1] and

[2]
clean the registration sensor (PS40) [2] with the
blower brush.
steps in reverse.
[1] fs503fs2136c
115
E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit

• Transfer/separation charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[1] 1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the con-
nector cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2019c
[3] 3. Disconnect the connector [1].
NOTE
• When the transfer/separation charger unit is a
PCS corresponding part (See "6.5 PCS corre-
sponding parts"), remove also the connector
[2].
4. Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the transfer/

separation unit [4].
steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
[1] [2] 1050fs2020c
116

F. Removing/reinstalling the ADU cover
(1) Procedure
1050e/1050eP
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
[2] that pulls out the ADU section.
[6] 3. Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /
Lt [5].
[4]
4. Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /
Rt [7].
steps in reverse.
[5]
[7]
[3]
[1] [2]
1050fs2023c
117
G. Removing/reinstalling the registration section

(1) Procedure
[2]
/1050e/1050eP
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See P.117)

3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the multi
feed sensor cover [2] while removing the wire
harness from the cord clamp.
[1] fs503fs2138c
4. Remove 5 connectors [1].
[1]
[1]
[1] 1050fs2139c
118

5. Remove the screw [1] and check the position of
the graduation in the screw [1] section.
[1] 6. Remove 3 screws [2].
1050e/1050eP
steps in reverse.
[2] NOTE
• Reinstall the registration section so that it
comes to the same graduation as that used
for removal.
[3]
[2] 1050fs2140c
1 119
H. Replacing the discharge wire/transfer presser rubber

• Discharge wire: Every 750,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
• Transfer presser rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2] [1] [1]
2. Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)
3. Release the locks [1] at the 6 places and remove
[5] the plunging prevention plates /1 [2] and /2 [3].
4. Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [4] and /Rr
[4] [5].
[1]
[1] [3] 1050fs2146c
120

5. Remove the springs [1], one each, 3 discharge
[1]
wires [2] and 3 transfer presser rubbers [3].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the discharge wire, be sure
to insert each wire into the notch [4] of each
of the transfer presser rubbers.
• Reinstall the discharge wire so that the hook
[5] of each spring turns to the inside.

[2] [5] steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2147c
121
I. Replacing the transfer cleaning assembly/separation cleaning assemblies /1 and /2 and C-clips
• Transfer cleaning assembly: Every 750,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
• Separation cleaning assembly /1: Every 750,000 prints

• Separation cleaning assembly /2: Every 750,000 prints
• C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
(See P.116)
3. Remove the discharge wire. (See P.120)
4. Remove 3 C-clips [2] from the shaft [1] of each of
[1]
the cleaning assemblies.
[3] 5. Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [3]
and remove the transfer cleaning assembly [4]
and the separation cleaning assemblies /1 [5]
and /2 [6].
steps in reverse.
[4]
[5]
[6] 1050fs2148c
122

J. Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly
• Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[2]
(See P.116)
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the trans-
fer assist sheet assembly [2].
[1] 1050fs2149c
123
NOTE
[2]
• When reinstalling the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1], make sure that the projections
/1050e/1050eP
[2] at both ends get into the spring [3].

• When cramping it with a screw, be sure to put
the spacer [5] in the stepped section of the
screw [4]. At this time, take note that the
spacer does not get caught by the stepped
section of the screw.
After completion of installation, be sure to
check to see if the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1] moves smoothly in the arrow-
[1] [3] marked direction.

steps in reverse.
[5]
[4] 1050fs2406c
124

K. Replacing the TSL
• TSL: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112))
(See P.116)
3. Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)
4. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the trans-
fer exposure cover [2].
5. Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
TSL [4].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[4] [2]
[1] [3] 1050fs2141c
125
L. Replacing the registration roller /Up and the registration bearing

• Registration roller /Up: Every 6,000,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
• Registration bearing: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
2. Remove the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Lw. (See P.113)
3. Remove the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Up. (See P.114)
4. Remove the registration section.(See P.118)
5. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the knob
[2].
[3] [4] 6. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the gear
[4].
[1]
[2] 1050fs2150c
126

7. Remove 2 springs [1].
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[1] 1050fs2151c
127
8. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the regis-

tration bearing [2].
[2]
/1050e/1050eP
[1] [4] and the pin [5].

10. Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the regis-
tration bearing [7].
11. Open the pre-transfer jam handler [8] and move
and remove the registration roller /Up [9] in the
arrow-marked directions [10] and [11] in this
order.
[8] [9] 12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[11] [10]
[4]
[3]
[7]
[6]
[5] 1050fs2152c
128

M. Replacing the ADU exit roller, ADU conveyance rollers /2, /3 and /4
• ADU exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• ADU conveyance roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[1]
2. Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)
3. Remove the registration section.(See P.118)
5. Remove 3 screws [2] and then remove the regis-
tration cooling fan (FM17) [3].
[3] [2] 1050fs2154c
6. Disconnect all the connectors [2] (8 pcs.) that are

[4] [3] [1] [4]
connected to the ADU drive board /2 [1]and
intermediate connector [3].
7. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the stay
[5] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.
[2] [5] 1050fs2155c
129
8. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the loop

[1]
motor assembly [2].
/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[1] 1050fs2156c
9. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the regis-

[2] [1]
tration motor assembly [2].
[1] 1050fs2157c
130

10. Remove 3 connectors [1], the 2 connector [2],
the 1 connector [3] and the 1 connector [4].
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2158c
131

[2] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.
/1050e/1050eP
12. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the ADU

lock solenoid assembly [4].
[1]
[1]
[1] [2] [1]
[4]
[3]
1050fs2159c
132

14. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the bear-
1050e/1050eP
ing [5].
15. Pull out the ADU exit roller [6] and remove it.
NOTE
[6]
• The roller is provided with one E-ring. Be sure
to remove also this E-ring when replacing the
roller.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3] [6] 1050fs2160c
133

[9] [8]
spacer [2].
17. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
/1050e/1050eP

ing [7].
19. Pull out the ADU conveyance roller /4 [8] and
remove it.
20. Following the steps 16 to 19, remove the ADU
conveyance roller /3 [9].
NOTE
• Each roller is provided with one E-ring. Be
sure to remove also this E-ring when replac-
ing the roller.
[2] [1]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[8]
[7] [5] 1050fs2161c
134

21. Remove the E-ring [1].
22. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out and remove
the ADU conveyance roller /2 [4].
1050e/1050eP
[4]
[4]
[1] [2]
[3] 1050fs2162c
135
23. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and
[7]
the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance
roller /2 [1].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
[2]
• When reinstalling the bearing [6], be sure that
[6] the flange [7] turns outside.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[5] [2] 1050fs2195c
136

N. Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1 /ADU reverse roller/Reverse/exit roller/ADU acceleration
roller/paper exit rollers /1 and /2 assembly
1050e/1050eP
• ADU reverse roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Reverse/exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU acceleration roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Paper exit roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Paper exit roller /2 assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[1] 2. Remove the fusing section.(See P.153)
3. Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
4. Remove the connector [2].
[3] 5. Remove the connectors [4] and [5], 16 pcs in all,
that are connected to the ADU drive board /1
[2] (ADUDB1) [3].
NOTE
• It is not necessary to remove the connector
[4] [5] [8] [7] of the ADU cooling fan /1 (RM15) [6].
• It is possible to remove the connector [8] on
the wiring harness side instead of removing
the connector [5].
[4]
[6] [4] [7] [4] [4] [4] 1050fs2189c
137

[1] [3] [4] [2].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the stay, be sure to set the
projection [4] of the ADU to the positioning
hole [3].
[2]
[1] 1050fs2190c
138

acceleration motor assembly [2].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the ADU acceleration motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [4] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [3].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3] [4] [1] 1050fs2191c
139
8. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the thick

paper assist solenoid assembly [2].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thick paper assist sole-
noid assembly, be sure to set the projection
[4] of the ADU to the positioning hole [3].
[3] [4] [2]
[1]
[3] [4] 1050fs2192c
9. Loosen 3 screws [1] and release the tension of

[4]
the belt [4] while sliding the ADU reverse motor
[5] assembly [2] in the arrow-marked direction [3].
[6] NOTE
• When setting the belt, the tension is automat-
[7] ically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to
[8] tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.

[3] [6] [2] reverse motor assembly [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the ADU reverse motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [8] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [7].
[1]
[7] [8] 1050fs2193c
140

11. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out the ADU con-
veyance roller /1 [3].
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[3]
[1] 1050fs2194c
141
12. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and
[7]
the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance
roller /1 [1].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[5] [2] 1050fs2195c
142

13. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the belt
[1] [5]
[4] while sliding the pulley [2] of the reverse/exit
motor (M13) in the arrow-marked direction [3].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When setting the belt, the tension is automat-
ically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to
tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.
[4] [3] [2] 1050fs2196c
14. Remove the pierce ring [1], the spacer [2], the
pulley [3] and the pin [4].
15. Remove 2 screws [5] and pull out the ADU
reverse roller [6].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4] 1050fs2197c
143
16. Remove 2 pierce rings [2] and the bearing [3]

[4]
from the ADU reverse roller [1].
[3]
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
the flange [4] turns outside.
[2]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2198c
17. Following the steps 14 to 16, remove the

reverse/exit roller [1] and the ADU acceleration
roller [2].
[2] [1] 1050fs2199c
144

spacer [2].
19. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
1050e/1050eP
20. Remove 2 screws [6] and pull out the paper exit
roller /2 assembly [7].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[5] 1050fs2200c
145
21. Following the steps 18, 19 and 20, pull out the
paper exit roller /1 [1].
/1050e/1050eP
[1] 1050fs2202c
22. Remove 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from the
[4]
paper exit roller /1 [1].
[3]
NOTE

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2] 1050fs2203c
146

O. Replacing the reverse gate
• Reverse gate: Every 10,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
2. Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse sec-
tion cover [2].
[1]
[2]
1050fs2204c

[2] [5] [7] [5] [6]
4. Remove the spring [2].
5. Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the actuator [4].
reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].
NOTE
• Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.
[1] [4] [3] 1503fs2205c
147
7. Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then

remove 2 bearings [2].
[1] [2] 8. Open the reverse door [3] and remove the
/1050e/1050eP
reverse gate assembly [4] while sliding it in the

arrow-marked directions [5] and [6] in this order.
[6] [5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2206c
9. Remove the screws [1], one each, and then

[2]
remove 7 reverse gates [2].
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2207c
148

P. Replacing the fusing exit roller
• Fusing exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
[1]
ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
2. Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse sec-
tion cover [2].
[2] 1050fs2786c
149

[2]
4. Remove 2 stepped screws [2] and then remove
the paper reverse/exit section [3].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When attaching the stepped screw [2], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.
[3]
[2] [1] 1050fs2787c

[2] [5] [7] [5] [6]
6. Remove the spring [2].
the actuator [4].
reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].
NOTE
• Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.
[1] [4] [3] 1503fs2205c
150

ing.
1050e/1050eP
[1] 1050fs2792c
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and 2 screws [2], and slide
[2] [3]
the bearing [3] in the arrow-marked direction.
[1] 1050fs2788c
11. Pull out and remove gently the shaft [1] of the
fusing exit roller so that it does not touch the
guide plate.
[1]
1050fs2789c
151

[2]
13. Remove 4 E-rings [2] and slide 4 pins [3] in the
direction in which they can be removed. And
/1050e/1050eP
then pull out 4 fusing exit rollers [4] in the oppo-

site direction to remove them.
steps in reverse.
[4]
[1] [3] 1050fs2790c
152

3.5.9 Fusing section
A. Replacing the cleaning web
1050e/1050eP
Caution:
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.

• Cleaning web: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2] 2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
cover [2].
[1]
1050fs2163c
3. Release the couplings [1] provided at the 2

places in the arrow-marked direction and remove
the used cleaning web [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2164c
153
4. Set the shaft [2] on the unused side of the new

[2] cleaning web [1] to the driven couplings /Rr [3]
and /Fr [4].
[3]
/1050e/1050eP
[6]
NOTE
• Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
couplings to the notch [6] of the shaft on the
[5]
unused side. When the web is installed in the
wrong direction, it does not coincide with the
notch.
5. Hold either side [8] of the shaft [7] on the take-up

side of the new cleaning web with both hands,
and take up the new cleaning web until the blue
[7] line [9] disappears.
[1] NOTE
• The performance of the new cleaning web is
guaranteed from the position in which the
blue line disappears. Be sure to take up the
cleaning web up to this position.
[8]
[9]
[4]
[6]
[2] [5]
1050fs2165c
154

6. Set the shaft [2] on the take-up side of the new
[4]
cleaning web [1] to the take-up couplings /Rr [3]
and /Fr [4].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
coupling to the notch [6] of the shaft on the
unused side.
7. The reinstallation hereafter should be made fol-

lowing the removal steps in reverse.
[1] [2] [6] [5]
NOTE
• When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the fusing cleaning web
in the service mode.(See P.373)
[3] [5] [6] [2] 1050fs2166c
155
B. Removing/reinstalling the fusing section
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
(1) Procedure
[3] 3. Open the fusing paper exit section [2].
[1] 4. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the fusing
cover [4].
[4]
[2] 1050fs2002c
156

assist plate [2].
1050e/1050eP
the fusing section [4].
NOTE
• When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
tighten up the screw [3] while pressing it
toward the rear side.
[2] [4] [7] [1] 7. Close the fusing paper exit section [5].
8. Slide the fusing section [4] diagonally to the front
side and hold it up with both hand to remove it.
NOTE
[5]
• When holding up the fusing section, be sure
to hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
• When reinstalling it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to the reversal section side.
[6]

steps in reverse.
[3] 1050fs2003c
157
C. Opening/closing of the web section

(1) Procedure
/1050e/1050eP
2. Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)

3. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
4. Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft
[2], and rotate the shaft to release pressure.
NOTE
• When the web is closed and fixed, be sure to
rotate the shaft to apply pressure.
• Opening the web section disrupts the stabil-
[5] [6] ity. Be careful it does not fall down.
5. Remove 4 screws [6] and open the web section

[5].
steps in reverse.
[1] [2] [3]
[6] 1050fs2167c
158 1

D. Replacing the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• Be sure to avoid touching the lamp section of the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2 with bare hands.
When touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.

• Fusing heater lamp /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[3]
3. Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
[2]
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the 2 wir-
[1]
ing harness clamps [2].
5. Remove 2 faston terminals [4] of the fusing
heater lamp /1 [3].
[4]
NOTE
• Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamps /1 and
/2 with the manufacturer's mark in this side.
• When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /1,
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.
6. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the wir-

ing harness clamp [6].
NOTE
[3] • When reinstalling the wiring harness clamp,
be sure to install it in the correct position.
[5] When it is installed in a wrong position, the
fusing cover cannot be attached.
[6]
[4] 1050fs2168c
159
7. Remove 2 faston terminals [2] of the fusing

[1]
heater lamp /2 [1].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.
8. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lamp

fixing plate /Fr [4].
9. Pull out and remove each of the fusing heater
lamps in the arrow-marked direction [5].
NOTE
[2] [6] • When reinstalling each of the fusing heater
lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp
is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [6].
• After each of the fusing heater lamps is
[5] installed, check to see if it is in touch with the
inner face of the fusing roller /Up [7].

steps in reverse.
[7] [3]
[4] [5] [2] 1050fs2407c
160

E. Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the heat insulating sleeve, the bearing and the fusing gear
• Fusing roller /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• Heat insulating sleeve: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Bearing: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Fusing gear: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].
[1] 1050fs2169c
6. Remove the C-ring [2], the fusing gear [3], the

[7]
gear [4] (part not replaced), the heat insulating
sleeve [5] and the bearing [6] from the fusing
roller /Up [1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange [7]
turns outside.
7. Remove the C-ring [8], the heat insulating sleeve

[2] [3] [4] [5] [1] [6] [9] and the bearing [10] from the fusing roller /Up
[1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange
[11] turns outside.

[11]
steps in reverse.
[9]
[8]
1050fs2170c
161
F. Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly

• Fusing roller /Lw assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[3]
NOTE
• When removing the fusing roller /Lw assem-
bly with the web section open, the web sec-
tion may become unstable. So, be sure to
remove the cleaning web in advance.
(See P.153)

[1]
(See P.159)
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See P.161)
6. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the jam
release knob [2].
[2] 7. Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly [3].
1050fs2171c
NOTE
• Before the roller is pressured, fix the pressure
spring end [1] in front and rear at 2 to 4 mm
[3] from the pressure plate end [2].
When this operation is not made, insufficient
fusing may result when printing a thick paper.
Standard: [3] 2 mm to 4 mm
• Color of the pressure spring varies depending

on the type of the roller.
Soft roller: Black
Hard roller: Silver

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1] [2]
1050fs2919c
162 2

G. Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly
• Fusing cleaning sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
3. Open the web section [1].(See P.158)
(See P.159)
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up.(See P.161)
6. Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly.
(See P.162)
7. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning unit [2].
[2] [1]
[1] 1050fs2172c
163

[1]
cleaning sheet assembly [2].
9. Remove the paper dust that has gathered in [3]
/1050e/1050eP
of the fusing cleaning unit.

steps in reverse.
[2] [3] 1050fs2408c
164

H. Removing/reinstalling the fusing heating roller assembly
(1) Procedure
1050e/1050eP
3. Remove the spring [1] (long one) and [2] (short
[5]
one).
NOTE
[1]
• The springs [1] and [2] are different in size and
length. When installing them, take note of the
positions in which they are installed.

ground terminal [4].
5. Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the thick
paper conveyance assist plate [6].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], be sure to install the springs
[1] and [2] and the ground terminal [4] and
then push the thick paper conveyance assist
[5] [6] plate in the direction of the paper exit. The
plate must move smoothly.
[4] [3] [2] 1050fs2173c
165
6. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing

plate [2].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
[1] • When reinstalling the fixing plate, be sure to
set the positioning hole [3] and the position-
ing slot [4] to 2 projections [5] of the fusing
section.
[2] [3] [5]
[1]
[4] [5] 1050fs2174c
166

7. Remove 2 springs [1].
8. Remove the screw [2] and open the fusing heat-
ing roller assembly [3].
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
1050fs2175c
167
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing heating roller
assembly [1], be sure to set the guide hole [3]
/1050e/1050eP
of the fusing heating roller assembly to the

[1] guide pin [2] of the fusing section.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3] 1050fs2176c
168

I. Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the fusing heater lamp /3 with bare hands. When
touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.

(2) Procedure
[1] 3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
[2] 4. Cut off the wire binding band [1] and remove the
connector [2].
5. Cut off the wire binding band [3].
[8] NOTE
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
[7] [9] use a heat-resistant one.
[10]
[16] 7. Remove the faston terminal [6].
NOTE
• Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamp /3 with
the manufacturer's mark in this side.
[15] • When reinstalling the faston terminal, be sure
to insert it securely.
[17]
8. Remove the screw [7] and then remove the fixing

[6] plate /Rr [8].
[3]
NOTE
[5] • When reinstalling the fixing plate /Rr, be sure
to set the positioning hole [9] to the projection
[4] [10] of the fusing heating roller assembly.
9. Remove the screw [11] and then remove the fix-

ing plate /Fr [12].
[12] [13][14] [11] 1050fs2177c
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fixing plate /Fr, be sure
to set the positioning hole [13] to the projec-
tion [14] of the fusing heating roller assembly.
169
10. Pull out the fusing heater lamp /3 [1] from the
front side [3] of the fusing heating roller assembly
[2] and remove it.
/1050e/1050eP
[2]
NOTE
be sure to take note of the direction.
• After completion of the installation of the fus-
ing heater lamp /3, check to see if it is in
[1]
touch with the inner face of the fusing heating
[3] roller.
1050fs2801c
steps in reverse.
170

J. Replacing the fusing heating roller, the heat insulation sleeve /Lw and the bearing
• Fusing heating roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
• Heat insulating sleeve /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[5] [2] [4]
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
4. Remove the fusing heater lamp /3. (See P.169)
5. Remove the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.
(See P.163)
6. Remove the C-rings [1], one each, and then
remove the bearings [2], one each, to remove the
fusing heating roller [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearing, be sure to take
note of the direction of the flange [4].
[3] [1]
7. Remove the heat insulating sleeves /Lw [5], one

each, from the fusing heating roller.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /
Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.

steps in reverse.
[1] [4] [2] [5] 1050fs2178c
171
K. Replacing the fusing claw /Lw

• Fusing claw /Lw: Every 1,500,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
3. Open the fusing paper exit section
.(See P.158)
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove 2 fusing
claw /Lw assemblies [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.
[3]
[4]
[1] [2] 1050fs2179c
5. Remove the spring [2] from each of the fusing

[3] [2] [4] [1]
claw /Lw assembly [1] and then remove the fus-
ing claw /Lw [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.

steps in reverse.
[4] 1050fs2180c
172

L. Replacing the fusing claw /Up
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• The procedure for replacing the fixing claw/Up differs depending on whether the separation claw
shaking mechanism exist or not.

• Fusing claw /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure (when not equipped with the shaking mechanism)

3. Open the fusing paper exit section.
(See P.158)
remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2181c
2 173
(3) Procedure (when equipped with the shaking mechanism)

/1050e/1050eP
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See P.158)

remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2920c
174 2

M. Replacing the fusing actuator
• Fusing actuator: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
3. Open the fusing paper exit section.(See P.158)
4. Remove the fusing sensor cover [1].
[1] 1050fs2182c
175
5. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fus-

[10] [6]
ing sensor cover plate [2].
/1050e/1050eP
[7] NOTE
[8] • When reinstalling the fusing sensor cover
plate, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
[5] the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.
6. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the fus-

ing claw /Lw assembly [6].
[1] [2] [9] NOTE

• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole [7] to
the projection [8] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.

actuator assembly [10].
[3][4] 1050fs2183c
176

8. Pull out the shaft fixing member [1], release the
spring [2] and remove the fusing actuator [4] from
the fusing actuator assembly [3].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing actuator, be sure
to take note of the position [5] to which the
spring is hooked.
• When reinstalling the shaft fixing member, be
sure to take note of its direction.
[1] [5] [3]

steps in reverse.
[4] [2] [5] 1050fs2184c
177
N. Replacing the thermistor /2
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• After completion of the installation of the thermistor /2, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with
the fusing roller /Up.

• Thermistor /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
3. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
4. Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft [2]
and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to release pres-
sure.
NOTE
• Not releasing pressure may cause damage to
the fusing heater lamp. Be sure to release it.
• When reinstalling it, be sure to rotate the shaft
[1] [2] [3]
[2] counterclockwise to apply pressure.

6. Remove 4 screws [6] and 2 stepped screws [7],
and then remove the web unit [8].
NOTE
• When attaching the stepped screw [7], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.
• Be sure to remove the web section with it
closed. If the web is removed with it open, the
web section becomes unstable and you may
get injured.
[2] 1050fs2185c
178

7. Cut off the wiring band [1].
[4]
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.
8. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-

mistor /2 assembly [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thermistor /2 assembly,
[3] [2] check surely to see if it is in touch with the
fusing roller /Up [4].
9. Remove the connector [5] of the thermistor /2.
NOTE
• There are 4 connectors for the thermistor pro-
vided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify a corresponding connector in
advance. Therefore, the connector to be
[5]
removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /2.
[1] 1050fs2186c
[1]
mistor /2 [2].
steps in reverse.
[2] 1050fs2409c
179
O. Replacing the thermistor /4
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• After completion of the installation of the thermistor /4, check to ensure it is in touch with the fus-
ing heating roller.

• Thermistor /4: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
(See P.165)
4. Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
[8] [5] [9] ing harness clamp [3].
mistor /4 assembly [5].
NOTE
be sure to set the attaching hole [6] to the
projection [7] of the fusing heating roller
assembly.
check to see if it is in touch with the fusing
heating roller [8].
7. Remove the connector [9] of the thermistor /4

[1]
assembly.
[3] [2] [6][7] [4] 1050fs2187c
NOTE
180

mistor /4 [3].
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
[2]
• When attaching the wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1] 1050fs2410c
181
P. Replacing the web motor

• Web motor: Every 6,000,000 prints
/1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[2] [1] [3]
5. Remove 3 screws [4] and then remove the web
motor unit [5] in the arrow-marked direction.
[4] [5]
1050fs2188c
182

[1]
7. Loosen the screw [2] and pull out the web motor
[3] in the arrow-marked direction.
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling the web motor, be sure to
align the D-cut face of the web motor shaft
with the direction of the screw [2].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2] 1050fs2411c
183
Q. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the thermistor /1, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Procedure for removal

[3] 3. Remove the web section. (See P.178)
NOTE
[2] • When attaching a wiring band, be sure to use
a heat-resistant one.

mistor /1 [3].
NOTE
• For the method for installing the thermistor /
1, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
NOTE
[4]
[1]
1050fs2208c
184

(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /A
[3] between the thermistor /1 [1] and the fusing
1050e/1050eP
[3] roller /Up [2].
2. Adjust the position of the thermistor /1 so that it
become flush with the temperature sensor posi-
tioning jig /A, and then fix it with the screw [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [5] between
the thermistor /1 and the fusing roller /Up so
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
[1] temperature sensor positioning jig /A.
[4] Specified value: a = 0.75 ± 0.1 mm
• Make sure that the thermistor /1 is parallel to
the roller.
[5] 3. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [4].

4. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[2] 1050fs2209c
185
R. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling the thermistor /3, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /3, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.

[6]
[3] (See P.165))
4. Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
NOTE
[1] • When attaching a wire binding band, be sure
to use a heat-resistant one.
[2]
5. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the 2 wir-
6. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the ther-
mistor /3 [5].
NOTE
• For the method for installing the thermistor /
3, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
[4]
NOTE
[5] advance. Therefore, the connector to be
1050fs2210c
186

1. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /B
[3] between the thermistor /3 [1] and the fusing
1050e/1050eP
heating roller [2].
2. Adjust the position of the thermistor /3 so that it
become flush with the temperature sensor posi-
tioning jig /B, and then fix it with 2 screws [4].
NOTE
the thermistor /3 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of
[4] the temperature sensor positioning jig /A.
[1]
Specified value: a = 0.7 ± 0.1 mm
• Make sure that the thermistor /3 is parallel to
[3] the roller.
3. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].

[5] 4. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
[2] 1050fs2211c
187
S. Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling the thermostat /1, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /A before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.

[1]
3. Remove the web section. (See P.178)
4. Remove 2 faston terminals [1].
mostat /1 [3].
[2]
NOTE
• For method for reinstalling the thermostat /1,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
[3]
1050fs2212c
188

1. Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /1
[1].
[3]
1050e/1050eP
2. Insert the thermostat positioning jig /A [4]
between the thermostat /1 [1] and the fusing
roller /Up [3].
3. Adjust the position of the thermostat /1 so that it
become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
A, and then fix it with the screw [5].
NOTE
[2]
the thermostat /1 and the fusing roller /Up so
[5]
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
thermostat positioning jig /A.
[4]
4. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].

[1]
[6]
1050fs2213c
189
T. Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• When reinstalling the thermostat /2, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /B before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /2, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.

[1]
(See P.165)
4. Remove 2 faston terminals [1].
[3] 5. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-
mostat /2 [3].
NOTE
[2] • For method for reinstalling the thermostat /2,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
1050fs2214c
190

1. Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /2
[2]
[1].
1050e/1050eP
2. Insert the thermostat positioning jig /B [4]
[1] between the thermostat /2 [1] and the fusing
heating roller [3].
3. Adjust the position of the thermostat /2 so that it
become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
B, and then fix it with the screw [5].
[5]
NOTE
the thermostat /2 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of
the thermostat positioning jig /B.
4. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].

[3]
[4]
[6]
1050fs2215c
191
3.5.10 Paper exit section

A. Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section
(1) Procedure
/1050e/1050eP
1. Remove the left cover. (See P.250)

[1] 3. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the paper
exit section [3].
[2]
[2] NOTE
• When reinstalling the paper exit section, be
sure to hook the retention hole [4] to the pro-
jection [5] of the frame and then set the posi-
[4][5] [3] [6][7] tioning hole [6] to the positioning pin [7] of the
1050fs2216c
frame.

steps in reverse.
B. Cleaning of the paper exit sensor

• Paper exit sensor: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
2. Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
3. Clean the paper exit sensor (PS3) [1] with the
blower brush.
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2217c
192

C. Replacing the main body paper exit roller
• Main body paper exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
1050e/1050eP
(2) Procedure
[7] 2. Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
[6] [2] and the pin [3].
4. Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the bear-
[8] ing [5].
5. Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the bear-
ing [7].
6. Move the main body paper exit roller [8] in the
arrow-marked directions [9] and [10] in this order,
[10]
and remove it.
steps in reverse.
[9] [5]
[1]
[4]
[2] [3] 1050fs2218c
193
4. SERVICE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4. SERVICE
4.1 Service material list
/1050e/1050eP
Material No. Name Shape Remark

000V-16-0 Drum cleaner 200 ml
000V-17-0 Roller cleaner 200 ml
000V-19-0 Setting powder 25 g
000V-18-0 Cleaning pad 10 pcs/1 pack
194 1
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 4. SERVICE

4.2 Jig list
Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
1050e/1050eP
55VAJG011 Temperature sensor 1
positioning jig /A (for
fusing roller /Up)
55VAJG021 Temperature sensor 1

positioning jig /B (for
fusing heating roller)
55VAJG031 Thermostat position- 1

ing jig /A (for fusing
roller /Up)
55VAJG041 Thermostat position- 1

ing jig /B (for fusing
heating roller)
7050K0020 Optics unit position- 2

ing jig
00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 4
403479400# Test chart (A3 size) 1
403479410# Test chart 1

(11 x 17 size)
00VC-2-00 Drum cover 1
00VD-1000 Blower brush 1
00VE-1003 Tester 1
2 195
Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark

120A1052# Positioning shaft 2pc/set For DF adjustment
/1050e/1050eP
120A9711# Adjustment chart 1 For DF adjustment
120A9712# White chart 1 For DF adjustment
196 2

4.3 Materials
A. Item
1050e/1050eP
Parts name Useful life Type name
Toner bottle 80,000 prints TN010
Drum 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours DR010
Developer 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours DV010
197
4.4 Mail remote notification system

4.4.1 Outline
/1050e/1050eP
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by a
copier using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the copier allows you to receive by mail all sorts of print infor-
mation of the copier.
4.4.2 Operating environments

In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, SC and a low power mode. A mail sent to the copier that is
not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the copier is activated again.
(1) The copier has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The copier has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the copier.
When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
While the copier is in auto shut-off.
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
In this manual, the network interface card installed in the main body is called the main body NIC.
4.4.3 Major functions

Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.
(1) The list print information of the copier you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Remote diagnostic report
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cell phone.

(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be change.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail with a simple keyword (com-
mand).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Operating instructions of the mail remote notification
system"
198 1

4.4.4 Initialization
To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the copier
main body and the account on the mail server.
1050e/1050eP
A. Setting from the touch panel
Set the IP address of the copier from the touch panel to connect the copier to the network. When already set,
proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser".
(1) Procedure
Step Operating instructions

1 Select [Utility/counter] on the operation board.
2 Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."
3 Select "04 Network Setting."
4 Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."
5 Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the copier.
NOTE
• The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
B. Setting from the Web Utilities

Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.
NOTE
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
• The Web layout is subject to change without notice.
199
(1) Procedure

/1050e/1050eP
1 Start the Web browser.

• When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particu-
lars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator
is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers simulta-
neously.
2 Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating
panel."
• "Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the copier main body.
3 Click "Extension for maintenance" on "Main page."

4 Enter the user name or the CE password in "Extension for maintenance" and press "OK."
User name: ce (cannot be changed)

Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")
200

5 Click "E-Mail Initial Setting" to display the screen for setting.
1050e/1050eP
Set item Details
Enable E-mail When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
notification use."
Time difference The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in the
range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute). When
no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan, enter +
900.)
Sending mail Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
(SMTP) server
SMTP port Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
number
Sending mail For SMTP default, 5-minute is set.
(SMTP) server
time out
Interval between The copier check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly received.
fetching mails (An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 minutes.) Taking
into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at the interval of
10 minutes.
Receiving mail Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
server
Kind of mail Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
spool
Pop3 (IMAP) When 110 is used for POP3 and 143 is used for IMAP, select "Use the default
port number value." When any value other than the default, select "Setting" and enter a
port number to be used in the text box.
2 201
Set item Details

/1050e/1050eP
User name on Enter an account name assigned to the copier by the incoming mail server.
the server
Password Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address Enter the mail address of the copier its own. This is normally "mail account
of this copy name@incoming mail server name."
machine
Nickname Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
copier. No entry cause no problem.
CE password Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the
copier. The copier uses this password for security purpose.
Also Notice to • Not transfer: Default
the Administra- • Transfer an unright mail: When a mail received by the copier is not con-
tor form to the above password, or when the mail size is exceeding the spec-
ified size (10k bytes), a selection is made if the mail is communicated.
• Transfer all transmission mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote
notification system."
Administrator When "Transfer an unright mail" or "Transfer all transmission mails" is
E-mail address selected, enter an E-mail address for transfer.
Announce delay A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
time in replay mail was sent to the copier and the time when the copier handled the mail is
mail indicated in the mail. For default, "Not indicate" is selected.
Enable POP After authentication is made by the mail receiving server, a selection is made
(IMAP) before to decide whether to send out the mail or not. For default, "Send" is selected.
SMTP
6 After completion of entry, click the [Apply] key.

7 Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collec-
tively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" to show the results of the sending and receiving test.
Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-mail
address for the copier" set in Step 2.
Receiving A receiving test is made on the incoming mail server. A test mail is received from
test "E-mail address of the copier" set in Step 2.
202

4.4.5 Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system
For commands for communications with the copier and the details of options, see the table below.
Command Option Description Minimum
1050e/1050eP
input
GETLOG [List option name] Send back by mail the list print information specified G
in [List print name].
ModeMemory Send back [Mode memory list] by mail. M
UserSetting end back by [User setting list] mail. U
FontPattern Send back [Font pattern list] by mail. F
Management Send back [Management list] by mail. Ma
Adjustment Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail. A
Parameter Send back [Parameter list] by mail. P
UserManagement Send back [User management list] by mail. UseM
Counter Send back [Counter list] by mail. C
PixelRatio Send back [Pixel ratio list] by mail. Pi
CommunicationLog CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log Co
list] by mail.
AuditLog Send back [Audit log report] by mail. Au
ALL Send back all of the above list prints in mail. AL
Not specified [Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cell
phone. And this is sent back by mail.
CHPASS [OldPasswd][New- Change a password to be used for certification of a C
Passwd] mail.
[OldPasswd] Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd] Specify a new password.
HELP Not specified Send a help mail that describes the operating H
instructions of the commands above.
203
4.4.6 Mail sending

A command (option) printed on the mail is not case sensitive and can be identified from the minimum input listed
on the preceding page.
/1050e/1050eP
A. Notes
• When sending a mail to the copier, take note of the following.
(1)Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
(2)Use the mail software in the text mode.
(3)For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
(4)There are one or more spaces or TAB's required between a command and an option that are
written in the mail. (However, a line feed is not allowed.)
(5)Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII charac-
ters). When any other characters are used, an error message "No command found" is sent
back.
(6)Start a command written in the mail from the line head with not space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
(7)The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
(8)Avoid attaching a file to a mail that is sent to the copier.
(9)A signature on a mail that is sent to the copier may be handled as a command with an error
message sent back.
(10)When the power is shut off while the copier is sending a mail or when the copier main body is
printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
(11)The copier can receive up to 5 mails from the mail server at the same time.
When more than 5 mails have been received by the mail server, the copier receives the
remaining mails from the mail server next time.
204
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1 ISW
1050e/1050eP
5.1.1 Outline
A. ISW (In-System Writer)
• This is an operation in which a control program stored in the flush ROM that is built in each control board in
the copier is rewritten with the board built in the copier main body. Conducting the ISW allows the version up
of control program without changing the board and the installation of the up to date program when replacing
the board. As a tool to conduct the ISW, (ISWTrns (PC software)) can be used for rewriting with the personal
computer (PC) connected to the copier. This tool can rewrite directly a control program in the flush ROM built
in the copier main body.
B. ISWTrns
• This is a software for Windows to rewrite the copier flush ROM and is used for the rewrite of programs (data
transfer) with the copier main body and the personal computer connected with a parallel cable or the USB
cable.
NOTE
• When this machine uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of the
ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.1.4 A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/
XP)" When using the USB, be sure to turn on the radio button of the USB on the ISWTrns [Setting
(S)] - [Communications setting (C)], and then press the OK button.
205
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.1.2 Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) ISWTrns disk composition
/1050e/1050eP
• Setup disk: 2
• Rewritable disk: Varies for each copier
(2) Operating environment of the software

• OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
• CPU: Pentium 75 MHz or above
• Memory: 16 MB or more for abroad/ 32 MB or more for domestic
• Free space in hard disk: 100 MB or more
• Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface
(3) Idling time

• Varies according to each PC
(4) Parts required to conduct the ISW

• Personal computer (PC): 1
• IBM-compatible PC/AT: Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel interface
• ISWTrns setup program
• Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board, Printer control board, RADF control board, FD
control board, LS control board, IC control board, SD control board,
PB control board
Method for rewriting program 1. Local ISW from the PC
2. Web Utilities directional type ISW by using the Internet
3. Operation panel directional type ISW by using the Internet
Protocol FTP, HTTP
Network connection Use of the NIC of the copier main body
Rewritable program Image control I1 to I4 collectively, I1- I4
Printer control C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2
DF F
FD, FS, LS, SD, PB H1, N1, S1-1/S1-2, B1, J1
Controller P1
Conditions Main body power turned on and program server provided
NOTE
• To execute the ISW, check surely to see if the power source of the main body has been turned on
in advance.
• For rewritable programs, it is not possible to rewrite plural programs at a time.
• When using the Internet ISW, it is required for it to be connected to the network environment by
using the main body NIC. As a network environment, programs must be down-loadable from the
program server on the Internet by using a ftp or http protocol.
206 2

5.1.3 Installation of the ISWTrns
Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.
1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
Step Operation Remarks

1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup disk to the PC and double click the When there remains the ISWTrns.exe of
[Setup.exe] icon to start the install program. the old version, uninstall the old version
first, and then install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the 1. For default, "C:\Program Files\KONI-
folder to which an installation is made, and then click CAMINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to
[Next]. which an installation is made.
2. When changing the folder to which an
installation is made, click [Reference] and
specify one as you please.
4 "Program confirmation screen"

Following the instructions on the screen, check the 1. For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder
folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored and to which an installation is made.
then click [Next]. 2. When changing the folder to which an
installation is made, enter an folder name
directly, or select one from the existing
folder displayed.
5 "Information dialog screen"

Following the instructions on the screen, click [OK].
6 "Setup completion screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, click [Com-
pleted].
7 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automati-
cally completed.
207
5.1.4 Usage of the ISWTrns

A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)
When a connection is made between the PC and the copier main body with a USB cable, the installation of the
/1050e/1050eP
USB driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this May result in the installation of the Win-
dows USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 From the screen below, select "Install from the list or the specified location," and then click [Next].
2 In the "Select the retrieve and install option screen," select "Select a driver for installation with no
retrieval," and then click [Next].
3 Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)
4 When the [Completed] in the "Hardware update wizard completed screen" is displayed, click
[Completed] to exit the installation.
5 Check the "Device manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)
208

B. Setting of the communication method
(1) Setting up of the parallel port
When sending the parallel port data by using the ISWTrns program, it is necessary to release the ECP mode set-
1050e/1050eP
ting of the PC parallel port. The ISWTrns does not correspond to the data transmission through the parallel port.
Accordingly, sending data in the ECP mode may result in an error while in transmission. Therefore, when using
the ISWTrns with the PC set in the ECP, it is necessary to release the ECP mode.
1) ECP port release procedure

The following procedure shows the release of the ECP mode.

1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in "Control panel," select the 1. The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is
"Device manager" tab and search LPT1 in an ECP port.
"Port (COM/LPT)." 2. The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a
normal parallel port.
3 When the printer port is set to the ECP port, The change of the BIOS varies depending on the
change the BIOS setting of the PC to release PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact the sys-
the ECP port. tem administrator.
4 Conduct a transmission test to check the When a correct transmission is once made on the
operations. copier, transmission is available for all types of
machines.
209
(2) Preparations for transmission on the copier

1) Checking of the ROM version
Before rewriting the ROM data, be sure to check the ROM version of the current control program by following
/1050e/1050eP
the procedure given below.
Step Operation
1 Enter the service mode.
2 Press the [08 ROM version] key in "Service mode menu screen."
3 Press the [01 ROM version] key in the sub-menu displayed on the right side of the screen.
4 "ROM version screen"
Press the [08 ROM version] key and check the version information.
2) Standby for the ISW transfer

Open the service mode of the copier and get into the standby of the ISW transmission.

1 Enter the service mode.
2 Press the [10 ISW] key in "Service mode menu
screen."
3 Press the [01 ISW] key in the sub menu dis-
played on the right side of the screen.
4 [Service mode menu]
Example: Image control: collective The ISW standby status is a status in which the
[Start] key is shown in the display section.
210

C. Firmware copy
(1) Creation of the folder
Start the ISWTrns program the installation of which has been completed, and set a folder into which a trans-
1050e/1050eP
ferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
1) Procedure

1 Start the PC.
2 Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double
click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start
up the "ISWTrns program."
3 "ISWTrns dialog screen"
This screen is displayed only when the
ISWTrns is started for the first time.
Click [OK] key to set a folder into which a trans-

ferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
4 "Option screen"
1. A folder (C:\Program Files\KonicaMi-
nolta\ISWTrns)into which the ISWTrns pro-
gram has been installed as a stored folder
(data folder) for default is set.
2. When changing a stored folder, click
[Browse] and specify any one as you please,
or make an entry directly in the editor box in
full path.
3. When the [Make Folder] key is clicked, a
hierarchical folder is created using the stored
Set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten folder set above as a route.
data) is stored and then click [Make Folder] key.
5 "Option screen"
Click [OK] key. This operation stores the data folder created
in the step 4 into the INI file of the ISWTrns
program.
6 "ISWTrns screen"
The main screen of the ISWTrns program is displayed.
211
(2) Data copy

Using the ISWTrns program, copy data (rewritten data) which is sent to the PC.
/1050e/1050eP
1) Procedure

1 Start the PC.
2 Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double
click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desk top to start
up the "ISWTrns program."
3 Click the "Option" menu.
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy] key.

5 "File copy screen"
Click [Browse] key.

6 Select the folder into which a file to be trans- 1. A folder selected is displayed in the upper dis-
ferred (data to be rewritten) is stored as a file play section of the file from which a copy was
from which the copy is made. made.
2. In the lower display section of a file from which
a copy was made, the transferred files (rewritten
data) stored in the elected folder are displayed.
7 Select a transferred file (rewritten data) you 1. A number of transferred files (rewritten data)
want to copy from the lower display section of a can be selected.
file from which a copy was made. 2. When copying all of the transferred files (rewrit-
ten data) that are displayed, skip this step and
proceed to the step 8.
212

8 Copy the transferred file (rewritten data) 1. When copying all of the transferred files (rewritten
1050e/1050eP
selected by clicking [Copy] key into the data) that are displayed in the lower display section of
folder created at the setup of the the file from which a copy was made, click [Copy all] key
ISWTrns. instead of [Copy] key.
2. In the upper display section of the file into which a
copy has been made, a folder name created at the
setup of the ISWTrns is displayed.
3. In the list shown in the lower display section of the file
into which a copy has been made, files the copy of
which has been successfully completed are listed in full
path. In the copy error file list, files the copy of which
have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, fol-
lowing are considered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not
checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
4. When changing a transferred file (rewritten data) that
is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite
check box to make a check mark.
9 After completion of copy, click [Refresh]
key.
10 Click [Return] to get back to "option
screen."
11 "Option screen"
Click [OK] key.
213
D. Firmware
(1) Firmware data flow
The following shows the flow of the ISW data.
/1050e/1050eP
PC Image processing Overall control board Printer control board

board RADF control board
FNS control board
FD control board
SD control board
PB control board
LS control board
IC board
When conducting the ISW in the entire system, be sure to conduct it in the order shown below.
Step Type of programs

1 *1 FD (H1), FS (N1), SD (B1), PB (J1), LS (S1-2, S1-1)*2
2 DF (F), IC (P1), Printer control board (C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2)
3 Image control (I1 to I4 collectively, I1, I2, I3, I4)
*1 Be sure to conduct the low end first out of those set in the sequence 1.
Ex.) When the composition is made up of "LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503"
FS-503 (N1) → LS-501 (S1-2) → LS-501 (S1-1)
*2 When the LS is the coupling of 2 sets, the 1st set (main body side) is S1-1 and the 2nd set is S1-2.
NOTE
• When the overall control board is replaced, be sure to conduct first of all the ISW of the image con-
trol program. When the image control program is not contained in the overall control board, other
programs cannot be written.
• Programs are not stored in the image processing board. So, when the board is replaced, the ISW
is not required.
For FS and SD, be sure to take note of the followings.
NOTE
• When FS, SD or PB is directly connected to the main body
Ex.1) Main body + FS
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the FNS control board (FNSCB)
Ex.2) Main body + SD
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the SD control board (SDCB)
Ex.3) Main body + PB
Connect the jumper connector to CN29 on the PB control board (PBCB)
214 2

• When other option is connected between the main body and FS, SD or PB
Ex.1) Main body + FD + FS
Connect the connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
1050e/1050eP
Ex.2) Main body + FD + SD
Connect the connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Ex.3) Main body + FD + SD + FS
Connect the connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Connect the connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
Ex.4) Main body + FD + PB
Connect the connector on the PB side to CN29 on PBCB
2 215
[When the main power switch (SW1) is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of the ISW]
When the system configuration is as shown below, the SW1 is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of
the ISW.
/1050e/1050eP
• Case 1: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503
ISW sequence: FS-503 → LS-501 (2nd set) → SW1 OFF/ON → LS-501 (1st set) → DF-603 → IC → Main
body
• Case 2: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set)
ISW sequence: LS-501 (1st set) → SW1 OFF/ON → LS-501 (2nd set) → DF-603 → IC → Main body
However, when the LS-501 (2nd set) is conducted first, the SW1 is not required to be turned OFF/ON.
(2) Types of the transfer mode

There are 2 types of the ISW transfer mode on the machine side as shown below.
1) When writing a new program (when replacing a board or when failed in writing a program)
Displayed normally when starting up Method for ISW transmission

Overall control board Power save LED flashing Power ON mode
No display on operation board
Others Error code display Service mode
When there is an abnormality found with the image processing program of the image processing board, or an
error is found with date displayed on the operation panel, a startup is normally unavailable. In the condition like
this, when the power switch is turned on, the system gets into the ISW standby status.
And when an abnormality occurs while in rewriting the image processing program and the contents of the mem-
ory is damaged, the power save LED is flashing when the power is turned on again, and the system gets into
the ISW standby status.
When the image processing program is in the normal condition and there is an abnormality found with other pro-
grams, an SC error is normally display on the touch panel while in the startup.
2) When in the version up of the program
Displayed normally when starting up Method for ISW transmission

Overall control board Normal Service mode
Others Normal Service mode
(3) Use of each transmission mode

• Power ON mode
This mode is used when there is no program installed in the overall control board (OACB) of the copier main
body, or when an error code is displayed.
When the image control program of the OACB is not installed, the OACB can be written with the power
switch ON.
• Service mode
This mode is used when the image control program of the OACB has been already installed.
216

E. Connection to the main body
(1) When using the parallel cables
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
1050e/1050eP
• PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
• Parallel cables
1) Procedure
Step Operations
1 Turn OFF the power of the copier.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.
4 Connect the IEEE1284 port and the PC with the cable.
5 Connect the parallel cables of the PC to the ISW connectors of the copier.
NOTE
• When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.
217
(2) When using the USB cables

Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
• PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
/1050e/1050eP
• UBS cables
1) Procedure
Step Operations
1 Turn OFF the power of the copier.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.
4 Connect the USB port and the PC with the cables.
5 Connect the USB cables of the PC to the ISW connectors.
NOTE
• When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.
218

F. Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display on the operation board
When the ISWTrns program starts up, the main screen of the ISWTrns is displayed. In the main screen, the
1050e/1050eP
selection of transferred files (rewritten data), the display of information, the confirmation of a transferred file
(rewritten data) and the transmission of the transferred file (rewritten data) are conducted. For detailed informa-
tion of the functions, see the following.
[9] [10] [1]

[2]
[3]
[4]
[8] [5]
[6]
[7]
[1] Version selection frame

• When transferred files of plural versions are stored in a folder, a selection is made if the version is transferred.
[2] Version stored folder edit box
• When the condition selection frame of [10] is decided, according to the data folder set in the option screen
and the INI file information, a folder name in full path is displayed. When a transferred file is in a folder other
than a data folder, a change can be made by using the [Browse] button of [4] or rewriting directly the folder
name. A transferred file that meets the INI file conditions displayed here in the folder is displayed in the list box
of [3].
[3] Version file selection list box
• Files to be displayed that exist in the folder selected in [2] above are displayed. The files to be displayed are
described with the wild card name in the ISWTrns.INI file. Accordingly, when there are plural version files in the
same file, plural versions are to be displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of
names, and when the list is displayed, an item displayed last is selected. Changing an item of selection
decides the version of a transferred file that is transmitted.
[4] Browse key
• This key is used when the transfer folder is in a folder other than the default data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [2].
[5] Transferred file information display list
• Display a list of files that are actually transferred when the version file is selected at [3]. The number of files
actually transferred is described in the checksum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data). When all
of the transferred files are not stored in the folder of [2], or when unnecessary files are included in the folder,
an error message "No transferred files found or a file with an illegal name found in the folder. Make sure of it"
is displayed. When [File check] key of [6] is pressed, the checksum of all the files displayed is calculated. The
value obtained is compared with the checksum value stored in the checksum file (*.SUM) attached to the
transferred files (rewritten data) and the result is displayed.
[6] File check key
• When this button is pressed with the transferred files displayed in "Transferred file information display list" of
[5], the file checksum (checksum of the entire files) of each transferred file displayed is calculated and the
result is shown by the side of each transferred file. And the result of the checksum calculation and the check-
sum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data) are compared and the result of comparison is dis-
played in the format shown below.
219
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": A corresponding checksum not found
/1050e/1050eP
[7] File Send key

• The transmission of the transferred files is started.
[8] Send file information frame
• A list of files actually transferred is displayed based on the information selected in the frames [1] and [10], and
pressing the [File Check] key displays the checksum of files and the consistency of the checksum (OK, NG,
??).
[9] File detailed information list
• When the version file of [3] is selected, the detailed information of a file are displayed.
[10] Condition selection frame
• The condition of the transferred file (rewritten data) is checked. When all the 4 types of combo boxes are
selected, the folder of [2] is set based on the information set in the INI file. The contents of the combo box
selected is stored in the ISWTrns.INI file by "Transmission," and initialized and displayed when being started
next time.
(2) Rewrite procedure

Ex.: When the image control program is written collectively.
Step Operations
1 Copy the data to the PC. (For the procedure, see "C. Firmware copy.")
2 Start the ISWTrns program.
3 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
• Machine type: bizhub 1050, Destination: KBJ, Board type: 11 to 14 collectively
4 The data to be used is displayed in the version file selection box and the transmitted file information
frame.
5 Press the [File Check] key to check if the data to be used has any problem.
220

Step Operations
6 Place the copier main body in the standby for the ISW transfer. (For the procedure, see "2) Standby
for the ISW transfer.")
1050e/1050eP
7 Press the [Start] key on the copier main body side first, and then press the [File Send] key of the
ISWTrns.
8 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.
9 When the data transfer is completed, the following window is displayed.

[PC side]
[Copier side]
10 When transmitting other data, press the [Yes] key.

When exiting the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the copier main body is automatically rebooted.
11 Check the ROM version information in the service mode to see if the rewrite operation is completed
normally.
It is not completed normally, repeat the procedure from the step 2.
221
5.1.5 Error list

Detection function
• When the copier main body detects an abnormal condition after turning on the power, the copier does not
/1050e/1050eP
display it on the main body touch panel, but inform you of it by lighting or flashing the LED (with the ISW
placed in the standby condition). For the LED display, see the table given below.
No. Transaction Power save LED

1 CPU in initialization when the power is turned on OFF
2 Flush memory in checking OFF
3 When an error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status) Flashing in orange
4 ISW processing (data being received from the PC and flush memory being Flashing in green
written)
5 When an abnormality is detected while in data transmission Flashing alternately in
red and green
6 When an error is detected while in writing flush memory Flashing in red
7 Memory check successfully completed: while in rebooting OFF
(1) ISWTrns error list

The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the transaction is completed. The table below
shows the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.
Message Status of the ISWTrns

The opening of the file the checksum of which is The opening of the checksum file failed. The file is in use
to be taken is not available. or damaged.
The opening of the file the checksum of which is The reading of the checksum file failed. The memory is
to be taken cannot be read. insufficient or the OS is in trouble.
The file cannot be opened. The opening of the transferred file failed. The file is in use
or damaged.
The LPT port cannot be opened The opening of the LPT port failed.
Communication port setting acquisition error The access to GetCommState failed.
Communication port setting error The access to GetCommState failed.
The transferred file cannot be opened. The opening of the transferred file is unavailable. The file
is in use or damage.
The Term Test file cannot be transmitted. The transmission of the communication test block failed.
1. The copier side is not in the receiving condition.
2. The cable is disconnected.
3. The transferred file is wrong.
Transmission of the file failed. The transmission of the transferred file failed. Communi-
cation troubles such as a disconnected cable.
The transmission to the LPT port failed. The output to the LPT port failed. Communication trou-
bles such as a disconnected cable.
The folder name is illegal. The name of the input folder is illegal. Be sure that the
input be started with the drive name such as "C:\"
The generation of the thread failed. The generation of the thread failed.
The transferred file is not found. A file that copies a file is not selected or does not exist in
the folder.
222

Message Status of the ISWTrns
Some files cannot be copied. 1. When the folder into which files are stored is not
found.
1050e/1050eP
2. When a file is copied into the folder in which a file of
the same name is contained with "Overwrite check box"
not checked.
3. When overwriting is made on an overwrite prohibited
file.
4. The file is used by another application. OS trouble.
The transferred file is not found, or a file with an The number of divisions of the transferred file written in
illegal name is found in the folder. Make sure of the checksum file does not correspond with the number
it. of files that actually exist.
1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or
a file name that seems to be illegal is displayed in the
folder list.
2. The number of divided files is insufficient. Check the
insufficient number of files in the folder list and copy
them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it again to
the folder.
223
(2) Main body error list

The table below shows error codes.
Error code Description Program applicable

/1050e/1050eP
0x02 The internal work space cannot be secured. P

0x04 The DIMM space cannot be secured.
0x05 The DIMM space cannot be opened.
0x06 Data transmission to the DIMM failed.
0x21 The DIMM space on the controller side cannot be secured.
0x41 The format of the input data is abnormal. Common
0x42 The type name of input data is abnormal.
0x43 The board name of input data is abnormal.
0x64 Rewritten address error F
0x81 Input device such as input time out is abnormal. Common
0xC1 The erasing of the flush ROM failed. I
0xC2 The writing of the flush ROM failed.
0xC3 The ROM checksum is abnormal.
0xC4 Output device such as output time out is abnormal. Common
0xE1 Program SUM check error. F
Controller I/F writing error. P
Erasure error. C/ H/ N/ S/ J
0xE2 Writing error. C/ H/ N/ S/ J
Controller I/F verify error. P
0xE3 Blanc check error. F
Communication error. C/ H/ N/ S/ J
NOTE
• When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed.
• When any one of the errors shown above occurs, an error code is not displayed, but the message
"Now initializing Controller" is shown in the touch panel section.
224 2

5.1.6 Troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
Condition Cause Measure taken
1050e/1050eP
1 The ISWTrns does The ISWTrns file is damaged Set it up again.
not start up. The setup disk itself is damaged. Check the setup disk and set it up
again.
2 The screen is dis- The Japanese DLL[RCJP.DLL] is Set it up again.
played in English. damaged.
The INI file is set incorrectly. (The INI Check the ISWTrns.INI file.
file in English version is used.)
3 When an item in the The transferred file is not stored in Check to see if the relevant file is stored
combo box is the relevant folder. in the folder displayed in the "Folder"
selected, the trans- text box of "Select version." When a
ferred file is not dis- folder into which a file is stored is not
played. found, use the "File copy" function.
The data folder in the option screen Check the setting of the data folder.
is set incorrectly. When a folder into which a file is stored
is not found, use the "File copy" func-
tion.
The file name is illegal (or has been The file name must be used with no
changed.) change made. When the file name is
changed, the display or selection of the
file becomes unavailable. When the file
name is changed, return it to former
state.
The folder name is illegal (or has When the folder name created by the
been changed.) "Create folder" button in the option
screen has been changed, it cannot be
found. Return it to former state and
check it again.
4 "NG" is displayed The transferred file is damaged. Copy the file and check it again. When
while in the file check. "NG" still recurs, contact the supplier of
the file.
5 "??" is displayed When the transferred file was cop- Copy the checksum file to the same file
while in the file check. ied to the PC, the copying of the as the one for the transferred file at the
checksum file (*.SUM) was forgot- same time. (If you use the "Copy a file"
ten. function, a copy is made automatically.)
6 The transfer of the file
failed.
An error "The file can- The file is being used by anther pro- Exit another program. The error still
not be opened" is gram or system. recurs, reboot Windows.
displayed.
An error "Term Test The connection of the cable is loos- Check the cable to see if it is connected
file cannot be sent" is ened. securely or if there is any problem found
displayed. with the cable itself.
The main body is not in the receiv- Check the main body to see if it is in the
ing condition. receiving condition.
225
Condition Cause Measure taken

6 An error "The transmis- The connection of the cable is Check the cable to see if it is con-
/1050e/1050eP
sion to the LPT port loosened. nected securely or if there is any prob-
failed" is displayed. lem found with the cable itself.
Wrong data has been sent. Check the file information screen to see
if the receiving mode on the copier side
(type of receiving board) corresponds
with the transferred file.
If the file is sent for the first time, con-
tact the file supplier.
The length of the cable is out Use a cable the length of which is less
of specifications. than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is See the PC manual to release the ECP
set to the ECP mode. mode.
There is a compatibility prob- Conduct a test with a PC with an actual
lem between the parallel port performance of transmission, and
of the PC and the port on the check to see if there is a compatibility
copier main body side. problem found.
226

5.2 Internet ISW
5.2.1 Outline
1050e/1050eP
"Internet ISW" is a system in which instructions are given to the ISW by using browser so that the copier auto-
matically obtain the program from the program server. Using the Web functions allows you to conduct the ISW
at the user's premise without taking the programs with you.
5.2.2 Operating environment

To make use of the Internet ISW functions, the following conditions must be met.
• The copier must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of programs
from the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
• In the following 4 cases, the "Internet ISW" does not operate on the copier.
• The main power switch (SW1) is off.
• The power switch (SW2) is off.
• The copier is in the auto shut-off.
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
NOTE
• It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.
5.2.3 Major functions

"Internet ISW" allows you to use the following functions.
• Internet ISW using the Web Utilities

Programs can be rewritten by accessing the Web Utilities of the copier main body on the Web browser of the
PC. However, this requires a Web terminal that is connected to the copier through the network.
• Internet ISW using the operation panel

Programs can be rewritten by using the touch panel of the copier. However, this requires a Web terminal that
is connected to the copier through the network.
1 227
5.2.4 Initialization
To make use of the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server
address and the fire wall address of the copier.
/1050e/1050eP
A. Setting from the operation panel

To introduce the copier main body into the network, set the IP address of the copier from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser."
(1) Procedure

1 Press the [Utility/counter] button on the operation panel.
2 Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."
3 Select "04 Network Setting."
4 Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."
5 Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."
NOTE
• The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
228

B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• No "space" is allowed in all set items.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
• The Web layout is subject to change without notice.
(1) Procedure
Step Operations
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape
Navigator is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two or more browsers at a
time.
2 Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the oper-
ation panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the copier main body, "Main page" is displayed.
3 Click [Extension for maintenance] in "Main page."

4 Enter the user name and the CE password in the "Extension for maintenance" and then press
[OK].
User name: ce (cannot be changed)

Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")
229
Step Operations
5 Click [Internet ISW] in "Extension for maintenance."
/1050e/1050eP
6 Click [Initial Setting].
230

Step Operations
7 Set the proxy server.
1050e/1050eP
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.
Enable Proxy Select the following:

When using no proxy: "Connect to the program server."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Use of proxy," then select a proxy server
Type type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host name"
Type 2: "OPEN host name"
Type 3: "FW host name => FW password => SITE host name"
Type 4: "FW host name => FW password => User user@host name"
NOTE
• For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "3.2.7 Authentication of
the proxy server in the Internet ISW."
Proxy Server IP When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy server.
Address
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that uses the proxy
server.
User name on When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the
the Proxy Server account of the proxy server.
Password for the When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the
Proxy Server password of the proxy server.
8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
231
Step Operations
9 Set the program server. (Proxy is used.)
/1050e/1050eP
Program server address Set the address of the server into which the program to be
down loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from
the pull-down menu left and enter the address after that in
the text box on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path
from the home directory.
User name on the Program Enter the account name of the program server.
Server
Password for the Program Enter the password of the program server.
Server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end,
and the system returns to the normal mode without conduct-
ing the ISW.
10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Completed]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)
Protocol Select the protocol that receives the program.

Program Server IP Address Set the IP address of the server into which the program to
be down loaded is stored.
Target directory In the case of http, set the path after the host domain. In
the case of ftp, set the relative path from the home direc-
tory.
User name on the Program Enter the account name of the program server.
Server
Password for the Program Enter the password of the program server.
Server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an
end, and the system returns to the normal mode without
conducting the ISW.
232

Step Operations
12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
1050e/1050eP
screen, click [Complete]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.
13 Conduct the Download test.
• In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initialization
to check the settings. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the error
message.
• When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the
expected down load time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" set-
ting.
• When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
233
5.2.5 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities

Using the Web Utilities of the copier allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser, to
download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
Step Operations
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
The ROM version of the board is displayed beside each of the board names.
2 Select one of the ISW-intended boards in the item "ISW," and check its check box. When specify-
ing the file name to be down loaded, enter it in the "File name" text box column. When specifying
no file name, obtain the following from the specified program server address.
3 After completion of entry, click the [ISW] key.

If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
234

Step Operations
4 Checking of the ISW conditions.
1050e/1050eP
From the screen shown below, you can check the current processing condition to see if there is any
error.
• "ISW in communication"
• "ISW in rewriting"
• "Completed successfully": Be sure to avoid pressing the "Read again" key of the browser to
reboot after successful completion.
• "Aborted due to a communication error."
• "Aborted due to a communication time error."
• "Aborted due to a writing error."
5 When the ISW is completed successfully, the copier restarts automatically to complete the ISW.
NOTE
• Clicking the [Check progress] key allows you to abort the ISW only while in program-
ming.
6 After restart of the copier main body, check the ROM version in "Internet ISW main screen" to see if
it is being updated successfully.
5.2.6 Notes for use

(1) Notice to the administrator
When conducting Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from him in advance.
And conduct this operation when the copier is not used. When the copier is in use (with jobs accompanied),
Internet ISW does not operate.
(2) When the power supply is cut off while writing the image control program in the overall control
board (OACB).
When the main power switch (SW1) turns off due to a power failure, the copier does not start up.
If the main power switch is turned off due to the failure of power supply and Internet ISW is abnormally termi-
nated, be sure to go to the copier that has been conducting the Internet ISW and use the ISWTrns to reperform
the rewriting of the program.
(3) Failure while in low power mode

When ISW failed due to the down load of the program or the data check error, get it back in the normal mode.
235
5.2.7 Internet ISW using the touch panel

When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the touch panel, with no PC brought with, the copier
can download programs from the program server to rewrite them automatically.
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
Ex.: When the image control program is rewritten collectively.
Step Operations
1 Display "ISW rewrite screen."
2 Press [Internet ISW] key provided below the screen.
3 Press [Collective] key of <Image processing system>.
236

Step Operations
4 Pressing the [Start] key starts the download of the latest program for rewriting.
In a case in which the download of an old version programs is required, press the [File Name Input]
1050e/1050eP
key and enter the file name by hand for execution.
5 When ISW is completed normally, the copier is rebooted and exits ISW automatically.
6 After the copier main body is rebooted, check the [ROM version screen] to see if the ROM version
has been updated normally.
237
5.2.8 Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW

A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
/1050e/1050eP
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.
B. Authentication of the proxy server

There are 4 types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these 4 types.
C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list

(1) Type 1: User user name@host name
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, or when the entry of the user name and password of the
proxy server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description

USER User name@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
name program server address
PASS Password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
(2) Type 2: OPEN host name

This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, this set-
ting is used.
Command

OPEN Host name ftp expanded function, Transmit the user name of the program server
defined for each server
USER User name 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
(3) Type 3: FW user name => FW password => SITE host name
This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
The information of the server you want to access and the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server and when the user name and the password of the proxy
server are required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
238

Command

USER FW user name 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
1050e/1050eP
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE Host name ftp expanded Transmit the user name of the program server
function, defined
for each server
USER User name 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
(4) Type 4: FW user name => FW password => USER user name@host name
This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, this set-
ting is used.
Command

USER FW user name 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER User name@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
name program server address
D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used.
For most of the proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used.
When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known, you are recommended to make settings in type
1 authentication as a temporary measure.
239
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6. OTHERS
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
/1050e/1050eP
6.1.1 Scanner section

A. Read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• Attaching screws, one each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2073c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Read position adjusting plate /Rr
[2] Read position adjusting plate /Fr
(2) Reason of prohibition

The read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr hold in place the slit glass that becomes the read position while in
the DF scan. The displacement of the slit glass may cause the image read by the DF to be deformed. Accord-
ingly, this position of installation is not allowed to be changed.
240
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 6. OTHERS

B. Mirror unit/exposure unit
(1) Position not allowed to be adjusted
• Installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[1]
1050fs2219c
[1] Mirror unit [2] Exposure unit

The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit affects the magnifications of the original to be read
in the sub scan direction. Therefore, the installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not
be arbitrarily adjusted. However, when the exposure unit and the scanner wire have been removed, these parts
must be reinstalled using the optics unit positioning jig.
241
6.1.2 CCD unit

• 9 screws used to assemble the CCD unit
/1050e/1050eP
• 4 attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly
[4] [3] [1]
[2]
[2]
[5] [1] [1] [5] 1050fs2504c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] Lens reference plate assembly
[2] Screws not allowed to be removed [5] Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to
[3] CCD unit be removed when replacing the CCD unit)

The accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is not guaranteed.
Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the CCD unit are not allowed to be removed.
The lens reference plate assembly acts as the basis for the installation position of the CCD unit. Removing this
assembly may cause the displacement of the optical axis of the CCD unit. So, be sure not to remove the attach-
ing screws of the lens reference plate assembly.
242

6.1.3 Writing section
• 11 attaching screws of the writing section cover
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1] 1050fs2220c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [2] Writing section cover

The inside of the writing section becomes the laser light path. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to get
inside, which may block the laser light path. Therefore, the screws of the writing section cover are not allowed to
be removed.
243
6.1.4 Developing unit

• 2 fixing screws of the developer regulation blade
/1050e/1050eP
• 1 fixing screw of the magnet angle adjusting knob
[5] [1]
[4]
[3] [2] 1050fs2221c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] Developing roller

[2] Screws not allowed to be removed [5] Developer regulation blade
[3] Magnet angle adjusting knob

The developer regulation blade and the magnet angle adjusting knob both decide the heights of the developer in
the developing roller. They have been adjusted to an appropriate value in advance. Accordingly these fixing
screws are not allowed to be removed.
244

6.1.5 Transfer/separation charger unit
A. Transfer guide plate/transfer assist home sensor assembly
1050e/1050eP
• 5 attaching screws of the transfer guide plate
• 2 attaching screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly
[4] [1]
[3]
[2] 1050fs2222c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Transfer assist home sensor assembly
[2] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] Transfer guide plate

The transfer guide plate decides the approach angle of paper against the transfer position and the displacement
of the installation position may result in poor transfer. Accordingly, the attaching screws of the transfer guide
plate are not allowed to be removed.
The transfer assist home sensor (PS37) detects the starting point to drive the transfer assist sheet assembly and
the displacement of this position may result in poor transfer or damage to the drum. Accordingly, the attaching
screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly are not allowed to be removed.
245
B. Transfer assist sheet assembly

• 2 attaching screws of the actuator
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2] 1050fs2223c
[1] Actuator [2] Screws not allowed to be removed

The accuracy of the transfer assist sheet assembly is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is
not guaranteed. Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the transfer assist sheet assembly are
not allowed to be removed.
246

C. Separation support member
• Separation support member, 2 pcs
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[1] 1050fs2225c
[1] Separation support member

The separation support members decide the distance from the transfer wire and the separation wire to paper,
and removing them changes the attaching height of the wire, thus resulting in the reduced performance of the
transfer and the separation. Accordingly, the separation support members are not allowed to be removed.
247
6.1.6 Main body (write position adjusting shaft)

• 2 attaching screws of the write position adjusting shaft fixing plate
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[3] [2]
1050fs2224c
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Write position adjusting shaft
[2] Write position adjusting shaft fixing plate

The write position adjusting shaft is the reference angle of the installation of the write section to the drum.
Removing it may undermine the parallelism of the drum with the write section, thus causing the image to be
deformed. Therefore, be sure not to remove the attaching screw of the fixing plate of the write position adjusting
shaft.
248

6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are consid-
ered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
• For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
No Section Parts name Page referred to

1 Cover Front door Rt P.251
2 Front door Lt P.252
3 Toner supply door P.254
4 Rear cover P.250
5 Right cover P.250
6 Left cover P.251
7 Upper cover /Rr1 P.255
8 Upper cover /Rr2 P.255
9 Upper cover /Rt P.256
10 Upper cover /Lt P.257
11 Upper cover /Fr P.257
12 Original glass P.256
13 Scanner section CCD unit P.260
14 Exposure lamp P.262
15 Exposure unit P.264
16 Scanner wire P.266
17 Writing section Writing section P.269
18 Paper feed section Lift wire P.284
19 Paper feed assist fan P.277
20 Paper lift motor P.284
21 Registration section Multi feed detection board /1
P.289
22 Multi feed detection board /2
23 ADU ADU P.291
24 HDD Hard disk /1 P.294
25 Hard disk /2 P.295
249
6.3 Disassembling/reassembling procedure
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• When disassembling/reassembling the parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
6.3.1 Cover
A. Removing/reinstalling the rear cover
(1) Procedure
1. Remove 9 screws [1] and then remove the rear
[2] [1]
cover [2].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1] 1050fs2057c
B. Removing/reinstalling the right cover

(1) Procedure
1. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the right
[2]
cover [2].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
1050fs2058c
250

C. Removing/reinstalling the left cover
(1) Procedure
1. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the left
1050e/1050eP
cover [2].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2059c
D. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt

(1) Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
2. Loosen 2 screws [2] and bring down the shaft
[3].
3. Remove the front door /Rt [1].
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2060c
251
E. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt

(1) Procedure
1. Open the front door /Lt [1].
/1050e/1050eP
2. Loosen 2 screws [2], bring down the shaft [3]

and remove the front door /Lt [1].
[1]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2061c
252

NOTE
• When reinstalling the front door /Lt [1], be
[3] sure to insert the projection [4] of the hinge
1050e/1050eP
[3] into the hole [2] provided in the lower sec-
tion of the front door /Lt.

[4]
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2] 1050fs2062c
253
F. Removing/reinstalling the toner supply door

(1) Procedure
1. Open the toner supply door [1].
/1050e/1050eP
2. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the hinge

[3] together with the toner supply door [1].
[3] NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner supply door [1], be
sure to insert the projection [6] of the hinge
[2] [5] into the hole [4] provided in the lower sec-
tion of the toner supply door.
[1]
steps in reverse.
[6]
[4]
[5]
1050fs2063c
254

G. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr1
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure
1. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the upper
cover /Rrl [2].
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2064c
H. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr2
NOTE
(1) Procedure
1. Remove 2 screw caps [1].
[3]
cover /Rr2 [3].
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2065c
255
I. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rt
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
1. Remove 3 screw caps [1].
[3]
[2] cover /Rt [3].
[2]
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2066c
J. Removing/reinstalling the original glass
NOTE
• When reinstalling the original glass, be sure that the shading correction plate (white) is on the
upper side of the glass.
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover /Rt.
[3] [6]
(See P.256)
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the origi-
[4]
[5] nal stopper plate /Lt [2].
nal stopper plate /Rr [4].
[1] 4. Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the origi-
[2] nal stopper plate /Rt [6].
5. Remove the original glass [7].
steps in reverse.
[7] 1050fs2067c
256

K. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
[1]
nal stopper plate /Lt [2].
[4]
[2] cover /Lt [4].
steps in reverse.
[3]
1050fs2068c
L. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr
NOTE
a. Procedure
[1]
(See P.256)
2. Remove the original glass.
(See P.256))
3. Remove the upper cover /Lt.
(See P.257)
4. Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].
1050fs2069c
257
5. Remove the front door /Rt.

(See P.251)
6. Remove the front door /Lt.
/1050e/1050eP
(See P.257)
7. Remove 4 screws [2] provided on the bottom of
the upper cover /Fr [1].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2070c
258

[1] [2]
cover /Fr [2].
1050e/1050eP
steps in reverse.
1050fs2071c
259
6.3.2 Scanner section

A. Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments in of
the service mode. (See P.317)
(1) Procedure
[1]
(See P.257)
(See P.256)
3. Remove 10 screws [1] and then remove the lens
light blocking cover [2].
[1]
[2] [1] 1050fs2074c
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cable

cover [2].
[2]
[1] 1050fs2075c
5. Remove the ribbon cable [2] from the CCD board

[2]
(CCDB) [1].
[1] 1050fs2076c
260

NOTE
[2]
• When removing the ribbon cable [1], bring
down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in
1050e/1050eP
the direction as shown in the drawing to
release the lock and pullout the ribbon cable.
[3] [1] 1050fs2077c
• When reinstalling the ribbon cable [1], make

[3]
sure that the lock lever [2] is released. And
insert the ribbon cable fully into the connector
[3] while taking care that the conductor side
of the ribbon cable comes to the under side of
the lock lever.
[1]
[2] 1050fs2078c
And then return the lock lever [1] to its origi-

nal position and lock the ribbon cable [2].
[1] [2] 1050fs2079c
261

[4]
ground terminal [2].
7. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the CCD
/1050e/1050eP
unit [4].
steps in reverse.
[3]
[1] [2]
1050fs2080c
B. Removing/reinstalling the exposure lamp

(1) Procedure
[2] [1] (See P.256)
(See P.256)
(See P.257)
4. Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].
5. Remove the original glass guide /Rr [2].
1050fs2081c
262

6. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch [2] of the
main body frame.
[9] 7. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the cable
1050e/1050eP
clamp [4].
[8] 8. Remove the connector [5].
9. Remove the screws [6], one each, and then
remove the lamp presser plates /Fr [7] and /Rr
[8].
[6] 10. Remove 2 screws [9] and then remove the expo-
sure lamp [10].
[2]
steps in reverse.
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[4] [7]
1050fs2082c
263
C. Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit

[5] [6]
/1050e/1050eP
(See P.256)
[3] (See P.256)
(See P.257)
[8] 4. Remove the upper cover /Fr.
(See P.257)
5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch position
[7] [2] of the main body frame.
6. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
[4] presser member [4].
[2]
[1] ground terminal [6].
9. Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the expo-
sure unit [1].
[2]
[8]
1050fs2083c
264

1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror
positioning hole [2].
1050e/1050eP
2. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-
mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit
[1].
[3]
NOTE
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the
V-mirror unit [1].
[1] [7] [2]
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror posi-
tioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
3. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [6] into the

[5] exposure unit positioning hole [5].
4. Press the exposure unit [7] against the optics unit
[6] positioning unit [2].
5. Reinstall the exposure unit with 4 screws.
[4]
6. Remove 2 optics unit positioning jigs.
[3]
7. For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall
[3]
1050fs2084c
265
D. Stretching of the scanner wire
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.

• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
service mode.(See P.317)
(1) Procedure
[1] [2]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[3]
1050fs2226c
1. Remove the upper cover /Rt. (See P.256)

2. Remove the original glass. (See P.256)
3. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See P.257)
4. Remove the upper cover /Fr. (See P.257)
5. Move the exposure unit. (See P.264)
6. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
7. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].
NOTE
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mir-
ror unit [1].
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
266

1050e/1050eP
[6] [7] [6]
[3] [3]
[5] [12]
[5]
[2] [13] [9]
[22]
[15] [13]
[14]
[17]
[22]
[4]
[8] [11] [1]

[21]
[16] [8]
[18]
[10] [4]
[20]
[15] [7]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[11]
1050fs2227c
8. Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive
pulley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.
NOTE
• Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
• For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.
9. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mir-
ror unit [14].
NOTE
• Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].
267
10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire ter-
minal [8] to the spring fixing plate [18].
/1050e/1050eP
11. Paste the wire restriction sheet [19] to the wire

[11][12] [19]
stoppers /Fr [11] and /Rr [12]. (The sheet is com-
mon to both the front and rear stoppers.)
NOTE
• Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.
1050fs2421c
12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plate [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].
NOTE
• After attaching each of the scanner wires, check the respective exposure unit mounting brackets
[22] if they turn to the inside.
14. For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.
268

6.3.3 Writing section
Cautions:
1050e/1050eP
• Be absolutely sure not to turn on the writing section with it displaced from its regular position.
• Be absolutely sure not to remove the writing section cover. If laser beams get in your eyes, you
may suffer loss of sight.
• After turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), be absolutely sure not to
remove the writing section for about 2 minutes.
A. Removing/reinstalling the writing section

(1) Procedure
(See P.250)
2. Remove 8 screws [1] and then remove the writ-
ing section cover [2].
[4]
[3] NOTE
• When reinstalling the writing section cover
[2], hold it by inserting the notch holes [3] at
either side into the hooks [4] of the main body
frame.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3] [4]
1050fs2085c
269

[1]
4. Loosen 2 screws [2] and pull out the writing sec-
tion [3] for removal.
/1050e/1050eP

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2] 1050fs2086c
270

6.3.4 Paper feed section
A. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• The same procedure for removing/reinstalling the lift wire is used for both the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
(See P.94)
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and the 2 screws [2] with
washer.
[3] 3. Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
tray front cover [4].
[1] [4] [1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2754c
271

[6] [4] [2]
6. Remove the screw [3].
/1050e/1050eP
7. Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the

torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear
mounting plate [4].
[3]
NOTE
[5] • When removing the gear mounting plate [4],
take note that the gear comes off freely.
[1] • When reinstalling it, make sure that the step
[7] [8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting
[2] plate [4] securely.
• Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from
the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bear-
ing (small) [6] from the inside.
[4]
[8]
1050fs2755c
272

1050e/1050eP
[4] [1] [2]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2756c
10. Slide the pulley [1] and remove the wire end [2]
[2]
from the shaft hole [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, lift up the paper lift plate
a little to give slack to the lift wire you want to
insert. Then insert the wire ends [2] into the
shaft hole [3] one at a time and fix it with the
pulley [1].
[3] [1] 1050fs2757c
273

[5] [4] [3] [1] [2]
2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.
/1050e/1050eP
12. Remove the lift wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.
[4] [5]
1050fs2758c
13. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Fr1 and /
[2] [1]
Fr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
• Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.
1050fs2759c
274

[3] [5] ground [2].
1050e/1050eP
[4].
16. Remove 4 screws [5] and then remove the con-
nector mounting plate [6].
[4] [2] [1] [6]
1050fs2760c

[2] [3]
18. Slide the pulley [2] and remove the wire end [3]
from the hole [4].
[4]
[1] 1050fs2761c
275

[1] [2] [3] [5] [4]
2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.
/1050e/1050eP
20. Remove the lift wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.
[5] [4] 1050fs2762c
21. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Rr1 and /
[2] [1]
Rr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
• Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.

steps in reverse.
NOTE
• The lift wire /Fr is grey in color and /Rr black
in color.
• Make sure that the lift wires do not cross
each other.
• After completion of installation, check the
paper lift plate to ensure it is level.
1050fs2763c
276

B. Removing/reinstalling the paper feed assist fan
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
• The same removal and reinstallation procedures of the paper feed assist fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Rr1
(FM21) and /Fr2 (FM22), /Fr2 (FM23) are used for trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
[2] [3] [1]
(See P.94)
2. Loosen a screw [1].
3. With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.
4. Remove the tray front cover and lift wire.
(See P.271)
1050fs2422c
1 277
5. Loosen the screws [1], one each provided at the

[4] [5] [3] 4 places and slide the bracket [2] in the arrow-
marked direction.
/1050e/1050eP
6. Hold down the paper stopper [3] and pull out the
lift plate cover [4] upward to remove it.
NOTE
• When removing the lift plate cover [4], raise
up the pick-up roller [5] in the arrow-marked
direction to move it out of the way.
• When reinstalling the bracket [2], push it
lightly in the opposite direction of removal
and fix it with screws.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2764c
278

7. Rotate the gear of the drive section by hand and
raise the paper lift plate [1] upward. Move the
coupling gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
1050e/1050eP
and then fix the lift plate.
[1] [2]
1050fs2765c
8. Remove the connectors [1], one each, and the

wire binding bands [2], one each.
NOTE
• To make it clear, the picture shows the condi-
tion in which the lift plate is removed.
[1] [2] [1]

1050fs2767c
1 279
9. Remove the screw [1], the screw [2], the screw

[1] [3]
[3] and the screws [4], 3 each.
10. Remove the paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to fasten the
paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6] with the
screws [2] and the screws [3], 3 each. Then
tentatively tighten the screws [1] and the
screws [4], 3 each and tighten them up fully
after placing the paper guides /Fr and /Rr in a
[5] [6] horizontal position.
To check the verticality of the paper guides,
move the guide plate up and down with copy
paper placed on the lift plate and check the
clearance of the paper guide.
[4]
[2] 1050fs2768c
280 1

11. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the paper
[1]
guide /Rr and then remove the paper guide cover
[2].
1050e/1050eP
[2]
1050fs2769c
12. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, and then remove

[2] [1]
the paper stopper mounting plate [2].
13. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer
and a spring washer) [4], 3 screws [5] and the fan
[3] motor mounting plate [6].
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4] 1050fs2770c
281

[3]
15. Remove 2 screws (nuts) and the paper feed
assist fans /Rr1 (FM21) and /Rr2 (FM23) [3].
/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[1]
1050fs2771c
16. Remove the screws [1], 2 each of the paper

[1] guide /Fr and then remove the paper guide cover
[2].
17. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lever
[2] cover [4].
[3]
[4]
1050fs2772c
282

18. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the paper
[1] stopper mounting plate [2].
[3] [2] 19. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer
1050e/1050eP
and a spring washer) [4] and 3 screws [5], and
then remove the fan motor mounting plate [6].
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
1050fs2773c
20. Cut off the connector [1] and the wire binding
band [2].
21. Remove 2 screws [3] and the paper feed assist
fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Fr2 (FM22) [4].
[3] [4] NOTE

• When reinstalling it, be sure to replace the
wire binding band with a new one.

steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• After completion of reinstallation, be sure to
[1]
conduct the paper size detection adjust-
ments. (See chapter III "4.3.1 Tray adjust-
1050fs2774c
ment.")
283
C. Removing/reinstalling the paper lift motor
NOTE
/1050e/1050eP
• The same removal and reinstallation procedures are employed for the paper lift motors /1 (M25)
and /2 (M26) of the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
(See P.94)
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and 2 screws [2] with
washer.
[3] 3. Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
tray front cover [4].
[1] [4] [1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2775c
284

[1]
[2] and the stopper [3].
1050e/1050eP
[2] [3] 1050fs2776c
285

[2]
7. Remove the screw [3].
/1050e/1050eP
[4] 8. Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the
torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear
[6]
[3] mounting plate [4].
[5]
[1] NOTE
• When removing the gear mounting plate [4],
[7]
take note that the gear comes off freely.
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the step
[8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting
plate [4] securely.
[2] • Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from
the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bear-
ing (small) [6] from the inside.
[4]
[8]
1050fs2777c
286

1050e/1050eP
[2] [1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2778c
[1]
1050fs2779c
287
11. Remove the connector [1] and the wire binding

[3] [1] [2]
band [2], and then remove the paper lift motors /
1 (M25) and /2 (M26) [3].
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• For ease of the removal and reinstallation
operations, press the release lever [4] so that
the coupling gear [5] can raise.

steps in reverse.
[4] [5] 1050fs2780c
288

6.3.5 Registration section
A. Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection board
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• The multi feed detection boards /1 and /2 were adjusted as a unit during the production process.
Be sure to replace it as a unit when replacing one.
• When replacing the multi feed detection board /1 and /2, be sure to conduct the sensitivity adjust-
ments of the multi feed sensor. (See P.380)
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the registration section.
(See P.112)
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and the remove the multi
feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [2].
[2] [1]
1050fs2228c
289
3. Turn over the registration section and remove the

connector [1].
4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the multi
/1050e/1050eP
feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1] [2] 1050fs2229c
290

6.3.6 ADU
A. Removing/reinstalling the ADU
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• The ADU is very heavy. So when removing and/or reinstalling it, be sure to conduct the operation
with 2 people.
(1) Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU main body.
(See P.112)
2. Remove the fusing section.
[1] (See P.153)
3. Remove the transfer/separation section.
(See P.112)
(See P.112)
6. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the con-
nector cover [3].
7. When reinstalling the connector cover, be sure to
set the positioning hole [4] to the projection [5] of
[4] [5]
the ADU.
[2] [3]
1050fs2142c
291

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[1] 1050fs2143c
9. Remove 3 screws [1] and remove the cable arm

[2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2144c
292

10. Remove the screws [1], 3 each, and release the
ADU from the guide rails /Lt [3] and /Rt [4].
[6]
11. Hold the stay [5] and the paper reverse/exit sec-
1050e/1050eP
tion [6] with 2 people and remove the ADU.
NOTE
• Be sure place the ADU in a horizontal place.
• Placing the ADU from the front side diagonally
may deform the open/close door /A [7]. Be
absolutely sure to avoid this.
[4] [1]
steps in reverse.
[7]
[2]
[5]
[1] [3] 1050fs2145c
293
6.3.7 HDD
A. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /1
(1) Procedure
/1050e/1050eP

[4] [1] (See P.256)
3. Raise the cover [2] and remove 2 connectors [4]
connected to the image processing board (IPB)
[1] [3].
[2]
[1]
[1] [3] 1050fs2230c

[5]
5. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the hard
disk mounting bracket [3].
[1]
disk /1 (HDD1) [5].
steps in reverse.
[4]
[2]
[3]
[2] [4] 1050fs2231c
294

B. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /2
(1) Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover.
1050e/1050eP
(See P.250)
disk mounting bracket [3].
4. Remove 4 screws [4] and the remove the hard
disk /2 (HDD2) [5].
steps in reverse.
[1]
[3] [4]
[2]
[5]
[2]
[4]
1050fs2232c
295
6.4 Commercially available parts

6.4.1 Status indicator light
/1050e/1050eP
A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position
[1]
1050fs2233c
[1] CN160
296

(2) Connector specifications
Connector Pin No. Signal name Description Output timing Type of signal
1 PAT1 Light ON signal L signal output when the Open collector
1050e/1050eP
printing available
2 PAT2 L signal output while in the
scanning or printing operation
3 PAT3 L signal output when an
abnormal stop occurs due to
jams, error codes, no paper,
160
or no toner
4 PAT4 L signal output when the
toner supply message is dis-
played
5 24V 24V DC source At all times 24V,
500 mA
6 P.GND Power ground — —
297
B. Procedure for reinstallation

(1) Preparation in advance
• Be sure set the wiring harness pin assignment on the status indicator light to the pin assignment of CN160 on
/1050e/1050eP
the main body side so that the CN can be connected.
(2) Procedure on the main body side

1. Remove the rear cover (See P.250) and the upper
[2] [1]
cover /Rt (See P.256)
adjusting knob [2]. Remove 2 screws [3] and
then remove the arm cover /1 [4].
[3]
[4] 1050fs2412c
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the arm

[1]
cover /2 [2].
[2] 1050fs2413c
298

4. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the arm
[1]
cover /3 [2].
1050e/1050eP
[2] 1050fs2423c
5. Remove the IC board unit. (See IC unit Field Ser-

[1]
vice "4.2.1 Removal / Installation of IC Unit").
6. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the exte-
rior mounting plate /A [2].
[2] 1050fs2414c
7. Peel off the label [2] of the arm cover /3 [1].

[1] [2]
1050fs2415c
299
8. With the bolt section [1] of the status indicator

[2] [3] [1]
light provided with the nut [2] and washer [3],
pass the wiring harness of the status indicator
/1050e/1050eP
light through the arm cover /3 [4], the washer [5]

and the nut [6] and tighten up the nut [6].
[4] [5] [6]
1050fs2416c
300

9. Pass the wiring harness [1] of the status indicator
[1] [2]
light through the operation unit support member
[2] and install the arm cover /3 [4] with 3 screws
1050e/1050eP
[3].
10. Reinstall the arm cover /1, the arm cover /2 and
the adjusting knob following the removal steps in
reverse.
[3]
[4] 1050fs2417c
301
11. Connect the connector [1] of the status indicator

[2] [1]
light to the connector [2] on the main body for
wiring.
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When wiring, be sure that the wiring harness
does not come in contact with the drive sec-
tion.
12. Reinstall the upper cover /Rt and the rear cover
following the removal steps in reverse.
1050fs2418c
302

6.4.2 Coin vendor
A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2234c
[1] AC drive board (ACDB) [3] CN37 (Serial)

[2] CN36 (Parallel) [4] Printer control board (PRCB)
303
6.5 PCS corresponding parts

6.5.1 PCS corresponding parts
/1050e/1050eP
"PCS" stands for "proactive customization support," and three types of items are set so that the demands
expected in the POD market and Product printing market can be met. Providing these parts allows customiza-
tion adequate to the user's type of usage.
6.5.2 PCS corresponding parts list

A. Transfer assist sheet
(1) Purpose
For the transfer assist sheet, A3 and A4 sizes (metric)/11 inches size (inch) are provided as standard equipment.
When paper sizes other than the standard sizes are used more frequently, the transfer assist sheet can be
changed to these sizes.
(2) Characteristics
8 types of the transfer assist sheets are provided according to the paper sizes. However, when changing to
sizes other than those provided as standard equipment, it is necessary to add a new relay wiring harness and
size detection connector.
It is possible to use a number of the transfer/separation assist sheets. On that occasion, however, after adding
the relay wiring harness mentioned above, it is necessary to purchase a transfer assist sheet that has been
incorporated into the transfer/separation charger unit. This transfer/separation charger unit must be provide with
a size detection connector.
NOTE
• When using plural sizes jointly, the transfer/separation unit of standard equipment (A3 and A4/
metric, 11 inches) requires the size detection connector.
• Since no individual counter is equipped, when the unit is replaced for each size, the management
of the counter is unavailable.
(3) Counter management of the transfer/separation unit in the PCS correspondence

The copy count (fixed parts count) by parts that need to be replaced is equipped with a counter for each size.
When making the transfer/separation charger unit PCS corresponding, be sure to conduct the counter manage-
ment with this counter. However, this counter counts any relevant size regardless of the size of the transfer assist
sheet installed to the main body. So, to manage the counter correctly, the user must replace the transfer/separa-
tion charger unit with an appropriate one.
• Reference:
Double sided print job on the following condition
Transfer size: 8.5 inches
Weight: 91 g/m2 or less
No. of prints: 10
Size of the transfer assist sheet: A4S, A5
The copy count by parts that need to be replaced on this condition is as shown below. On this occasion, even if
the transfer assist sheet size is A4S or A5, the transfer size is "8.5 inches" and the count is up at 8.5 inches
No. 107 8.5 inches. double sided paper through count 10 counts
No. 108 A4S, A5 double sided paper through count 0 count
304

Unit Type Wire color of the Remarks
size detection
connector
1050e/1050eP
Transfer/separation Used exclusively for A3, A4 Brown Default size for metric area
charger unit Used exclusively for 11 inches Red Default size for inch area
Used exclusively for 8K, 16K Orange
Used exclusively for B4, B5 Yellow
Used exclusively for 8.5 inches Pink
Used exclusively for A4S, A5 Blue
Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches Purple
Used exclusively for B5S Gray
Transfer assist Used exclusively for A3, A4 — Default size for metric area
sheet assembly Used exclusively for 11 inches Default size for inch area
Used exclusively for 8K, 16K
Used exclusively for B4, B5
Used exclusively for 8.5 inches
Used exclusively for A4S, A5
Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches
Used exclusively for B5S
B. Cleaning brush
(1) Purpose
A cleaning brush is used while in the overlay printing in which coated paper is used. For coated paper while in off-set print-
ing, ink gets dry slowly. Therefore, to prevent the transfer of ink onto the backside of the paper, powder is normally sprinkled.
The cleaning brush is used to prevent the occurrence of a no feed condition due to this powder.
However, to maintain the specified performance, the cleaning brush needs to be cleaned every 2,000 sheets of
paper through while in overlay printing.
Do not use the cleaning brush for the paper with many paper powders. The cleaning brush may be clogged by
the paper powder and the conveyance power may be reduced.
(2) Characteristics
The cleaning brush can clean the pick-up roller and the paper feed roller.
Since it is used while in the overlay printing, it can be installed only in the tray 4 of PF-701 that is used while in
the overlay printing.
C. Paper feed assist plate

(1) Purpose
The paper feed assist plate is used to adjust the pick-up pressure on paper by changing the load on the pick-up
roller. Adjustments can be made according to the type of paper to increase the paper feed performance.
Improve a non feed condition that is apt to occur when feeding paper, such as a thick paper, that is hard to con-
vey.
(2) Characteristics
The paper feed assist plate weighs about 10g and the pick-up roller can be equipped with up to 4 plates.
Increasing or decreasing the number of plates allows you to adjust the pick-up pressure corresponding to the
type of paper.
4 plates only are packaged together with the main body and they can be purchased as service parts when
required.
1 305
6.5.3 Procedure for reinstallation

A. Transfer assist sheet
(1) Preparation
/1050e/1050eP
When changing from the standard size to any other size, it is necessary to purchase the following parts.
• PCS corresponding (other than the standard size) transfer /separation charger unit (assembled with the trans-
fer assist sheet) *
• Size detection connector
• Relay wiring harness
• Wire binding band
* Other than the transfer/separation charger unit assembled with each size of the transfer assist sheet, it is
possible to purchase the transfer assist sheet assembly.
(2) Addition of the size detection connector

1. Pull out the ADU.
[1]
(See P.112)
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the con-
nector cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2019c
306

[2]
4. Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the transfer/
separation charger unit [3].
1050e/1050eP
[3]
[1] [2] 1050fs2021c
307
5. Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [1]

and tighten the wiring harness of the existing
connector [2] and the wiring harness of the size
/1050e/1050eP
detection connector [3] with the wiring band [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to install the wiring harness of the
size detection connector [3] so that the rear
end section [5] does not protrude from the
inner end [7] of the connector bracket plate
[6] [1] [6]. If it is protruding, the wiring harness may
be broken.
• For the size detection connector, it is neces-
sary to install the one corresponding to the
size to be used. This can be identified by the
[5]
wire color of the size detection connector.
[7] (See P.306)
[4]
[2] [3]
1050fs2022c

A [2].
7. Open the open/close guide /1 [3].
[6] 8. Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /
Lt [5].
[4]
9. Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /
Rt [7].
[5]
[7]
[3]
[1] [2]
1050fs2023c
308

10. Connect the connector [2] of the relay wiring har-
[4]
ness [1] to the CN599 of the ADU drive board /1
[3].
1050e/1050eP
11. Pull around the relay wiring harness [1] as shown
in the drawing and hold it with the relay wiring
clamps [4] provided at the 12 placed.
[4] [1]
[3]
[1]
[2] [4] 1050fs2024c
12. Reinstall the transfer/separation charger unit [1].

[1] [3]
13. Connect the size detection connector [4] to the
connector [3] of the relay wiring harness [2].
14. Reinstall the ADU covers /Rt and /Lt and the
lever A.
15. Put the ADU back to the inside of the main body.
16. Change the software DIPSW settings in the ser-
vice mode to the following.
• DIPSW26-0: On (1)
• DIPSW26-1: On (1)
NOTE
• When the above software DIPSW is changed,
the size detection connector is required by
[4] [2] 1050fs2025c
the transfer/separation charger of standard
size. When the size detection connector is not
installed, the transfer assist sheet does not
operate.
309
B. Paper feed assist plate

(1) Checking of the contents of the package
The package contains the following as a set.
/1050e/1050eP
• [1] Paper feed assist plate:4 pcs.

• [2] Screw:2 pcs (TP3 x 8)
[1]
[2]
1050fs2722c
(2) Procedure
For the main body, see "11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment".
For the PF, see"5.3 Adjusting the pick-up roller pressure" in the Field Service for the PF-701.
310

6.5.4 Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts
A. Maintenance Item
1050e/1050eP
1 Transfer/ (1) Removal of trans-
separation fer/separation unit
charger unit
(2) Replacing of trans- 1 z
fer assist sheet
assembly
B. Periodically replaced parts list
No. Classification Parts name Quan- Actual replacement

tity cycle
1 Transfer assist sheet Exclusively used for A3 and A4 1 1,500,000
2 assembly * 1 Exclusively used for 11 inches 1 1,500,000
3 Exclusively used for 8K and 16K 1 1,500,000
4 Exclusively used for B4 and B5 1 1,500,000
5 Exclusively used for 8.5 inches 1 1,500,000
6 Exclusively used for A4S and A5 1 1,500,000
7 Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches 1 1,500,000
8 Exclusively used for B5S 1 1,500,000
9 Transfer/separation Exclusively used for A4 1 6,000,000
10 charger unit Exclusively used for 11 inches 1 6,000,000
11 Exclusively used for 8K and 16K 1 6,000,000
12 Exclusively used for B4 and B5 1 6,000,000
13 Exclusively used for 8.5 inches 1 6,000,000
14 Exclusively used for A4S and A5 1 6,000,000
15 Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches 1 6,000,000
16 Exclusively used for B5S 1 6,000,000
* 1 For the PCS corresponding transfer assist assembly, the counter management is not available. The numer-
ical values given here are reference.
311
C. Maintenance procedure
Caution:
/1050e/1050eP
• When replacing the periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
(1) Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly

1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
2) Procedure
See “3.5.8 J. Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly”.
312

6.6 CMS corresponding parts
6.6.1 CMS corresponding parts
1050e/1050eP
"CMS" stands for "customer maintenance support," and this is applicable when the user wants to change parts
by himself.
For CMS corresponding parts, 9 types of parts are set. However, some parts provided as an assembly of parts
larger than those replaced normally by the CE so that the user can easily conduct the part replacement opera-
tion.
6.6.2 CMS corresponding parts list

A. Pick-up roller unit
(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of the
pick-up roller.
(2) Replacement cycle

• Pick-up roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (DF-603): Every 4,500,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 800,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
(3) Replacement procedure

1) Pick-up roller unit (Main body)
See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly”.
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 8 are applicable.
2) Pick-up roller unit (DF-603)

See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
3) Pick-up roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)

See PF-701,PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
2 313
B. Separation roller unit

(1) Purpose
To return to the normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of
/1050e/1050eP
the separation roller.

• Separation roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Separation roller unit (DF-603): Every 2,250,000* prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 400,000 prints)
• Separation roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
* For the torque limiter and the separation roller that are the component parts of the separation roller unit (DF-
603), the periodically replaced cycle is different. So, the cycle of the separation roller that is the shorter of
the two is employed.

1) Separation roller unit (Main body)
See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly”.
NOTE
2) Separation roller unit (DF-603)

See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
3) Separation roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)

See PF-701/PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
C. Transfer/separation charger unit

(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the transfer or separation performance goes down due to
deterioration of the transfer/separation charger unit.

• Transfer/separation charger unit: 6,000,000 prints

See "E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit".
314 2

D. Waste toner recycle box
1) Purpose
To return to the normal operation as soon as possible when the waste toner recycle box of RC-501 is full.
1050e/1050eP
2) Replacement cycle
• Waste toner recycle box (RC-501) : 750,000 prints
3) Replacement procedure
See RC-501 Service Manual (Field service)
"3.1.2 Waste toner recycle box"
NOTE
6.6.3 CMS corresponding parts counter management

1. When the user replaces CMS corresponding parts, the counter needs to be reset. By changing the CMS
corresponding parts counter from DIPSW15-0 to 1, [CMS Parts Count] is displayed in the utility menu
screen.
2. The parts name/parts number/limit value of [CMS Parts Count] is registered by the user, and can also be
reset. In addition, as this count value uses the value of [Count of each part] in service mode, when
DIPSW15-0 is set to 1, the contents of the [Count of each part] settings are displayed in the [Utility] mode.
3. The counting method of the [CMS Parts Count] is shown in the table below.
DIPSW CMS Function Counter No. Counting Method

15-0
0 Apply 1 to 30 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.
1 Ignore 1 to 2 When paper in tray 1 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
3 to 4 When paper in tray 2 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
11 to 12 When the document is scanned from the ADF, 1 count for each
paper exit.
13 to 14 1 count for each paper exit.
15 to 30 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.
31 For waste toner box of RC-501
• Displayed when the DIPSW5-1, 5-4, 12-5, 15-0 are all "1".
• Timing of pre-full display, full warning display can be changed
by DIPSW5-0
2 315
/1050e/1050eP
Blank page
316
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
1050e/1050eP
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUST- B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site ser-
MENT / SETTING SECTION vice

Due attention should be paid to the following when
7.1 Composition repairing the machine.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items power outlet. Also, when operating the machine
to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is with the power supplied, be careful of the scan
required by this machine, it also gives detailed expla- of the exposure unit and be sure not to get
nations. caught by the gear.
2. The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful
A. Checking before starting work not to get burnt when handling it.
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to 3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be
check first the following: careful not to bring a watch and instrument near
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in to the unit.
accordance with the specifications? 4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
2. Is the power supply properly grounded? 5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot hands.
of electricity connected to the same power sup-
ply? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as eleva-
tor and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the
machine?
• High temperature and high humidity, direct
sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
• Levelness of the location on which the
machine is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original
itself?
6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for copy?
9. Are copy consumables replaced with new ones
at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning
blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?
317
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
/1050e/1050eP
priority if there is any.
After PM Implementation
Toner guide brush

Cleaning blade
Cleaning web
Adjustment items Replacement parts/Others
Developer
Slit glass
Drum
Machine adjustment Magnification adjustment Regist line speed adjustment
Printer drum clock adjustment (Side1)
Printer horizontal adjustment (Side1)
Scanner drum clock adjustment
ADF drum clock adjustment
Printer drum clock adjustment (Side2)
Printer horizontal clock adjustment (Side2)
Timing adjustment Printer restart timing adjustment (Side1)
Scanner restart timing adjustment
ADF restart timing adjustment
ADF regist loop adjustment
Centering adjustment Printer centering adjustment
ADF Centering adjustment
Warp adjustment Scanner (Glass) warp (Main)
Scanner (Glass) warp (Deputy)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Main)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Deputy)
ADF adjustment ADF density adjustment c
ADF original size adjustment
ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment
ADF incline offset adjustment
ADF centering sensor adjustment
Process High voltage adjustment High voltage auto adjustment
adjustment Drum peculiarity adjustment Blade setting mode e
Auto drum potential adjustment f e
Auto maximum density adjustment g f
Auto dot diameter adjustment h g
LD offset adjustment i h
Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) j i
Cartridge set mode k j
Counter Count PM cycle setting counter reset {
Developer setting counter reset c
Sensitive drum setting counter reset e
Copy count of special parts Fixing cleaning web c
ISW ISW mode
Finisher adjustment Stacker adjustment Paper width adjustment
Paper length adjustment
IP HDD format IP HDD format
Others Setting powder application c c c
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit) d d
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Blade auto replacement spring charge d
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
EEPROM replacement
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment
Trimmer board solenoid operation counter clear
Multi feed detection board adjustment
• When replacing the image processing board (IPB) due to the IPB being damaged, the parameter board (PB)
that was installed on the damaged IPB should be used on the new IPB. Contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor if it is considered that the PB is also damaged.
• The parameter board (PB) stores various adjustment data, setting data and counter data. Therefore, when
replacing the PB, perform all adjustments and settings, and be sure to replace the parts for control correc-
tion (Drum, developer, cleaning blade, cleaning web). For details, contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor.
318 2
Scanner wire · mirror
•
c
h
g
f
e
d
unit
CCD unit
k
j
i
h
g
f
e
d
c
aged.
Write unit
k
j
i
h
g
f
d
e
c
Registration roller
f
e
d
c
Multi feed detection board
/1, /2 (MFDB /1, /2)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
{
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
{
{
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
{
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
{
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
{
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
{
High voltage unit /1, /2
c
(HV1, /2)
Overall control board
d
c
(OACB)
Printer control board
{
(PRCB)
Operation board /1
{
(OB1)
RADF control board
c
e
k
d
f
l
j
g
i
h
(RADFCB)
LS control board (LSCB)
d
f
e
FD control board (FDCB)
c
FNS control board
c
(FNSCB)
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
{
SD control board
c
(SDCB)
PB control board
c
(PBCB)
2
Trimmer board assembly
{
ADU drive board /1
{
(ADUDB1)
PI drive board (PIDB)
{
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
ROM and perform all adjustments for the PB, SD, FD or FS if it is considered that the EEPROM is also dam-
was installed on the damaged control board should be used on the new control board. Install the new EEP-
319
board (FDCB) or the FNS control board (FNSCB) being damaged, the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) that
When replacing a board due to the PB control board (PBCB), the SD control board (SDCB), FD control
1050e/1050eP
9. UTILITY MODE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
9. UTILITY MODE
9.1 List of utility modes
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• For details on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide."
01 System Setting 01 Language Setting

02 Buzzer Setting 01 Buzzer On/Off, Volume Setting
02 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting
03 1 SHOT Indication Time
04 Default Screen Setting
05 Auto Reset Setting
06 Key Response Time
07 Change User Password
08 Function Key Setting
02 Function 01 Feed Tray Setting 01 Feed Tray Auto Selection
Setting 02 ATS Permit
03 Auto Paper Type
02 Each Function Setting
03 Density Setting 01 Density Shift for Enhance Mode
02 User Density Setting
03 Photo Mode Density Selection
04 Image Density Selection
04 Preset Zoom
05 Tandem Setting 01 Batch Reading Mode
02 Wait/Proof Mode
03 Shift Value Setting
04 Tandem Setting after JOB
06 User Paper Selection
03 Copy Setting 01 Reset Setting 01 Initial Setting
02 Reset Function Setting
03 Initial by Key Counter Insert
02 Each Function Setting
04 Scanner Set- 01 Default Address Setting
ting 02 Each Function Setting
05 Touch Screen Adjustment
06 Machine 01 System Setting 01 Power Save Setting
Manager Setting 02 Time and Date Setting
03 Weekly Timer 01 Weekly Timer On/Off Setting
Setting 02 Time Setting
03 Timer Action On/Off Setting
04 Lunch Hour Off Setting
05 Set Password for Timer Interrupt
04 Management List Print
320 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 9. UTILITY MODE

06 Machine 01 System Setting 05 Operation Prohibit Setting
Manager Setting
06 Expert 01 Original Scan Area Setting
1050e/1050eP
Adjustment 02 ADF Frame Erasure Setting
03 Non Image Area Erase Setting
07 Size Setting
08 Annotation Setting
09 Perfect Binding Mode Setting
02 Manager/Machine Register 01 Machine Manager Register
03 User Auth./Volume 01 Authentication Method 02 Authentication Setting
Track 02 Section Management Setting
02 Volume Track
03 User Authentication Set
04 Non register/Output Set
04 Network Setting 01 Machine NIC Setting
02 Controller NIC 01 TCP/IP
Setting 02 NetWare
03 IPP
04 FTP
05 SNMP
06 SMB
07 AppleTalk
08 E-Mail 01 E-Mail Send Setting
02 E-Mail Receive Setting
03 Title Setting
04 Sentence Setting
09 HDD
10 Alert Mail
11 CSRC 01 CSRC Send Setting
02 CSRC Receive Setting
03 CSRC Communication Test
12 AP I/F
13 PSWC
14 Network Setting Clear
15 SNMP Trap
05 Copy/Printer Setting 01 Job Offset Operating
02 Continuation print(Print)
03 Page No. pos.(Booklet)
04 Fixing Prerotation Set
05 Image Auto Rotation
06 Interruption Suspend
07 Copy Reserve Operation
08 Scan Stop (pull out tray)
09 Continuation Print (Copy)
2 321
9. UTILITY MODE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
06 Machine 05 Copy/Printer Setting 10 Original Glass SDF

Manager Setting 11 SDF Auto Setting
06 System Connection 01 User Call
/1050e/1050eP
07 Security Setting 01 Machine Manager Password

02 HDD Management 01 Folder Box List/Delete
Setting 02 HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting
03 Change HDD Lock Password
03 Security Strengthen Mode
08 Scanner Address 01 Send Address Edit/Delete
Register
322
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 10. SERVICE MODE

10. SERVICE MODE
10.1 Setting method
1050e/1050eP
This machine is provided with a service mode for var-
ious adjustments/settings. Data adjusted/set in this
mode is stored in the parameter board (PB).
10.1.1 Start and exit service mode

You can access the service mode while the power is
both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started
service mode is the same, but how to exit differs.
A. Starting and exiting service mode while the

power
p is ON
1. Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is dis-
played.
2. Press the Utility/Counter button.
3. "Utility Menu screen"
On the Operation panel, press the following but-
tons.
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.
4. "Service mode menu screen"
The service mode appears.
5. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
6. Press the [Exit] key to go back to the "Utility
Menu" screen.
7. The new settings become effective.
B. Starting and exiting service mode while the

p
power is OFF
1. While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn
ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.
The service mode appears.
3. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
4. Turn OFF the SW2.
5. After the reboot, the new settings become effec-
tive.
323
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.2 List of service mode
01 Machine Adjustment 01 Tray Adjustment

/1050e/1050eP
02 Magnification 01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment

Adjustment 02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>
03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2>
04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE1>
05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2>
06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment
07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment
03 Timing Adjustment 01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>
02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment
05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjustment
06 Transfer Assistance Timing Adjustment
07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment
08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment
09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Centering Adjust- 01 Printer Centering Adjustment
ment 02 Scanner Centering Adjustment
03 ADF Centering Adjustment
05 Warp Adjustment
06 NonImage Area Erase Check
07 ADF Adjustment 01 ADF Density Adjustment
02 ADF Original Size Adjustment
03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment
08 Recall Standard Data Recall standard data: Machine adjustment
02 Process Adjustment 01 High Voltage 01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment
Adjustment 02 HV Adjustment (Charge)
03 HV Adjustment (Transfer)
04 HV Adjustment (Separation AC)
05 HV Adjustment (Separation DC)
06 HV Adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
07 HV Adjustment (Bias of development DC)
08 Transfer Guide Confirm
02 Drum Peculiarity Adj. 01 Blade Setting Mode
02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment
03 Auto Maximum Density Adjustment
04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment
05 LD Offset Adjustment
324

02 Process Adjustment 02 Drum Peculiarity 06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)
Adjustment 07 LD1 Bias Adjustment
08 LD2 Bias Adjustment
1050e/1050eP
09 Cartridge Set Mode
03 Drum Peculiarity Manual
04 User Paper Setting
05 Recall Standard Data
03 Counter 01 PM Count
02 Data Collection 01 Total count of each paper size
02 Copy count of each paper size
03 Print count of each paper size
04 Large size count
05 ADF Count
06 Pixel ratio of each section
07 Pixel ratio ranking list
08 JAM data of time series
09 JAM Count
10 Count of each copy mode
11 SC data of time series
12 SC Count
13 JAM count of each section
14 SC count of each section
03 Parts Counter 01 Count of special parts
02 Count of each parts
04 Machine Condition 01 I/O Check mode
05 List Output 01 List Output
06 Test Mode 01 Test Pattern Output Mode
02 Test Pattern Density
03 Running Test Mode
07 System Setting 01 Software SW Setting
02 Telephone Number Setting
03 M/C Serial Number Setting
04 Setting Date Input
08 ROM Version 01 ROM Version
09 CS Remote Care 01 CS Remote Care 01 E-Mail
02 Modem
10 ISW 01 ISW
11 Finisher Adjustment 01 Stapler Position Adj. 01 Stapling Center Position Adjustment
02 Paper Width Adjustment
02 Multi Folder (Punch) 01 Paper Width Adjustment
Adj. 02 Hole-Punch Vertical Position Adjustment
325
11 Finisher Adjustment 03 Multi Folder (Fold) 01 Folding Position Adjustment

Adj. 02 Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment
03 Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment
/1050e/1050eP
04 Double Parallel Position Adjustment

05 Z-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Gate Position Adjustment
07 Fold Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.
05 Stacker Adjustment 01 Paper Width Adjustment
02 Paper Length Adjustment
06 Saddle Stitcher Adj. 01 Stapling Centring Adjustment
02 Stapling Paper Width Adjustment
03 Stapling Pitch Adjustment
04 Folding Position Adjustment
05 Three-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Fold Paper Width Adjustment
07 Trimming Adjustment
07 Perfect Binder 01 Cover Trimming Adjustment
Adjustment 02 Cover Lead Edge Adjustment
03 Spine Corner forming Position Adj.
04 Pasting Start Postion Adjustment
05 Pasting Finish Position Adjustment
06 Paste Formation Finish Position Adj.
07 Temperature Adjustment
08 Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment
09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment
10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment
11 Clamp FD Position Adjustment
08 Recall Standard Data
12 Machine Manager Setting 01 Manager Authentication
02 Machine Manager Password
13 CE Setting 01 CE Authentication Setting
02 CE Password Setting
14 IP HDD Format 01 IP HDD Format
326 2

10.3 Machine adjustment 5. Pull out the selected tray and widen the paper
guide [1] to the max. width. Narrow the paper
10.3.1 Tray adjustment guide [1] slowly to fill a gap [3] between the lift
1050e/1050eP
Adjust the paper size from tray /1 to tray /5. plate cover [2] and the paper guide [1] until it
This adjustment is needed when a paper size is not reaches the scale "250"[4]. (The scale inside
detected properly. the paper guide is 250 mm)
(1) Procedure
[2] [3] [1]
1. Enter the service mode.
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 Tray Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Tray adjustment screen"
Tray adjustment includes the following items.
Press the [Next] key or the [Back], and select
(1) of the tray you adjust.
[Tray 1 (1)] [4]
[Tray 1 (2)]
[Tray 2 (1)] Info HJG: 250mm
[Tray 2 (2)] 1. 250mm
[Tray 3 (1)] 2. 297mm
[Tray 3 (2)]
[Tray 4 (1)]
[Tray 4 (2)]
[Tray 5 (1)]
[Tray 5 (2)]
[1] 1050fs3021c
Note
• Be sure to select (1) of the tray you adjust. 6. Set the tray.
7. Press the [Start] key on the screen.
Info HJG: The current position of the selected tray is read
Wichtig: Zum Ausführen Justage müssen in. When the adjustment is done, the message
die Papiermagazine eingeschoben sein ! "Complete" appears.
8. Press the [Next] key and select (2) of the trays
you want to adjust.
Note
• Be sure to select (2) of the trays you want
to adjust.
9. Pull out the tray and widen the paper guide to
the max. width. Narrow the paper guide slowly
to fill a gap between the lift plate cover and the
paper guide until it reaches the scale "A3·A4".
(The scale inside the paper guide is 297 mm)
10. Set the tray.
327
11. Press the [Start] key on the screen. 10.3.2 Magnification adjustment
The current position of the selected tray is read Adjust various kinds of image magnification.
in. When the adjustment is done, the message
/1050e/1050eP
"Complete" appears. A. Regist line speed adjustment

Change the line speed of the registration roller to
12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.
match the line speed of the drum.
Info HJG:
NOTE Geschwindigkeit der Registrierrollen
• This adjustment changes the line speed of
the registration roller only. Unless properly
adjusted, it may cause a transfer jitter at a
position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
• Usually, do not use this adjustment in the
field. Use this only when replacing the regis-
tration roller and when a transfer jitter occurs
at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing
edge.
(1) Procedure

screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment]
key.
5. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Confirm that the [Inside Pattern] is displayed
"16", and press the [COPY] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
put the test pattern (No.16).
Note
• Select [72-91g] for the basic weight setting.
328 1

7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan 15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from
direction with a scale. the paper trailing edge, and find an output with
• Standard value: ± 0.5% or less (When in life-size) the least transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is
1050e/1050eP
even with surrounding area).
Within 102.8 0 mm
-0.5 16. Press the [SERVICE] key.
0 Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted
102.8 -0.5
step number of the output paper you selected
in step 15, and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +55 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
1050fs3001c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,

press the [SERVICE] key.
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"
Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with
the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press
the [COPY] key.
Note
• The density of "Test pattern density set-
ting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the
set value of "Test pattern density setting"
to ensure it is "255."
12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
13. Press the [SERVICE] key to return to the [Regist
Line Speed Adjustment] screen.
14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns
for two steps before and after the value you
entered in step 10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1"
Output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.
1 329
B. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 1) C. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on
only side 1 of the printer system. only side 2 of the printer system.
/1050e/1050eP
This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum
and the registration roller on side 1 evenly. and the registration roller on side 2 evenly.
Info HJG: Maßstab in FD der Seite 1 Info HJG: Maßstab in FD der Seite 2
(1) Procedure (1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode. 1. Enter the service mode.

2. "Service mode menu screen" 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen. screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu. the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen" 4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment Press the [03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment
<SIDE1>] key. <SIDE2>] key.
5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1> 5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen" Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [COPY] key. Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
2 item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out- 6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
put the test pattern (No.16). Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan put the test pattern (No.16).
direction with a scale. 7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size) direction with a scale.
Within 205.7 ± 1 mm • Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 205.7 ± 1 mm
205.7 1
205.7 1
1050fs3002c
1050fs3003c
press the [SERVICE] key. 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1> press the [SERVICE] key.
screen" 9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key. and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long) • Setting range:-10 (short) to 0 (long)
1 step = 0.05% 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value 10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained. can be obtained.
330

D. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 1) E. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on
only side 1 of the printer system. only side 2 of the printer system.
1050e/1050eP
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification
in image processing prior to the laser exposure. in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
Info HJG: Maßstab in CD der Seite 1 Info HJG: Maßstab in CD der Seite 2

screen. screen.
Press the [04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment Press the [05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment
<SIDE1>] key. <SIDE2>] key.
5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE1> 5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen" Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [COPY] key. Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but- item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
ton to output the test pattern (No.16). 6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but-
7. Measure the magnification of the main scan ton to output the test pattern (No.16).
direction with a scale. 7. Measure the magnification of the main scan
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size) direction with a scale.
Within 190 ± 1 mm • Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 190 ± 1 mm
190
190
1050fs3004c
1050fs3005c
press the [SERVICE] key. 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE1> press the [SERVICE] key.
screen" 9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key. and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long) • Setting range:-5 (short) to 0 (long)
1 step = 0.1% 1 step = 0.1%
331
F. Scanner drum clock adjustment G. ADF drum clock adjustment

Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of
the scanner system. the scanner system.
/1050e/1050eP
This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the
exposure unit. ADF.
Info HJG: Maßstab in FD vom Feeder
Info HJG: Maßstab in FD vom Originalglas

screen. screen.
Press the [06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment] Press the [07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment]
key. key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen" 5. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [COPY] key. Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test magnification you adjust. Press the [COPY] key.
chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but- The magnification changes as follows:
ton. 100% → 75% → 200% → 400%
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan 6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjust-
direction with a scale. ment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size) 7. Measure the magnification in the sub scan
Within 200 ± 1 mm direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 190 ± 1 mm
200
1050fs3006c

190 1050fs3007c
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen" 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys press the [SERVICE] key.
and press the [Set] key. 9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long) Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
1 step = 0.05% and press the [Set] key.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value • Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long)
can be obtained. 1 step = 0.05%
can be obtained.
332 2

10.3.3 Timing adjustment 9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>
Adjust various image timing. screen"
1050e/1050eP
A. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 1) and press the [Set] key.
Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 1. • Setting range:-30 (short) to +30 (long)
This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim- 1 step = 0.1 mm
ing.
Info HJG: Drucker Neustart - Bildanfang Seite 1
can be obtained.
NOTE
• Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment
(Side 1) has been adjusted. B. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 2.
(1) Procedure This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim-
ing.
Info HJG: Drucker Neustart - Bildanfang Seite 2
2. "Service mode menu screen" NOTE
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. • Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the (Side 2) has been adjusted.
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the (1) Procedure
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment 2. "Service mode menu screen"
<SIDE1>] key. Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1> 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen" screen.
Tray can be adjusted as a whole and by each Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
(tray /1 to /5). Press the [Next] or the [Back] key sub menu.
to select the item you adjust, and press the 4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
[COPY] key. Press the [02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but- <SIDE2>] key.
ton to output the test pattern (No.16). 5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale. screen"
• Standard value:20 ± 0.5 mm Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
20
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start
button to output the test pattern (No.16).
1050fs3008c

1 333
7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale. 5. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
• Standard value:20 ± 0.5 mm Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
/1050e/1050eP
20 The item changes as follows:

Side 1 → Side 2 → Side 1 thick → Side 2 thick
Note
• The adjustment values for "Side 1" and
"Side 2" are reflected on the paper weight
50 to 161 g/m2.
• The adjustment values for "Side 1 thick"
1050fs3009c
and "Side 2 thick" are reflected in 162 to
300 g/m2.
6. Set the copy according to the item that has
been adjusted and press the Start button to
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2> output a test pattern (No. 16).
screen"
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the
[SERVICE] key.
8. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
1 step = 0.1 mm
• Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
can be obtained.
1 step = 1 ms
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
C. Printer regist loop adjustment value is obtained.
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller
section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper
D. Printer pre-regist adjustment
jamming in the registration section.
Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration
Info HJG: Bausch - Registrierrollen
roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or
(1) Procedure
paper jamming in the pre-registration section.
1. Enter the service mode. Info HJG: Bausch - Vor-Registrierrollen
2. "Service mode menu screen" (1) Procedure
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
screen.
Press the [03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment]
sub menu.
key.
Press the [04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment]
key.
5. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
334

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but- F. Transfer assist timing adjustment
ton to output the test pattern (No.16). Adjust the pressure/release timing and the pressure
amount of the transfer assist sheet when transfer
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the
1050e/1050eP
error (such as missing image portions) occurs.
[SERVICE] key.
8. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Preparation:
• Select the appropriate paper setting beforehand
so that the transfer assist sheet (50 to 91 g/m2)
can be fed through.
1 step = 1ms
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate NOTE
value is obtained.
• Perform "Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."
properly, or the photoconductor may get
E. Printer lead edge timing adjustment damaged.
Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge. • Only perform this adjustment when the trans-
Info HJG: Löschbereich am Bildanfang fer error still occurs after performing "Trans-
(1) Procedure fer Assist Push Position adjustment" and
"Transfer Assist Release Position adj."
1. Enter the service mode. • Always perform "Transfer Assist Push Posi-
2. "Service mode menu screen" tion adjustment" and "Transfer Assist
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. Release Position adj." after performing
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the "Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the (1) Procedure
sub menu.
Press the [05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjust-
ment] key.
5. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
screen.
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but- sub menu.
ton to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the printer lead edge timing. Press the [06 Transfer Assistance Timing
• Standard value:within 4 mm Adjustment] key.
8. When the value is not within the standard value, Press the [NEXT] or the [Back] key to select the
press the [SERVICE] key. item to be adjusted, and press [COPY].
9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen" 5. "COPY screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys Change the print mode to [1 - 2], and select the
and press the [Set] key. tray in which the transfer assist sheet is loaded.
• Setting range:-20 (small) to +40 (large) 6. Press [START] to print the test pattern (No. 16).
1 step = 0.1 mm Print a halftone image or the original as neces-
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value sary.
can be obtained. 7. If the transfer error still occurs, press the
[SERVICE] key.
2 335
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys G. Scanner restart timing adjustment
and press the [Set] key. Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning
• [Transfer Assist Push Position adjustment] from the original glass.
/1050e/1050eP
• [Transfer Assist Release Position adj.] In this adjustment, the starting position for reading
Setting range:-32 (earlier) to +31(later) while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.
1 step = 0.5mm Info HJG: Scanner Neustart
• [Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj.] (1) Procedure vom Originalglas für Bildanfang
Setting range:-10 (pressure amount-low) to
+10 (pressure amount-high)
1 step = 0.1 mm
Note 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

• The following table shows the relation screen.
among pressure amount, pressure point, Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
release point, and limit step of the adjust- sub menu.
ment. If the adjustment value exceeds the 4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
limit steps, the transfer assist sheet may Press the [07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjust-
contact and damage the photoconductor. ment] key.
(Note that the steps described below are 5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.
only used as a guide.) screen"
Pressure amount Pressure point Release point
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test
(Step) (Step) (Step)
chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but-
0 -10 +12
ton.
-10 -20 +22
7. Check the leading edge timing.
+10 0 +2 • Standard value:within ± 1.5 mm
9. Repeat the steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate press the [SERVICE] key.
value is obtained.
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.
screen"
• Setting range:-40 (image, fast) to
+40 (image, slow)
1 step = 0.1 mm
can be obtained.
336 2

H. ADF restart timing adjustment I. ADF regist loop adjustment
Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning Adjust the original loop amount in the ADF registra-
from the ADF. tion roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle,
1050e/1050eP
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading or original jamming in the registration section.
while in the ADF scanning mode is adjusted. Info HJG: ADF Originalbausch
Info HJG: ADF Neustart - Bildanfang (1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen" Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
screen. Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
sub menu. 4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen" Press the [09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment]
Press the [08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment key.
key. 5. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
5. "ADF restart timing adj. screen" Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the side of original you adjust, and press the
side of original you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
[COPY] key. The side of original changes as follows:
The side of original changes as follows: SIDE1 → SIDE2
SIDE1 → SIDE2
Note
Note • SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
• SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2 represents the back side.
represents the back side. 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjust- "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start
ment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button. button.
7. Check the image leading edge timing. 7. When the ADF regist loop amount is not appro-
• Standard value: ± 2 mm priate, press the [SERVICE] key.
8. When the value is not within the standard value, 8. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
press the [SERVICE] key. Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
9. "ADF restart timing adj. screen" and press the [Set] key.
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys • Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
and press the [Set] key. 1 step = 0.1 mm
• Setting range:-50 (image, fast) to 9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
+50 (image, slow) value is obtained.
1 step = 0.1 mm
can be obtained.
2 337
10.3.4 Centering adjustment B. Scanner centering adjustment

Adjust the mis-centering of images in the main scan Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning
direction. from the original glass.
/1050e/1050eP
This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim- Info HJG: Scannerzentrierung Originalglas
ing. NOTE
• Be sure the printer centering has been
A. Printer centering adjustment adjusted.
Adjust the mis-centering of images on the printer.
Info HJG: Drucker Zentrierung CD (1) Procedure
NOTE (Siehe untere Info)
• Be sure the printer horizontal adjustment
(Side 1) and the printer horizontal adjustment 2. "Service mode menu screen"
(Side 2) have been adjusted. Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
(1) Procedure screen.
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the
1. Enter the service mode. sub menu.
2. "Service mode menu screen" 4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. Press the [02 Scanner Centering Adjustment]
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the key and press the [COPY] key.
screen. 5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but-
sub menu. ton.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen" 6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center
Press the [01 Printer Centering Adjustment] key in the main scan direction, and measure how
and press the [COPY] key. much the left and right lines misalign from each
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but- other.
ton to output the test pattern (No.16). • Standard value: within ± 2 mm
6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center 7. When the value is not within the standard value,
in the main scan direction, and measure how press the [SERVICE] key.
much the left and right lines misalign from each 8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) centering Adj. screen"
other. Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
• Standard value: within ± 1.5 mm and press the [Set] key.
7. When the value is not within the standard value, • Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
press the [SERVICE] key. +30 (image in back)
8. "Printer centering adjustment screen" 1 step = 0.1 mm
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys 9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value
and press the [Set] key. can be obtained.
• Setting range:-64 (image in front) to
+63 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm
can be obtained.
Info HJG:
Für die Justage muß DIPSW 12 (Bit 3) auf „1“ gesetzt
werden (Zentrierungssensor ist dann für die
Justage = deaktiviert) !
Nach der Justage muß der Bit wieder auf „0“ gesetzt
werden !
338 2

C. ADF Centering adjustment Note
Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning • SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
from the ADF. represents the back side.
Info HJG: ADF Zentrierung
1050e/1050eP
• "Small" represents paper which is smaller
NOTE (Siehe untere Info)
than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
• Be sure the printer centering has been However, this excludes A4 or 8.5 x 11 which
adjusted. is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.
(1) Procedure • "Large" represents paper which is larger
than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
However, this excludes A3 or 11 x 17 which
is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the • When adjusting ADF centering sensor
screen. adjustment (SIDE1:8.5 x 11) and (SIDE1:11 x
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the 17), change the centering sensor /Fr posi-
sub menu. tion to "LT" side. Then, turn OFF/ON the
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen" power switch, and follow the procedure of
Press the [03 ADF Centering Adjustment] key this adjustment. (See chapter III "1.5
and press the [COPY] key. Centering sensor switchover adjustment"
5. "ADF centering adjustment screen" in the Theory of Operation for DF-603)
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the 6. Select paper according to the adjusted item.
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and
The item switches as follows: press the Start button.
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Small)
7. Fold the printed paper into two along the center
↓
in the main scan direction, and measure how
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Small)
much the left and right lines misalign from each
↓
other.
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Large)
• Standard value: within ± 2 mm
↓
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Large)
↓
9. [ADF centering adjustment screen]
ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A4)
or (SIDE1:8.5 x 11)*1
↓
• Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A3)
+30 (image in back)
or (SIDE1:11 x 17)*1
1 step = 0.1 mm
*1 When the power switch is ON, the ADF's 10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
centering correction sensor /Fr position is can be obtained.
automatically detected and displayed.
Info HJG:
Formate A4 und A3 werden automatisch
über den Centringsensor justiert (siehe bei Note)
2 339
10.3.5 Warp adjustment 10.3.6 Non-image area erase check

Adjust the image distortion in scanning. When installing the copier or moving its installation
Info HJG: Schrägeinzug - Originalglas/ADF location, check to see if the non-image area erase
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure function of the copy application functions works sat-

isfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to
correctly detect the non-image area.
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key. Preparation:
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the • Open fully the DF.
screen. • There should not be anything on the original glass.
Press the [05 Warp Adjustment] key on the sub • Clean the original glass.
menu. Info HJG: Löschung Bildfreier Bereich
4. "Warp adjustment menu screen" A. Procedure
The item switches as follows: 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) FD Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
↓ 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Scanner (Orig.Glass)warp adj. (Deputy) CD screen.
↓ Press the [06 Non Image Area Erase Check]
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main) FD key on the sub menu.
↓ 4. "Non image area erase check screen"
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy) CD Press the [Start] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the "test chart" 5. Make sure the following message appears.
at the position (original glass or ADF) according
to the adjusted item, and press the Start but- NORMAL adjustment selected.
ton. The machine is set to appropriate parame-
6. Measure the image distortion with a scale. ters for Non-image area erase.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (difference in the
diagonals of 200 mm square If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error
must be 1.4 mm or less) message and Handling", and perform the non-
7. When the value is not within the standard value, image area erase check again.
8. "Warp adjustment menu screen"
• Setting range:-50 (counterclockwise) to
+50 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%
can be obtained.
340

B. Error message and Handling 10.3.7 ADF adjustment
If an error is detected while performing the "Non A. ADF density adjustment
Image Area Erase Check" mode, the following error Since the slit glass of the scanning section is coated
1050e/1050eP
message will be displayed. with electrical conductive material, The way it refracts
light from the exposure lamp is different from that of
(1) Error message 1 the original glass. Thus, perform this adjustment
when replacing the slit glass.
Adjust for Moderate Brightness. Info HJG: Belichtungsintensität
The Non-image area erase function may not Preparation: über ADF für die kleine Glasplatte
operate correctly with dark (density) origi- • Clean the slit glass.
nals. • Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt
can be ignored)
Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used (1) Procedure
very frequently, or when copy originals that have a
dark background are not copied very frequently in
non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the 2. "Service mode menu screen"
current installation location. However, when copy Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
originals that have a dark background are frequently 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
copied, install the copier in a location where less screen.
external light gets in (darker) than the present loca- Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
tion, and check the non-image area erase check menu.
mode again. 4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 ADF Density Adjustment] key.
(2) Error message 2 5. "ADF density adjustment screen"
Set the "white chart" on the ADF.
Adjust for Extreme Brightness.
In many case, the non-image area erase Note
function will not operate correctly. • Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.
6. Press the [Start] key.
Handling 2
The white chart is scanned, and density is
When the non-image area erase function is not
automatically adjusted.
used very frequently, the copier can be used in
7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON
the current installation location. However, if the
the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
non-image area erase function is frequently
Repeat steps 1 to 6 until it is completed prop-
used, install the copier in a location where less
erly.
external light gets in (darker) than the present
location, and check the non-image area erase
check mode again. At this time, when there is a
B. ADF original size adjustment
bright light source such as a fluorescent light
Conduct this adjustment when the ADF original size is
installed directly above the copier, reconsider the
not properly detected.
installation location, or take some measures to
shield the light source and check the mode Info HJG:
(1) Procedure ADF Originalformaterkennung
again.
1 341
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 5. "ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment screen"
screen. Press the [Start] key.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub The ADF sensor sensitivity is automatically
/1050e/1050eP
menu. adjusted, and the message of completion

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen" appears.
Press the [02 ADF Original Size Adjustment] 6. Press the [COPY] key to check to see if there is
key. any malfunction.
5. "ADF original size adj. (A4 or 8.5 x 11) 1/2 7. When malfunction is found, press the [SERV-
screen" ICE] key to repeat steps 5 and 6.
Set A4 paper (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and press
D. ADF incline offset adjustment
the [Start] key.
Adjust image skew in the ADF scanning mode.
6. Confirm the message of completion, press the
This adjustment is reflected on the skew adjustment
[Next] key.
control in ADF scanning mode.
7. "ADF original size adj. (A5R or 5.5 x 8.5R) 2/2 Info HJG: ADF Schrägeinzug
screen"
(1) Procedure
Set A5R paper (for metric machine) or 5.5 x
8.5R paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and 1. Enter the service mode.
press the [Start] key. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
8. Confirm the message of completion, press the Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
[COPY] key. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
9. Make sure the ADF original size is properly screen.
detected. Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
C. ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment
Press the [04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment]
Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM
key.
display does not disappear despite no paper JAM)
5. "ADF Incline offset adjustment screen"
occurs in the reflective type sensors.
Info HJG: ADF Sensorempfindlichkeit
Preparation: 6. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and
• Clean each of the ADF reflective sensors. press the Start button.
7. Measure the image skew with a scale.
(1) Procedure • Standard value:within ± 0.5%
Difference between a and b is 2.1mm or less
screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
Press the [03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjust-
ment] key.
a
1050fs3026c

342

9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen" 6. Remove one screw [1] to remove the sensor
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys cover [2].
1050e/1050eP
• Setting range:-60 (counterclockwise) to
+60 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%
can be obtained.
E. ADF centering sensor adjustment

Adjust sensitivity of the centering sensor /Fr.
Info HJG: ADF Sensorempfindlichkeit
NOTE
• Be sure to conduct adjustment for both A4
[1] [2]
and 8.5 x 11.
(1) Procedure

screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
Press the [05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjust-
ment] key.
5. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select "ADF
1050fs3022c
Centering Sensor Adj. (A4)".
7. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor
mounting plate [2] to the "A4" side [3] impress,
the two locating projections [4] to their places.
[2] [3]
[4] [1] [4] 1050fs3023c
343
8. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (A4) screen" 10.3.8 Recall standard data
Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is Reset the adjustment values of the machine adjust-
adjusted, and message of completion is dis- ment to the factory initial data or the installation initial
/1050e/1050eP
played. data. Info HJG:

9. Press the [Next] key to select "ADF Centering Rücksetzung auf Werks- / oder
A. Procedure Inst. Justagedaten (siehe untere Info)
Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11)."
10. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor 1. Enter the service mode.
mounting plate [2] to the "LT" side [3] impress, 2. "Service mode menu screen"
the two locating projections [4] to their places. Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
[3] [2] screen.
Press the [08 Recall Standard Data] on the sub
menu.
4. "Recall standard data (Machine adjustment)
screen"
Press the [Factory Initial Data] or the [Installa-
tion Initial Data] key.
Note
• Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
factory initial data.
[4] [1] 1050fs3024c • Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls
11. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11) screen" the adjustment values stored when code
Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is "91" of the I/O check mode was conducted.
adjusted, and message of completion is dis- • When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data
played. at installation], the data returns with no dis-
play changed on the screen.
12. Replace the sensor plate to the position of orig-
inal size (A4 or 8.5 x 11) that the customer
mainly uses. Info HJG:
Erfolgte Änderung im Speicher sichern
Servicemode
04 Machine condition
01 I/O check Mode
Eingabe “9” u. “1” <091-00>
344 1

10.4 Process adjustment G. HV adjustment (Bias of development DC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
Make various adjustments around the process.
1050e/1050eP
H. Transfer guide confirm
10.4.1 High voltage adjustment Do not use this adjustment in the field.
Adjust various high voltage values.
A. High voltage auto adjustment

Current values and voltage values of a transfer, sepa-
ration (AC), separation (DC), developing bias are
automatically adjusted respectively.
Preparation:
• The photo conductor section must be set.
(1) Procedure

Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
screen.
Press the [01 High Voltage Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
4. "High voltage adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment]
key.
5. "HV adjustment (Auto adjustment) screen"
Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
• When an error message appears during the
adjustment, check to see if the error unit is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the
adjustment again.
B. HV adjustment (Charge)
C. HV adjustment (Transfer)
D. HV adjustment (Separation AC)

E. HV adjustment (Separation DC)

F. HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage)

345
10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment 4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu

Make various adjustments related to image creation screen"
to the drum. Press the [02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment]
Info HJG: Trommelbesonderheiten anpassen
/1050e/1050eP
key.
A. Blade setting mode
5. "Auto drum potential adjustment screen"
Perform this adjustment when changing the cleaning
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic
blade. In this mode, apply toner to the cleaning blade
adjustment, the message of completion
and drum, to prevents damages to them.
appears.
Info HJG: nur bei Cleaningblade Wechsel
NOTE machen. Achtung, siehe untere Info ! NOTE
• Perform this only when changing the cleaning • When the following error messages appear,
blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special check to see if the drum potential sensor
parts counter is reset, thus making it impos- (DPS) is properly installed and cleaned. Con-
sible to implement the auto blade change in duct the adjustment again.
the right timing. 1) Error 1
• Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over
and drum. 100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2
(1) Procedure The drum potential after laser exposure is
detected to be over 350V, and it is deter-
mined that control patch detect signal is
2. "Service mode menu screen" not outputted.
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key. 3) Error 3
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Drum potential has been corrected 10 or
screen. more times, but it does not converge.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu. C. Auto maximum density adjustment
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu Automatically adjust maximum density of images.
screen" Info HJG: Max. Kontrast - Dmax Sensor Justage
Press the [01 Blade Setting Mode] key. (1) Procedure
5. "Blade setting mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. With toner applied, the
drum is cleaned with the cleaning blade. The
message of completion appears.
screen.
B. Auto drum potential adjustment Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
Measure the charging potential of drum, and adjust sub menu.
automatically the developing bias value, charging 4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
voltage and grid voltage. screen"
Press the [03 Auto Maximum Density Adjust-
(1) Procedure ment] key.
5. "Auto maximum density adjustment screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key. NOTE
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the • When the following error messages appear,
screen. check to see if the toner control sensor board
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the (TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
sub menu. Conduct the adjustment again.
Info HJG:
346 Achtung, nur bei Cleaningblade Wechsel machen. Sonst wird beim Ausführen nur der
Zähler auf „0“ gesetzt, aber das Cleaningblade bleibt in vorheriger Position.

1) Error 1 E. LD offset adjustment
The maximum density sensor (on the Equally adjust two laser intensity.
TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected Info HJG: LD Versatz
1050e/1050eP
10 or more times, but it does not con- (1) Procedure
verge.
2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is 2. "Service mode menu screen"
not completed, when the developing roller Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
rotation speed reaches the specified 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
value. screen.
3) Error 3 Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
No signal is outputted from the maximum sub menu.
density sensor. Control patch detect sig- 4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
nal is not outputted. screen"
Press the [05 LD Offset Adjustment] key.
D. Auto dot diameter adjustment 5. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Automatically adjust the diameter of laser beam. Press the LD1 offset line speed [490 mm] key,
Info HJG: Punktdurchmesser and press the [COPY] key.
(1) Procedure
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start
1. Enter the service mode. button to output a test pattern.
2. "Service mode menu screen" 7. Adjust laser intensity of LD1 and LD2.
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key. Standard value: Compare image patterns cre-
ated by the LD1 and LD2. Confirm that density
is uniform (± 1 gap is OK) as per the following
screen.
figure, and the highlighted patterns start
between the two reference lines.
sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment]
key. [1]
5. "Auto dot diameter adjustment screen"
NOTE
• When the following error messages appear,
check to see if the toner control sensor board
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt cor-
rection has been corrected 10 or more LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2
times, but it does not converge.

1050fs3010c
2) Error 2
The auto dot diameter adjustment com- [1] Reference lines
pleted with an abnormal value.
347
9. "LD Offset Adjustment screen"

Press the [490mm] key for the laser you want G. LD1 bias adjustment
to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
/1050e/1050eP
numeric value through the numeric keys and

press the [Set] key and then the [COPY] key. H. LD2 bias adjustment
• Setting range:-128 (lighter) to +127 (darker) Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start

I. Cartridge set mode
button to output a test pattern.
Conduct this adjustment when black spots (toner)
appear on the print-out after removing/inserting the
press the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to
photo conductor section.
10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. Adjust the line speed 425 mm and 290 mm (1) Procedure
likewise as well.
F. Auto gamma adjustment (1 dot)
Automatically adjust image gradation (gamma).
Info HJG: Auto Gamma Anpassung 1dot
screen.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode. sub menu.
2. "Service mode menu screen" 4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key. screen"
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Press the [09 Cartridge Set Mode] key.
screen. 5. "Cartridge set mode screen"
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the Press the [Start] key. The development unit and
sub menu. the drum rotate for 3 minutes to charge low-
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu charge toner.
screen" 6. After the rotation stops, press the [COPY] key.
Press the [06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)] 7. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start
key. button to output 10 blank papers, thus cleaning
5. "Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) screen" the drum. siehe unten
Press the [Start] key. 8. When the black spot does not disappear, press
the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to 7.
NOTE
Wichtig:
• When the following error messages appear,
Es müssen die 10 weißen A3 Seiten
check to see if the toner control sensor board
ausgedruckt werden. Sonst werden
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned. die Daten nicht gespeichert !
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt cor-
rection has been corrected 10 or more
times, but it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the gamma
sensor. Control patch detect signal is not
outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve
calculation.
348 1

10.4.3 Drum peculiarity manual 10.4.5 Recall standard data
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field. Reset the adjustment values of the process adjust-
ment to the factory initial data or the installation initial
1050e/1050eP
10.4.4 User paper setting data.
Use this adjustment when the transfer and separation
functions do not work satisfactorily with the standard A. Procedure
adjustments because of using special papers, etc.
This setting is applied when you select [User] as the
paper type. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
By default, the following data are inputted. Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
2 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
• For Japan: 62 to 71 g/m Normal paper
2 screen.
• For inch area: 72 to 91 g/m Normal paper
2 Press the [05 Recall Standard Data] key on the
• For metric area: 72 to 91 g/m Normal paper
sub menu.
NOTE 4. "Recall standard data (Process adjustment)
• Input data according to instructions of KMBT screen"
field support section. Press the [Factory initial data] or the [Installation
initial data] key.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
2. "Service mode menu screen" factory initial data.
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key. • Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the the adjustment values stored when code
screen. "91-00" of the I/O check mode was con-
Press the [04 User Paper Setting] key on the ducted.
sub menu. • When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data
4. "User Paper Setting screen" at installation], the data returns with no dis-
Select one of the followings; [User Paper 1] / play changed on the screen.
[User Paper 2] / [User Paper 3]
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select an
item you adjust.
5. Input data for the selected item, and press the
[Set] key.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to configure other items.
User Paper Setting (Areas)
Bereich <Anfang bis A>: lead edge

Bereich <A bis B>: center 1
Bereich <B bis C>: center 2
Bereich <C bis D>: rear edge 1
Bereich <D bis Ende>: rear edge 2
2 349
10.5 Counter Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user

screen does not disappear.
Confirm and configure settings of various counters.
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
10.5.1 PM count
Configure the reset and cycle of the PM count, devel-
oper count and drum count. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
NOTE 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
• The PM count is different in the count con- Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu.
dition depending on the setting of DIPSW8- 4. "PM count/cycle screen"
6. Press the key for an item you reset, and press
When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of the [Count Reset] key.
each large paper exit, and 5. "Reset confirm screen"
2 counts for a double side. Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side The counter is reset, and the start date is auto-
of each large paper exit matically inputted.
(the definition of large size Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
paper is set by DIPSW10-3 return to the "PM count/cycle screen."
and 4), and 4 counts for a
6. "PM count/cycle screen"
double side. For those
Pressing the [OK] key validates resetting.
other than the large size,
Pressing the [Cancel] key invalidates the count
the count is same as when
reset.
set to "0."
• The developer count and the sensitive drum
count are made at all times 1 count for a sin-
gle side and 2 counts for a double side for a
small size paper, 2 counts for a single count
and 4 counts for a double count for a large
size paper.
A. Counter reset
Reset the PM count, developer count and drum
count.
NOTE
• Be sure to reset the PM count after imple-
menting a periodic check (every 750,000
prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message
and icon do not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the developer count after
replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray back-
ground image and toner scatter may occur.
Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user
screen does not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the sensitive drum count
after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray
background and toner scatter may occur.
350 1

B. PM cycle 10.5.2 Data collection
Configure settings of the PM cycle, developer cycle It is possible to confirm various data held in the
and drum cycle. machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data
1050e/1050eP
by the CS Remote Care, list output and the mail
NOTE remote notification system.
• The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum
cycle are already inputted in the initial set- A. Confirmation method
tings. Usually, do not change these settings. (1) Procedure

(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode. Press the [03 Counter] key.
2. "Service mode menu screen" 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Press the [03 Counter] key. screen.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Press the [02 Data Collection] key on the sub
screen. menu.
Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu. 4. "Data collection menu screen"
4. "PM count/cycle screen" Data collection include the followings:
Press the key for an item you configure. [01 Total count of each paper size]
5. Enter the first three digits of the cycle value [02 Copy count of each paper size]
through the numeric keys [03 Print count of each paper size]
6. "PM count/cycle screen" [04 Large size count]
Pressing the [OK] key returns you to the "Serv- [05 ADF count]
ice mode menu screen." [06 Pixel ratio of each section]
Press the [Cancel] key to invalidate the [07 Pixel ratio ranking list]
changed settings. [08 JAM data of time series]
[09 JAM count]
[10 Count of each copy mode]
[11 SC data of time series]
[12 SC count]
[13 JAM count of each section]
[14 SC count of each section]
Note Info HJG: Siehe DIPSW 30-1

When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 08 to 14 can be
confirmed.
5. Press the data collection item key you want to
confirm.
351
6. "Individual data confirmation screen"

Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• The [Count Reset] key is shown in the indi-
vidual data confirmation screen of the [13
JAM count of each section] and the [14 SC
count of each section].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key,
"Count reset confirmation screen" is
shown, and when pressing the [Yes] key,
the section data is reset. Pressing the [No]
key returns to "Individual data confirmation
screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data while in the PM imple-
mentation to confirm the jam or SC occur-
rence count after it was visited last time.
352

B. Details of the data collection
(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and print count of each paper size
Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
1050e/1050eP
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• 1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
• All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4S are counted as A4.
• 8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.
NO. CSRC parameter For Remark

(B1, B6, B8) Japan Inch Metric
1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used
2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3
3 02 B4 81/2 x 14 B4 (8K)
4 03 A4 81/2 x 11 A4
5 04 B5 5 /2 x 8 /2
1 1
B5 (16K)
6 05 A5 — A5
7 06 B6 — F4
8 07 81/2 x 14 — —
9 08 8 /2 x 11
1
A4 —
10 09 Special Special Special
11 0A PostCard — —
(2) Data collection No. 04: Large size count

Confirm the number of print of the large size paper.
Note
• Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 for default).
NO. CSRC command Item Remark

(Parameter)
1 BH (00) Large size printer count
2 BI (00) Large size copy count
3 F6 (01) Large size scan count
353
(3) Data collection No. 05: ADF count

Confirm the number of originals fed in each ADF mode.
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• No.1, 2 are not counted as No.3 to 8.
NO. CSRC parameter Item Remark

(F0)
1 00 N of originals fed in ADF mode Simplex mode
2 01 N of originals fed in RADF mode Duplex mode
3 02 N of 1 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
4 03 N of 2 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
5 04 N of 1 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
6 05 N of 2 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
7 06 N of 1 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode
8 07 N of 2 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode
354

(4) Data collection No. 06: Pixel ratio of each section
It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of 5,000 print sheets (At max. 30 data. Older data are deleted
first).
1050e/1050eP
Note
• This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO. CSRC parameter Item Average pixel Remark

(V0) ratio (%)
1 00 Total count Displaying up to
2 01 Print count 1 the first place of a Newest data
3 02 Print count 2 decimal point
4 03 Print count 3
5 04 Print count 4
6 05 Print count 5
7 06 Print count 6
8 07 Print count 7
9 08 Print count 8
10 09 Print count 9
11 0A Print count 10
12 0B Print count 11
13 0C Print count 12
14 0D Print count 13
15 0E Print count 14
16 0F Print count 15
17 10 Print count 16
27 1A Print count 26
28 1B Print count 27
29 1C Print count 28
30 1D Print count 29
31 1E Print count 30 Oldest data
355
(5) Data collection No. 7: Pixel ratio ranking list

Confirm data for the top 15 jobs with higher pixel ratio ranks.
To exclude faulty operations (skyshot) by a user, display only data for continuous 5 or more print-outs.
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO. CSRC parameter Pixel ratio Print Paper Size Mode Date Remark
(V1) (%) Quantity
1 00 Displaying Displaying Copier or
2 01 up to the first the number Printer
3 02 place of a of papers
decimal
4 03
point
5 04
6 05
7 06
8 07
9 08
10 09
11 0A
12 0B
13 0C
14 0D
15 0E
(6) Data collection No. 08: JAM data of time series

With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, time
of occurrence, tray, paper size and magnification.
356

(7) Data collection No. 9, 13: JAM count, JAM NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section
count of each section parameter the operation panel when
Confirm the JAM occurrence count for each JAM (J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
1050e/1050eP
code (except idling JAM).
34 21 J18-08 Tray /5
35 22 J21-01 Sensitive drum
NOTE
36 23 J31-01 Registration
• Maximum count: 999,999
37 24 J31-02
38 25 J32-01 Fixing/exit
NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section
39 26 J32-02
parameter the operation panel when
40 27 J32-03
(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
41 28 J32-04
1 00 J11-01 Tray /1
42 29 J32-05
2 01 J11-02
43 2A J32-06
3 02 J11-03
44 2B J92-01 ADU
4 03 J11-04
45 2C J92-02
5 04 J12-01 Tray /2
46 2D J93-01
6 05 J12-02
47 2E J94-01
7 06 J12-03
48 2F J19-01 Paper feed con-
8 07 J12-04
veyance
9 08 J13-01 Tray /3
49 30 J19-02 PF
10 09 J13-02
50 31 J51-01 Main body
11 0A J13-03
51 32 J61-01 DF
12 0B J13-04
52 33 J61-02
13 0C J14-01 Tray /4
53 34 J62-01
14 0D J14-02
54 35 J62-02
15 0E J14-03
55 36 J62-03
16 0F J15-01 Tray /5
56 37 J62-04
17 10 J15-02
57 38 J62-05
18 11 J15-03
58 39 J62-06
19 12 J15-04
59 3A J62-07
20 13 J17-01 Paper feed
60 3B J62-08
21 14 J17-02 conveyance
61 3C J62-09
22 15 J17-03
62 3D J62-10
23 16 J17-04
63 3E J63-01
24 17 J17-05
64 3F J63-02
25 18 J17-06
65 40 J63-03
26 19 J17-12
66 41 J63-04
27 1A J18-01 Tray /3
67 42 J63-05
28 1B J18-02
68 43 J63-06
29 1C J18-03 Tray /4
69 44 J63-07
30 1D J18-04 Tray /5
70 45 J63-08
31 1E J18-05
71 46 J63-09
32 1F J18-06 Tray /3
72 47 J63-10
33 20 J18-07 Tray /4
73 48 J63-11
357
NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section
parameter the operation panel when parameter the operation panel when
(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1 (J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
/1050e/1050eP
74 49 J72-01 FD 115 72 J72-66 SD

75 4A J72-02 116 73 J72-67
76 4B J72-03 117 74 J72-68
77 4C J72-04 118 75 J72-69
78 4D J72-05 119 76 J72-70
79 4E J72-06 120 77 J72-71
80 4F J72-09 121 78 J72-72
81 50 J72-10 122 79 J72-73
82 51 J72-11 123 7A J72-74
83 52 J72-12 124 7B J72-75
84 53 J72-13 125 7C J72-76
85 54 J72-14 126 7D J72-77
86 55 J72-16 FS 127 7E J72-78
87 56 J72-17 128 7F J72-79
88 57 J72-18 129 80 J72-80
89 58 J72-19 130 81 J72-81
90 59 J72-20 131 82 J72-82
91 5A J72-21 132 83 J72-83
92 5B J72-22 133 84 J72-84
93 5C J72-23 134 85 J72-85
94 5D J72-28 135 86 J72-86
95 5E J72-30 136 87 J72-87
96 5F J72-39 137 88 J72-88
97 60 J72-40 FD 138 89 J72-89
98 61 J72-41 139 8A J72-90
99 62 J72-42 140 8B J72-99
100 63 J72-43 141 8C J74-01 LS
101 64 J72-44 142 8D J74-02
102 65 J72-45 143 8E J74-03
103 66 J72-46 144 8F J74-04
104 67 J72-47 145 90 J74-05
105 68 J72-48 146 91 J74-06
106 69 J72-49 147 92 J74-07
107 6A J72-50 148 93 J74-08
108 6B J72-58 149 94 J74-09
109 6C J72-59 150 95 J74-10
110 6D J72-61 SD 151 96 J74-11
111 6E J72-62 152 97 J74-12
112 6F J72-63 153 98 J74-19
113 70 J72-64 154 99 J74-31
114 71 J72-65 155 9A J74-32
358 1

NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section NO. CSRC Jam code is shown on Section
parameter the operation panel when parameter the operation panel when
(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1 (J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
1050e/1050eP
156 9B J74-33 LS 197 C4 J74-90 PB
157 9C J74-34 198 C5 J74-91
158 9D J74-35 199 C6 J74-92
159 9E J74-36 200 C7 J74-93
160 9F J74-37 201 C8 J74-96
161 A0 J74-38 202 C9 J74-97
162 A1 J74-39 203 CA J74-98
163 A2 J74-40 204 CB J74-99
164 A3 J74-41
165 A4 J74-42
166 A5 J74-49
167 A6 J74-60 PB
168 A7 J74-61
169 A8 J74-62
170 A9 J74-63
171 AA J74-64
172 AB J74-65
173 AC J74-66
174 AD J74-67
175 AE J74-68
176 AF J74-69
177 B0 J74-70
178 B1 J74-71
179 B2 J74-72
180 B3 J74-73
181 B4 J74-74
182 B5 J74-75
183 B6 J74-76
184 B7 J74-77
185 B8 J74-78
186 B9 J74-79
187 BA J74-80
188 BB J74-81
189 BC J74-82
190 BD J74-83
191 BE J74-84
192 BF J74-85
193 C0 J74-86
194 C1 J74-87
195 C2 J74-88
196 C3 J74-89
2 359
(8) Data collection No. 10: Count of each copy mode

Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
/1050e/1050eP
Note
NO. CSRC parameter Item Count conditions

(F1)
1 00 1-1 mode
2 01 1-2 mode
3 02 2-1 mode
4 03 2-2 mode
5 04 ADF 1-1 mode
6 05 ADF 1-2 mode
7 06 Mixed original mode
8 07 SDF mode
9 08 Z-folded original mode
10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14 0D Text & Photo
15 0E Text
16 0F Photo
17 10 Low contrast
18 11 Custom size
19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23 16 Right & Left binding
24 17 2 parallel staples (Right binding)
25 18 Upper binding
26 19 Tab original
27 1A Folding & Stapling
28 1B Stacker1 5000 sheets full alarm
29 1C Group
30 1D Offset group
31 1E Collated
32 1F Offset collated
33 20 Face down
34 21 Face up
35 22 1 to N
36 23 N to 1
360

(F1)
37 24 Stacker 2 5000 sheets full alarm
1050e/1050eP
38 25 Cover sheet
39 26 Trimmer
40 27 Real size copy
41 28 Preset magnification E4
42 29 Preset magnification E3
43 2A Preset magnification E2
44 2B Preset magnification E1
45 2C Preset magnification R4
46 2D Preset magnification R3
47 2E Preset magnification R2
48 2F Preset magnification R1
49 30 Preset Zoom 1
50 31 Preset Zoom 2
51 32 Preset Zoom 3
52 33 ZOOM
53 34 Vertical/Horizontal ZOOM
54 35 Maximum ZOOM
55 36 Minimum ZOOM
56 37 APS
57 38 AMS
58 39 Auto density
59 3A Preset density level 1
60 3B Preset density level 2
61 3C Interrupted copy
62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
63 3E Sheet insertion
64 3F Chapter control
65 40 Combination
66 41 Booklet copy
67 42 OHP interleave copy
68 43 OHP interleave blank
69 44 Image insert
70 45 Book copy
71 46 Program job
72 47 Non-image area erase
73 48 Neg-/Positive reverse
74 49 Auto repeat
75 4A Manual repeat
76 4B Standard size repeat
77 4C Frame erasure
78 4D Fold erasure
361

(F1)
79 4E Image centering
/1050e/1050eP
80 4F All-image area
81 50 Image shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Overlay
84 53 Watermark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the overall
control board/image processing board is pow-
ered (main power switch is ON). (in minutes)
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)
98 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, except print ready time.
(in minutes)
99 62 Time during which the front door is Time during which the front door is open.
open (in seconds)
100 63 Ope.time in 1side straight exit Time from the start of print and the end of
101 64 Ope.time in 1side reverse exit print. (in seconds)
102 65 Operation time in 2side print (Down time due to jam omitted)
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Time during which ADF operates. (in seconds)
104 67 Morning correction count Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fix-
ing temperature is 50°C or lower)
105 68 Time during APS sensor On Time during which the APS sensor is ON.
(in seconds)
106 69 —
107 6A —
108 6B N of folding & stapling used jobs
109 6C N of ADF special error 5 occurred Number of ADF double feed detection
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred Number of ADF no feed detection
111 6E N of ADF special error 1 occurred Number of wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error 2 occurred Number of wrong detection of next original
information
362

(F1)
113 70 N of ADF special error 3 occurred Number of error in size for which mixed
1050e/1050eP
size mode is not allowed
114 71 N of scanner scanned Counts 1 for pressing Start button in the
platen mode
115 72 N of electrode cleaned
116 73 N of memory overflow Sum of No.124, 125, 126 plus HDD mem-
ory shortage
117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred
119 76 N of AGC retry
120 77 Multi letter tray full alarm
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error
122 79 N of ADF distortion adjust error
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error
124 7B Compression memory overflow Scanner compression/print compression
memory shortage
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan) Shortage in memory for receiving print data
126 7D Page memory overflow (print) Decompression page memory shortage
127 7E Staple Finisher main tray alarm
128 7F Staple Finisher staple alarm
129 80 Saddle Stitcher trash full alarm
130 81 N of ADF special error 4 occurred Ready timeout error
131 82 Store for HDD (Sync.with Copying)
132 83 Store for HDD (Store Scan → HDD)
133 84 Store for PC (Store Scan → PC)
134 85 Store for PC (Store HDD → PC)
135 86 Recall from HDD (Recall HDD)
136 87 Recall from PC (PC/JobEditer)
137 88 Saddle Stitcher staple alarm
138 89 Wide paper count (A3W or 11 x 17W)
139 8A Wide paper count (A4W or 8.5 x 11W)
140 8B Wide paper count (A4SW or 8.5 x 11SW)
141 8C Wide paper count (A5W or 5.5 x 8.5W)
142 8D Wide paper count (Others)
143 8E Hole-Punch
144 8F Z-Folding
145 90 Multi Folder trash full alarm
146 91 Mixplex (Simplex)
147 92 Mixplex (Duplex)
148 93 Right/Left binding originals
149 94 Upper binding originals
150 95 Inside print multi letter
363

(F1)
151 96 Outside print multi letter
/1050e/1050eP
152 97 Inside print letter fold-in

153 98 Outside print letter fold-in
154 99 Inside print letter fold-out
155 9A Outside print letter fold-out
156 9B Inside print double parallel
157 9C Outside print double parallel
158 9D Inside print gate
159 9E Outside print gate
160 9F Multi Center
161 A0 Inside print folding
162 A1 Outside print folding
163 A2 Main tray output
164 A3 Stacker 1 tray output
165 A4 Stacker 2 tray output
166 A5 Stacker auto setting output
167 A6 Stacker pile setting permit
168 A7 Folding & Stapling tray output
169 A8 Three-Folding tray output
170 A9 Folding sub tray output
171 AA Stacker 1 sub tray output
172 AB Stacker 2 sub tray output
173 AC Folding & Stapling sub tray output
174 AD Stapling sub tray output
175 AE Main tray output Job number
176 AF Stacker 1 tray output Job number
177 B0 Stacker 2 tray output Job number
178 B1 Folding & Stapling output Job No.
179 B2 Three Folding tray output Job No.
180 B3 Folding sub tray Job number
181 B4 Stacker 1 sub tray Job number
182 B5 Stacker 2 sub tray Job number
183 B6 Fold & Staple sub tray Job number
184 B7 Stapling sub tray Job number
185 B8 Multi center Job number
186 B9 Inside print folding Job number
187 BA Outside print folding Job number
188 BB Arbitrary stamp
189 BC Perfect binding blank cover mode
190 BD Perfect binding 1 in 1 mode
191 BE Perfect binding 2 in 1 mode
192 BF Perfect binding 3 in 1 mode
364 2

(F1)
193 C0 PB cover paper tray mode
1050e/1050eP
194 C1 Number of perfect binding cover Number of books created by perfect bind-
ing machine.
195 C2 Number of perfect binding cover with Number of books when cover paper trim-
trim ming is set.
196 C3 Number of perfect binding cover Number of books when cover paper trim-
without trim ming is not set.
197 C4 Number of ejected paper on the sub
tray (perfect binding)
198 C5 Number of ejected paper on the
stacker (perfect binding)
199 C6 Number of times PB tray is pulled
200 C7 Number of times PB front door is
opened/closed
201 C8 Number of times PB upper door is
opened/closed
(9) Data collection No. 11: SC data of time series

With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and
machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and printer operating).
2 365
(10) Data collection No. 12, 14: SC count, SC NO. CSRC SC code Section
count of each section parameter
Confirm the number of SC occurrence of each SC (E0/E1)
/1050e/1050eP
code.
28 1B SC21-04 Transfer/separation
29 1C SC21-05 cleaning motor
NOTE
30 1D SC21-06 abnormality
• When the service mode DIPSW3-1 is 1 31 1E SC21-07 Transfer assist motor
(Latched), SC34, 35, 36, 23-14 and 23-17 are 32 1F SC21-08 abnormality
not counted. 33 20 SC23-01 Toner bottle motor
abnormality
NO. CSRC SC code Section
34 21 SC23-02 Developing motor
parameter
abnormality
(E0/E1)
35 22 SC23-03 Blade motor abnor-
1 00 SC13-01 Paper feed motor
36 23 SC23-04 mality
abnormality
2 01 SC13-02 Paper feed motor 37 24 SC23-05
abnormality (PF) 38 25 SC23-06
3 02 SC13-03 Vertical conveyance 39 26 SC23-07
motor abnormality 40 27 SC23-08
(PF) 41 28 SC23-09
4 03 SC13-05 Exit conveyance motor 42 29 SC23-10 Drum motor abnormality
abnormality (PF)
43 2A SC23-11 Toner supply abnor-
5 04 SC18-11 Tray /1 abnormality 44 2B SC23-12 mality
6 05 SC18-12 45 2C SC23-13
7 06 SC18-13 46 2D SC23-14
8 07 SC18-10 47 2E SC23-15
9 08 SC18-21 Tray /2 abnormality 48 2F SC23-17
10 09 SC18-22 49 30 SC23-20
11 0A SC18-23 50 31 SC23-21
12 0B SC18-20 51 32 SC23-22
13 0C SC18-31 Tray /3 abnormality 52 33 SC23-24
14 0D SC18-32 53 34 SC23-25
15 0E SC18-33 54 35 SC23-26
16 0F SC18-30 55 36 SC24-01 Drum temperature
17 10 SC18-41 Tray /4 abnormality 56 37 SC24-02 sensor abnormality
18 11 SC18-42 57 38 SC28-01 High voltage abnor-
19 12 SC18-43 58 39 SC28-02 mality
20 13 SC18-40 59 3A SC28-03
21 14 SC18-51 Tray /5 abnormality 60 3B SC28-04
22 15 SC18-52 61 3C SC29-01 Process abnormality
23 16 SC18-53 62 3D SC29-02
24 17 SC18-50 63 3E SC29-03
25 18 SC21-01 Charger cleaning 64 3F SC29-04
26 19 SC21-02 motor abnormality
65 40 SC29-05
27 1A SC21-03 66 41 SC29-06
366

NO. CSRC SC code Section NO. CSRC SC code Section
parameter parameter
(E0/E1) (E0/E1)
1050e/1050eP
67 42 SC29-07 Process abnormality 108 6B SC32-33 Fan abnormality
68 43 SC29-08 109 6C SC32-34
69 44 SC29-09 110 6D SC32-35
70 45 SC29-10 111 6E SC32-36
71 46 SC29-11 112 6F SC32-37
72 47 SC29-12 High voltage abnor- 113 70 SC32-38
73 48 SC29-13 mality 114 71 SC32-39
74 49 SC29-14 115 72 SC32-40
75 4A SC29-15 116 73 SC32-41
76 4B SC29-16 117 74 SC32-42
77 4C SC32-01 Fan abnormality 118 75 SC32-43
78 4D SC32-02 119 76 SC32-44
79 4E SC32-03 120 77 SC32-45
80 4F SC32-04 121 78 SC32-46
81 50 SC32-05 122 79 SC32-47
82 51 SC32-06 123 7A SC32-48
83 52 SC32-07 124 7B SC32-49
84 53 SC32-09 125 7C SC32-50
85 54 SC32-10 126 7D SC32-51
86 55 SC32-11 127 7E SC32-52
87 56 SC32-12 128 7F SC32-53
88 57 SC32-13 129 80 SC32-54
89 58 SC32-14 130 81 SC32-55
90 59 SC32-15 131 82 SC33-01 ADU drive board
91 5A SC32-16 132 83 SC33-02 abnormality
92 5B SC32-17 133 84 SC33-04 Printer control board
93 5C SC32-18 134 85 SC33-05 abnormality
94 5D SC32-19 135 86 SC33-06
95 5E SC32-20 136 87 SC34-01 Fusing abnormality
96 5F SC32-21 137 88 SC34-02
97 60 SC32-22 138 89 SC34-03
98 61 SC32-23 139 8A SC34-04
99 62 SC32-24 140 8B SC35-01
100 63 SC32-25 141 8C SC35-02
101 64 SC32-26 142 8D SC36-01
102 65 SC32-27 143 8E SC36-02
103 66 SC32-28 144 8F SC36-03
104 67 SC32-29 145 90 SC36-04
105 68 SC32-30 146 91 SC36-05
106 69 SC32-31 147 92 SC36-06
107 6A SC32-32
367

parameter parameter
(E0/E1) (E0/E1)
/1050e/1050eP
148 93 SC41-01 Scanner abnormality 189 BC SC46-36 Image processing

149 94 SC41-02 190 BD SC46-40 abnormality
150 95 SC41-03 191 BE SC46-41
151 96 SC41-10 Write abnormality 192 BF SC46-42
152 97 SC41-11 193 C0 SC46-43
153 98 SC42-01 Fan abnormality 194 C1 SC46-50
154 99 SC42-02 195 C2 SC46-51
155 9A SC42-03 196 C3 SC46-61
156 9B SC42-04 197 C4 SC46-62
157 9C SC42-05 198 C5 SC46-63
158 9D SC42-06 199 C6 SC46-64
159 9E SC42-07 200 C7 SC46-66
160 9F SC42-08 201 C8 SC46-80
161 A0 SC42-09 202 C9 SC46-81
162 A1 SC42-10 203 CA SC46-82
163 A2 SC42-16 204 CB SC46-83
164 A3 SC42-17 205 CC SC46-90
165 A4 SC42-18 206 CD SC46-91
166 A5 SC42-19 207 CE SC46-99
167 A6 SC46-01 Image processing 208 CF SC49-01
168 A7 SC46-02 abnormality 209 D0 SC49-03
169 A8 SC46-03 210 D1 SC49-04
170 A9 SC46-05 211 D2 SC49-05
171 AA SC46-06 212 D3 SC49-06
172 AB SC46-08 213 D4 SC50-01
173 AC SC46-12 214 D5 SC50-02
174 AD SC46-13 215 D6 SC50-03
175 AE SC46-14 216 D7 SC50-04
176 AF SC46-15 217 D8 SC50-05
177 B0 SC46-16 218 D9 SC50-10
178 B1 SC46-17 219 DA SC50-11
179 B2 SC46-19 220 DB SC52-01 Fan abnormality
180 B3 SC46-21 221 DC SC52-02
181 B4 SC46-23 222 DD SC52-03
182 B5 SC46-24 223 DE SC52-04
183 B6 SC46-25 224 DF SC52-05
184 B7 SC46-26 225 E0 SC52-06
185 B8 SC46-27 226 E1 SC52-07
186 B9 SC46-31 227 E2 SC52-08
187 BA SC46-32 228 E3 SC52-09
188 BB SC46-35 229 E4 SC52-10
368

parameter parameter
(E0/E1) (E0/E1)
1050e/1050eP
230 E5 SC52-11 Fan abnormality 268 0B SC70-01 Communication
231 E6 SC52-12 269 0C SC70-02 abnormality
232 E7 SC53-01 Fusing motor abnormality 270 0D SC76-01 LS abnormality
233 E8 SC53-02 Total count abnormality 271 0E SC76-02
234 E9 SC53-03 272 0F SC76-03
235 EA SC53-04 Key counter abnormality 273 10 SC76-04
236 EB SC53-05 274 11 SC76-05
237 EC SC53-06 Power source abnor- 275 12 SC76-06
238 ED SC53-07 mality 276 13 SC76-07
239 EE SC53-08 277 14 SC76-08
240 EF SC53-11 Paper feed abnormality 278 15 SC76-09
241 F0 SC53-12 279 16 SC76-10
242 F1 SC53-13 280 17 SC76-11
243 F2 SC53-14 281 18 SC76-31
244 F3 SC53-15 PF paper feed abnor- 282 19 SC76-32
245 F4 SC53-16 mality 283 1A SC76-33
246 F5 SC53-17 Printer control board 284 1B SC76-34
abnormality 285 1C SC76-35
247 F6 SC53-18 Erase lamp abnormality 286 1D SC76-36
248 F7 SC53-19 Conveyance motor 287 1E SC76-37
abnormality 288 1F SC76-38
249 F8 SC53-20 ADU reverse paper 289 20 SC76-39
exit motor abnormality
290 21 SC76-40
250 F9 SC60-01 DF abnormality
291 22 SC76-41
251 FA SC60-02
292 23 SC77-01 FS abnormality
252 FB SC60-03
293 24 SC77-02
253 FC SC60-11
294 25 SC77-03
254 FD SC67-01
295 26 SC77-04
255 FE SC67-02
296 27 SC77-05
256 FF SC67-03
297 28 SC77-06
257 00 SC67-04
298 29 SC77-07
258 01 SC67-05
299 2A SC77-08
259 02 SC67-06
300 2B SC77-11
260 03 SC67-07
301 2C SC77-12
261 04 SC67-08
302 2D SC77-15
262 05 SC67-09
303 2E SC77-21
263 06 SC67-10
304 2F SC77-22
264 07 SC67-11
305 30 SC77-25
265 08 SC67-12
306 31 SC77-28
266 09 SC67-13
267 0A SC67-14
369

parameter parameter
(E0/E1) (E0/E1)
/1050e/1050eP
307 32 SC77-30 FD abnormality 348 5B SC77-82 SD abnormality

308 33 SC77-31 349 5C SC77-83
309 34 SC77-32 350 5D SC77-84
310 35 SC77-33 351 5E SC77-85
311 36 SC77-34 352 5F SC77-86
312 37 SC77-35 353 60 SC77-87
313 38 SC77-36 354 61 SC77-88
314 39 SC77-37 355 62 SC77-89
315 3A SC77-38 356 63 SC77-90
316 3B SC77-39 357 64 SC77-95
317 3C SC77-40 358 65 SC77-96
318 3D SC77-41 359 66 SC77-97
319 3E SC77-42 360 67 SC77-98
320 3F SC77-43 361 68 SC77-99
321 40 SC77-44 362 69 SC80-01 Communication
322 41 SC77-48 363 6A SC80-02 abnormality
323 42 SC77-49 364 6B SC80-03
324 43 SC77-58 365 6C SC80-1* ISW abnormality
325 44 SC77-59 366 6D SC80-30
326 45 SC77-60 SD abnormality 367 6E SC80-31
327 46 SC77-61 368 6F SC80-32
328 47 SC77-62 369 70 SC80-40
329 48 SC77-63 370 71 SC80-41
330 49 SC77-64 371 72 SC80-42
331 4A SC77-65 372 73 SC80-43
332 4B SC77-66 373 74 SC80-44
333 4C SC77-67 374 75 SC80-45
334 4D SC77-68 375 76 SC90-01 ADU abnormality
335 4E SC77-69 376 77 SC90-02
336 4F SC77-70 377 78 SC90-03 Communication
337 50 SC77-71 378 79 SC90-04 abnormality
338 51 SC77-72 379 7A SC93-01 ADU drive board
339 52 SC77-73 abnormality
340 53 SC77-74 380 7B SC93-05 Power source abnor-
341 54 SC77-75 mality
342 55 SC77-76 381 7C SC93-06 ADU drive board

382 7D SC93-07 abnormality
343 56 SC77-77
344 57 SC77-78 383 7E SC93-08 PF drive board abnor-
mality
345 58 SC77-79
384 7F SC95-01 Fan abnormality
346 59 SC77-80
385 80 SC49-07 IC abnormality
347 5A SC77-81
370 1

parameter parameter
(E0/E1) (E0/E1)
1050e/1050eP
386 81 SC49-08 IC abnormality 427 AA SC78-38 PB abnormality
387 82 SC49-09 428 AB SC78-39
388 83 SC49-10 429 AC SC78-40
389 84 SC77-91 SD abnormality 430 AD SC78-41
390 85 SC23-50 Main body abnormality 431 AE SC78-42
391 86 SC78-01 PB abnormality 432 AF SC78-43
392 87 SC78-02 433 B0 SC78-44
393 88 SC78-04 434 B1 SC78-45
394 89 SC78-05 435 B2 SC78-46
395 8A SC78-06 436 B3 SC78-47
396 8B SC78-07 437 B4 SC78-48
397 8C SC78-08 438 B5 SC78-49
398 8D SC78-09 439 B6 SC78-50
399 8E SC78-10 440 B7 SC78-51
400 8F SC78-11 441 B8 SC78-52
401 90 SC78-12 442 B9 SC78-53
402 91 SC78-13 443 BA SC78-54
403 92 SC78-14 444 BB SC78-55
404 93 SC78-15 445 BC SC78-56
405 94 SC78-16 446 BD SC78-57
406 95 SC78-17 447 BE SC78-58
407 96 SC78-18 448 BF SC78-59
408 97 SC78-19 449 C0 SC78-60
409 98 SC78-20 450 C1 SC78-61
410 99 SC78-21 451 C2 SC78-62
411 9A SC78-22 452 C3 SC78-63
412 9B SC78-23 453 C4 SC78-64
413 9C SC78-24 454 C5 SC78-91
414 9D SC78-25 455 C6 SC78-92
415 9E SC78-26 456 C7 SC78-93
416 9F SC78-27 457 C8 SC78-94
417 A0 SC78-28 458 C9 SC78-96
418 A1 SC78-29 459 CA SC78-97
419 A2 SC78-30 460 CB SC78-98
420 A3 SC78-31 461 CC SC78-99
421 A4 SC78-32 462 CD SC80-46
422 A5 SC78-33
423 A6 SC78-34
424 A7 SC78-35
425 A8 SC78-36
426 A9 SC78-37
2 371
10.5.3 Copy count of part

A. Copy count of special parts
When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part
/1050e/1050eP
that has been replaced to manage the service history.
(1) Procedure

screen.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [01 Count of special parts] key.
5. "Count of special parts screen"
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
want to reset.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
return to the "Count of special parts screen."
372

B. Count of special parts list
Note
1050e/1050eP
• Be sure to reset the fixing cleaning web counter (No.001) after replacing the cleaning web. Other-
wise, fuser cleaning trouble may occur.
• Be sure to perform the blade set mode of the service mode after replacing the cleaning blade. This
automatically resets the cleaning blade counter (No.002). Otherwise, the auto blade replacement
cannot be implemented.
NO CSRC Parts name Parts No. Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
001 00 Fixing cleaning web 56UA5351 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
002 01 Cleaning blade 56UA5601 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
003 02 Charging wire 56UA2509
004 03 Charging grid 56UA2508
005 04 Charging cleaning unit 55VA-255
006 05 Develop suction filter 56UA3108
007 06 Trans./sep. wire 56UA2613
008 07 Trans./sep. CL unit 56GA-276/
56GA-277/
56GA-278
009 08 Drum Separation claws 55VA2919 2 counts for each A3, 11x17, 8K paper exit in
the single side mode, 4 counts for double.
Except these, 1 count for the single and 2
counts for the double.
010 09 Trans Assist PET1 56UA-281 For the paper type which is 297 mm width or
more and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for each
paper exit in the single side mode, and 1 count
for the double side mode.
011 0A Trans Assist PET2 56UE-281 For the paper type which is between 279 and
297 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for
each paper exit in the single side mode, and 1
count for the double side mode.
012 0B Cleaner fur brush 56UA-574 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
013 0C Cleaner side seal R 56UA-558 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
014 0D Cleaner side seal F 56UA-559
015 0E Fix. roller (U) 56UA5304
016 0F Fix. roller Unit (L) 56UA-528
017 10 Fixing claws upper 55VA5321
018 11 Fixing claws lower 25AA5329
019 12 Heat sleeve (Upper) 45405339
020 13 Upper roller bearing 45407504
021 14 Fixing CL sheet 56UA-547
022 15 Temperature sensor 56GA-209
023 16 Toner supply sleeve /1 55VA-334
373

parameter
(Z1)
/1050e/1050eP
024 17 Toner supply sleeve /2 55VA-335 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
025 18 Cleaner toner tray 56UA-568 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
026 19 Fur brush scraper 56UA-561
027 1A Heat sleeve (Heated) 26AA5315
028 1B Heat roller bearing 56UA7507
029 1C Upper roller sensor 55VA8804
030 1D Heat roller sensor 55VA8806
031 1E Fixing sub roller 56UA5307
032 1F Ozone filter 56UA1121
56UA1128
033 20 Ozone suction filter 56UA1122
56UA1129
034 21 Charging corona 56UA-250
035 22 PCL 56UA-257
036 23 Developing unit 56UA-300
037 24 Develop suction box 56UA-325
038 25 Trans/Sep unit 56UA-270
039 26 TSL 55VA8308
040 27 Regis. feed count 56UA7602
56UA4606
041 28 ADU accelerator roller 56UA4740 1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 1 count in the double side mode.
042 29 Reversal output roller 56UA4741 2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
043 2A ADU reversal roller 56UA4741 2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
044 2B Output convey roller 56UA4742 1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
56UA4743 side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
045 2C ADU convey roller 56UA4744 0 count for each paper exit in the single side
56UA4683 mode, 1 counts in the double side mode.
046 2D Fixing exit roller 56UA4595 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
(N = 4) mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
047 2E Output roller 56UA4557
048 2F Fixing gear /2 56UA7783
049 30 Web Motor 56GA8017
050 31 Fixing output actuator 56UA5383
051 32 Toner pump /1 56UA-780
052 33 Toner pump /2 56UA-790
374 1

parameter
(Z1)
1050e/1050eP
053 34 Tray 1 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.
054 35 Tray 1 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
055 36 Tray 1 feed clutch 56AA8201
056 37 Tray 1 handle clutch 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
turned ON by paper from tray /1.
059 3A Tray 2 feed clutch 56AA8201
060 3B Tray 2 handle clutch 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
turned ON by paper from tray /2.
061 3C Tray 3 feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
062 3D Tray 3 conv/rev roller 55VA-483
063 3E Tray 3 feed clutch 56AA8201
064 3F Tray 3 handle clutch 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
065 40 Tray 3 reverse clutch 56AA8201 turned ON by paper from tray /3.
070 45 Tray 4 reverse clutch 56AA8201 turned ON by paper from tray /4.
075 4A Tray 5 reverse clutch 56AA8201 turned ON by paper from tray /5.
076 4B Paper fur brush 55VA-574 1 count for each paper exit.
077 4C V-convey exit roller 56UA4412
078 4D Paper powder scraper 56UA4419
079 4E V-convey clutch top 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.
080 4F V-convey clutch mid. 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
081 50 V-convey clutch low 56AA8201
082 51 V-convey roller /1 56UA4413 1 count for each paper exit.
083 52 V-convey roller 2/3 56UA4414 1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
56UA4464
084 53 Tray 1 pre-reg. roller 56UA4411 1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.
085 54 Tray 2 pre-reg. roller 56UA4411 1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
086 55 PFU V-convey roller /T 15BA4507 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
15BA4508
087 56 PFU V-convey roller /M 15BA4507 1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
088 57 PFU V-convey roller /L 15BA4507 1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
15BA4508
375

parameter
(Z1)
/1050e/1050eP
089 58 PFU output roller 15BA5011 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3, /4 and
/5.
090 59 PFU V-convey clutch /T 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
091 5A PFU V-convey clutch /M 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
092 5B PFU V-convey clutch /L 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
093 5C PFU Mid-conv clutch /T 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
094 5D PFU Mid-conv clutch /L 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
095 5E Exposure On time 56UA8301 Accumulation of time lamp is on. 1 count per
second.
096 5F Fixing cleaning roller 56UA5353 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
097 60 Web prevention part 56UA-544 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
098 61 Main Switch 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power switch turns
OFF the power.
099 62 Door Switch 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is opened
100 63 Tray 1 feed count 56UA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.
101 64 Tray 2 feed count 56UA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
102 65 Tray 3 feed count 15BA-300 1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
105 68 8k,16k Duplex count For the paper type which is between 270 mm
and 279 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
106 69 B4, B5 Duplex count For the paper type which is between 257 mm
107 6A 8.5 Duplex count For the paper type which is between 215 mm
108 6B A4S, A5 Duplex count For the paper type which is between 210 mm
109 6C 8, 8.125, 8.25 Dup.count For the paper type which is between 203 mm
110 6D B5R Duplex count For the paper type which is between 182 mm
376

parameter
(Z1)
1050e/1050eP
111 6E FS Staple/Front 15AA4222 1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1-
staple at front or the 2-staple mode.
112 6F FS Staple/Back 15AA4222 1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1-
staple at rear or the 2-staple mode.
113 70 FS solenoid /A 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode and the sort mode.
114 71 FD feed roller /A Top 50BA-574 Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Up.
115 72 FD reverse rubber /Top 13QN-443
116 73 FD feed roller /B Top 50BA-575
117 74 FD feed roller /A Low 50BA-574 Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Lw.
118 75 FD reverse rubber /Low 13QN-443
119 76 FD feed roller /B Low 50BA-575
120 77 FD punch motor assy 15AG-573 1 count for each paper exit in the punch mode.
121 78 FD solenoid /A (release 1) 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the punch or fold-
ing mode (all size).
122 79 FD solenoid /A (release 2) 56QA8251 • 1 count for each paper exit in the folding
mode (all size)
• 1 count for each paper exit in the punch
mode (paper length 220 mm or larger).
123 7A FD motor assy 129U-108 1 count for each paper exit to the main tray.
124 7B LS1 solenoid (Lead) 15AV8252 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
125 7C LS1 solenoid (Rear) 15AV8253 sort mode (all size).
126 7D LS1 solenoid (Center) 15AV8251 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).
127 7E LS1 solenoid (Curl) 15AV8255 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode.
128 7F LS1 Up/Down motor 15AV8003 Counts operation number of times of the
stacker tray up down motor.
129 80 LS2 solenoid (Lead) 15AV8252 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
130 81 LS2 solenoid (Rear) 15AV8253 sort mode (all size).
131 82 LS2 solenoid (Center) 15AV8251 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).
132 83 LS2 solenoid (Curl) 15AV8255 1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode.
133 84 LS2 Up/Down motor 15AV8003 Counts operation number of times of the
stacker tray up down motor.
134 85 SD Staple/Right 15AN-550 1 count for each paper exit in the saddle stitch
135 86 SD Staple/Left 15AN-550 mode.
136 87 SD trimmer edge 15AN-570 1 count for each paper exit in the trimming
137 88 SD trimmer receiver 15AN5282 mode.
1 377

parameter
(Z1)
/1050e/1050eP
138 89 SD convey solenoid 15AN8251 1 count for each paper exit to the folding sec-
139 8A SD solenoid 13QE8251 tion.
140 8B SDFNS solenoid /2 12QR8252 1 count for each paper exit to the stacker.
141 8C ADF pick up roller 13GA4604 Original feed count in all modes.
142 8D ADF feed roller 15AS4605
143 8E ADF retard roller 13GA4606
144 8F ADF sub pick roller 13GA4601
145 90 ADF torque limiter 13GA-135
146 91 ADF SDF solenoid 13GA8252 Total original feed count in the single feed mode.
147 92 ADF LSB solenoid 13GA8251 • 1 count for each set of the large size original
single side mode.
• 1 count for each sheet of the large size orig-
inal double side mode. *1
148 93 ADF press/release SD 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the large size original
double side mode. *1
149 94 ADF SSB solenoid 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the small size original
double side mode.
150 95 Toner collect box 14RT-970 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
151 96 Recycling cut pump 14RT-210 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
152 97 Accumulator 14RT-230
153 98 Stirring plate assy 56UA-347 1 count for each paper exit in the single side
56UA-348 mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
154 99 PB sub tray exit solenoid 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit on the sub tray.
155 9A PB SC roller release 13GQ8005 1 count for each paper exit on the stacker.
motor
156 9B PB SC stopper solenoid 15AA8251
157 9C PB SC pressure arm sole- 15AA8251
noid
158 9D PB switchback roller 13GQ4519 1 count for each paper exit.
159 9E PB pick-up roller 55VA-464 1 count for each book exit in PB tray cover
160 9F PB paper feed roller sep- 55VA-463 mode.
aration roller
161 A0 PB paper pick up clutch 56AA8201
162 A1 PB cover paper separa- 56AA8201
tion clutch
163 A2 PB roller cutter blade assy A0756230 1 count for each book exit in cover trimming mode.
164 A3 PB filter /1 A0753724 1 count for each paper exit.
165 A4 PB filter /2 A0753734
166 A5 PB straight gate solenoid 56QA8251 1 count for each book exit except in PB tray
cover mode.
*1 The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode; A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 8K, 16KS, 11
x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 13 and 81/2 x 13.
378 2

C. Copy count of each part (2) Resetting of each part counter
This is used when you want to control the service his- 1) Procedure
tory of each part not registered as a special part.
1050e/1050eP
Confirm and reset part name, part number, limit value
setting and print count. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Up to 30 data from No.01 to No.30 can be set. Press the [03 Counter] key.
1 count is taken for each passage of paper, regard- 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
less of the paper size. screen.
(1) Setting of each part and confirmation of the menu.
copy count 4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
1) Procedure Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the want to reset.
screen.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "Reset confirm screen"
menu.
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.
return to the "Copy count of each part screen."
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
screen. NOTE
Press the [S] or [T] key to select a data • When the copy count is in excess of a limit
number. value, an asterisk "*" is shown to the right of
6. Select either the [Name Setting], [P/N Setting] the limit value.
or [Limit Setting] key.
7. Press one of the key you want to set or
change, and enter it with the alphanumeric
keys.
• [Name Setting] : Enter a part name (8 digits)
• [P/N Setting] : Enter a part number (9 dig-
its)
• [Limit Setting] : Enter a limit value (8 digits)
8. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the update.
379
D. Relationship between each data number 10.6 Machine condition

and CSRC parameter
10.6.1 I/O check mode
NO. NAME P/N COUNT LIMIT
/1050e/1050eP
This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/

01 Z4:00 Z3:00 G0:00 H0:00 output check function) to check and adjust the vari-
02 Z4:01 Z3:01 G0:01 H0:01 ous signals and loads.
03 Z4:02 Z3:02 G0:02 H0:02
04 Z4:03 Z3:03 G0:03 H0:03 A. I/O check screen
05 Z4:04 Z3:04 G0:04 H0:04

06 Z4:05 Z3:05 G0:05 H0:05
07 Z4:06 Z3:06 G0:06 H0:06
08 Z4:07 Z3:07 G0:07 H0:07
09 Z4:08 Z3:08 G0:08 H0:08
10 Z4:09 Z3:09 G0:09 H0:09
11 Z4:0A Z3:0A G0:0A H0:0A
12 Z4:0B Z3:0B G0:0B H0:0B
13 Z4:0C Z3:0C G0:0C H0:0C
14 Z4:0D Z3:0D G0:0D H0:0D
15 Z4:0E Z3:0E G0:0E H0:0E
[1] [2] [3] [4]
16 Z4:0F Z3:0F G0:0F H0:0F
17 Z4:10 Z3:10 G0:10 H0:10 [1] I/O check code
18 Z4:11 Z3:11 G0:11 H0:11 [2] Multi code
19 Z4:12 Z3:12 G0:12 H0:12 [3] Input check
20 Z4:13 Z3:13 G0:13 H0:13 [4] Output check
21 Z4:14 Z3:14 G0:14 H0:14
B. Input check method
22 Z4:15 Z3:15 G0:15 H0:15
(1) Procedure
23 Z4:16 Z3:16 G0:16 H0:16
24 Z4:17 Z3:17 G0:17 H0:17 1. Enter the service mode.
25 Z4:18 Z3:18 G0:18 H0:18 2. "Service mode menu screen"
26 Z4:19 Z3:19 G0:19 H0:19 Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.
27 Z4:1A Z3:1A G0:1A H0:1A 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
28 Z4:1B Z3:1B G0:1B H0:1B
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub
29 Z4:1C Z3:1C G0:1C H0:1C
menu.
30 Z4:1D Z3:1D G0:1D H0:1D
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric
keys.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access but-
ton.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.
7. Input check result will appear in the message
display area.
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 to perform the other signal
input check.
380

C. Output check method (1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.
1. Enter the service mode. (See chapter II "Maintenance 4.3.5 Registration
1050e/1050eP
2. "Service mode menu screen" section")
Press the [04 Machine Condition] key. 2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the
screen. rotary switch [2] on the ADU drive board /1
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub (ADUDB1) as shown in the table below.
menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen" [1]
Enter the output check code with the numeric
keys.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access but-
ton.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.
7. Press the Start button to perform the output
check. D
8. Press the STOP button to stop it.

9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 to perform the other load
or signal output check.
[2]
D. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
detection board (main body) Gerät
When the multi feed detection board of the main
body is replaced, conduct this adjustment. And also
adjust it when multi feed is not detected properly due
to specific types of paper (such as thin paper, coated
paper with less stiffness, and thick paper).
However, multi feed detection control is not applica-
ble to paper weight more than 210 g/m2 and coated
paper of 50 to 61 g/m2.
Justage vom Ultraschall Sensor
NOTE
1050fs3056c
• The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
Stamp letter Rotary switch
pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
A 0
them as a pair.
• Adjustment error may occur because of the B 1
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the C 2
adjustment at a temperature close to that in D 3
which the copier is actually used (20 to 30°C). E 4
(In case you brought a new part from out- F 5
doors, make the adjustment after the temper-
ature of the sensor surface and the room 3. Select the input check code "56-00" of the I/O
temperature become the same) check mode in the service mode.
381
4. Insert one sheet of the paper (P/N 65AA-9910) 8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
between the multi feed detection board /1 and use (paper weight 62 to 209 g/m2), and confirm
2
/2 (200 to 300 g/m paper can also be used). that "L" appears on the input check display.
/1050e/1050eP
Be sure the paper does not trail down. "L": no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
"H": multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
Note
• If the paper trails down, the angle of paper Note
insertion is different from that of paper pas- • When "H" is once detected, the guide plate
sage, thus making it impossible to make an to which the multi feed detection board /2
accurate adjustment. is installed must be opened and closed.
5. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following Otherwise, a return to "L" is not available.
positions of the ADUDB1. 9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),
+terminal: test pin No. TP60 (white) [1] that customer mainly use and confirm that "H"
- terminal: test pin No. TP57 (green) [2] appears on the input check display.
Range: DC 20 V 10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to
conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
previous adjustment.
11. Repeat the steps 8 to 10 until detection error is
resolved.
12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the
parts you removed.
E. Cleaning blade transportation lock

This separates the cleaning blade from the drum,
thus preventing any damage on the cleaning blade
while moving the machine or during a long-term stor-
[1] [2] 1050fs3057c age.
Use this when packing the machine while moving an
installation location.
Note
• Because the ADU is powered, do not drop
NOTE
any metal material on the board, or do not
• While conducting this mode, the blade is
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant ter-
automatically replaced. In case the first
minal.
cleaning blade was used before packing, be
It may cause the board to short circuit and
sure to perform a spring charge for the auto
be damaged.
blade replacement as you reinstall the
6. In the multi feed detection board /2 volume, set machine.
power voltage to the standard value.
• Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V (1) Procedure
7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.
1. Check whether the currently used cleaning
blade is the first one or the second one.
2. Enter the I/O check mode.
3. Enter "17" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"17-00" is displayed in the message display
area.
382 1

4. Open the front door /Rt. 6. The toner pump motor (M28) and the air pump
motor (M29) start rotating. Press the STOP but-
Note ton to stop them after abut 1 minute.
1050e/1050eP
• If the front door /Rt is not open, the blade
motor (M22) does not rotate.
H. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
5. Press the Start button.
detection board (PI)
6. The blade motor (M22) starts rotating, and the Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board
cleaning blade moves from the drum to the
of the PI section. Also, perform this adjustment when
transportation lock position.
multi feed of special paper (thin paper, coated paper
with less stiffness, thick paper) cannot be detected
F. Scanner transportation lock properly.
Move the scanner mirror to the transportation lock
position, thus making it easy to fix the mirror with NOTE
screws. • The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
Use this when packing the machine while moving an adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
installation location. pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.
(1) Procedure • Adjustment error may occur because of the
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the
1. Enter the I/O check mode. adjustment at a temperature close to that in
2. Enter "36" with the numeric keys. Confirm that which the copier is actually used (20 to 30°C).
"36-00" is displayed in the message display (In case you brought a new part from out-
area. doors, make the adjustment after the temper-
3. Press the Start button. ature of the sensor surface and the room
temperature become the same)
4. The scanner motor (M27) starts rotating, and
the mirror moves to the left.
(1) Procedure
5. Fix the mirror with the lock screws of the scan-
ner mirror you removed when unpacking the 1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.
machine. (See "3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi
feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2
(MFDB/2)") in Field Service for FD-501)
G. Removing toner in the toner mixing section
After moving the installation location of the machine,
remove toner which may have dropped into the mix-
ing section of the toner supply section.
(1) Procedure

area.
3. Press the Access button.
area.
383
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi 4. Open the FD upper door and front door to turn
feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the the jam clearing knob [1]. Insert one sheet of
rotary switch [2] on the PI drive board (PIDB) as paper [2] (P/N 65AA-9910) between the multi
/1050e/1050eP
per following table. feed detection board /1 and /2 [3] (200 to 300
g/m2 paper can also be used).
Note
• Turn the jam clearing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], thus confirming that the
paper is between the multi feed detection
board /1 and /2.
[2]
[1]
[2] fd501fs3005c [3]

[1] [4] fd501fs3006c
Stamp letter Rotary switch

A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
E 6
F 7
Note
• The rotary switch 5 is not used.
3. Select the output check code "70-82" of the I/
O check mode in the service mode.
384

5. Press the Start button to activate the output 12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the
check mode. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to parts you removed.
the following positions of the PIDB.
1050e/1050eP
+ terminal: test pin No. TP51 (GAIN) [1]
I. FD/FS adjustment data EEPROM storage
- terminal: test pin No. TP11 (SGND) [2]
(Installation initial data)
Range: DC 20 V
Backup adjustment data of the FD and FS which are
adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile
VR2 memory (EEPROM) of the FD control board (FDCB)
and the FNCB (FNS control board). When necessary,
it can be recalled with installation initial data of Recall
standard data (Finisher adjustment data) in the ser-
vice mode.
NOTE
• Only one type of data can be backed up.
When backed up again, data will be overwrit-
ten.
• When the main body is connected to both the
FS and FD, data is backed up to both
EEPROMs. If you want to back up data to one
LED1 option only, connect only that option to the
[1] [2] fd501fs3007c
main body.
Note (1) Procedure

• Because the FD is powered, do not drop
any metal material on the board, or do not
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant ter- 2. Enter "90" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "90-
minal. 00" is displayed in the message display area.
It may cause the board to short circuit and 3. Press the Start button.
be damaged. 4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
6. In the PIDB volume (VR2), set power voltage to when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
the standard value. current finisher adjustment data is backed up in
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V the EEPROM.
7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.
8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
J. Main body adjustment data parameter
use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2), and confirm
board storage (Installation initial data)
that the PIDB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
in the field are backed up to the parameter board
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
(PB). When necessary, it can be recalled with installa-
9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),
tion data of Recall standard data (Machine adjust-
that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED
ment data, Process adjustment data) in the service
is turned off.
mode.
10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to
conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set NOTE
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the • Only one type of data can be backed up.
previous adjustment. When backed up again, data will be overwrit-
11. Repeat steps 7 to 10 until detection error is ten.
resolved.
1 385
(1) Procedure • Replace the HDD1 in case performing the

HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery do not
prevent the malfunction code.
/1050e/1050eP
2. Enter "91" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "91-

00" is displayed in the message display area.
4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
current machine adjustment data and the proc-
ess adjustment data are backed up in the PB.
K. Hard disk check

Perform this operation if you want to check the
copier's hard disk /1 (HDD1) total capacity, the
remaining capacity, and the malfunction code (SC46-
40 to SC46-43) related to the hard disk.
(1) Procedure

area.
3. Press the Access button.
4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric
keys.
Check that "99-{{" ({{ represent multi code
number) appear in the message display area.
01: HDD1 total capacity check
02: HDD1 remaining capacity check
03: HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
• HDD1 total capacity check: The total capacity
is displayed
• HDD1 remaining capacity check: Remaining
capacity is displayed
• HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery:
During the operation-"NOW" appears
The operation succeeded - "OK" appears
The operation failed - "NG" appears
Press the Start button to perform the HDD1
bad sectors check and recovery again when
"NG" appears.
NOTE
• The operation can not be cancelled during the
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery (the STOP
button or the [Return] key are disabled).
386

L. I/O check list
(1) Input check list
Classifica- Symbol Code Multi Name Display and signal source
1050e/1050eP
tion code H L
Analog PS31 01 01 Toner remaining sensor /1 No toner Toner
signal
PS32 02 Toner remaining sensor /2
TH5 02 00 Drum temperature sensor 0 to 255
TH1 03 00 Thermistor /1
TH3 04 00 Thermistor /3
TCSB 05 00 Humidity sensor signal
06 00 Max. density sensor monitor signal
07 00 Max. density sensor output signal
08 00 Gamma sensor output signal
DPSB 09 00 Drum potential sensor output signal
TCSB 10 00 Drum jam sensor output signal Paper No paper
Paper PS8 11 01 Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /1)
feed PS14 02 Paper empty sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS73 03 Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /3)
VR1 12 01 Remaining paper VR /1 (Tray /1) 0 (FULL) to 4 (EMPTY)
VR2 02 Remaining paper VR /2 (Tray /2)
PS4 13 01 Paper size sensor /Fr1 (Tray /1) ON OFF
PS5 02 Paper size sensor /Rr1 (Tray /1)
PS10 03 Paper size sensor /Fr2 (Tray /2)
VR2 14 01 Paper size VR /1 (Tray /1) 0 to 255
VR4 02 Paper size VR /2 (Tray /2)
1 387

tion code H L
Paper — 15 01 Paper size signal (Tray /1) 0: 11 x 17, 1: A3, 2: B4,
/1050e/1050eP
feed — 02 Paper size signal (Tray /2) 3: 81/2 x 14, 4: A4S,

5: 81/2 x 11R, 6: B5S,
7: 81/2 x 11, 8: 51/2 x 81/2S,
9: A4, 10: A5S, 11: B5,
12: A5, 13: B6S,
14: 51/2 x 81/2, 15: B6,
16: Special,
17: 81/8 x 131/4,
18: 8 x 13, 19: 81/4 x 13,
20: 81/2 x 13
PS6 16 01 Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /1) Upper limit Not at upper
PS12 02 Upper limit sensor /2 (Tray /2) limit
PS71 03 Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /3)
— 17 01 Tray /1 set signal Set Not set
— 02 Tray /2 set signal
PS9 18 01 Handle release sensor /1 (Tray /1) ON OFF
PS15 02 Handle release sensor /2 (Tray /2)
Paper feed, PS7 20 01 Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /1) Paper No paper
conveyance PS13 02 Paper feed sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS72 03 Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS17 21 01 Pre-registration sensor /1 (Tray /1)
PS18 02 Pre-registration sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS19 22 01 Vertical conveyance sensor /1
PS21 02 Vertical conveyance sensor /3
PS90 03 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PF)
PS96 04 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PF)
PS20 05 Vertical conveyance sensor /2
PS91 06 Intermediate sensor /Up
PS97 07 Intermediate sensor /Lw
388

tion code H L
Paper feed, PS41 23 01 Paper leading edge sensor Paper No paper
1050e/1050eP
conveyance PS16 02 Loop sensor
PS40 03 Registration sensor
PS92 04 Loop sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS99 07 PFU exit sensor
PS22 24 01 Fusing exit sensor
PS3 02 Paper exit sensor
PS48 03 Reverse sensor /1
PS47 04 Reverse sensor /2
PS23 05 Fusing jam sensor
PS50 06 ADU reverse paper exit sensor
SW4 25 01 Door switch /1 Open Close
PS2 02 Door open/close sensor /2
PS1 03 Door open/close sensor /1
MS1/2 04 Interlock switch /1, /2
PS317 05 APS timing sensor
SW5 06 Door switch /2
— 07 Fusing section set detection signal Set Not set
— 08 Sensitive drum section set detection signal
PS70 09 Door open/close sensor (PF) Open Close
SW11 10 Vertical conveyance door switch /Up (PF) ON OFF
SW12 11 Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw (PF)
SW10 12 Door switch (PF) Open Close
SW13 13 Horizontal conveyance door switch (PF) ON OFF
Scanner PS51 30 01 Scanner home sensor Home Other than
position home position
PS52 31 01 APS sensor /1 No original Original
PS53 02 APS sensor /2
PS317 08 APS timing sensor Open Close
Peculiar CNT2 52 00 Key counter Connected Unconnected
functions PS37 53 00 Transfer assist home sensor Home Other than
PS26 54 01 Charger cleaning home sensor position home position
PS27 02 Charger cleaning limit sensor Limit Other than
position limit position
PS38 03 Transfer/separation home sensor Home Other than
PS39 04 Transfer/separation limit sensor Limit Other than
position limit position
PS24 55 01 Blade sensor /1 ON OFF
PS25 02 Blade sensor /2
389

tion code H L
Peculiar MFDB1/2 56 00 Multi feed detection board /1, /2 Multi feed Other than
/1050e/1050eP
functions multi feed

DF PS303 60 1 Original size sensor /Lt Paper No paper
PS302 2 Original size sensor /Rt
PS306 3 Original registration sensor /Lt
PS308 4 Original conveyance sensor
PS309 5 Original reverse sensor
PS307 6 Original exit sensor /Lt
PS313 7 Original reverse exit sensor
PS314 8 Original exit sensor /Rt
PS305 9 Original empty sensor
PS301 10 RADF open/close sensor Open Close
MS301 11 Cover open/close sensor
PS318 12 Original registration sensor /Rt Paper No paper
PS304 13 Reverse jam sensor
PS311 14 Original skew sensor /Fr
PS310 15 Original count sensor
PS312 16 Original skew sensor /Rr
MFS1 17 Multi feed sensor /1
— 18 —
— 19 —
FD PS1 70 01 FD entrance sensor No paper Paper
PS4 02 PI exit sensor Paper No paper
PS5 03 Punch conveyance sensor No paper Paper
PS7 04 Main tray folding paper full sensor Full Other than full
PS8 05 2 holes punch home sensor Other than Home
PS9 06 3 holes/4 holes home sensor home position position
PS10 07 Alignment plate home sensor Home Other than
PS11 08 Punch registration home sensor position home position
PS12 09 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Not set
PS23 10 Intermediate conveyance sensor Paper No paper
PS16 11 Sub tray paper exit sensor
PS17 12 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
PS18 13 Main tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
PS20 14 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS22 15 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS23 16 Main tray empty sensor Other than full Full
PS26 17 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
— 18 — — —
— 19 —
390

tion code H L
FD — 70 20 — — —
1050e/1050eP
DCPS 21 24 V output Normal Abnormal
PS2 22 Folding exit sensor Paper No paper
CN90 23 Main tray connection recognition (CN90 Unconnected Connected
connection)
PS51 24 1st folding conveyance sensor No paper Paper
PS52 25 Folding entrance sensor
PS53 26 2nd folding conveyance sensor
PS54 27 3rd folding conveyance sensor
PS55 28 1st folding cam home sensor Pressure Non-pressure
PS56 29 2nd folding cam home sensor
PS57 30 3rd folding cam home sensor
PS58 31 S size conveyance sensor Paper No paper
PS6 32 Punch registration sensor
FDOB 33 Staple selection switch OFF ON
FDOB 34 Punch selection switch
FDOB 35 Folding selection switch
FDOB 36 Start/Stop switch
FDOB 37 Multi feed function select switch
PS46 39 Sub tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
PS31 40 PI conveyance sensor /Up Paper No paper
PS37 41 PI conveyance sensor /Lw
PS32 42 PI upper limit sensor /Up Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS33 43 PI paper empty sensor /Up Other than full Full
PS34 44 PI lift plate home sensor /Up Home Other than
PS35 45 L size sensor /Up No paper Paper
PS36 46 S size sensor /Up
— 47 — — —
PS38 48 PI upper limit sensor /Lw Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS39 49 PI paper empty sensor /Lw Other than full Full
PS40 50 PI lift plate home sensor /Lw Home Other than
PS41 51 L size sensor /Lw No paper Paper
PS42 52 S size sensor /Lw
PS43 53 PI cover open/close sensor Close Open
PS44 54 PI paper set sensor /Up No paper Paper
PS45 55 PI paper set sensor /Lw
— 56 — — —
— 57 —
1 391

tion code H L
FD — 70 58 — — —
/1050e/1050eP
— 59 —
— 60 —
PS47 61 PI max paper size sensor /Up No paper Paper
PS48 62 PI max paper size sensor /Lw
SD PS1 71 01 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
PS2 02 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1
PS3 03 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2
PS4 04 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
PS5 05 Right angle conveyance sensor /1 No paper Paper
PS6 06 Right angle conveyance sensor /2
PS7 07 Folding sensor /1
PS8 08 Folding passage sensor Paper No paper
PS17 09 Overlap home sensor Home Other than
PS18 10 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 Other than Home
PS49 11 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 home position position
PS20 12 1st folding blade home sensor /1
PS21 13 1st folding blade home sensor /2 Home Other than
PS22 14 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 Other than Home
home position position
PS23 15 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 Home Other than
PS24 16 Folding exit home sensor position home position
PS9 17 Tri-folding exit sensor Paper No paper
PS10 18 Tri-folding paper full sensor Other than full Full
PS11 19 Subtray exit sensor Paper No paper
PS12 20 Subtray paper full sensor Other than full Full
PS44 21 Folding sensor /2 No paper Paper
PS19 22 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr Home Other than
PS46 23 Guide shaft home sensor position home position
HS2/HS4 24 Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt No clinch Clinch
— 25 — — —
— 26 —
— 27 —
— 28 —
— 29 —
— 30 —
— 31 —
— 32 —
PS13 33 Saddle stitching paper sensor No paper Paper
PS14 34 Bundle sensor /1
392 1

tion code H L
SD PS15 71 35 Bundle sensor /2 No paper Paper
1050e/1050eP
PS16 36 Bundle registration plate home sensor Other than Home
PS25 37 Stapler movement home sensor Home Other than
PS26 38 Clincher up down home sensor Other than Home
PS27 39 Saddle stitching press home sensor Home Other than
PS28 40 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt position home position
PS29 41 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt
PS33 42 Bundle clip upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS30 43 Bundle clip lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS32 44 Bundle arm home sensor Home Other than
PS31 45 Bundle arm rotation home sensor position home position
PS34 46 Bundle registration home sensor
PS35 47 Bundle press stage up down home sensor
PS45 48 Bundle press stage up down limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS37 49 Bundle press home sensor Other than Home
PS47 50 Bundle press lower limit sensor Other than Lower limit
lower limit
PS48 51 Scraps press home sensor Other than Home
PS40 52 Scraps box set sensor Set Not set
PS41 53 Trimmer scraps full sensor Other than full Full
PS36 54 Bundle press movement home sensor Home Other than
PS38 55 Bundle arm assist home sensor position home position
PS39 56 Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
SW1 57 Staple empty switch /Rt No staple Staple
SW2 58 Staple empty switch /Lt
HS1 59 Stapler home sensor /Rt Other than Home
HS3 60 Stapler home sensor /Lt home position position
— 61 — — —
— 62 —
— 63 —
— 64 —
PS42 65 Front door sensor /Rt Open Close
PS43 66 Front door sensor /Lt
1 393

tion code H L
SD PS54 71 67 Bundle sensor /4 Paper No paper
/1050e/1050eP
PS55 68 Trimmer registration sensor Registration Other than regis-

position tration position
PS56 69 Folding sub scan alignment home sensor Home Other than
PS57 70 Bundle exit sensor /2 No paper Paper
PS58 71 Bundle tray set sensor Not set Set
PS59 72 Trimmer board replacement sensor Replace Not replace
— 73 — — —
— 74 —
PS61 75 Bundle tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
— 76 — — —
PS60 77 Folding entrance sensor No paper Paper
FS PS35 72 01 Rear stopper home sensor Home Other than
PS33 02 Intermediate roller home sensor Other than Home
PS32 03 Stack assist home sensor Home Other than
PS14 04 Stapler rotation home sensor Other than Home
PS11 05 Stapler movement home sensor Home Other than
PS34 06 Staple scraps box set sensor Scraps box No scraps
box
PS30 07 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
PS1 08 Sub tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
PS5 09 Stacker entrance sensor
PS4 10 FNS entrance sensor No paper Paper
PS15 11 Counter reset sensor Reset Other than
reset
PS12 12 Paper exit opening sensor Other than Home
PS10 13 Main tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
PS3 14 Tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS7 15 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than Upper limit
upper limit
PS2 16 Tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
— 17 — — —
— 18 —
FS — 72 19 — — —
394 1

tion code H L
— 20 —
1050e/1050eP
PS47 21 Staple ready sensor /Fr Other than Ready
ready
PS43 22 Cartridge set sensor /Fr No cartridge Cartridge
PS45 23 Staple empty sensor /Fr No staple Staple
PS41 24 Stapler home sensor /Fr Other than Home
PS46 25 Staple ready sensor /Rr Other than Ready
ready
PS42 26 Cartridge set sensor /Rr No cartridge Cartridge
PS44 27 Staple empty sensor /Rr No staple Staple
PS40 28 Stapler home sensor /Rr Other than Home
— 29 — — —
PS20 30 Stacker empty sensor No paper Paper
PS9 31 Paper exit arm home sensor Home Other than
MS1 32 Door switch Open Close
PS31 33 Alignment home sensor /Fr Home Other than
PS8 34 Alignment home sensor /Rr position home position
LS PS4 73 01 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
tandem PS11 02 Sub tray paper exit sensor
(1st) PS7 03 Conveyance sensor /1
PS16 04 Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)
PS18 06 Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
PS3 07 Stacker tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS6 08 Paper empty sensor Full Other than full
PS13 09 2,000 sheets stacked sensor ON OFF
— 10 — — —
PS9 12 Sub tray full sensor Full Other than full
PS1 13 Stacker tray set sensor Set Not set
RS1 14 Hand cart reset switch
PS15 15 Stacker tray arm release sensor ON OFF
TOB 16 Paper exit switch
RS2 18 JAM door switch
PS8 19 Sub tray door sensor
1 395

tion code H L
LS MS2 73 20 Stacker tray upper limit switch Upper limit Other than
/1050e/1050eP
tandem upper limit

(1st) MS3 21 Stacker tray lower limit switch Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS12 22 Alignment home sensor Home Other than
PS11 23 Shift unit home sensor position home position
PS5 24 Grip conveyance home sensor
LS PS4 74 01 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
tandem PS11 02 Sub tray paper exit sensor
(2nd) PS7 03 Conveyance sensor /1
PS18 06 Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
PS3 07 Stacker tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS6 08 Paper empty sensor Full Other than full
— 10 — — —
PS9 12 Sub tray full sensor Full Other than full
PS1 13 Stacker tray set sensor Set Not set
RS1 14 Hand cart reset switch
PS15 15 Stacker tray arm release sensor ON OFF
TOB 16 Paper exit switch
MS4 18 JAM door switch
PS8 19 Sub tray door sensor
MS2 20 Stacker tray upper limit switch Upper limit Other than
upper limit
MS3 21 Stacker tray lower limit switch Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS12 22 Alignment home sensor Home Other than
PS11 23 Shift unit home sensor position home position
PS5 24 Grip conveyance home sensor
PB PS1 75 01 Entrance sensor No paper Paper
PS2 02 SC entrance sensor
PS3 03 Cover paper entrance sensor
PS4 04 Sub tray exit sensor
PS5 05 Sub tray full sensor Other than full Full
M2 06 Intermediate conveyance motor Abnormal Normal
M91 07 Sub tray exit motor Normal Abnormal
396 2

tion code H L
PB PS12 75 08 SC switchback arm pressure detection OFF ON
1050e/1050eP
sensor
PS13 09 SC switchback spring pressure detection sen- ON OFF
sor
PS14 10 SC alignment HP sensor Home Other than
PS16 11 SC paper detection sensor No paper Paper
PS17 12 SC roller release sensor Press the Release the
roller roller
PS18 13 Clamp entrance movement HP sensor Home Other than
PS19 14 Clamp entrance roller release sensor Press the Release the
roller roller
PS21 15 Clamp alignment HP sensor Home Other than
PS22 16 Clamp HP sensor position home position
PS23 17 Clamp pressure sensor ON OFF
PS24 18 Clamp rotation HP sensor Home Other than
PS25 19 Clamp rotation pressure sensor Pressurize Not pressur-
ize
PS26 20 Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr Upper limit Not at upper
PS27 21 Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr limit
PS28 22 Clamp paper sensor No paper Paper
PS29 23 Book thickness sensor Detection No detection
PS31 24 Glue tank movement limit sensor Upper limit is Not reached
reached
PS32 25 Glue apply position detection sensor No paper Paper
PS33 26 Glue tank HP sensor Home Other than
PS36 27 Pellet remain sensor No Pellet Pellet
PS37 28 Pellet count sensor No detection Detection
PS38 29 Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
PS39 30 Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
M32 31 Glue apply roller motor Normal Abnormal
PS3 32 Paper exit sensor No paper Paper
PS41 33 Cover paper alignment HP sensor Home Other than
PS42 34 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor position home position
/Rt
PS43 35 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor
/Lt
PS44 36 Cover paper switchback sensor No paper Paper
2 397

tion code H L
PB PS45 75 37 Cover paper sensor /Rt No paper Paper
/1050e/1050eP
PS46 38 Cover paper sensor /Lt

PS47 39 Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr Other than Home
PS53 40 Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr home position position
PS48 41 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt Home Other than
PS49 42 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt position home position
PS50 43 Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor Detection No detection
PS51 44 Cover paper folding plate position sensor At the refer- Not at the
ence posi- position
tion
PS52 45 Cover paper folding pressure sensor Pressurize Not pressur-
ize
SW41 46 Cutter HP sensor Other than Home
SW42 47 Cutter HP sensor Other than End position
end position
MS2 48 Front door switch Close Open
— 49 — — —
PS61 50 Book end sensor Detection No detection
PS62 51 Cover paper conveyancebelt movemen- Home Other than
tHP sensor position home position
PS63 52 Cover paper belt HP sensor
PS64 53 Cover paper belt lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
PS65 54 Book load limit sensor Not at upper Upper limit
limit
PS66 55 Book sensor /1 No paper Paper
PS67 56 Book sensor /2
PS68 57 Book stopper HP sensor Home Other than
PS69 58 Cart set sensor Set Not set
OB/2 59 Book stock operation board SW OFF SW ON
— 60 — — —
SW1 61 Upper door switch Open Close
M81 62 Exhaust fan /2 Abnormal Normal
M4 63 Pellet supply cooling fan
PBCB 64 FNS connection detection signal Connected Not
connected
— 65 Cover paper tray set detection signal Not set Set
PS71 66 Cover paper empty sensor No paper Paper
— 67 power cord connection detection signal Connected Not
connected
398 2

tion code H L
PB PS74 75 68 Cover paper tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
1050e/1050eP
limit
PS75 69 Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 No paper Paper
PS76 70 Cover paper conveyance sensor /2
PS80 74 Waste box full sensor Other than full Full
PS81 75 Waste box set sensor Set Not set
M71 76 Cover paper tray fan /1 Abnormal Normal
M72 77 Cover paper tray fan /2
M74 78 Cover paper feed motor Abnormal Normal
M80 79 Exhaust fan /1
PS82 80 Cover paper tray knob sensor Locked Unlocked
TH2 81 Glue tank temperature sensor /up 0 to 255
TH3 82 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md 0 to 255
TH4 83 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md 0 to 255
TH1 84 Glue apply roller temperature sensor 0 to 255
OB/1 85 Manual operation board Glue apply Glue apply
SW OFF SW ON
OB/1 86 Manual operation board Alignment Alignment
SW OFF SW ON
OB/1 87 Manual operation board Start SW Start SW
OFF ON
MS1 88 Pellet supply door switch Close Open
TH1 89 Glue apply roller temperature sensor Abnormal Normal
(overheat abnormality)
TH1 90 Glue apply roller temperature sensor
(low-temperature abnormality)
TH2 91 Glue tank temperature sensor /up
TH2 92 Glue tank temperature sensor /up
TH3 93 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
94 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
TH 95 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
96 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
ADU PS35 80 01 ADU conveyance sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS43 02 ADU exit sensor
2 399

tion code H L
ADU PS49 80 03 ADU accelerate sensor Paper No paper
/1050e/1050eP
PS42 04 ADU deceleration sensor

PS44 05 ADU handle release sensor Release Set
PS46 06 ADU reverse sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS45 07 ADU reverse sensor /2
PS36 08 ADU conveyance sensor /2
400

(2) Output check list
Note
1050e/1050eP
• Do not output codes which are not described in the output check list.
Classifi- Symbol Code Multi Name Remark

cation code
Analog L1,FM19 00 00 Exposure lamp + Scanner cooling fan
signal M6 01 00 Toner bottle motor
— 02 00 —
03 00 —
04 00 —
05 00 —
06 00 —
07 00 —
08 00 —
09 00 —
Data — 15 01 Data collection count clear
clear 02 Mode memory clear
98 CS Remote Care memory initialization Used in the CS Remote
Care mode
— M22 17 00 Cleaning blade packing lock move Used in re-packing
Paper — 18 01 —
feed CL11 02 Forced separation clutch (Tray /4)
— 03 —
CL5 19 01 Separation clutch /1 (Tray /1)
CL7 02 Separation clutch /2 (Tray /2)
M4, 06 Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /1
CL5 (Tray /1)
CL7 (Tray /2)
CL7 (Tray /3)
CL10 (Tray /4)
CL13 (Tray /5)
SD3 20 01 Pick-up solenoid /1 (Tray /1)
SD4 02 Pick-up solenoid /2 (Tray /2)
401

cation code
Paper CL4 21 01 Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /1)
/1050e/1050eP
feed CL6 02 Paper feed clutch /2 (Tray /2)

CL6 03 Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /3)
CL1 22 01 Vertical conveyance clutch /1
CL3 02 Vertical conveyance clutch /3
CL1 03 Pre-registration clutch /1 (Tray /3)
CL2 06 Vertical conveyance clutch /2
CL2 07 Intermediate clutch /Up (PF)
CL5 08 Intermediate clutch /Lw (PF)
M8 09 Vertical conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
10 Vertical conveyance motor (425 mm/s)
M4, 13 Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance
CL1 clutch /1
CL3 clutch /3
M40, 15 Paper feed motor + Pre-registration
CL1 clutch /1 (PF)
CL3 clutch /2 (PF)
CL4 clutch /3 (PF)
CL2 clutch /2
M40, 19 Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /
CL2 Up (PF)
M40, 20 Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /
CL5 Lw (PF)
M25 23 01 Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /1) From the tray lowering
M26 02 Paper lift motor /2 (Tray /2) position to the upper limit
M42 03 Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /3)
SD1 24 01 Tray lock solenoid /1 (Tray /1)
SD2 02 Tray lock solenoid /2 (Tray /2)
402

cation code
Paper M5 25 01 Conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
1050e/1050eP
feed 02 Conveyance motor (425 mm/s)
03 Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
M18 26 01 Loop motor (1000 mm/s)
02 Loop motor (825 mm/s)
M9 27 01 Paper exit motor /1 (290 mm/s)
02 Paper exit motor /1 (425 mm/s)
M13 10 Reverse paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
11 Reverse paper exit motor (825 mm/s)
12 Reverse paper exit motor (520 mm/s)
M4 28 01 Paper feed motor
M40 02 Paper feed motor (PF)
SD5 29 00 Drum claw solenoid
M41 30 01 PF exit conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
02 PF exit conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
Scanner M27 31 00 Home search + Scan
M21, 32 00 Polygon motor (low speed) + Polygon
FM18 cooling fan
01 Polygon motor (middle speed) + Polygon
cooling fan
02 Polygon motor (high speed) + Polygon
cooling fan
M27,L1 34 00 Shading correction
M27, 35 00 DF scan position move + Scanner cooling
FM19 fan
M27 36 00 Scanner packing lock move Used in re-packing
— 37 — —
LDB, M21 38 00 LD current value measurement (LD alarm level) Can be confirmed with list output
403

cation code
Main M1 40 00 Fusing motor
/1050e/1050eP
body 01 Fusing motor (290 mm/s)

02 Fusing motor (425 mm/s)
03 Fusing motor (490 mm/s)
M2,M3 41 00 Drum motor + Developing motor
01 Drum motor (290 mm/s) + Developing
motor
motor
motor
FM19 42 01 Scanner cooling fan
FM6 02 Suction fan /1 (high speed)
03 Suction fan /1 (low speed)
FM5 04 Developing suction fan
FM1 06 Cooling fan /1 (high speed)
07 Cooling fan /1 (low speed)
FM7,8 13 Suction fan /2, /3 (high speed)
14 Suction fan /2, /3 (low speed)
FM18 15 Polygon cooling fan
FM9 16 Paper exit cooling fan /1
FM10 17 Paper exit cooling fan /2
FM20, 18 Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Rr1 (Tray /1)
FM21
FM23
FM42
FM44
FM46
FM4 23 Transfer/separation suction fan
FM25, 24 Power supply cooling fan /1, /2
FM26
FM12 25 IPB cooling fan
FM11 26 Pump cooling fan
FM27 27 Power supply cooling fan /3 (high speed)
28 Power supply cooling fan /3 (low speed)
404

cation code
Main CNT1 43 01 Total counter
1050e/1050eP
body CNT2 02 Key counter
PS54 03 Centering sensor LED
M19 44 01 Transfer assist motor Perform with ADU pulled
out to prevent drum dam-
age
M24 45 06 Web motor
Peculiar M23 46 00 Charger cleaning motor (shuttle)
functions 01 Charger cleaning motor (to the back)
02 Charger cleaning motor (to the front)
M20 47 00 Transfer/separation cleaning motor (shut-
tle)
01 Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the
back)
02 Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the
front)
OB2 48 00 Illuminate all LEDs
M20, 49 00 Charger cleaning + Transfer/separation
M23 cleaning (shuttle)
M3,M2 50 00 Developing motor + Drum motor
EL 51 00 Erase lamp
TSL 52 00 Transfer exposure lamp
— 53 01 Status indicator lamp — PAT1 ON
02 Status indicator lamp — PAT2 ON
M11 54 00 Intermediate hopper motor
M7 03 Toner hopper motor
M28 04 Toner pump motor (high speed)
05 Toner pump motor (low speed)
M29 06 Air pump motor (high speed)
07 Air pump motor (low speed)
M28, 08 Toner pump motor (high speed) +
M29 Air pump motor (high speed)
09 Toner pump motor (low speed) + Used after moving the
Air pump motor (low speed) machine
M10 10 Air separation motor
LCDB 55 00 Message test
M30 56 00 Recycle cut motor PCS part
— 57 — —
58 — —
59 — —
405

cation code
DF M302 60 1 Original feed motor forward rotation
/1050e/1050eP
M302 2 Original feed motor reverse rotation

M301 3 Original conveyance motor forward rotation
M301 4 Original conveyance motor reverse rotation
M304 5 Original exit motor /1 forward rotation
M304 6 Original exit motor /1 reverse rotation
M305 7 Original exit motor /2 forward rotation
M305 8 Original exit motor /2 reverse rotation
M303 9 Tray up down motor forward rotation
M303 10 Tray up down motor reverse rotation
SD302 11 Paper press release solenoid
SD303 12 Gate solenoid
SD304 13 Paper exit gate solenoid
SD301 14 SDF switch solenoid
FM301, 15 Cooling fan /Lt + cooling fan /Rt
FM302
FD M1 70 01 Entrance conveyance motor
M2 02 Punch conveyance motor
M3 03 Intermediate conveyance motor
M4 04 1st folding motor forward
M4 05 1st folding motor reverse
M5 06 2nd folding motor forward
M5 07 2nd folding motor reverse
M6 08 3rd folding motor forward
M6 09 3rd folding motor reverse
M7 10 PI conveyance motor
M8 11 Paper lift motor /Up (down)
M8 12 Paper lift motor /Up (up)
M9 13 Paper lift motor /Lw (down)
M9 14 Paper lift motor /Lw (up)
M17 15 Main tray paper exit motor
M10 21 Punch motor (3 holes/4 holes)
M10 22 Punch motor (2 holes)
M11 23 Tray up down motor (home search)
M12 24 Alignment motor (home search)
M13 26 Punch registration motor (home search)
M14 27 1st folding release motor (conveyance
position move)
M14 28 1st folding release motor (folding position
move)
406 1

cation code
FD M15 70 29 2nd folding release motor (conveyance
1050e/1050eP
position move)
M15 30 2nd folding release motor (folding position
move)
M16 31 3rd folding release motor (conveyance
position move)
M16 32 3rd folding release motor (folding position
move)
SD1 61 Entrance gate solenoid
SD3 62 S size gate solenoid
SD4 63 L size gate solenoid
SD5 64 Roller solenoid /1
SD9 68 Sub tray gate solenoid
SD12 69 Paper exit solenoid
SD13 70 PI pick-up solenoid /Up
SD14 71 PI pick-up solenoid /Lw
SD15 72 Folding gate solenoid
— 73 —
SD18 74 2nd folding roller solenoid
CL1 75 PI registration clutch /Up
CL2 76 PI registration clutch /Lw
— 81 —
MFDB1 82 Multi feed detection board /1 (CLK output)
FDOB 89 FD operation board (lit all LEDs)
JAMIB 90 Jam indicator board (lit all LEDs)
— 99 —
SD M1 71 01 Entrance conveyance motor
M2 02 Horizontal conveyance motor
M3 03 Folding entrance motor
M4 04 Folding conveyance motor
M4 05 Folding conveyance motor
M6 06 Right angle conveyance motor
M29 07 Stapler motor /Rt (stapling)
M30 08 Stapler motor /Lt (stapling)
M5 09 Bundle exit motor
M8 10 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
M5 21 Bundle exit motor (home search)
M7 24 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr
(home search)
1 407

cation code
SD M7 71 25 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr
/1050e/1050eP
(alignment)
M8 27 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
(home search)
M9 29 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt
(home search)
M9 30 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt
(inward movement)
M10 31 Bundle arm motor (home search)
M10 32 Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
M11 33 Bundle clip motor (home search)
M12 34 Bundle registration motor (home search)
M13 35 Overlap motor (home search)
M14 36 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr
(home search)
M14 37 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr
(forward movement)
M15 39 Stapler movement motor (home search)
M15 40 Stapler movement motor
M16 41 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt
(home search)
M16 42 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt
(inward movement)
M17 43 Bundle press movement motor (home
search)
M18 44 1st folding blade motor (home search)
M19 45 2nd folding blade motor (home search)
M20 46 Clincher up down motor (home search)
M20 47 Clincher up down motor (stapling)
M21 48 Saddle stitching press motor (home search)
M22 49 Bundle arm rotation motor (home search)
M23 50 Bundle press motor (home search)
M24 51 Bundle press stage up down motor
(home search)
M25 52 Guide shaft motor (home search)
M31 53 Trimmer blade motor (home search)
M31 54 Trimmer blade motor (trimming position) Available after 71-53
(home search)
M32 55 Trimmer press motor (home search)
M32 56 Trimmer press motor (upper limit search)
M32 57 Trimmer press motor (pressing) Available after 71-55
(home search)
408 1

cation code
SD M32 71 58 Trimmer press motor (movement to trim- Available after 71-55
1050e/1050eP
mer board release position) (home search)
M10 59 Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
M23 60 Bundle press motor (pressing)
M24 61 Bundle press stage up down motor (up)
M24 62 Bundle press stage up down motor (home
search for the bundle registration plate)
M26 63 Bundle arm assist motor (home search)
SD2 72 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
SD3 73 Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
SD4 74 Roller release solenoid /4
SD5 75 Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)
SD5 76 Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)
SD6 77 Roller release solenoid /2
SD7 78 Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)
SD7 79 Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)
SD8 80 Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)
SD8 81 Folding unit lock solenoid (release)
SD11 82 Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)
SD11 83 Trimmer board solenoid (ON twice)
CL1 86 Tri-folding exit clutch
FM1 87 Scraps removal fan motor
— 95 Trimmer board solenoid operation Reset after replace the
counter reset trimmer board.
FS M1 72 01 Conveyance motor (1000 mm/sec)
M3 06 Tray up down motor (home search)
07 Tray up down motor (lower limit move)
08 Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)
M22 11 Alignment motor /Fr (home search)
12 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby posi-
tion move)
Note: effective after 72-11 home search
13 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)
Note: effective after 72-12 A4S standby
position move
14 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby posi-
tion move)
Note: effective after 72-13 A4S position move
M7 16 Main tray paper exit motor (800 mm/sec)
17 Main tray paper exit motor (205 mm/sec)
M8 21 Paper exit opening motor (home search)
1 409

cation code
FS M8 72 22 Paper exit opening motor (full opening:
/1050e/1050eP
approx. 55°)
23 Paper exit opening motor (half opening:
approx. 44°)
24 Paper exit opening motor (small opening:
approx. 27°)
M31 26 Stapler motor /Fr (needles out, empty staple)
27 Stapler motor /Fr (staple)
M30 28 Stapler motor /Rr (needles out, empty staple)
29 Stapler motor /Rr (staple)
M11 31 Stapler movement motor (home search)
32 Stapler movement motor (A4 1 staple
position move)
M13 36 Stacker entrance motor (1000 mm/sec)
M26 41 Rear stopper motor (home search)
42 Rear stopper motor (stopper release)
SD5 46 Bypass solenoid
SD2 47 Gate solenoid
SD9 48 Paper exit opening solenoid (ON/OFF)
SD7 49 Intermediate roller release solenoid
M24 51 Stacker assist motor (home search)
M24 52 Stacker assist motor (assist position move)
M25 56 Intermediate roller open/close motor
(home search)
57 Intermediate roller open/close motor
(reserve position move)
M23 61 Paper exit arm motor (home search)
62 Paper exit arm motor (800 mm/sec)
63 Paper exit arm motor (400mm/sec)
M6 66 Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/sec)
M5 71 Alignment motor /Rr (home search)
72 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby posi-
tion move)
73 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S position move)
Note: effective after 72-72 A4S standby
position move
74 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby posi-
tion move)
Note: effective after 72-73 A4S position move
M2 76 Paddle motor (ON/OFF)
M5, 78 Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (home search)
M22
410

cation code
FS M5, 78 79 Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 standby
1050e/1050eP
M22 position move)
80 Alignment motor /Rr, Fr (A4 position move)
Note: effective after 72-79 A4 standby
position move
JAMIB 90 Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)
— 99 No paper running mode
20 sheets of A3 with 2 staples
LS M2 73 01 Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
tandem 02 Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
(1st) M3 03 Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)
04 Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
M6 05 Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
06 Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
M4 07 Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
08 Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)
M7 09 Alignment motor (initial operation)
10 Alignment motor
M5 11 Shift unit motor (home search)
12 Shift unit motor
M1 13 Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14 Stacker tray up down motor (up)
SD1 15 1st gate solenoid
SD10 16 2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)
SD9 17 Front stopper solenoid
SD3 18 Rear stopper solenoid
SD8 19 Paper press solenoid /3
SD4 21 Front door lock solenoid
SD5 22 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
SD11 Tandem conveyance lock solenoid
SD2 23 Job partition solenoid
FM1, FM3, 25 Paper cooling fan /Fr, /Mi
FM2, FM6 Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2
FM5 26 Paper cooling fan /Rr
411

cation code
LS M2 74 01 Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
/1050e/1050eP
tandem 02 Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

(2nd) M3 03 Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)
04 Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
M6 05 Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
06 Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
M4 07 Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
08 Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)
M7 09 Alignment motor (initial operation)
10 Alignment motor
M5 11 Shift unit motor (home search)
12 Shift unit motor
M1 13 Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14 Stacker tray up down motor (up)
SD1 15 1st gate solenoid
SD10 16 2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)
SD9 17 Front stopper solenoid
SD3 18 Rear stopper solenoid
SD4 21 Front door lock solenoid
SD5 22 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
SD11 Tandem conveyance lock solenoid (LS-
501 only)
SD2 23 Job partition solenoid
FM1, 25 Paper cooling fan /Fr, Mi
FM3
FM5 26 Paper cooling fan /Rr
PB M1 75 01 Entrance conveyance motor
M2 02 Intermediate conveyance motor
SD2 04 Bypass gate solenoid
SD3 05 Sub tray gate solenoid
SD4 06 Sub tray exit solenoid
M11 07 SC entrance conveyance motor
M12 08 SC switchback conveyance motor
(F rotation)
09 SC switchback conveyance motor
(R rotation)
412 2

cation code
PB M13 75 10 SC switchback release motor
1050e/1050eP
(home position search)
11 SC switchback release motor
(High pressing position move)
12 SC switchback release motor
(Low pressing position move)
M15 13 SC alignment motor (home position
search)
14 SC alignment motor (A4 standby position 75-13 must have been
move) performed in advance.
15 SC alignment motor (alignment)
M17 16 SC bundle conveynace motor
M18 17 SC roller release motor
18 SC roller release motor
(movement to the pressing position)
M19 19 Clamp entrance movement motor (home
position search)
20 Clamp entrance movement motor(move- The following adjust-
ment to the entrance position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-19
2. 75-29
3. 75-31
4. 75-32
M20 21 Clamp entranse roller release motor
22 Clamp entranse roller release motor
(pressing position move)
SD11 23 FD alignment solenoid
SD12 24 SC stopper solenoid
SD13 25 SC pressure arm solenoid
M21 26 Clamp alignment motor (home position
search)
27 Clamp alignment motor (A4 standby posi-
tion move)
28 Clamp alignment motor (alignment)
M22 29 Clamp motor (home position search)
30 Clamp motor (movement to the clamp
position)
M23 31 Clamp rotation motor (home position 75-19 must have been
search) performed in advance.
32 Clamp rotation motor (movement to the 75-19 must have been
compile position) performed in advance.
2 413

cation code
PB SD91 75 33 Straight gate solenoid
/1050e/1050eP
M31 34 Glue tank movement motor (home posi- The following adjust-
tion search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
35 Glue tank movement motor (tank forward The following adjust-
movement ) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51
36 Glue tank movement motor (tank back- The following adjust-
ward movement ) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-35
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51
6. 75-35
M32 37 Glue apply roller motor
SD31 38 Glue tank up solenoid /1
SD32 39 Cover paper glue up solenoid
H1 40 Glue tank heater
H2 41 Glue apply roller heater
M33 42 Pellet supply motor The following adjust-
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-44
M34 43 Pellet supply arm motor
44 Pellet supply arm motor The following adjust-
(movement to the supply position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
M41 45 Cover paper alignment motor 75-55 must have been
(home position search) performed in advance.
414 2

cation code
PB M41 75 46 Cover paper alignment motor The following adjust-
1050e/1050eP
(A3 standby position move) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60
47 Cover paper alignment motor (alignment) The following adjust-
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60
5. 75-46
M42 48 Book exit motor 75-55 must have been
performed in advance.
M43 49 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt The following adjust-
(home position search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
50 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt The following adjust-
(roller pressure) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
M44 51 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt The following adjust-
(home position search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
52 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt The following adjust-
(roller pressure) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-51
2 415

cation code
PB M45 75 53 Cover paper conveyance motor (F rota- 75-55 must have been
/1050e/1050eP
tion) performed in advance.

54 Cover paper conveyance motor (R rota- 75-55 must have been
tion) performed in advance.
M46 55 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr
M47 (home position search)
56 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr The following adjust-
(book spine corner creation) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-50
6. 75-51
7. 75-52
8. 75-19
9. 75-31
10. 75-30
11. 75-32
12. 75-45
13. 75-58
14. 75-61
M48 57 Cover paper folding motor /Rt 75-55 must have been
58 Cover paper folding motor /Rt The following adjust-
(movement to the open position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
59 Cover paper folding motor /Rt The following adjust-
(movement to the close position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-58
M49 60 Cover paper folding motor /Lt 75-55 must have been
61 Cover paper folding motor /Lt The following adjust-
(movement to the open position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
416 2

cation code
PB M50 75 62 Cutter motor (home position search) 75-55 must have been
1050e/1050eP
63 Cutter motor(cut position movement) 75-55 must have been
SD41 64 Cover paper lift solenoid
— 65 —
— 66 —
M61 67 Cover paper belt motor
M62 68 Cover paper belt movement motor
69 Cover paper belt movement motor 75-68 must have been
(A4 standby position move) performed in advance.
70 Cover paper belt movement motor
(book stock alignment)
M63 71 Cover paper belt up down motor
(home position search: upper limit)
72 Cover paper belt up down motor The following adjust-
(movement to the lower position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-68
2. 75-69
M64 73 Book movement motor
M65 74 Book stopper motor
75 Book stopper motor 75-74 must have been
(A4 standby position move) performed in advance.
M73 76 Cover paper tray lift motor
M74 77 Cover paper feed motor
SD71 78 Cover paper pick up solenoid
SD72 79 Cover paper tray solenoid
MC71 82 Cover paper pick up clutch
MC72 83 Cover paper separation clutch
SD80 84 Front door lock solenoid (locked)
85 Front door lock solenoid (released)
M80 86 Exhaust fan /1
— 87 Multi feed clock output signal
JAMIB/ 88 Jam indicator board /1 /2 (all the lights on)
1
JAMIB/
2
OB/1 89 Manual operation board (all the lights on)
2 417

cation code
PB M81 75 90 Exhaust fan /2
/1050e/1050eP
SD61 91 Book door solenoid (lock)

92 Book door solenoid (release)
ADU SD7 80 01 Reverse/exit solenoid
SD6 02 ADU lock solenoid
SD8 03 Thick paper assist solenoid
M17 83 01 Registration motor (490 mm/s)
02 Registration motor (290 mm/s)
03 Registration motor (425 mm/s)
M12 84 01 Reverse motor (F rotation: 1000 mm/s)
02 Reverse motor (F rotation: 490 mm/s)
03 Reverse motor (R rotation: 1000 mm/s)
M15 85 01 ADU conveyance motor /1 (1000 mm/s)
02 ADU conveyance motor /1 (490 mm/s)
M16 07 ADU conveyance motor /2 (1000 mm/s)
M13 86 01 Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation:
1000 mm/s)
02 Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 490
mm/s)
03 Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation:
1000 mm/s)
mm/s)
mm/s)
06 Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 520
mm/s)
418 2

cation code
ADU M13 86 07 Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 825
1050e/1050eP
mm/s)
mm/s)
09 Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 825
mm/s)
FM13, 87 00 ADU cooling fan /3
FM14, ADU cooling fan /1
FM15 ADU cooling fan /2
M14 88 01 ADU accelerate motor (1000 mm/s)
02 ADU accelerate motor (490 mm/s)
Others — 90 00 FD/FS adjustment data EEPROM storage Perform after installation
(installation data) adjustment
— 91 00 Main body adjustment data parameter Perform after installation
board storage (installation data) adjustment
— 92 00 Parameter board data reset Cannot adjust in the field
— 93 00 FD/FS adjustment data each EEPROM Cannot adjust in the field
storage
— 94 00 Adjustment data display
— 96 00 Main body adjustment data parameter Cannot adjust in the field
board storage (initial data)
— 97 00 Image memory (DRAM) capacity check
— 98 00 Image memory (DRAM) check
HDD1 99 01 HDD1 total capacity
Gerät 02 HDD1 remaining capacity check
03 HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
HDD 2 ist vom Controller
419
10.7 List output tion modes and the results of communications

are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number.
Conduct various list outputs, test pattern outputs and For the meaning of them, refer to the table
/1050e/1050eP
running tests. below.
Communication mode Results of

10.7.1 List output
communication
Output various lists.
0000 — Transmitted
(1) Procedure successfully
0001 Initial transmission Connection time out
1. Enter the service mode. when transmitting
2. "Service mode menu screen" 0002 Emergency trans- —
Press the [05 List Output] key. mission
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 0004 Emergency recovery Received
screen. transmission successfully
Press the [01 List Output] key.
0005 — Reception failed
4. "List output mode menu screen"
0008 Transmission for —
The list output mode menu includes the follow-
warning
ing items.
0010 Warning recovery —
• Machine Management List
transmission
• Adjustment Data List
• Pixel Ratio Data List 0020 Maintenance start —
• Parameter List transmission
• Font Pattern 0040 Maintenance com- —
• Communication Log List *1 pletion transmission
• Memory Dump List 0080 Administrator trans- —
mission
Note 0100 Fixed date transmis- —
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter sion
list and after are displayed. 0200 Response transmis- —
• Do not use the parameter list and the mem- sion
ory dump list in the field because they are
0*** — Transmission failed
for development.
1000 Enquiry —
5. Press the key for an item you want to output.
2000 Data rewrite —
6. "List output mode menu screen"
4000 Response reception —
8000 Test mail —
7. Press the Start button to output the selected
list.
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the
8. Press the [SERVICE] key.
RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place
9. "List output mode menu screen" of ***.
To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 8.
*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and

receiving history of the mail remote notification
system and the CS Remote Care. The start time
of communications, the time period of communi-
cations (modem only), the communication
modes, the results of communications, and the
senders (mail only) are printed. The communica-
420

10.8 Test mode
10.8.1 Test pattern output mode
1050e/1050eP
Output various test patterns to use them for trouble-
shooting.
NOTE
• Do not use any test pattern number not
described in the service manual.
(1) Procedure

Press the [06 Test Mode] key.
screen.
Press the [01 Test Pattern Output Mode] key.
4. "Test pattern output mode screen"
Enter the test pattern No. you want to output
through the numeric keys and press the [Set]
key and then press the [COPY] key.
5. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button
to output the test pattern.
6. Press the [SERVICE] key.
7. To output other test patterns, repeat steps 4 to
6.
421
No.1 Overall halftone (8-bit output)

/1050e/1050eP
(created by random dot pattern)
[Check item]
• When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the proc-
ess system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
• When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
• When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
* For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density".
Note
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when check-
ing an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to use
the test pattern No. 9.
Test patterns
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
1050fs3011c
422

No.3 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)
1050e/1050eP
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
1050fs3054c
423
No.5 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)

/1050e/1050eP
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*
For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".
Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen !
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
1050fs3012c
424

No.9 Line screen halftone (8-bit output)
(created by line dot pattern)
1050e/1050eP
[Check item]
• Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/sepa-
ration charger unit, transfer jitter adjustment
* For the transfer jitter adjustment see "12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment"
Note
• The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicuous
than the test pattern No. 1.
Test patterns
1050fs3055c
425
No.11 Beam check (8-bit output)

/1050e/1050eP
[Check Items 1]
• Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan direc-
tions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.
[Check Items 2]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit
Test pattern
[1]
[2]
1050fs3013c
[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern
426

No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern (1-bit error diffusion output)
1050e/1050eP
[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test pattern
[1]
31mm 237mm
20mm
[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm
28
0m
m
190mm
190mm 1050fs3014c
[1] Edge of pager
427
10.8.2 Test pattern density 10.8.3 Running test mode

Set the density of test pattern. Conduct a test while in the continuous print opera-
Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen ! tion.
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure In this mode, the following items can be selected:

• Intermittent copy mode
2. "Service mode menu screen" After completion of the printing operation for the
Press the [06 Test Mode] key. set print count, the machine changes into the
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resum-
screen. ing the same operation.
Press the [02 Test Pattern Density] key. • Paperless running mode
4. "Test pattern density setting screen" Without detecting paper or jam, the printing
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys operation is made nearly at the same timing as
and press the [Set] key and then press the the normal operation. In the same manner as the
[COPY] key. intermittent mode, after completion of the print-
• Setting range: 0 (light) to 255 (dark). ing operation for the set print count, the machine
5. Set the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5
button to output the test pattern. sec. before resuming the same operation.
• Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing
operation is made nearly at the same timing as
the normal operation.
• Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infi-
nitely set automatically. In the same manner as
the paperless mode, without detecting paper or
jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the
same timing as the normal operation.
• Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless
endless mode plus the scanning operation and
the auto paper feed tray switching.
(1) Procedure

Press the [06 Test Mode] key.
screen.
Press the [03 Running Mode] key.
4. "Running mode menu screen"
Select a mode and press the [COPY] key.
5. Press the Start button to start the running test.
6. Press the STOP button to stop the running
test.
428

10.9 System setting B. Software DIPSW setting screen
10.9.1
10. Software DIPSW setting
1050e/1050eP
Configure settings for the software DIPSW.
Config
E
NOTE
W bits data are written into the parame-
• DIPSW
ter board
d (PB) every time a change is made.
Do not change
ange data
d hastily, for they cannot
be automatically
lly restored.
res
• Do not change any switch
sw not described in
the service manual.
A. Procedure
[1] [2] [3] [4]
2. "Service mode menu screen" [1] DIPSW number
Press the [07 System Setting] key. [2] 8-bit switch values indicated in hexadeci-
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the mals from 00 to FF.
screen. [3] Bit number (0 to 7)
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key on the [[4] Bit data: On (1), Off (0)
sub menu.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Press the [S], [T] key or the numeric keys to
select a DIPSW bit number.
5. Press the [On (1)] or [Off (0)] key to set the
selected bit number ON/OFF.
6. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Service
mode menu screen" on which the sub menu
was displayed.
Info HJG:
Siehe DIPSW Liste von HJG
429
C. List of software DIPSW
Note
/1050e/1050eP
• Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.
DIPSW
DIP No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW1
IPSW 0 Print stop condition after toner *1 *
1 0 0 0
1 supply display *
1 *
1 1 1 1
2 Print stop method after toner *2 *2 1 1 1
3 supply display *
2 *
2 0 0 0
4 Pro
Prohibition of printing when the Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
count is reached
PM c
5 Print * *
number setting until print-
nt num 3 3 0 0 0
6 ing is prohibited
prohib after PM is *
3 *
3 0 0 0
7 displayed
ed *
3 *
3 0 0 0
DIPSW2 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 All charger cleaning
aning cycle
c (fix- * *
4 4 0 0 0
2 ing temperature 50°C o
or less *4 *4 0 0 0
3 when turning ON) *
4 *
4 0 0 0
4 e (afte
All charger cleaning cycle (after * *
5 5 0 0 0
5 turned ON) *5 *5 0 0 0
6 Blade auto replacement cycle *6 *6 0 0 0
7 * *
6 6 0 0 0
DIPSW3 0 Transfer assist timing adjust- Disa
Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
ment
1 SC latch (SC23-14, 23-17, 34-**, 35-**, 36-**, Unlatched
ched Latched 0 0 0
78-40 to 62)
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Charger cleaning function Enabled Disabled
D 0 0 0
4 Transfer/separation charger Enabled Disabled
Disa 0 0 0
cleaning function
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 I/O check mode output 15 Disabled Enabled
ed 0 0 0
memory clear
7 PageScope JobEditor recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW4 0 RADF auto skew adjustment Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Key counter removal recovery Disabled Enabled 0 1 0
5 APS when change magnification Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
430 2

DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW4 7 Large-size paper count method Count as 1 Count as 2 0 1 0
1050e/1050eP
(other than PM counter)
DIPSW5 0 Causes a message to notify a 65 to 80%: Near- 45 to 65%: Near- 0 0 0
waste toner full status when full full
using RC. 80% or more: Full 60% or more: Full
1 Printer operation at waste toner Not allowed Allowed (switched to 0 0 0
full status (SC23-50) toner recycling mode)
*7 *7
2 Image density selection (laser 0 0 0
3 PWM) for copier *
7 *
7 0 0 0
4 D
Display of CMS button of the * *
8 8 0 0 0
toner collection box
tone
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW6 0 Background
nd density
den adjust- *9 *9 0 0 0
1 ment (photo mode) *
9 *
9 1 1 1
2 ontrol
Transfer assist control Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
3 Minimum black band width in
nd wid * *
10 10 0 0 0
4 black band creation control
ontrol *
10 *
10 0 0 0
5 Image stabilization controll *11 *11 0 0 0
6 cycle *
11 *
11 1 1 1
7 Drum potential auto adjust- Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
ment
DIPSW7 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 * *
Background density adjustment 12 12 0 0 0
3 * *
12 12 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 * *
Control to change the black band 13 13 0 0 0
width
* *
DIPSW8 0 Image density selection (laser 14 14 0 0 0
1 PWM) for printer *
14 *
14 0 0 0
2 Fusing initial rotation condition * *
15 15 0 0 0
3 * *
15 15 1 1 1
4 Fusing initial rotation time * *
16 16 0 0 0
5 * *
16 16 0 0 0
6 Large-size paper count Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
method (PM counter)
7 Page number dash length for Long (⎯ 1 ⎯) Short (- 1 -) 0 0 0
Stamp/Overlay mode
2 431

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW9 0 Operation at key counter Same as Immediate 0 1 1
/1050e/1050eP
removal (copier) the stop key stop (jam)

1 Operation at key counter Ignored Same as 0 0 0
removal (printer) DIPSW9-0
2 Message switchover * *
17 17 0 0 0
3 * *
17 17 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit *18 *18 0 0 0
5 *18 *18 0 0 0
6 * *
18 18 0 0 0
7 * *
18 18 0 0 0
DIPSW10 0 e mem
Image memory usable area * *
19 19 0 0 0
1 *19 *19 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 * *
Definition change
ge of th
the large size 20 20 0 0 0
4 paper in counter control
ontrol *
20 *
20 0 0 0
5 lowed for
Number of pages allowed * *
21 21 0 0 0
6 saddle stitch (paper weight:
eight: 90
9 *21 *21 0 0 0
7 to 244 g/m2) *21 *21 0 0 0
DIPSW11 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Automatic paper supply Disabled
D Enabled 0 0 0
2 Erasure amount of trailing edge 3m
mm 1 mm 0 0 0
of tab paper
3 SC screen switchover F/E code
e screen
scre F code screen 0 0 0
switch
h only
4 Filter for jagged edges on Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
slanting lines
5 Gradation switchover in the 2bitED 1b
1bitED 0 0 0
photo mode
*22 *22
6 Criterion for judging custom 1 1 1
paper or wide paper as large
size
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW12 0 Control for high coverage origi- * *
23 23 0 0 0
nal correspondence
1 Switching of default Job List Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
screen when using RC
2 0 0 0
3 Printer auto centering correction Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 RC recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Konica Minolta logo when Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
power switch is turned ON
7 — — — 0 0 0
432 2

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW13 0 Original size detection switchover 1 A5 51/2 x 81/2 0 1 0
1050e/1050eP
1 Original size detection switchover 2 A4S 8 / x 11S
12 0 1 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Original size detection switcho- * *
24 24 0 0 0
6 ver 3 *
24 *
24 0 0 0
7 * *
24 24 1 1 0
DIPSW14 0 Original size detection switcho- B4, 11 x 17/B5, 8K/16K/16KS 0 0 0
ver 4
ve 8 /2 x 11/B5S
1
1 Wider
Wider-sized paper + punch Limited Not limited 0 0 0
pport in printer mode
support
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW15 0 CMS function Not use Use 0 0 0
1 Number of "Fine" paper that
at *25 *25 0 0 0
2 can be stapled *25 *25 0 0 0
3 Finishing option alarm stop *26 *26 0 0 0
4 *2
26 *26 0 0 0
5 CS Remote Care recognition Disabled
isabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Maximum density in printer mode 1.43
43 1.35 0 0 0
7 Trigger the display of developer/ Number of prints Running time 0 0 0
drum replacement icon
DIPSW16 0 Developer/drum running time Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
display
1 Copy reservation function Enabled Disabled
Disable 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Count of the key counter in Disabled Enabled
d 0 0 0
printer mode
4 Utility mode installation date Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
display
5 Non-image area erase mode * *
27 27 0 0 0
6 judge level *
27 *
27 0 0 0
7 NIC selection for E-Mail CS Controller NIC Machine NIC 0 0 0
Remote Care
2 433

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *28 *28 0 0 0
/1050e/1050eP
1 * *
28 28 1 1 1
2 * *
28 28 1 1 1
3 * *
28 28 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning * *
29 29 0 0 0
5 tab paper *
29 *
29 0 0 0
6 * *
29 29 0 0 0
7 Switching of custom size
S Rotates Not rotate 1 1 1
paper in printer mode
pap
DIPSW18 0 part isolation: Tray /1
Faulty p Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Faulty part isolation: Tray /2
ty par Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation:
is Tray /3 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty partt isolation:
isolat Tray /4 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation:
olation RADF Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Faulty part isolation: HDD1
DD1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
DIPSW19 0 Fusing temperature setting
ng * *
29 29 0 0 0
1 * *
29 29 0 0 0
2 * *
29 29 0 0 0
3 * *
29 29 0 0 0
4 Black band width when the * *
31 31 0 0 0
inside temperature is high
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Maximum black band width * *
32 32 0 0 0
7 (when connecting RC) *
32 *
32 0 0 0
DIPSW20 0 Group staple Disabled En
Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with *33 Normal *33 Origina
Original priority 0 0 0
image shift
2 Total page number standard in Based on original d on
Based 0 0 0
stamp mode transfer paper
per
3 Keyboard layout ABC layout ut
QWERTY layout 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: Tray /5 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Tandem connection * *
34 34 0 0 0
DIPSW21 0 Mixed size paper staple Allowed Prohibited 0 0 0
(real-time output) (batch output)
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
434 2

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW21 4 Minimum custom size main main 0 0 0
1050e/1050eP
scanning: 182mm scanning: 150mm
sub scanning: sub scanning:
140mm 132mm
5 Touch panel adjustment method Utility/setting but- hard key 0 0 0
ton +hard key
6 Target settings to judge Target settings Not target settings 0 0 0
unmatched paper type in front (not overwrites the
and back registrations value of front and back reg-
a job read out from HDD istrations value)
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW22 0 Machine
achine NIC setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number
ber of punch holes * *
35 35 1 1 0
2 *35 *35 0 0 1
3 Image position
on for tthe non-stan- Based on user Based on APS at 0 0 0
dard size original
al (at DF)
D selection DF
4 er save button
Function of power Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 SD trimmer board moving tim- Not displayed Displayed 0 0 0
ing adjustment
6 mpty
Operation when staple empty Request staple Selectable staple 0 0 0
of FNS supply supply or staple
release
7 Jam screen selection Jam position Described by 0 0 0
display
disp illustration
DIPSW23 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Toner density of developer * *
36 36 0 0 0
3 selection *
36 *
36 0 0 0
4 *36 *36 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW24 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Default settings of PageScope Manual Automatic 0 0 0
JobEditor when turned ON
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Z-fold output number limit *37 *37 0 0 0
5 * *
37 37 0 0 0
6 Z-fold + Staple output number * *
38 38 0 0 0
7 limit *
38 *
38 0 0 0
DIPSW25 0 PI size detection switchover 1 A5 5.5 x 8.5 0 1 0
1 PI size detection switchover 2 A4S 8.5 x 11S 0 1 0
2 435

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW25 2 PI size detection switchover 3 *39 *39 0 0 0
/1050e/1050eP
3 * *
39 39 0 0 0
4 * *
39 39 1 1 0
5 PI size detection switchover 4 B4, 11 x 17/B5, 8K/16K/16KS 0 0 0
8 / x 11/B5S
12
6 PI size detection switchover 5 A3 12 x 18 0 1 0

7 — — — 0 0 0
* *
DIPSW26 0 T
Transfer assist control size 40 40 0 1 0
1 swi
switchover *
40 *
40 0 0 0
2 Multi fe
feed detection control Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
(main
ain body)
bod
3 Multi feed detection control (PI)
eed de Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 Tray /4 forced
rced sseparation Operate only in Operate always 0 0 0
clutch control
ol high temp.
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Multi feed detection contro
control Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
(DF)
DIPSW27 0 Paper weight-line speed con-
on- For Japan For other than 0 1 1
trol switchover Japan
1 Fusing roller type Hard roller
Ha Soft roller 0 0 0
2 Image density selection (toner * *
41
4 41 0 0 0
3 control patch density) *
41 *
41 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Thin characters reproduction Standard
d Thin-character 0 0 0
improvement (usage of smaller correspondent
c
laser dot)
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW28 0 Selection of page margin method Side1 and side2 Side1 and
nd sid
side2 0 0 0
set on main body for printer job collectively ely
separately
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Changing direction of adjusting To the direction To the direction 0 0 0
print start position at back side opposite to that same as that of
in fine increments (other than of the frontside the frontside
book)
3 Changing direction of adjusting To the direction To the direction 0 0 0
print start position at back side same as that of opposite to that
in fine increments (book) the frontside of the frontside
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
436 2

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW28 6 Standard of shifting with the Based on image Based on paper 0 0 0
1050e/1050eP
shifting direction specified two
repeat.
7 SD-501 Limitation for multi half Limited Not Limited 0 0 0
fold
DIPSW
DIPSW29 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Switching of suction fan /4
Sw Idling ON for 10 minutes 0 0 0
(FM29) operation control
(FM2 OFF after finishing printing
(when the drum tem-
perature is 45°C
or more)
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW30 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Service mode, restriction
tion of Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0
data collection display
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW31 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW32 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
2 437

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW33 0 Faulty part isolation: FD-fold/ Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
/1050e/1050eP
punch function
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation: FD main Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
tray paper exit
3 Faulty part isolation: PI function Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: FD Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Faulty part isolation: LS main
Fault Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
tray-tandem
ay-tan (1st)
7 Faulty
ty part isolation: LS main Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
tray-tandem
ndem (2nd)
DIPSW34 0 Faulty partt isolation:
isolat SD saddle Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
stitch
1 Faulty part isolation: SD multi
tion: S Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
center fold
2 Faulty part isolation: SD mu
multi Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
tri-fold
3 m-
Faulty part isolation: SD trim- Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
ming
4 Faulty part isolation: SD con- N
Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
nection/ sub-tray exit
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW35 0 Faulty part isolation: FS staple Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
function
1 Faulty part isolation: FS main Normal Unavailable
Unav 0 0 0
tray paper exit
2 Faulty part isolation: FS Normal ailable
Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty part isolation: PB cover Normal Unavailable
able 0 0 0
paper insertion
4 Faulty part isolation: PB binder Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
function
5 Faulty part isolation: PB Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW36 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
438 2

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW36 6 — — — 0 0 0
1050e/1050eP
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW37 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 PB perfect binding limit Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
(includes Z-fold)
3 Upper limit setting for the num- Limited according Limited accord- 0 0 0
ber of papers to be stapled to paper size, paper ing to the paper
weight, or paper size
type, whichever is
the minimum.
4 Upper limit
l setting for the num- Limited by the Limited by the 0 0 0
ber of papers
pap to be ejected for software FS-503 main tray
stapling
g or fo
folding lower limit sensor
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW38 0 Default folder when
n selecting
selec Private folder Shared folder 0 0 0
box function
1 File name overwriting with box functio
function Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 age
Print quantity and output page Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
selection for Wait or Proof out-
put for box function
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Automatic change of tray set- * *
42 42 0 0 0
ting names
5 Peripheral image erasure of d
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
custom size
*43 *43
6 Buck side trailing edge erasure 0 0 0
7 amount with duplex output * *
43 43
4 0 0 0
DIPSW39 0 Tray1 paper leading edge Disabled Enable
Enabled 0 0 0
buckling prevention control
1 Tray2 paper leading edge Disabled Enabled
ed 0 0 0
2 Tray3 paper leading edge Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
2 439

Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW40 0 — — — 0 0 0
/1050e/1050eP
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Cover sheet single fold control * *
44 44 0 0 0
3 with folding&stapling/multi * *
44 44 0 0 0
center
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW42 0 TIFF direct
d print Not output Output 0 0 0
1 TIFF direct print
F direc * *
45 45 0 0 0
2 APS target paper size (F4)
arget p *45 *45 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW43 0 Change of the scanner com-
om- MMR MH 0 0 0
pression method
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW46 0 Visual Counter Master counter * *
46 46 0 0 0
1 value read-off intervals *
46 *
46 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
440 2

NOTE *5 All charger cleaning cycle (after turned ON)
• Bold boxes show default settings.
Mode 2-5 2-4
Every 10,000 prints 0 0
1050e/1050eP
*
1 Print stop condition after toner supply display
Mode 1-1 1-0
Stops after 500 prints 0 0
Stops after 750 prints 0 1
Stops after 1,000 prints 1 0 *6 Blade auto replacement cycle
Stops after 2,000 prints 1 1
Mode 2-7 2-6
*2 Print stop method after toner supply display Every 375,000 prints 0 0
Mode 1-3 1-2
Stops after exit paper in 0 0
the machine
Stops at a break between 0 1 *7 Image density selection (laser PWM) for copier
print set Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
Stops at the end of the 1 0 lighter.
current job
Does not stop 1 1 NOTE
• There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten
*3 Print number setting until printing is prohibited image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
after PM is displayed control patch density (27-2/3). As a priority of
adjustment, adjust in the following order.
Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
1) Laser PWM
1,000 prints 0 0 0 2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
2,000 prints 0 0 1 down
3,000 prints 0 1 0 Using this setting alone may cause white
4,000 prints 0 1 1 spot on the solid section. Be sure to use
5,000 prints 1 0 0 together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-

sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
1,000 prints 1 0 1
0.5% up.
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1
Mode 5-3 5-2
*4 All charger cleaning cycle (fixing temperature Standard (*200/200/186) 0 0
50°C or less when turning ON) Lighter (*167/167/137) 0 1
Mode 2-3 2-2 2-1 Lightest (*142/142/112) 1 0
Cleaning every time 0 0 0 Standard (*200/200/186) 1 1
At 5,000 prints 0 0 1 * 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within

the image density range. Numbers represent
At 10,000 prints 0 1 0
each image density at the line speed 490 mm/s,
At 15,000 prints 0 1 1
425 mm/s, 290 mm/s from left.
At 20,000 prints 1 0 0
At 25,000 prints 1 0 1
At 30,000 prints 1 1 0
No cleaning 1 1 1
2 441
*12 Background density adjustment

*8 Toner collection box CMS display Change the charging potential and set the image
density of the highlight section.
Mode 5-4
/1050e/1050eP
Disabled 0 Mode 7-3 7-2

Enabled 1 Standard 0 0
Dark (25 V down) 0 1
NOTE Lighter (25 V up) 1 0
• This setting is enabled when DIPSW5-1, 12-5, Lightest (50 V up) 1 1
and 15-0 are set to "1".
*13 Black band width change control
*9 Background density adjustment (photo mode) Set black band to prevent the overflow toner and the
Change the laser PWM and set the image density for cleaning fault.
the highlight section while in the photo mode.
The numerical values given in the table represent the Mode 7-7
density in the image density range of 0 (white) to 255 Changes in synchronization 0
(black). with toner supply amount
Black band width fixed 1
Mode 6-1 6-0
PWM 16 0 0
*14 Image density selection (laser PWM) for printer
PWM 0 0 1 Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
PWM 8 1 0 lighter.
PWM 24 1 1
Mode 8-1 8-0
*10 Minimum black band width of black band cre- Standard (*200/200/186) 0 0
ation control Lighter (*167/167/137) 0 1
Specifies Minimum black band width of black band Lightest (*142/142/112) 1 0
creation control Standard (*200/200/186) 1 1
Mode 6-4 6-3 * 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within

the image density range. Numbers represent
0.25 mm 0 0
each image density at the line speed 490 mm/s,
0.5 mm 0 1
425 mm/s, 290 mm/s from left.
0.75 mm 1 0
No black band 1 1
*11 Image stabilization control cycle

Changes cycle of the image stabilization control
(drum potential, maximum density, gamma auto
adjustment).
Mode 6-6 6-5

442 2

*15 Fusing initial rotation condition *18 Copy quantity limit
In the low temperature environment, fusibility may be
Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4
insufficient immediately after the power is turned ON.
No limit 0 0 0 0
1050e/1050eP
So, rotate the fusing roller while in the warm-up to
obtain an even heat distribution of the fusing roller to 1 prints 0 0 0 1
avoid the insufficient fusing. 3 prints 0 0 1 0
In this adjustment, determine the environment in 5 prints 0 0 1 1
which you implement the fusing initial rotation. 9 prints 0 1 0 0
• Low temperature: perform the fusing initial rotation
10 prints 0 1 0 1
in the low temperature environment only.
20 prints 0 1 1 0
• Low/normal temperature: perform the fusing initial
rotation in the low and normal temperature envi- 30 prints 0 1 1 1
ronment 50 prints 1 0 0 0
• Low/normal/high temperature: perform the fusing 99 prints 1 0 0 1
initial rotation in all environments. No limit 1 0 1 0
Mode 8-3 8-2 No limit 1 0 1 1
Low temperature 0 0 No limit 1 1 0 0
Low/normal temperature 0 1 No limit 1 1 1 0
Low/normal/high temper- 1 0 No limit 1 1 1 1

ature
*19 Image memory usable area
No preparatory rotation 1 1
Changes the usable area of DRAM (256 MB) on the
image processing board (IPB). Compression memory
*16 Fusing initial rotation time
is used within the memory area of compressed image
Mode 8-5 8-4 data, and expansion memory is used for page mem-
180 sec 0 0 ory of expanded image data. There are 2 types of
300 sec 0 1 image memory; DRAM on IPB and hard disk/1 (10
GB of total 40 GB is used). DRAM is used by priority.
60 sec 1 0
If hard disk/1 is damaged and memory overflow
0 sec 1 1
occurs during scanning or transferring data from PC,
increase compression memory. If memory overflow
*17 Message switchover
occurs before printing starts, increase expansion
Mode 9-3 9-2 memory.
Please insert key counter 0 0 Mode 10-1 10-0

Please insert copy card 0 1 Compression memory 0 0
Please insert coin 1 0 187MB
Please insert key counter 1 1 Expansion memory 69 MB
Compression memory 0 1
220MB
Expansion memory 36 MB
159MB
46MB
2 443
*20 Definition change of the large size paper in NOTE

counter control • When this setting is enabled, the background
optical density (DIPSW7-2 and 7-3) must be
Mode 10-3 10-4
/1050e/1050eP
set to " Lighter (50V up)".

A3 · 11 x 17 · 12 x 18 0 0 • When this setting is enabled, be sure to carry
Small size only 0 1 out cleaning of the conveyance belt every
A3 · 11 x 17 · 12 x 18 · 1 0 20,000 prints.
81/2 x 14 · B4 · 8K • Print density may drop immediately after
A3 · 11 x 17 · 12 x 18 · 1 1 changing the setting from "enabled" to "dis-
81/2 x 14 · B4 · 8K · F4 abled". The density will return to normal
while printing a dozen pages.
*21 Allowable number of pages for saddle stitch with • Enabling this setting increases toner con-
2 sumption. Print density becomes lower as
paper weight 92 to 244 g/m
the remaining amount of toner gets lower. Be
Mode 10-7 10-6 10-5 careful not to cause a cartridge empty status
+0 0 0 0 while printing is in progress.
+5 0 0 1 • Transfer/separation output value of this con-
+10 0 1 0 trol is [User paper 1 to 3]. Be sure to set the
appropriate current value.
+15 0 1 1
+20 1 0 0
*24 Original size detection switchover 3
+25 1 0 1
Default setting for inch is 8.5 x 14 and 8 x 13 for met-
+30 1 1 0 ric.
— 1 1 1
Mode 13-7 13-6 13-5
*22 Criterion for judging custom size or wide size 8 x 13 0 0 0
paper as large size 8.25 x 13 0 0 1
8.125 x 13.25 0 1 0
Mode 11-6
8.5 x 13 0 1 1
330mm* 0
8.5 x 14 1 0 0
298mm 1
Not used 1 0 1
* Only valid when DIPSW10-3 and 10-4 are 0/1
and 1/1,respectively. Not used 1 1 0
Not used 1 1 1
*23 Control for printing high print ratio pages
Supports originals with high printing coverage by
measuring developing conditions, toner supply
period, and changes in line speed. Valid when "1" is
selected for this setting and the paper settings are as
follows: (RC-501 must be installed to use this func-
tion.)
Paper type: Rough paper
Paper weight: 131 to 161 g/m2
Mode 12-0
Disabled 0
Enabled 1
444 2

*25 Number of "Fine" paper that can be stapled Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0
Mode 15-2 15-1 110 minutes 1 0 1 1
100 sheets 0 0 120 minutes 1 1 0 0
1050e/1050eP
50 sheets 0 1 130 minutes 1 1 0 1
40 sheets 1 0 140 minutes 1 1 1 0
30 sheets 1 1 150 minutes 1 1 1 1
*29 Density selection at scanning tab paper

*26 Finishing operation alarm stop
Alarm stop means the following full detection func- Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
tions. FD/FS/LS tray lower limit, FD/FS/LS/SD num- 80 0 0 0
ber of sheets on the tray, FD punch, FS staple 40 (Lightest) 0 0 1
scraps, SD trim scraps.
60 0 1 0
Mode 15-4 15-3 100 0 1 1
Stops immediately after 0 0 120 1 0 0
detection 160 1 0 1
Stops at a break between 0 1 200 1 1 0
print set after detection 255 (Darkest) 1 1 1
Does not stop while print- 1 0
ing *30 Fusing temperature setting
Does not stop while print- 1 1 Temperature up: Decrease insufficient fusing or wrap-
ing ping jam at fusing.
Temperature down: decrease paper exit curling or
*27 Non-image area erase mode judge level waving.
Mode 16-6 16-5 Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1 19-0

Standard 0 0 Standard 0 0 0 0
Correspond to dark origi- 0 1 (default for a soft roller)
nal Standard + 5°C 0 0 0 1
Correspond to light inter- 1 0 Standard + 10°C 0 0 1 0
ference Standard + 15°C 0 0 1 1
Not used 1 1 Standard -5°C 0 1 0 0
10 °C lower than the 0 1 0 1
*28 Summer time setting standard
Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0 (default for a hard roller)
0 minute 0 0 0 0 Standard -15°C 0 1 1 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1 Standard -20°C 0 1 1 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
2 445
*31 Black band width when internal temperature *35 Number of punch holes
Black band is created with the width set in DIPSW6-
Mode 22-2 22-1
3, 4 when "1" is selected for this setting and the drum
/1050e/1050eP
temperature sensor (TH5) detects temperature above Not used 0 0

45 °C. 2 and 3 holes 0 1
2 and 4 holes 1 0
Mode 19-4
Not used 1 1
Changes in synchronization with toner 0
supply amount
*36 Toner density of developer selection
Fixed black band width* 1 Change developing roller rotation and toner density of
* Width set in DIPSW6-3 and 6-4. developer (toner and carrier ratio) to change only
toner density of developer without changing image
*32 Maximum black band width (when connecting density.
RC) If increasing toner density of developer resulted in
Sets the maximum width of the black band in black image background, decrease toner density. If lighten-
band creation control. ing image in other DIPSW (5-0/1, 27-2/3) resulted in
Only valid when RC is installed. white spot on the solid section, increase toner den-
sity.
Mode 19-7 19-6
20mm 0 0
NOTE
10mm 0 1 • After change the DIPSW, image density does
5mm 1 0 not appear as the setting value until printing
Follows the DIPSW6-3 and 6-4 1 1 about 500 prints because it need to add toner
settings to increase toner density of developer or
need to consume toner to reduce it.
*33 Image scanning area with shift function

Mode 23-4 23-3 23-2
Normal: Compare the original size and the transfer
paper size, the smaller one is to be the image area. Standard toner density 0 0 0
Original priority: Original size is to be the image area. Approx. 0.5% down 0 0 1
Approx. 1.0% down 0 1 0
Mode 20-1
Approx. 1.5% down 0 1 1
Normal 0
Approx. 0.25% up 1 0 0
Original priority 1
Approx. 0.5% up 1 0 1
*34 Tandem connection mode Approx. 0.75% up 1 1 0

Select "Enabled" in the setting to make the tandem Approx. 1.0% up 1 1 1
connection.
The firmware of the main unit must have been set to *37 Z-fold output number limit
use the option. And the fusing rollers must be the
Mode 24-5 24-4
same type; hard rollers or soft rollers.
50 sheets 0 0
Mode 20-7 40 sheets 0 1
Disabled 0 30 sheets 1 0
Enabled 1 20 sheets 1 1
446 2

*38 Z-fold + Staple output number limit *41 Image density selection (toner control patch den-
sity)
Mode 24-7 24-6
Changes the image density by setting the developing
5 sheets 0 0
1050e/1050eP
bias for the toner control patch formed on the drum
8 sheets 0 1 to determine the toner density.
10 sheets 1 0
3 sheets 1 1 NOTE
• After changing the DIPSW, image density
*39 PI size detection switchover 3 does not appear as the setting value until
Default setting for inch is 8.5 x 14 and 8 x 13 for met- printing about 500 prints because it needs to
ric. add toner to increase the toner density of
developer or consume toner to reduce it.
Mode 25-4 25-3 25-2 • Using this setting alone may cause image
8 x 13 0 0 0 background or toner spillage. Be sure to use
8 /4 x 13
1
0 0 1 together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner density
81/8 x 131/4 0 1 0 of developer) approx. 0.5% down or 1.0%
down.
81/2 x 13 0 1 1
• There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten
81/2 x 14 1 0 0
image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
Not used 1 0 1
control patch density (27-2/3). For the priority
Not used 1 1 0 of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
Not used 1 1 1 1) Laser PWM
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
*40 Transfer assist control size switchover down
Default setting for inch is "Between 279 mm and 297 Using this setting alone may cause white
mm" and "297 mm or more" for metric. spots on the solid section. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-
NOTE sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
• When you make the transfer assist sheet 0.5% up.
PCS-compliant, be sure to set this switch to
"Correspond to PCS." Mode 27-3 27-2
Standard 0 0
Approx. 0.5% up 0 1
Mode 26-1 26-0
Approx. 1.0% up 1 0
297 mm or more 0 0
Approx. 0.5% down 1 1
Between 279 mm and 0 1
297 mm
*42 Tray name is automatically changed.
Do not transfer assist 1 0
Correspond to PCS 1 1 Mode 38-4
Automatically changes the name to 0
the name of selected paper type,
when the name has been set to
"paper type".
Automatically changes the name to 1
the name of selected paper type,
when paper type, paper weight, color,
and punch settings are changed.
2 447
*43 Buck side trailing edge erasure amount with 10.9.2 Telephone number setting
duplex output Set the telephone number and FAX number of the
service center displayed when malfunction occurs.
Mode 38-7 38-6
/1050e/1050eP
* 2mm (copier) 0 0 A. Procedure

0mm (printer)
6mm 0 1 1. Enter the service mode.
8mm 1 0 2. "Service mode menu screen"

Press the [07 System Setting] key.
10mm 1 1
* It becomes 4 mm when the paper size is user-
screen.
defined with the DIPSW38-5 has been set to "1".
Press the [02 Telephone Number Setting] key
on the sub menu.
*44 Cover sheet single fold control with folding&sta-
pling/multi center 4. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
Enabling this setting improves accuracy of folding Press either the [Service Center Tel (16)] or the
cover paper. [Service Center Fax (16)] key you want to set.
5. Enter the telephone number or FAX number
Mode 40-3 40-2 you register through the numeric keys.
Normal control 0 0
* Enables the control 0 1 Note
under a certain condition • When a number is less than 16 digits, be
Enables the control all the 1 0 sure to use hyphen to fill up the blanks.
time 6. Press the [OK] key to register data.
— 1 1 Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
* Enables the control only when the weight of entered.
cover paper fed from the main body is 131 g/m2
or heavier.
*45 TIFF direct print APS target paper size (F4)
Mode 42-1 42-2

8 x 13 0 0
8.5 x 13 0 1
8.25 x 13 1 0
8.125 x 13.25 1 1
*46 Visual Count Master counter value read-off inter-

vals
Mode 46-0 46-1

Once every 10 minutes 0 0
Once every 1 minute 0 1
Not read off 1 0
Once every 1 hour 1 1
448 2

10.9.3 Serial number setting 10.9.4 Setting date input
Set and display the serial number of the main body Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis-
and options. played on the utility mode.
1050e/1050eP
When setting the DIPSW 16-4 to 1, the starting date
of the total counter is not displayed.
Caution:
• Never change the serial number of the main
A. Procedure
body. Otherwise, the fixing temperature
abnormality or the drum damage may occur. 1. Enter the service mode.
A. Procedure Press the [07 System Setting] key.
1. Enter the service mode. screen.
2. "Service mode menu screen" Press the [04 Setting Date Input] key on the
Press the [07 System Setting] key. sub menu.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 4. "Setting date input screen"
screen. Enter the starting date through the numeric
Press the [03 M/C Serial Number Setting] key keys.
on the sub menu. 5. Press the [OK] key to update data.
4. "Serial number setting mode screen" Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
Press the key for the option you want to set, updated.
and enter the serial number through the
numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
entered.
NOTE
• When the entered data is incorrect, a notice
screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close
the screen and enter data again.
449
10.10 ROM version

Display the ROM version of the main body and
/1050e/1050eP
options.
NOTE
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the
screen represents the ROM version of the
overall control board (OACB).
(1) Procedure

Press the [08 ROM Version] key.
screen.
Press the [01 ROM Version]] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Indication of ROM version screen"
Each ROM version is displayed.
450

10.11 CS Remote Care
10.11.1 Outline
1050e/1050eP
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a. Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the PM count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care

When a change in use is made between the main body NIC and the controller NIC, or when the mail remote
notification system is jointly used, care should be taken of the mail account and the DIPSW setting.
For particulars, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification sys-
tem".
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and start from step 5.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care
and Mail remote notification system"
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC Controller NIC
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the phone line.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2 I/O check mode and data collection clear available
(Service mode → 07 System Setting → 01 Software SW Setting → Set 03-6 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care memory initialization
(Service mode → 04 Machine Condition → 01 I/O Check Mode → [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] → [Start]
button ON)
4 CS Remote Care function ON
(Service mode → 07 System Setting → 01 Software SW Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
451
Step Operation
/1050e/1050eP
5 Proceed to the step 6. CS Remote Care used CS Remote Care used

NIC selection (main NIC selection (controller
body NIC used) NIC used)
(Service mode → 07 (Service mode → 07
System Setting → 01 System Setting → 01
Software SW Setting → Software SW Setting →
Set 16-7 to "On (1)") Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")
6 CS Remote Care function selection CS Remote Care function selection
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS (Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS
Remote Care → Set 02 Modem) Remote Care → Set 01 E-mail)
7 No. code entry
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No.
code* → Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
8 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 02 Date and time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the
current time → Press SET → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)
9 Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic setting → Press the Center No. → Enter the center
No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
10 Center telephone Number setting Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic (Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 03
setting → Press Center Telephone Number → Response time out setting → Enter the response
Enter the center telephone Number*) time out time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required. (This is usually left as default.)
11 Machine telephone Number setting Proceed to the step 12.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic
setting → Press Machine Telephone Number →
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
12 Modem initialization AT command entry Main body mail address Controller mail address
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 04 AT setting setting
command → Press First command → Enter the This is set from the Web This is set by the admin-
initialization command *) utility on the browser of istrator set network set-
* For particulars of the initialization command, the PC connected to ting through the
see the instructions of the modem to be used. the main body NIC by operation panel of the
the network. main body.
Be sure to conduct the Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving sending and receiving
test. test.
452

Step Operation
1050e/1050eP
13 DIPSW setting for the CS Remote Care Proceed to the step 14.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software DIPSW setting 01-4 to 7.)
14 Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
15 First call execution Initial connection mail Initial connection mail
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS reception reception
Remote Care → Press No. Code twice → Detail The initial connection The initial connection
setting → 01 Basic setting → First call*) mail is sent to the mail mail is sent to the mail
* When the connection to the center completes address of the main address of the controller
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen body NIC from the cen- NIC from the center.
is displayed. ter. * When the CS Remote
* When the CS Remote Care related window is
Care related screen is opened while receiving
opened while receiving the initial connection
the initial connection mail from the center, the
mail from the center, the information being cre-
information being created is destroyed and
ated is destroyed and the CS Remote Care
the CS Remote Care setting screen is dis-
setting screen is displayed.
played.
453
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the DIPSW setting or the mail account setting.
/1050e/1050eP
Case Mail remote E-Mail CS E-Mail CS Setting item Value Remark

notification Remote Care Remote Care
system using the main using the con-
body NIC troller NIC
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC’s
Web utility
1 { { — "Service mode - Software 1 (*3)
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software 1
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
2 { — { "Service mode - Software 1 (*4)
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
3 { — — "Service mode - Software 0 —
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Do not
system" of the main body NIC use
Web utility
4 — { — "Service mode - Software 1 —
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification Do not
system" of the main body NIC use
Web utility
5 — — { "Service mode - Software 1 —
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
*1 Service mode - Software DIPSW: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF, 1=ON)
*2 Service mode - Software DIPSW: 16-7 (NIC selection of E-Mail CS Remote Care, 0=controller NIC, 1=main
body NIC)
*3 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail account
*4 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the controller NIC use separate mail accounts
454

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure 5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
A. I/O check mode, data collection clear valid On (1): CS Remote Care function enabled
Off (0): CS Remote Care function disabled
1050e/1050eP
(default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configura-
tion.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.
4. "Software SW Setting screen" D. NIC selection for E-Mail CS Remote Care
Set "03" with the DIPSW number.
Set "6" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): I/O check mode, data collection clear
enabled 3. "Sub menu screen"
Off (0): I/O check mode, data collection clear Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.
disabled (default) 4. "Software SW Setting screen"
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configura- Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
tion. Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.
On (1): Use the main body NIC
B. CS Remote Care memory initialization Off (0): Use the controller NIC (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configura-
tion.
Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.
3. "Sub menu screen" E. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key. Phone line modem)
4. "I/O Check Mode screen"
Enter "15" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"15-00" is displayed on the message display 2. "Service mode menu screen"
area. Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
5. Press the [Access] button. 3. "Sub menu screen"

Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
6. Enter "98" with the numeric keys.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
7. Press the [Start] button.
Select the key for the function you use.
Confirm that the output check display switches
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
to "FIN."
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press the [No. Code] key.
C. CS Remote Care function ON 6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [No. Code] key.
8. Press the [Detail setting] key.
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [02 Date and time setting] key.
10. Enter the date with the numeric keys, and
press the [Set] key.
4. "Software SW Setting screen"
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and
Set "15" with the DIPSW number.
Set "5" with the DIPSW bit number.
455
12. "Date and Time setting screen" *1 When entering the telephone number, keys on
Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys, the screen other than numeric keys represent
and press the [Set] key. the followings.
/1050e/1050eP
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press the [ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time
[Set] key. [W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
14. Press the [Time Zone] key. [T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and
[—] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] [•]: use as necessary
16. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Setting
*2 Change the modem initialization command if
menu screen."
necessary (Usually, there is no need to change).
* Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance. For details, refer to the manual of the modem.
F. Modem initial setting G. Baud rate setting
1. "Modem setting menu screen"

NOTE
Press the [01 Basic setting] key.
• In case you changed bit data by accident, be
2. "Basic setting screen"
sure to restore the previous state.
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and 1. "Modem setting menu screen"
press the [OK] key. Press the [05 Software SW setting] key.
4. Press the [Center Telephone Number] key. 2. "Software SW Setting screen"
5. Enter the center telephone number with the Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
numeric and symbolic keys. Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem number "4 to 7".*
and the phone line. *1 3. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Modem
6. Press the [Machine Telephone Number] key. setting menu screen."
7. Enter the machine telephone number with the
* Modem baud rate
numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem Baud rate 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
and the phone line. *1
1200 bps 0 0 1 1
8. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem set-
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
ting menu screen."
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9. "Modem setting menu screen"
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
Press the [04 AT command] key.
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
10. "AT command setting screen"
Press the [First command] key. 38400 bps 1 0 0 0
11. Enter the modem initialization command with 57600 bps 1 0 0 1

the keyboard, and press the [OK] key. *2
12. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem set-
ting menu screen."
456

H. E-Mail initial setting 10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote
Care
1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
1050e/1050eP
NOTE
2. "Basic setting screen" • DIPSW bits data are written into the Parame-
Press the [Center No.] key. ter board (PB) every time a change is made.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and In case you changed bit data by accident, be
press the [OK] key. sure to restore the previous state.
4. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Set-
ting Menu screen." A. Input procedure
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [03 Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the
numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Set-
ting Menu screen."
Press the [No. Code] key.
NOTE
• The response time out setting is automati- 5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No.
cally set on receiving the initial connection code. *1
mail. Change the setting if necessary. 6. Press the [No. Code] key.
9. "Software SW Setting screen"
Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.
Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).
Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Setting
menu screen."
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
No. code.
NOTE
• About functions of each switch, see to "B.
List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care".
457
B. List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care
Note
/1050e/1050eP
• Do not change any bit not described on this table.
DIPSW No Bit Functions 0 1 Default

DIPSW1 0 — — — 1
1 Modem reception Receive*1 Do not receive*1 0
2 — — — 0
3 — — — 0
4 Baud rate *2 *2 0
5 *2 *2 0
6 *2 *2 0
7 *2 *2 1
DIPSW2 0 Auto call on SC occurrence Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on the part replacement Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the drum replacement Do not call Call 1
4 Auto call on the periodic maintenance Do not call Call 1
(PM)
5 — — — 0
6 — — — 0
7 — — — 0
DIPSW3 0 — — — 0
1 Auto call on the toner supply Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence Do not call Call 1
3 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW4 0 CS Remote Care communication mode *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW5 0 Modem redial interval *4 *4 1
1 *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 0
3 *4 *4 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW6 0 Modem redial times *5 *5 0
1 *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
7 — — — 0
DIPSW7 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
458

DIPSW8 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery *6 *6 0
1 error *6 *6 1
1050e/1050eP
2 *6 *6 1
3 *6 *6 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW9 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery *7 *7 0
1 error *7 *7 1
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 1
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 0
7 — — — 0
DIPSW10 0 Time zone setting *8 *8 0
1 *8 *8 0
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 0
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
DIPSW11 0 Timer 1 *9 *9 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT reception *9 *9 0
2 *9 *9 0
3 *9 *9 0
4 *9 *9 0
5 *9 *9 1
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
DIPSW12 0 Timer 2 *10 *10 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT *10 *10 0
2 reception *10 *10 0
3 *10 *10 0
4 *10 *10 0
5 *10 *10 0
6 *10 *10 1
7 *10 *10 0
DIPSW13 0 Timer 3 — — 0
1 Not used — — 1
2 — — 0
3 — — 1
4 — — 0
459

DIPSW13 5 Timer 3 — — 0
6 Not used — — 0
/1050e/1050eP
7 — — 0
DIPSW14 0 Timer 4 *11 *11 0
1 Line connection → Start request telegram *11 *11 0
2 delivery *11 *11 0
3 *11 *11 0
4 *11 *11 0
5 *11 *11 1
6 *11 *11 0
7 *11 *11 0
DIPSW15 0 Timer 5 *12 *12 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *12 *12 1
2 *12 *12 1
3 *12 *12 1
4 *12 *12 1
5 *12 *12 0
6 *12 *12 0
7 *12 *12 0
DIPSW16 0 Retry data, timer 6 *13 *13 1
1 Initialization OK → Dial request *13 *13 1
2 *13 *13 1
3 *13 *13 1
4 *13 *13 1
5 *13 *13 1
6 *13 *13 1
7 *13 *13 1
DIPSW17 0 Call JAM date (main body) *14 *14 1
1 Valid copy quantity *14 *14 0
2 Call ADF JAM date *15 *15 1
3 Valid original feed quantity *15 *15 0
4 Call JAM date *16 *16 1
5 MCBJ setting *16 *16 0
6 Call ADF JAM date *17 *17 1
7 MOBJ setting *17 *17 0
DIPSW18 0 Attention display Do not call Call 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW19 to 0 to 7 — — — 0
DIPSW40
460 1

*1 Modem reception *6 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
Mode 01-1 Mode 08-3 08-2 08-1 08-0

Receive 0 0 minute 0 0 0 0
1050e/1050eP
Issue ATA by RING delivery 10 minutes 0 0 0 1
Do not receive 1 20 minutes 0 0 1 0
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery 30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
*2 Baud rate
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
Mode 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4 60 minutes 0 1 1 0
1200 bps 0 0 1 1 70 minutes 0 1 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0 80 minutes 1 0 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1 90 minutes 1 0 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0 100 minutes 1 0 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1 110 minutes 1 0 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0 120 minutes 1 1 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1
*7 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
*3 CS Remote Care communication mode
Mode 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Mode 03-1 03-0 DIPSW09
Data modem 0 0 0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
FAX (not used) 0 1 10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
E-Mail 1 0 11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
Reservation 1 1
*8 Time zone setting
*4 Modem redial interval
Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Mode 05-3 05-2 05-1 05-0 DIPSW10
1 minute 0 0 0 1 -12 to -1 1111 0100 to 1111 1111
2 minutes 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 minutes 0 0 1 1 1 to 12 0000 0001 to 0001100
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
*9 Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT recep-
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
tion)
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1 Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8 minutes 1 0 0 0 DIPSW11
9 minutes 1 0 0 1 0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
10 minutes 1 0 1 0 32 sec 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
*5 Modem redial times
Mode 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DIPSW06
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
461
*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT *15 Call ADF JAM date
reception) Valid original feed quantity
Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Mode 17-3 17-2

/1050e/1050eP
DIPSW12 600 sheets 0 0

0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111 1200 sheets 0 1
64 sec 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1800 sheets 1 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111 2400 sheets 1 1
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request tele- *16 Call JAM date
gram delivery) MCBJ setting
Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Mode 17-5 17-4

DIPSW14 1000 0 0
0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111 2000 0 1
32 (x 100 msec) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3000 1 0
33 to 255 0010 0001 to 1111 1111 5000 1 1
(x 100 msec)
*17 Call ADF JAM date
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response) MOBJ setting
Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Mode 17-7 17-6

DIPSW15
100 0 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
200 0 1
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
400 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
600 1 1
*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK → Dial

request)
Mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DIPSW16
0 to 254 (x 5 msec) 0000 0000 to 1111 1110
255 (x 5 msec) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
*14 Call JAM date (main body)

Valid copy quantity
Mode 17-1 17-0

3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1
462 1

10.11.6 Mail address setting 5. Click [E-Mail Initial Setting]. The mail initial set-
A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC ting screen is displayed.
Display the Web utility on the browser of the PC that
1050e/1050eP
is connected to this machine by the network to set
the mail address. The mail setting method of the CS
Remote Care that uses the main body NIC is the
same as that for the mail remote notification system.
Corresponding browser: Internet Explorer 5.5 or
Netscape4.7x or above
1. Start up the PC that is connected to this

machine by the network.
2. Open the browser and select "Open" in the file
menu.
3. Enter the IP address of this machine or the host
name, and press the [Enter] key. The main page
of the Web utility screen of this machine is dis-
played.
4. Click [Extension for maintenance].

Enter "ce" for the user name and then enter the
8-digit CE password (default: 92729272) for
the password, and then click the [OK] button.
The CE extended function screen is displayed.
463
6. Set the following items. Supplement:

• Enable E-mail notification: [Communication log]
Select "Yes." The CE extended function page shows 5 sent-out
/1050e/1050eP
The setting method of the CS Remote Care and 5 received mail logs. The CS Remote Care
that uses the main body NIC is the same as related mails are displayed as "Kind: CS Remote
that of the mail remote notification system. Care Mail."
• Sending mail (SMTP) server:
Set the IP address of the sending mail server.
B. Procedure for setting the Controller NIC
• Interval between fetching mails:
Set the intervals from 1 minute to 60 minutes to 1. Press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.
check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is
2. "Utility menu screen"
newly received.
Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.
• Receiving mail server:
3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"
Set the IP address of the receiving mail server.
Press the [04 Network Setting] key.
• Kind of mail spool:
Select either of POP3 and IMAP according to 4. "Sub menu screen"
the mail server to be used by the main body. Press the [02 Controller NIC Setting] key.
Default: "POP3" 5. "Controller NIC setting menu screen"

• User name on the server: Press the [11 CSRC] key.
Enter the account name assigned to the main 6. "CSRC setting menu screen"
body by the receiving mail server. Press the [01 CSRC Send Setting] key.
• Password: 7. Configure the following items.
Enter the password to the above account • CSRC Send
name. Select [Yes].
• E-mail address of this copy machine: • SMTP Server Address
Enter the mail address assigned to the main Specify the SMTP server address. You can use
body. symbols and alphanumeric characters within
• CE password: 63 characters.
Enter any alphanumeric characters (including • Port Number
symbols) up to 20 characters. Specify the SMTP port number within the range
• Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP: from 1 to 65535. Default is [25].
After authentication is made by the receiving • Connection Time Out Time
mail server, a selection is made if the mail is to Specify the SMTP time out time with in the
be sent out or not. Default: "To be sent." range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] sec-
* : Change "SMTP port No." and "POP (IMAP) onds.
port No." as necessary. • Machine Manager From Address
* : "Nickname for the copier," "Mail transfer Specify the From address of mails from the
option," "E-mail address for transfer" and "Dis- controller NIC.
play of the time required in the mail" are set for ==========================
the mail remote notification system. Set them In case you use a server in which authentication is
as necessary. required for sending and receiving mails, press the
7. Press the [Apply] button to decide the entry. [Next] key to configure necessary settings.
8. Click the [Sending and Receiving test] button to 8. Press the [OK] key.
conduct the sending and receiving test of the 9. "CSRC setting menu screen"
mail. Press the [02 CSRC Receive Setting] key.
When the test is completed successfully, pro-
ceed to the next step. When the test fails,
check the setting again according to the error
message to conduct the test once more.
464

10. Configure the following items. 10.11.7 Modem First Call
• CSRC Receive Send the machine ID and telephone number to the
Select [Yes]. CS Remote Care center computer to establish con-
1050e/1050eP
• POP Server Address nection with the center.
Specify the POP server address. You can use
symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.
• User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server. 3. "Sub menu screen"
You can use symbols and alphanumeric char- Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
acters within 63 characters. 4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"

• Password Press the [No. Code] key.
Enter the password to login to the POP server. 5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
You can use symbols and alphanumeric char- 6. Press the [No. Code] key.
acters within 16 characters. 7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
• APOP
Select [On] to use the APOP function.
• Port Number
9. "Basic setting screen"
Specify the POP port number within the range
Press the [First Call] key.
from 1 to 65535. Default is [110].
• Connection Time Out Time 10. Confirm that the connection with the center is
Specify the POP time out time with in the range properly completed. *2
from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds. When properly completed, the "CS Remote
Care setting screen" appears.
Press the [Next] key to configure the following two *1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
settings. No. code.
• Auto Check *2 In case an error occurred in the communication
Select [Yes]. with the center, check the displayed code. For
• Auto Check Interval Time details on error codes, see "10.11.14 Error code
Specify the interval between checking new list".
mails within the range from 1 to 60 (minutes).
Default is 15 minutes.
11. Press the [OK] key.
12. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [03 CSRC Communication Test] key.
13. "CSRC Communication Test"
Confirm that the sending and receiving are cor-
rectly performed and go to next step. If the test
failed, re-confirm the settings and perform the
test again following the error message.
465
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail 10.11.9 Setup confirmation

In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on
the main body, the center needs to send an initial
/1050e/1050eP
connection mail to the mail address of the main body, 2. "Service mode menu screen"
thus enabling mail transmission between the center Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
and the main body. 3. "Sub menu screen"
MEMO: 4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer Make sure that only selected items for
to the CS Remote Care center's manual. "Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the
center and the main body that the initial connec-
tion has been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center.
The mail address of the center used then is stored
in the main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main
body, output "Machine Management List." Proce-
dure: Service mode → 05 List Output → 01 List
Output → Machine Management List. Press the
[COPY] key at upper left of the screen to output
the list from the basic screen.
466

10.11.10 Maintenance call 10.11.11 Center call from manager
As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the
of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identi- manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.
1050e/1050eP
fied, managed by a distributor.) to notify the center
1. Enter the utility mode.
the start of maintenance. After the maintenance,
pressing the maintenance completion key notifies the 2. "Utility Menu screen"
center the completion of maintenance. Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.
3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"
<At the start of maintenance> Press the [06 System Connection] key.
Press the [01 User Call] key.
5. "User Call screen"
3. "Sub menu screen" If the setup is not completed, or if other call is
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key. made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen" make a call.
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. About how to call the center and send various data of
6. Press the [No. Code] key. the main body on the specified date and time, refer to
the CS Remote Care center's manual.
During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until
the completion of the maintenance.
<At the end of maintenance>

Press the [Maintenance comp] key.
467
10.11.12 Confirm communication log 10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote

You can output and confirm the communication log. Care
Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you
/1050e/1050eP
to perform the setup again.

Press the [05 List Output] key. 1. Enter the service mode.
3. "Sub menu screen" 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 List Output] key. Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen" 3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Communication Log List] key. Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
5. Press the [COPY] key to output the list from the 4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
basic screen. Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
For details of logs, see "10.7 List output". 6. Press the [No. Code] key.
Press the [04 RAM Clear] key.
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"
10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press the [OK] key.
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care
setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.
*
1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
No. code.
468

10.11.14 Error code list
Error code Error Solution

K00_00 Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem, Redial and wait for re-reception.
1050e/1050eP
timed out).
K00_01 No response (After connection, no start telegram Redial and wait for re-reception.
from the center detected).
K00_02 Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile mem-
ory, and line disconnected.
K00_03 Center ID mismatch. Confirm the center ID.
K00_04 Serial number mismatch. Confirm the serial number.
K00_05 Grammar error (when receiving undefined com- Redial.
mands or parameters).
K00_06 Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07 Unread item error.
K00_08 Signal reception time out after a response detection Redial.
(after the start telegram shuttled).
K00_09 Already registered serial number.
K00_10 Communication error occurred because of the car- Redial.
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).
K00_11 Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_12 Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_13 NO ANSWER detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_14 Telegram error (irregular telegram received in Retry standard times, and redial.
response to the telegram you sent).
K00_15 Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40
telegrams received).
K00_16 Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig- Redial.
its).
K00_17 Telephone number you must call was not registered.
K01_00 DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.

K01_01 Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02 Error on generating a task.
K01_03 Error on sending a message.
K01_04 Error on receiving a message.
K01_05 Received an error (NG) from the timer task.
K02_01 Modem initialization NG.
K03_00 Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate

any more.
K05_90 Because of memory shortage, unable to secure
enough area for sending a mail.
469
Error code Error Solution

K05_92 Controller in operation: unable to send a mail In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation. when the controller is idling. In the
/1050e/1050eP
auto transmission, an automatic retry

is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93 Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail. matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94 Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation. when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95 Controller not connected: unable to send a mail Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected. controller and the main body.
K05_96 Controller-driven SC: unable to send a mail because In case of the controller-driven SC, a
of a controller-driven SC (49-xx). mail cannot be sent through the con-
troller. Use a telephone. This error do
not occur in the main body NIC.
* The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
470

10.12 ISW 9. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
See "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP". press the [Set] key.
1050e/1050eP
• Setting range:-20 (in front) to +20 (in back)
10.13 Finisher adjustment 1 step = 0.1 mm
10.13.1 Staple Finisher adjustment
can be obtained.
Conduct various settings of the FS.
A. Stapling center position adjustment B. Paper width adjustment s.u.

Adjust the center position of the staple while in sta- When there is an uneven edge found with the bundle
pling. of paper, conduct this adjustment.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment
(1) Procedure plate while in alignment.

(1) Procedure
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. 1. Enter the service mode.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 2. "Service mode menu screen"
screen. Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
Press the [01 Staple Position Adj.] key on the 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
sub menu. screen.
4. "Staple Finisher adjustment mode screen" Press the [01 Staple Position Adj.] key on the
Press the [01 Stapling Center Position Adjust- sub menu.
ment] key. 4. "Staple Finisher adjustment mode screen"
5. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen" Press the [02 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
Press the [COPY] key. 5. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and select the 2 Press the [COPY] key.
staplings. Press the Start button to output the 6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
test pattern (No.16). adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
7. Fold the outputted paper in half in the paper pattern (No.16).
feed direction to check the misalignment with
Achtung:
the stapling center position. Mit FW ver 4x ist es möglich folgende
• Standard value: a = ± 3mm Justagen separat durchzuführen.
a) Straight Mode (reine Blattausgabe)
b) Staple Mode (Heftmodus)
Wichtig:
[1] Im Straight Mode darf bei Eingabe der
Kopienanzahl, nur "1" eingegeben werden !
a
[2]
fs503fs3011ca
[1] Paper center [2] Stapling center position

2 471
7. Check to see if the bundle of papers is mis- 10.13.2 Multi folder (hole-punch) adjustment
aligned (a: a misalignment occurs when the Conduct the FD punch related adjustment.
paper width setting is larger than the paper
/1050e/1050eP
width) and if the bundle is curved (b: the curve A. Paper width adjustment
occurs when the paper width setting is smaller When a large mis-alignment is found with the position
than the paper width). of a punch hole, use a corresponding paper size to
• Standard value: a = ± 1.0 mm or less adjust the width of the alignment plate.
(16 sheets or less)
a = ± 1.5 mm or less (1) Procedure
(from 17 to 100 sheets)
a Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
screen.
Press the [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.] key on
the sub menu.
b
4. "Multi Folder (Hole-Punch) adj. menu screen"
Press the [01 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
fs503fs3012c
5. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
8. When the value is not within the standard value, 6. Set paper you want to adjust in the tray, the
press the [SERVICE] key. number of copies is set to 10 and press the
9. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen" Start button.
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
7. Check the diameter of the through-hole when
paper size you want to adjust.
the ejected paper is stacked.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
No. of holes Standard value (mm)
• Setting range:-20 (wide) to +20 (narrow) 2 & 4 holes φ 5.0 or larger
1 step = 0.1 mm 3 holes φ 6.5 or larger
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
can be obtained. press the [SERVICE] key.
10. Enter the set value through the numeric keys
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step = 0.1 mm
Note
• When the alignment plate is wider than an
appropriate position, the punch centering
is displaced, and when too narrow, the
punch holes are apt to disperse.
can be obtained.
472

B. Hole-punch vertical position adjustment 11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
Adjust punch holes in the sub scan direction. press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (wide) to +40 (narrow)
1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure 1 step = 0.1 mm
1. Enter the service mode. 12. Repeat steps 5 to 11 until the standard value
can be obtained.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. 13. To configure other punch hole/paper size,
repeat steps 5 to 11.
screen.
Press the [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.] key on
the sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Hole-Punch) adj. menu screen"
Press the [02 Hole-Punch Vertical Position
Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch Vertical Position Adj. screen"
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray, and select the number of
punch holes. Press the Start button to output
the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the distance a from the outputted paper
leading edge to the punch holes center posi-
tion.
fs503fs3013c
Holes Standard value a (mm)

2 & 4 holes 10.5 ± 5.0
3 holes 9.5 ± 5.0

9. "Punch Vertical Position Adj. screen"
10. Press the punch hole key you want to adjust.
473
10.13.3 Multi folder (Fold) adjustment B. Letter fold-in position adjustment

Conduct the FD folding related adjustment. Adjust the folding position on the letter fold-in printing
Broschüren Falz mode.
Brief Falz inne
/1050e/1050eP
A. Folding position adjustment

Adjust the folding position on the fold printing. NOTE
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
(1) Procedure double fold, be sure to start with the double
fold.
• The position of the single fold is based on the
2. "Service mode menu screen" leading edge of paper and the position of the
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. double fold is based on the position of the
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
screen. 7 varies when either position of the single fold
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the and the double fold is changed.
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen" (1) Procedure
Press the [01 Folding Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
sub menu.
outputted paper.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
• Standard value a: ± 1.5 mm
Press the [02 Letter Fold-in Position Adjust-
ment] key.
a
5. "Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
fs503fs3014c
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the

step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
can be obtained.
12. To configure other paper size, repeat steps 5 to
11.
474

7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper. C. Letter fold-out position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the letter fold-out print-
ing mode.
Brief Falz aussen
1050e/1050eP
b
NOTE
[1]
a • The position of the single fold is based on the
leading edge of paper and the position of the
[2]
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "a" and "b" in
a03uf3c019ca
the step 7 varies when either position of the
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold single fold and the double fold is changed.
Paper size Standard value (mm)
a± 1.5 b± 1.5 (1) Procedure
A3 139.0 142.0 1. Enter the service mode.

B4 120.3 123.3 2. "Service mode menu screen"
A4S 98.0 101.0 Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
12 x 18 151.4 154.4 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
11 x 17 142.9 145.9 screen.
81/2 x 14 117.5 120.5 Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
81/2 x 11S 92.1 95.1
8K 129.0 132.0
Press the [03 Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment]
8. When the value is not within the standard value, key.
press the [SERVICE] key. 5. "Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment screen"
9. "Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment screen" Press the [COPY] key.
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the 6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
paper size you want to adjust. adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
10. Press the [Double Fold] key. put the test pattern (No.16).

• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets larger

when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Single Fold] key.
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger

side.
can be obtained.
2 475
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper. D. Double parallel position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the double parallel posi-
tion.
b Doppelparallel Falz
/1050e/1050eP
NOTE
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
a [1]
double fold, be sure to start with the double
[2]
fold.
a03uf3c020ca
• The position of the single fold is based on the
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold leading edge of paper and the position of the
Paper size Standard value (mm) double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
a± 1.5 b± 1.5
7 varies when either position of the single fold
A3 282.0 144.0
and the double fold is changed.
B4 243.7 123.3
A4S 199.0 101.0 (1) Procedure
12 x 18 306.8 156.4
11 x 17 289.9 147.9
81/2 x 14 238.1 120.5
81/2 x 11S 187.3 95.1
8K 262.0 134.0 screen.
sub menu.
9. "Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment screen"
Press the [04 Double Parallel Position Adjust-
ment] key.
5. "Double Parallel Pos. Adj. screen"

when the set value is moved to the plus side
and gets smaller when moved to the minus
side.
12. Press the [Double Fold] key.

side.
can be obtained.
476 2

7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper. E. Z-fold position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the Z-fold position.
Z Falz
1050e/1050eP
b NOTE
[1] • When adjusting both the single fold and the
double fold, be sure to start with the single
a
fold.
[2] • The position of the single fold is based on the
a03uf3c021ca
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
Paper size Standard value (mm) 7 varies when either position of the single fold
and the double fold is changed.
a± 1.5 b± 1.5
A3 208.5 103.8
(1) Procedure
B4 180.5 89.8
A4S 147.0 73.0 1. Enter the service mode.
12 x 18 227.1 113.1 2. "Service mode menu screen"
11 x 17 214.4 106.7
81/2 x 14 176.3 87.7
screen.
81/2 x 11S 138.2 68.6
8K 193.5 96.3
sub menu.
Press the [05 Z-Fold Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
9. "Double Parallel Pos. Adj. screen"
paper size you want to adjust. 6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets smaller

and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets smaller

side.
can be obtained.
2 477
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper. 13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
b
/1050e/1050eP
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets smaller

[2] a [1] when the set value is moved to the positive side
a03uf3c022ca
side.
8 1㧛214 can be obtained.
[1] a
a03uf3c031ca
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold
Paper size Standard value (mm)

a± 1.5 b± 1.5
A3 105.5 108.5
B4 91.5 94.5
A4S 74.8 77.8
12 x 18 114.8 117.8
11 x 17 108.5 111.5
81/2 x 14 94.0 —
81/2 x 11S 70.4 73.4
8K 98.0 101.0

9. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"

side.
478 2

F. Gate position adjustment 7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
Adjust the folding position on the gate position.
Altar Falz
1050e/1050eP
NOTE b
• When adjusting the single fold, the double a
fold and the triple fold, be sure to conduct the
[1]
single fold, the double fold and the triple fold
in this order. c [2]
• The position of the single fold is based on the [3]
a03uf3c023ca
single fold. So, the dimension "a" and "b" in [1] Single fold [2] Double fold [3] Triple fold
the step 7 varies when either position of the Paper size Standard value (mm)
single fold and the double fold is changed.
a± 1.5 b± 1.5 c± 1.5
A3 103.5 213.0 106.5
(1) Procedure
B4 89.5 185.0 92.5
1. Enter the service mode. A4S 72.8 151.5 75.8
2. "Service mode menu screen" 12 x 18 112.8 231.6 115.8
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. 11 x 17 106.5 218.9 109.5
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 8 /2 x 14
1
87.4 180.8 90.4
screen.
81/2 x 11S 68.4 142.7 71.4
8K 96.0 198.0 99.0
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. menu screen" 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
Press the [06 Gate Position Adjustment] key. press the [SERVICE] key.
5. "Gate Position Adjustment screen" 9. "Gate Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key. Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to paper size you want to adjust.
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to out- 10. Press the [Single Fold] key.
put the test pattern (No.16). 11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and

side.

side.
14. Press the [Triple Fold] key.
2 479
15. Enter a value through the numeric keys and 10.13.5 Stacker adjustment
press the [Set] key. Conduct the LS related adjustments.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm LS-501 / 502
/1050e/1050eP
A. Paper width adjustment

• The dimension "c" in the step 7 gets smaller Conduct this adjustment when a paper exit mis-align-
when the set value is moved to the positive side ment occurs in the main scan direction of the stacker
and gets larger when moved to the negative tray.
side. This adjusts the position of the alignment plate while
in alignment.
can be obtained.
(1) Procedure

G. Fold regist loop adjustment
Adjust the paper loop amount at the registration roller 2. "Service mode menu screen"
section to adjust the folding skew, the wrinkling of Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
paper or a jam at the registration section. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Registrations Bausch screen.
(1) Procedure Press the [05 Stacker Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Stacker Adjustment Mode Menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen" Press the [01 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Press the [COPY] key.
screen.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
sub menu.
7. When a paper exit mis-alignment occurs, press
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. menu screen"
the [SERVICE] key.
Press the [07 Fold Regist Loop Adjustment]
key.
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select either
5. "Fold Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
the stacker 1 or the stacker 2.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. When the trouble recurs, press the [SERVICE] 1 step: 0.1 mm
key.
8. "Fold Regist Loop Adjustment screen" value is obtained.
1 step = 0.1 mm
value is obtained.
10.13.4 Multi folder (PI) adjustment

This is not used in the field.
480

B. Paper length adjustment 10.13.6 Saddle stitcher adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when a paper exit mis-align- Conduct various adjustment related to SD
ment occurs in the sub scan direction of the stacker
1050e/1050eP
tray. A. Stapling center position adjustment
This adjusts the position of the leading edge stopper. Adjust the center position of the staple for the saddle
stitching mode.
(1) Procedure Broschürenfinisher SD-501
(1) Procedure
2. "Service mode menu screen" 1. Enter the service mode.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
screen. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [05 Stacker Adjustment] key on the Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu. sub menu.
4. "Stacker Adjustment Mode Menu screen" 4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [02 Paper Length Adjustment] key. Press the [01 Staple Center Adjustment] key.
5. "Paper Length Adjustment screen" 5. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key. Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start 6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16). button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. When a paper exit mis-alignment occurs, press 7. Check the misalignment between the staple-
the [SERVICE] key. center and the paper center.
8. "Paper Length Adjustment screen" • Standard value: a = ± 2 mm
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select either
the stacker 1 or the stacker 2.
1 step: 0.1 mm [2] [1]

value is obtained.
a
fs503fs3300c
[1] Single fold [2] Stapling center

9. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
• Setting range:-20 (right) to +20 (left)
1 step = 0.1 mm
can be obtained.
1 481
B. Stapling paper width adjustment 9. "Staple Paper Width Adj.screen"

When there is an uneven edge found with the bundle Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper at the saddle stitching mode, conduct this paper size you want to adjust.
/1050e/1050eP
adjustment.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the saddle
stitching alignment plate.
Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step = 0.1 mm
NOTE
• Make sure that the folding skew adjustment
can be obtained.
of the mechanical adjustment has been com-
pleted.
C. Staple pitch adjustment
(1) Procedure Adjust the stapling interval for the saddle stitching
mode.
(1) Procedure
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 1. Enter the service mode.
screen. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
sub menu. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen" Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
Press the [02 Stapling Paper Width Adjust- sub menu.
ment] key. 4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
5. "Staple Paper Width Adj. screen" Press the [03 Staple Pitch Adjustment] key.
Press the [COPY] key. 5. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to Press the [COPY] key.
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test 6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
pattern (No. 16). adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
7. Check to see if the bundle of papers is mis- pattern (No. 16).
aligned (a: a misalignment occurs when the 7. Check the interval "a" between the staples
paper width setting is larger than the paper against the paper size "b."
width) and if the bundle is curved (b: the curve • Standard value: a = (b/2) ± 2 mm
occurs when the paper width setting is smaller
than the paper width).
• Standard value a: 1.0 mm or less
a
b
b
fs503fs3011c
fs503fs3012c
482 2

9. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen" 7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the outputted paper.
paper size you want to adjust. • Standard value a: 1.5 mm or less
1050e/1050eP
press the [Set] key. a
1 step = 1 mm
• Setting range is restricted by the paper size.
Minimum value is determined based on the sta- fs503fs3014c
pler movable range and the maximum value is
determined so that the saddle stitching align-
ment plate and stapler do not interfere with
each other. 9. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
B5S: Setting is not possible (fixed to 91 mm) Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
B4: -20 to +20 mm (108.5 to 148.5 mm) paper size you want to adjust.
A4S: -14 to +14 mm (91 to 119 mm) 10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
A3: -20 to +16.5 mm (128.5 to 165 mm) press the [Set] key.
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S: -16.95 to +16.95 mm Setting range: -20 to +20
(91 to 124.9 mm) 1 step = 0.1 mm
11 x 17, 8 /2 x 11: -20 to +20 mm
1 • In case of the misalignment given in the step 7,
(119.7 to 159.7 mm) enter a set value on the positive side.
D. Folding position adjustment E. Three-Fold position adjustment

Adjust the folding position at the center folding mode. Adjust the folding position on the multi letter folding
mode.
(1) Procedure
NOTE
1. Enter the service mode. • When adjusting both the single fold and the
2. "Service mode menu screen" double fold, be sure to start with the double
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. fold.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the • The position of the single fold is based on the
screen. leading edge of paper and the position of the
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the double fold is based on the position of the
sub menu. single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen" 7 varies when either position of the single fold
Press the [04 Folding Position Adjustment] key. and the double fold is changed.
Press the [COPY] key. (1) Procedure
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to 1. Enter the service mode.
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
screen.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
2 483
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen" F. Fold paper width adjustment

Press the [05 Three-Fold Position Adjustment] key. When there is an uneven edge found with the bundle
paper at the folding or multi letter folding mode, con-
5. "Three-Folding Position Adj. screen"
/1050e/1050eP
duct this adjustment.

This adjustment adjusts the alignment width for the
main scan alignment.
pattern (No. 16).
(1) Procedure
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
a
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
b sub menu.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
fs503fs3015c Press the [06 Fold Paper Width Adjustment] key.
5. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Paper size Standard value (mm) Press the [COPY] key.
a b 6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
A4S 97.5 ± 2.5 102.0 ± 2.5 adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
81/2 x 11S 91.6 ± 2.5 96.1 ± 2.5 pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the printed pages for misalignment.
8. When the value is not within the standard value, a. When the paper width setting is set to wider
press the [SERVICE] key. than the actual paper width, misalignment
9. "Three-Folding Position Adj. screen" occurs at random.
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the b. When the paper width setting is set to nar-
paper size you want to adjust. rower than the actual paper width, misalign-
10. Press the [Double fold] key. ment occurs in one direction.
a
side.
12. Press the [Single-folding] key.
press the [Set] key. b
fs503fs3302ca
and gets smaller when moved to the negative 8. When the value is not within the standard value,
side. press the [SERVICE] key.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value 9. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
can be obtained. Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
484 2

10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and 10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key. press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide) • Setting range:-400 (smaller) to +400 (larger)
1050e/1050eP
1 step = 0.1mm 1 step = 0.1mm
G. Trimming adjustment
When there is misalignment in the trimmed fore-edge
or the trimming is too much, conduct this adjustment.
(1) Procedure

screen.
sub menu.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [07 Trimming Adjustment] key.
5. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the trimming distance "a" on the cover
paper.
• Standard value: a = 2 mm or more
Note
• Trimming distance less than 2mm may
cause trimming fault.
fs503fs3301c

9. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
1 485
10.13.7 Perfect binder adjustment 10. "Cover Trimming Adjustment"

A. Cover trimming adjustment Enter a value through the numeric keys and
Adjusts the trimming position of the right side edge of press the [Set] key.
/1050e/1050eP
the cover paper. • Setting range: -128 (reduces the trimming amount) to
Klebebinder PB-501 +127 (enlarges the trimming amount)
NOTE 1 step = 0.1mm
• In order to align the leading edges on the left
and right covers, perform the adjustments in
value is obtained.
the order shown below:
1. B Cover lead edge adjustment
2. A Cover trimming adjustment B. Cover lead edge adjustment
Sets the length that the left side of cover paper
(1) Procedure exceeds the length (width) of inside pages.

(1) Procedure
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. 1. Enter the service mode.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the 2. "Service mode menu screen"
screen. Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
on the sub menu. screen.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
screen" on the sub menu.
Press the [01 Cover Trimming Adjustment] key. 4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
5. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen" Press the [02 Cover Lead Edge Adjustment] key.
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select PB Tray 5. "Cover Lead Edge Adj. screen"
or Main Tray. Press the [Main Tray] or [PB Tray] key to select
6. Press the [COPY] key. PB tray or tray on the main body.
7. Select the paper type and press the start but- 6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
ton to make test prints and carry out perfect size from the following options.
binding. All Size
8. Check the cover of the created book if its right 8.5 x 11
side edge and left side edge align with each 5.5 x 8.5R
other. A4
A5R
B5
[3]
A5
5.5 x 8.5
Special
16K
8.5 x 11W
[2] [1] 5.5 x 8.5W

1050fs3357c
A4W
[1] Trimming position [2] Right cover paper A5W
[3] Left cover paper B5W
9. Press the [SERVICE] key to change the trim-
ming position of the right cover paper. Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
486 2

C. Spine corner forming position adjustment
7. Press the [COPY] key.
Adjusts the corner folding position of the cover paper.
8. Select the paper type and press the start but-
ton to make test prints and carry out perfect
1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
binding.
9. Check that the width of the left cover paper is 1. Enter the service mode.
longer than that of the inside pages by speci- 2. "Service mode menu screen"
fied amount. Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
[3] [4] screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
[5]
on the sub menu.
[1] 4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [03 Spine Corner forming Position
[2] 1050fs3358c
Adj.] key.
[1] Inside pages [2] Right cover paper 5. "Spine Corner forming Up/Down Adj. screen"
[3] Left cover paper [4] Length differential Press the [COPY] key.
[5] Edge of the left cover paper 6. Select the paper type and press the start but-
10. To change the width of the left cover paper, ton to make test prints and carry out perfect
press the [SERVICE] key. binding.
11. "Cover Lead Edge Adj. screen" 7. Check that the corner edges of the cover paper
Enter a value through the numeric keys and are created uniformly in the main scan direc-
press the [Set] key. tion.
1 step = 0.1mm [4]
value is obtained. [1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs3359c
[1] Right cover paper [2] Main scanning direction

[3] Cover paper [4] Left cover paper
8. When the corner edges of the cover paper are
not created uniformly, press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Spine Corner forming Up/Down Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Back] key to Select the front
edge/rear edge adjustment
• Setting range:-128 (down) to +127(up)
1 step = 0.1mm
value is obtained.
2 487
D. Pasting start postion adjustment 9. Check that the glue applying start position to
Adjusts the start position for applying glue to inside the inside pages is appropriate.
pages.
/1050e/1050eP
[3]
(1) Procedure

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the [1]
screen.
on the sub menu. [2] 1050fs3360c
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"

[1] Start position for frontward applying
Press the [04 Pasting Start Postion Adjustment]
[2] Start position for backward applying
key.
[3] Inside pages
5. "Pasting Start Pos. Adj. screen"
10. To adjust the start position, press the [SERV-
Press [Go Ahead] or [Go Back] to select which
ICE] key.
start position, for applying during frontward
11. "Pasting Start Pos. Adj. screen"
movement or backward movement, to be
adjusted.
6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
• Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)
size from the following options.
1 step = 0.1mm
All Size
8.5 x 11
value is obtained.
A4
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
binding.
488 2

E. Pasting finish position adjustment 9. Check that the glue applying finish position to
Adjusts the position to finish applying glue. the inside pages is appropriate.
1050e/1050eP
(1) Procedure
[3]
screen. [1]
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen" [2] 1050fs3361c
Press the [05 Pasting Finish Position Adjust-

[1] Finish position for frontward applying
ment] key.
[2] Finish position for backward applying
5. "Paste Finish Pos. Adj. screen" [3] Inside pages
Press [Go Ahead] or [Go Back] to select which
10. To adjust the finish position, press the [SERV-
finish position, for applying during frontward
ICE] key.
movement or backward movement, to be
11. "Paste Finish Pos. Adj. screen"
adjusted.
6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
size from the following options.
• Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)
All Size
1 step = 0.1mm
8.5 x 11
A4
value is obtained.
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
binding.
2 489
F. Paste formation finish position adjustment 10. "Paste Formation Finish Adj. screen"
Adjusts the finish position of the process to make a Enter a value through the numeric keys and
uniform layer of glue applied on the inside pages press the [Set] key.
/1050e/1050eP
spine. • Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)

1 step = 0.1mm
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode. value is obtained.

screen.
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [06 Paste Formation Finish Position
Adj.] key.
5. "Paste Formation Finish Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] key to select the
paper size from the following options.
All Size
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
binding.
8. Check that the finish position of the process to
make a uniform layer of glue on the inside
pages spine is appropriate.
9. When adjusting the the finish position of the
process to make a uniform layer of glue,
490 2

G. Temperature adjustment 10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
Sets the temperatures to be detected by the glue press the [Set] key.
apply roller temperature sensor (TH1), the glue tank • Melt Tank - Top
1050e/1050eP
temperature sensor/Up (TH2), the glue tank tempera- Setting range: 10 to 200 °C
ture sensor/Md (TH3), and the glue tank temperature Default: 132 °C
sensor/Lw (TH4) provided in the glue tank. • Melt Tank - Mid
Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
(1) Procedure Default: 145 °C
• Melt Tank - Low
Setting range: 140 to 200°C
Default: 185 °C
• Pasting Roller
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
screen. Default: 165 °C
on the sub menu.
value is obtained.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [07 Temperature Adjustment] key.
5. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
binding.
7. Check that the glue applied has dried appropri-
ately.
8. To adjust the dryness of the glue, press the
[SERVICE] key.
9. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Press the [NEXT] or the [Back] key to select the
option of which the temperature is set.
The following options are provided.
Melt Tank - Top
Melt Tank - Mid
Melt Tank - Low
Pasting Roller
2 491
H. Sub Compile CD width adjustment I. Clamp CD width adjustment

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when
aligning in the main scan direction. aligning in the main scanning direction.
/1050e/1050eP

Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
screen. screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu. on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen" 4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [08 Sub Compile CD Width Adjust- Press the [09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment]
ment] key. key.
5. "Sub Compile CD Width Adj. screen" 5. "Clamp CD Width Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper size
size from the following options. from the following options.
All Size All Size
8.5 x 11 8.5 x 11
A4 A4
B5 B5
A5 A5
5.5 x 8.5 5.5 x 8.5
16K 16K
A4W A4W
B5W B5W
A5W A5W
8.5 x 11W 8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W 5.5 x 8.5 W
Special Special
Note Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside • Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes. pages) finished sizes.
6. "Sub Compile CD Width Adj. screen" 6. "Clamp CD Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press Enter a value through the numeric keys and press
the [Set] key. the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower) • Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
1 step = 0.1mm 1 step = 0.1mm
7. Create multiple books in normal copy mode, 7. Create multiple books in normal copy mode,
and check the alignment of the second and and check the alignment of the second and
later book. Change set value set in Step 5 until later book. Change set value set in Step 5 until
an properly aligned book is created. an properly aligned book is created.
492 2

J. Cover up/down CD width adjustment K. Clamp FD position adjustment
Adjusts the positional relation in the main scan direc- Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when
tion between the cover paper and the inside pages. aligning in the sub scan direction.
1050e/1050eP

Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
screen. screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu. on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu 4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu
screen" screen"
Press the [10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Press the [11 Clamp FD Position Adjustment]
Adjustment] key. key.
5. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. screen" 5. "Clamp FD Position Adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select PB Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
Tray or Main Tray on the main body. size from the following options.
6. Press the [COPY] key. All Size
7. Select the paper type and press the start but- 8.5 x 11
ton to make test prints and carry out perfect A4
binding. B5
A5
8. Check if the relation between the main-scan-
5.5 x 8.5
ning position of the cover and that of the inside
16K
pages are appropriate.
A4W
9. To adjust the relation of their main-scanning
B5W
positions, press the [SERVICE] key.
A5W
10. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. screen" 8.5 x 11W
Enter a value through the numeric keys and 5.5 x 8.5 W
press the [Set] key. Special
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
1 step = 0.1mm Note
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate • Above paper sizes are book (the inside
value is obtained. pages) finished sizes.
binding.
8. Check if the sub-scanning direction of all the
inside pages are properly aligned.
9. To adjust the alignment width in sub-scanning
direction of the inside pages, press the [SERV-
ICE] key.
2 493
10. "Clamp FD Position Adj. screen"

/1050e/1050eP
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)

1 step = 0.1mm
value is obtained.
Note
• If the setting is too wide, pages are mis-
placed in sub-scanning direction.
• If the setting is too narrow, mark of the FD
alignment plate may appear.
494 2

10.13.8 Recall standard data 10.14 Machine manager setting
Reset various setting values of the finisher adjustment
to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.
Important
1050e/1050eP
• The use of the security strengthen mode in
NOTE
the machine manager setting in the utility
• The stacker adjustments cannot recall.
mode is limited only when the manager
authentication is set to "Authentication On."
A. Procedure

10.14.1 Manager authentication
2. "Service mode menu screen" To strengthen security of the machine manager set-
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key. ting of the utility mode, configure the setting so that a
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the password is required to enter the machine manager
screen. setting.
Press the [07 Recall Standard Data] key on the
sub menu. (1) Procedure
4. "Recall Standard Data (Finisher adj.) screen"
Pressing [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Ini-
tial Data] displays "Standard data is returning." 2. "Service mode menu screen"
When completed, the data returns with "Stand- Press the [12 Machine Manager Setting] key.
ard data has returned" displayed. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Note Press the [01 Manager Authentication] key.
• Selecting [Factory Initial Data] recalls the 4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
factory initial data. Press the [Authentication On] key and press the
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] recalls [OK] key to confirm.
the adjustment values stored when code 5. To disable the authentication setting, press the
"90-00" of the I/O check mode was con- [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
ducted.
495
10.14.2 Machine manager password 10.15 CE Setting

Configure a password to enter the machine manager
setting of the utility mode.
Important
/1050e/1050eP
The machine manager password can also be set in

• The use of the security strengthen mode in
the machine manager setting of the utility mode.
the machine manager setting in the utility
mode is limited only when the CE authentica-
NOTE
tion setting is set to "Authentication On."
• The selection of the [Machine Manager Pass-
word] key is limited only when the [Manager
Authentication] is set to "Authentication On." 10.15.1 CE authentication
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others To strengthen security of the service mode, configure
such as your name, birthday. the setting so that a password is required to enter the
service mode.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
2. "Service mode menu screen" 1. Enter the service mode.
Press the [12 Machine Manager Setting] key. 2. "Service mode menu screen"
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the Press the [13 CE Setting] key.
screen. 3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Press the [02 Machine Manager Password] key. screen.
4. "Machine Manager Password setting screen" Press the [01 CE Authentication Setting] key.
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric 4. "CE Authentication Setting screen"
keys. Press the [Authentication On] key and press the
Default is "00000000." [OK] key to confirm.
5. Press the [OK] key to register data. 5. To disable the authentication setting, press the
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
entered.
496

10.15.2 CE password setting 10.16 IP HDD format
Configure a password to enter the service mode. Controller HDD
Format the hard disk /2 (HDD2) on the print controller.
1050e/1050eP
NOTE Formatting enables you to secure space/delete inter-
• The selection of the [CE Password Setting] nal data.
key is limited only when the CE authentica-
tion setting is set to "Authentication On." (1) Procedure
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others
such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the 2. "Service mode menu screen"
password. Press the [14 IP HDD Format] key.
(1) Procedure screen.
Press the [01 IP HDD Format] key on the sub
1. Enter the service mode. menu.
2. "Service mode menu screen" 4. "IP HDD Format screen"
Press the [13 CE Setting] key. HDD format includes the following five items.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the [ALL]
screen. [Document]
Press the [02 CE Password Setting] key. [Parameter]
4. "CE Password Setting screen" [Font]
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric [Spool]
keys. 5. Press the item you want to format.
Default is "92729272." 6. "Format confirmation screen"
5. Press the [OK] key to register data. The message "Execute Format Yes/No?"
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you appears.
entered. Press the [Yes] key.
(2) Purpose of each item

• [ALL]
Formats all areas of the hard disk.
This is equal to performing the following four
operations at once. Conduct this on such occa-
sions as replacing the hard disk /2 (HDD2).
• [Document]
Formats the document storage area. Conduct
this when deleting the Scan to HDD job.
• [Parameter]
Formats the storage area for the controller set-
ting information.
Conduct this when deleting the whole setting
information on the print controller (the network
setting and default settings of each port, etc).
NOTE
• Be sure to output the settings information list
before formatting parameters.
497
• [Font]
Formats the font data storage area.
Conduct this when deleting downloaded exter-
/1050e/1050eP
nal font data.
NOTE
• By formatting, all downloaded external fonts
are deleted.
• [Spool]
Formats the spool area.
There is no need to format this area alone.
498
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.1 Paper feed section
1050e/1050eP
11.1.1 Tray centering adjustment
This adjustment is made when the mis-centering of paper varies each paper supplied from the trays /1 and /2.
The mis-centering is automatically adjusted in the image processing unit, and this adjustment is made only when
a mis-centering exceeding the range of auto correction (±5 mm) occurs.
1. Disable (data=1) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer

[2]
mis-centering correction. (See P.429).
2. Perform copying/printing without automatic cor-
rection to check the mis-centering of image.
3. Pull out the paper feed tray.
4. If any paper remaining, remove it.
5. If the paper guide [1] is at the small size position,
stretch the guide.
6. Loosen 2 screws [2].
7. Move the paper guide [1]. According to the mis-
centering you checked in step 2, adjust the center
position using the marking line [3].
[1] [1] [3] 8. Tighten 2 screws [2].
9. Insert a paper and set the tray.
10. Make a copy/print and check to see if the mis-
centering is within the standard value (±2 mm).
11. When not up to the standard value, repeat the
steps 3 to 10.
12. Enable (data=0) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction."
1050fs3028c
499
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
11.1.2 Separation pressure adjustment

Perform the separation pressure adjustment when the no feed (a paper is conveyed to the paper feed roller sec-
tion but stops there) or the double feed occurs at the paper feed.
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• Affected by the paper type and the operating environment (the no feed is likely in the low temper-
ature environment and the double feed is likely in the high temperature environment).
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.

2. Change the position of the spring adjustment
lever [1].
Note
• The separation pressure is strengthened
when the lever is moved to the direction [2]
and is weakened when the lever is moved to
the direction [3].
Weak: a double feed jam is improved.
[2] [1] [3] Strong: a no feed jam is improved.
Reference
• The spring load changes 10% as the spring is
moved one step.
3. Set the tray to perform copying/printing. Check

whether the no feed or the double feed occurs or
not.
4. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 3.
1050fs3029c
500

11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment
In case a no feed jam occurs frequently, perform the pick-up roller load adjustment.
1050e/1050eP
[2] [1]
2. In the pick-up roller section [1], put paper feed
assist plate [3] on the paper feed assist plate
holder [2], and fix them with accompanying screw
(M3 x 8 mm) [4].
3. Set the tray.
4. Perform copying/printing to check whether the no
feed or the double feed occurs or not.
Note
• The maximum number of the paper feed
assist plates that can be attached is 4 plates.
For the number of plates to be attached, see
[4] [3] [4] chapter V "5. Paper setting."
• The paper feed assist plate is approx. 10g
each.
1050fs3030c
501
11.1.4 Pick-up roller height adjustment

Perform this adjustment when the following situations occurred.
• A no feed jam is not improved by the pick-up roller load adjustment
/1050e/1050eP
• A no feed jam in which a thick paper is stuck on the entrance guide (a metallic guide plate near the separa-
tion roller)
• A double feed jam is not improved by the separation pressure adjustment
Note
• On performing the pick-up roller height adjustment, the paper feed pick-up amount is changed. Be
sure to confirm the paper feed pick-up amount in the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment.
(See P.505)

[2] [3] [1]
1050fs3031c
502

5. Set the tray. Confirm that the paper lift finished its
[1]
elevation to the top by hearing the sound of the
paper lift motor. Pull out the tray again.
1050e/1050eP
6. Remove 2 screws [1] to remove the paper feed
cover [2].
[2] 1050fs3032c
7. Check whether the actuator [1] of the pick-up

[1] [3] [2]
roller section matches with the center [3] position
of the upper limit sensor /1 (PS6), /2 (PS12) [2].
8. Remove the pick-up roller section [4]. (See P.86)
[4]
1050fs3033c
503
9. Record a mark for the height of the sensor placing

[2] [3] [1] plate.
10. Remove 2 screws [3], and place them temporarily
/1050e/1050eP
in the slotted hole on the upper limit sensor plac-

ing plate [1].
11. Adjust the height of the sensor placing plate [1],
and fix it with the screws [3].
Note
• Place the upper limit sensor placing plate [1]
horizontally.
[4] [1]
Adjustment standard
• Lifting the upper limit sensor position lowers
the height of the pick-up roller [5]. (The differ-
ence of elevation [7] between the paper feed
roller [6] and the pick-up roller [5] becomes
larger.)
• Lowering the upper limit sensor position lifts
the height of the pick-up roller [5]. (The differ-
ence of elevation [7] between the paper feed
[3] roller [6] and the pick-up roller [5] becomes
[5] [6] smaller.)
• In case a no feed occurred, lower the upper
limit sensor.
• In case a double feed occurred, lift the upper
limit sensor.
[7]
12. Place the pick-up roller section, and replace the
stopper of step 4 to the original position.
Note
1050fs3034c
• If you set the tray without placing the pick-up
roller, the paper lift does not stop at the upper
limit, thus damaging the tray. Be sure to place
the roller.
13. Insert a paper, and set the tray.

14. Perform copying/printing to confirm that the no
feed or jam do not occur. In case they are not
improved, repeat steps 7 to 14.
15. Confirm the paper feed pick-up amount.
(See P.505)
steps in reverse.
Note
• After the adjustment, be sure to replace the
stopper of the release lever to the original
position.
504

11.1.5 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment
Perform the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment as you have done the pick-up roller height adjustment.
1050e/1050eP
[2] [3] [1]
1050fs3035c
[1]
6. Remove 2 screws [1] to remove the paper feed
cover [2].
[2] 1050fs3036c
505
7. Pull the plunger [2] of the pick-up solenoid [1] to

[1] [2]
measure the gap "A" between the pick-up roller
[3] and the paper lift plate [4] with the gap gauge.
/1050e/1050eP
Standard value A = 0.1 to 1.5 mm

If it is not within the standard value, follow step 8
and after.
8. Loosen the screw [5].
Note
• Before loosening the screw [5], record the
position of the pick-up solenoid [1] with the
marking line [6].
9. With the plunger [2] pulled, adjust the position of

[5] [3] [6] [4] the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the standard value
can be obtained for the gap A between the pick-
up roller [3] and the paper lift plate [4].
10. Tighten the screw [5] to fix the pick-up solenoid
[1].
11. Replace the stopper of step 4 to the original posi-
A
tion.
feed does not occur.
1050fs3037c
steps in reverse.
Note
position.
506

11.1.6 Paper lift plate skew adjustment
Perform the paper lift plate skew adjustment after replacing a lift wire or when the paper lift plate is skewed.
1050e/1050eP
[2] [3] [1]
1050fs3038c
[1] [2]
6. Remove 2 screws [2] of the stopper of the rails [1]
on the right and left side. Pull out the tray.
1050fs3039c
507
7. Remove 2 screws (with washers) on the right and

[1]
left side[1] and 2 screws on the upper side [2].
/1050e/1050eP
Note
• Removing the screws [1] and [2] causes the
tray front cover [3] to fall. Support the cover
not to drop.
8. Remove the connector [4] to remove the tray front

cover [3].
[1]
Note
• Be sure to connect the connector as you
place it. Otherwise, all trays in the main body
become unable to be pulled out.
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs3040c
508

9. Lift up the pick-up roller [1].
[3] [4]
10. In case the paper guide [2] is open, close it to the
smallest-size position.
1050e/1050eP
11. Remove the screw [3], and place them temporarily
in the slotted screw hole [4].
12. While holding the pulley placing plate being
placed with the screw [5], loosen the screw [5] to
adjust the skewed paper lift plate [7] with the
marking line [6].
13. Confirm that the paper lift plate is horizontal, and
fix the screw [5] and [8].
14. Pull down the pick-up roller [1].
15. Place the tray front cover.
jam occurs, and that papers are properly fed.
steps in reverse.
[5] [7] [1] [6] [8]

Note
position.
[2] 1050fs3041c
509
11.2 REGISTRATION SECTION

11.2.1 Registration roller paper skew adjustment
/1050e/1050eP
Perform this adjustment when there is skew in the registration section.
1. Remove the screw [1] and then make sure the

graduation of the screw [1].
[1] 2. Loosen 3 screws [2].
3. Move the registration section [3] to the arrow on
the basis of the graduation.
4. Tighten the screw [1] and screws [2].
[2] 5. Perform copy/printing to check the paper skew.
6. In case it is not improved, repeat steps 1 to 5.
Info HJG:
Justage der Passergenauigkeit ist ein
Zusammenspiel der Position der
[3] <Druckeinheit> und der Einstellung
der<Registrationseinheit> !
Achtung: Vor dem lösen der Druckeinheit,
vorher Gerät ausschalten !
[2] 1050fs3070c
510 1

11.3 ADU section
11.3.1 Pre-transfer roller nip pressure adjustment
1050e/1050eP
This adjustment enables you to up/down the pre-transfer roller nip pressure.
Perform this adjustment when a transfer jitter occurred. For more information on how to perform this adjust-
ment, see "12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment".
A. Nip pressure up adjustment procedure

1. Pull out the ADU. (See P.36)
2. Remove the ADU cover /Lt, /Rt. (See P.36)
3. Twist counterclockwise the conveyance roller /T
axis [1] until the axis stopper [2] is locked.
Note
• To restore the previous nip pressure, twist
clockwise the conveyance roller /T axis until
the axis stopper is locked.

steps in reverse.
[2] [1] 1050fs3025c
1 511
B. Nip pressure down adjustment procedure

1. Pull out the ADU.
[5] [4] [3] [6]
(See P.112)
/1050e/1050eP
2. Remove the ADU cover /Lt, /Rt.

(See P.117)
(See P.118)
4. Twist clockwise the conveyance roller /T axis [1] to
make the nip pressure standard.
(See P.511)
5. Remove 2 springs /Fr [2], /Rr [3] from the hook
hole /Up [4], /Lw [5]. (By removing the spring, pre-
transfer roller's own weight becomes the only nip
pressure.)
Note
[1] [7]
• To restore the standard nip pressure, place
the spring /Fr [2], /Rr [3].
• Removing/placing the spring with the nip
pressure up tends to stretch the spring. Thus,
remove/place the spring with the standard nip
pressure. If tension of the spring /Fr and /Rr
differs, a transfer misalignment occurs. When
restoring the standard nip pressure, in case
the spring was stretched, do not use it and
replace it with a new one.
• In case the spring /Fr [2], /Rr [3] are not easily
removed from the hook hole /Lw [5], remove it
from the hook hole /Up [4] first. Then, while
holding the spring not to drop, twist counter-
clockwise (nip pressure up) the conveyance
roller /T axis [1] and rotate the cam [6] to
make a gap, thus making it easy to remove
the spring.
• Be careful not to drop the spring. Put a paper
over the ADU section [7] so that the spring
does not fall inside the machine.

steps in reverse.
[4]
[2] [6] [5] 1050fs3058c
512
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD

12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD 12.2.1 The front and back registration (printer)
A. Procedure
12.1 Before using the adjustment 1. Adjust the paper skew on both side.
1050e/1050eP
for POD With the registration roller paper skew adjust-
Info HJG: Justage durch Kunden unter Button <System> !
ment in the mechanical adjustment, adjust the
This section describes how to make adjustments to
skew of the sub scan direction on both side to
improve image quality (The front and back registra-
be parallel to each other.
tion, image density, transfer jitter) and paper feeding
so as to satisfy the needs of customers (especially
POD customers) who demand even higher quality of
image and feeding than the factory settings.
12.2 The front and back registra-

tion
Align image printing position on the front side and
back side.
Misalignment of image printing position occurs for the
following reasons.
• The image leading edge on the front and back side
are different. Thus, in case leading edge timings
are misaligned, image positions on the front and
back side are misaligned.
• Even the standard size papers are not cut off
according to the standard size.
• A paper that passes the fusing section becomes
smaller because of moisture evaporation of the
paper due to heat. In duplex printing, the front side
[1]
passes the fusing section twice and the back side
passes once, thus image on the front side [2] 1050fs3350c
becomes smaller than the back side. [1] Front [2] Back
• The shrinkage ratio in passing the fusing section is
different depending on the paper type, paper
brand, temperature/humidity of a paper storage
location. To adjust misalignment due to these fac-
tors, use the front and back adjustment in the user
mode, selecting [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Regis-
ter Type/Weight]. To adjust misalignment due to
individual difference of each tray, select the tray
you want to adjust in the user mode, selecting
[MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray Setting]. Then,
select [Change] - [Both Sides Adj.] to make an
adjustment.
1 513
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
2. Adjust distortion in the main scan direction on both sides. 3. Use the service mode to adjust various image
Remove the photo conductor cover and open the timing in the front side of printer system.
intermediate toner hopper. Mark current position of
/1050e/1050eP
the positioning plate [1] as a reference point with Note

something like a pencil. Loosen 2 screws [2] to move • With the [Printer Centering Adjustment] in
the positioning plate [1] side to side and move the the service mode, there is no adjustment
shaft [3] that positions the write unit, thus adjusting for individual tray. In case you need to
the distortion and making the lines in the main scan adjust individual tray, select the user mode,
direction parallel on both sides. selecting [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray
When distortion is found as shown in the drawing Setting]. Then, select [Change] - [Both
below, move the positioning plate to the right. Sides Adj.] to make adjustment with the
Image Shift function.
Reference 4. Adjust the leading edge timing of the back side.
• Attaching the long screw M4 to the shaft [3] Use [Printer Restart Timing Adjust-
makes the adjustments easy. ment<SIDE2>] in the service mode. Use the
cross on the figure A to align the leading edge
[3] [2] timing of the back side to that of the front side.
[1]
[1]
[2] 1050fs3043c
[1] Front [2] Back
[4]
[5]
1050fs3042c
[4] Front [5] Back
514

5. Align the magnification of the back side to the 6. Adjust the centering of the back side.
front side. At the user mode, select the tray you want to
Use [Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2>] adjust from [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray
1050e/1050eP
and [Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2>] to Setting]. Then, select [Change] - [Both Sides
align magnification of the back side to the front Adj.] to make adjustment. Use the Image Shift
side. function to align the centering of the back side
on the figure A to the front side.
Note
• With the [Printer Centering Adjustment] in
the service mode, there is no adjustment
for individual tray.
• Since a test pattern cannot be output in the
user mode, output an image from a PC so
you can confirm the image centering or use
[Test Pattern Output Mode] in Service
mode.
• The [Tray Setting] you set in step 5 is an
individual adjustment, in which the updated
settings are not applied to the registered
paper type. Thus, to change the registered
paper type, select the paper name key you
want to adjust in [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] -
[1] [Register Type/Weight]. Make the adjust-
[2] ment with the Image Shift function of [Both
1050fs3044c
Sides Adj.].
[1] Front [2] Back
[1]
[2] 1050fs3045c
[1] Front [2] Back
515
12.2.2 The front and back registration (scan- 5. Adjust the original skew.
ner) Remove the original stopper plate /Rr, and
A. Procedure mark the current position of the adjustment
/1050e/1050eP
plate [1] with something like a pencil. Loosen

1. Set a test chart on the original glass. Make the
the screw [2] to move the adjustment plate [1]
sub scan magnification with [Scanner Drum
up and down, thus adjusting the mounting
Clock Adjustment] in the service mode.
position of the original stopper plate /Rr.
2. Set a test chart on the original glass. Adjust dis-
tortion with [Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp
[1] [2]
adj.(Main)] and [Scanner (Orig.Glass) warp adj.
(Deputy)] in the service mode.
3. Align the leading edge timing of both sides.
Use [Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment] in the
service mode. Use the cross on the figure A to
align the leading edge timing of both sides.
[1]
[2] 1050fs3046c
[1] Front [2] Back

4. Align the centering of both sides.
Use [Scanner Centering Adjustment] in the
service mode to align the centering of both
sides on the figure A.
[1]
[2] [1]
1050fs3047c
[2] 1050fs3048c
[1] Front [2] Back
[1] Front [2] Back
516

6. Perform steps 3 and 4 to adjust the misalign- 4. Align the centering of both sides.
ments of timing and centering caused by the Use [ADF centering adj.(SIDE2)] in the service
original skew adjustment and the magnification mode to align the centering of the back side on
1050e/1050eP
adjustment. the figure A to the front side.
12.2.3 The front and back registration (ADF)

A
A. Procedure
1. Set an adjustment chart on the ADF. Make the

sub scan magnification, leading edge timing
and centering adjustment on the front side with
[Scanner(ADF) drum clock adj.], [ADF restart
timing adj.(SIDE1)] and [ADF centering
adj.(SIDE1)] in the service mode.
2. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Adjust a
distortion with [Scanner(ADF) warp adj.(Main)]
[1]
and [Scanner(ADF) warp adj.(Deputy)] in the
service mode. [2] 1050fs3050c
3. Align the leading edge timing of both sides. [1] Front [2] Back
Use [ADF restart timing adjustment(SIDE2)] in 5. Adjust the ADF paper skew.
the service mode. Use the cross on the figure A With the ADF paper skew adjustment in the
to align the leading edge timing of the back mechanical adjustment, adjust the skew on the
side to the front side. front and back side.
[1]
[2] 1050fs3049c
[1] Front [2] Back
[1]
[2] 1050fs3051c
[1] Front [2] Back
517
6. Perform steps 3 and 4 to adjust the misalign- 3. Press the name key of paper you want to
ments of timing and centering caused by the change, or press [Next] key to register paper
ADF paper skew adjustment. newly.
/1050e/1050eP
12.2.4 The front and back registration by user

(by paper brand)
Even when conducting the front and back registration
in 12.2.1 to 12.2.3, adjustments may be required
depending on the type and brand of paper to be
used.
NOTE
• Check to see if the front and back registra-
tions in 12.2.1 to 12.2.3 are completed.
A. Procedure 4. Enter the type of paper, the name of paper, the

weight, the color paper and the punch hole. For
1. From "MACHINE screen" in the user mode, the type of paper and the weight, see "19.
press the [Paper Set] key. PAPER SETTING"."
2. Press the [Register Type/Weight] key. 5. Press the [Both Sides Adj.] key, and adjust the
front and back registration.
518

12.2.5 The front and back registration by user 3. Press the tray key you want to adjust, and then
(for fine adjustments) press the [Change] key.
Even when conducting the adjustments for brand of
1050e/1050eP
paper as described in 12.2.4, an adjustment may be
required depending on the number of tray in which
paper is fed, the storage condition (temperature and
humidity) of paper and the temperature and humidity
in the room, etc.
This adjustment describes the method for fine adjust-
ment of each tray to the front and back adjustment of
the paper brand setting described in 12.2.4.
NOTE
• Check to see if the front and back registra-
tions in 12.2.1 to 12.2.4 are completed.
4. Press the [Both Sides Adj.] key.
1. From "MACHINE screen" in the user mode,

press the [Paper Set] key.
2. Press the [Tray Setting] key.
2 519
5. Register the front and back of the paper. 12.3 Image density adjustment
There are two modes for the registration, auto-
matic (adjustment) and manual (adjustment). 12.3.1 Darken image density
/1050e/1050eP
• Manual registration (adjustment) Print industry customers may demand image settings
with dark image density in the shadow area such as
the offset printing.
This section describes how to adjust the shadow
area (max. density) to make its image density darker.
If the adjustment to make image density darker is not
performed properly, toner spillage or image back-
ground occurs. By this procedure, the density can be
adjusted more safely, minimizing occurrences of
these problems. However, perform this adjustment
only when necessary.
Related adjustments are as follows.
• Utility mode
1) Image density selection
This setting changes the charger voltage and the
• Automatic registration (adjustment)
developing bias.
Press [Chart Adjustment] to execute the auto-
• Service mode
matic registration (adjustment).
1) DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of developer
This setting changes the developing roller rota-
tion and toner density, thus changing the toner
density of developer without changing image
density.
2) DIPSW27-2, 3 image density selection (toner con-
trol patch density)
This setting changes the developing bias for cre-
ating the toner control patch formed on the drum
to determine toner density, thus changing toner
density of developer to change image density.
A. Procedure
6. When adjusting another tray, repeat the steps 3
to 5. 1. With the image density selection of the density
setting in the utility mode, set Darker [+1].
2. In the test pattern output mode, output the test
pattern No.11 to check image density.
3. When image density is insufficient, set the
image density selection "approx. 0.5% up" in
the DIPSW27-2, 3.
4. With the DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of
developer, set "approx. 0.5% down" or
"approx. 1.0% down" to prevent from image
background and toner spillage.
520 2

5. Output 500 prints of test pattern No.11 in the A. Procedure
test pattern output mode.
1. With the image density selection of the density
setting in the utility mode, set Lighter [-1].
1050e/1050eP
Note
2. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
• The settings in steps 3 and 4 change the
output mode to confirm image density.
toner density of developer. Thus, image
density does not change without making 3. When image density is insufficient, repeat steps
prints. 1 and 2 until "-5."
6. Confirm image density. 4. When image density is insufficient, set as

"lighter" in the DIPSW5-2, 3.
7. When image density is insufficient, set the
image density selection "approx. 1.0% up" in 5. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
DIPSW27-2, 3. output mode to confirm image density.
8. With DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of devel- 6. When image density is insufficient, set as "light-
est" in the DIPSW5-2, 3.
oper, set "approx. 1.5% down."
9. Output 500 prints of the test pattern No.11 in 7. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
output mode to confirm image density.
the test pattern output mode.
10. Confirm image density.
12.3.2 Lighten image density

Such printing materials as books use lighter letters so
as to reduce readers' eyestrain. Thus, print industry
customers may demand light image settings.
This section describes how to lighten image density
of the shadow section (max. density) without chang-
ing image density of the highlight section.
If the adjustment to make image density lighter is not
performed properly, white spots in the shadow sec-
tion occurs. By this procedure, the density can be
adjusted more safely, minimizing occurrences of
problems. However, perform this adjustment only
when necessary.
Related adjustments are as follows.
• Utility mode
1) Image density selection
This setting changes the charger voltage and the
developing bias.
• Service mode
1) DIPSW5-2, 3 image density selection (laser PWM) for copier
This setting changes the image writing laser
PWM.
521
12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment B. Cause and tendency of occurrence

(1) 250 mm from the trailing edge
Describes how to adjust transfer jitter. 1) When the trailing edge of the paper passed
/1050e/1050eP
through the loop roller, the stiffness of the

A. Preparation: paper caused the loop created to try and
Adjustments differ depending on the position at revert.
which transfer jitter occurs. Thus, locate the position This may be found with paper weight 161 g/
where transfer jitter occurs. Measure with a scale. m2 or less. (Because less loop is created for
paper weight 162 g/m2 or more by paper
(1) Procedure loop control.)
1. Output No.9 of the "test pattern output mode"

with A3 paper.
1) When the line speed of the registration roller
is faster than that of the drum, paper is
Note
pushed out from the registration roller to
• Check to ensure the test pattern density is
the drum and a loop is formed between the
set to 255.
registration roller and the drum. Accord-
2. Confirm the position where transfer jitter ingly, the paper conveyance speed may
occurs. change when paper passes through the reg-
istration roller.
2) When the trailing edge of the paper passed
[1]
through the registration roller, the load
[2]
decreased and the transfer paper speed
[5]
became faster momentarily.
Possible with thick papers 200 g/m2 or
heavier.

1) Fluctuation of load when the paper entered
the fusing roller.
heavier
[3][4] 2) When paper gets into the fusing unit, the
1050fs3052c leading edge of paper hits against the
entrance guide plate and the paper does not
[1]: Approx. 250 mm from the trailing edge
enter smoothly. Possible with paper weight
80 g/m2 or less.
[4]: Approx. 138 to 103 mm from the trailing edge
(4) 138 to 103 mm from the trailing edge
[5] Approx. 40 mm from the trailing edge
1) When paper gets into the fusing unit, the
Transfer jitter occurs randomly other than the
leading edge of paper hits against the
above
entrance guide plate, and the resulting
shock creates a loop between the drum and
the pre-transfer roller. The stiffness of paper
NOTE
causes the loop created to try and revert,
• The position where transfer jitter occurs dif-
thus resulting in transfer jitter of band
fers depending on the paper type, paper
shape.
weight or paper conveyance behavior.
Possible with paper weight around 160 g/m2
at a low humidity.
522

(5) 40 mm from the trailing edge (3) Approx. 138 mm from the trailing edge
1) When the trailing edge of the paper passed
1. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer
through the pre-transfer roller, the load
roller. (See P.511)
1050e/1050eP
decreased and the paper speed became
faster momentarily.
Note
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is pos-
heavier.
sible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the
trailing edge may occur. In this instance
(6) Random occurrence
select whichever image is best. (before
1) Transfer jitter that occurs when the leading
pressure increase or after)
edge of paper touches the conveyance sec-
• If transfer jitter occurs at around 140 mm
tion. Main causes are as follows.
from the trailing edge, it may be impossible
• Speed change of the conveyance belt itself
to determine if the jitter is caused by the
• Speed difference between the registration roller
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing
and the conveyance belt
unit (138 mm). In this instance cut 20 mm
• Rough paper movement while it passes through
off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and
the conveyance belt
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the
• Shock because of the paper leading edge touch-
position of the jitter changes in relation to
ing the conveyance belt
the leading edge the cause can be deter-
mined to be the registration roller.
C. Procedure
(1) Approx. 250 mm from the trailing edge 2. Remove 2 screws [2] to remove 2 suction cov-
ers [1] at the lower side of the conveyance belt
1. With the [Printer Regist Loop Adjustment] in the on both sides of the conveyance section so as
service mode, reduce loop amount. to improve the conveyance suction ability.
(2) Approx. 145 mm from the trailing edge

[2] [1]
1. Adjust the registration line speed. (See P.328))
2. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer
roller. (See P.511)
Note
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is pos-
sible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the
trailing edge may occur. In this instance
select whichever image is best. (before
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing [2] [1] 1050fs3053c

off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and Note
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the • If the transfer suction ability is increased it
position of the jitter changes in relation to is possible that transfer jitter may occur
the leading edge the cause can be deter- 145 mm from the trailing edge. Select
mined to be the registration roller. whichever image is best. (before adjust-
ment or after)
523
3. Reverse the paper set direction in the tray. Set (5) Approx. 40 mm from the trailing edge
paper so that the curling direction of paper
1. Remove 2 pressure springs of the pre-transfer
becomes concave on the conveyance section.
roller.
/1050e/1050eP
When the curling is convex, the leading edge of

(See P.511)
paper hits against the entrance guide plate and
this may be apt to cause a transfer jitter.
(6) Random occurrence

(4) Approx. 138 to 103 mm from the trailing
1. Remove the 2 suction covers provided under
edge
the conveyance belts on both sides of the con-
1. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer veyance section.
roller. (See P.511)
Note
Note • If the transfer jitter is due to the speed dif-
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is pos- ference between the registration roller and
sible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the the conveyance belt, the transfer jitter
trailing edge may occur. In this instance occurs more easily. Select whichever
select whichever image is best. (before image is best. (before adjustment or after)
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing
off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the
position of the jitter changes in relation to
the leading edge the cause can be deter-
mined to be the registration roller.
2. Remove the 2 suction covers provided under
the conveyance belts on both sides of the con-
veyance section.
Note
• If the transfer suction ability is increased it
is possible that transfer jitter may occur
145 mm from the trailing edge. Select
whichever image is best. (before adjust-
ment or after)
3. Reverse the paper set direction in the tray. Set
paper so that the curling direction of paper
become concave on the conveyance section.
When the curling is convex, the leading edge of
paper hits against the entrance guide plate and
this may be apt to cause a transfer jitter.
524 1

12.5 Overlay printing adjustment A. Preparation
1. Make the following settings with the tray /4 in the
Overlay printing is to re-print the company name, the user mode.
1050e/1050eP
address, the logo, etc. on offset printed paper. • Set paper on which overlay printing has been
When performing overlay printing, take notice the fol- made.
lowing description. • Set the type of paper to [Coated B].
• Set the air assist setting to [On].
Reference:
• The surface of coated paper is applied with a coat- NOTE
ing agent and so it takes more time for the ink of • Registration of back and front sides must be
offset printing to dry. Therefore, to prevent block- checked every day before starting printing.
ing (back transfer), the entire surface of paper is
applied with powder. 2. Make the following settings in the service mode.
The powder drastically reduces the conveyance • Set software DIPSW26-4 to 1. (Sets tray /4 forced
forces of the pick-up roller and the paper feed separation clutch control to the operation at all times.)
roller, and this may be apt to cause a no feed jam • When performing overlay printing on both front
or a double feed jam. and back sides of paper weighing 91 g/m2 or
lighter, set the software DIPSW6-2 to "1". (this dis-
NOTE ables the transfer assist control.)
• Before overlay printing, be sure to take note • Set the DIPSW2-4/5 to "1". (sets the cleaning
of following. cycle of the charging corona to every 5,000 prints )
a) Be sure to install the PP-701 (urethane • When using paper other than coated paper for
roller) overlay printing, make the paper type setting to
b) We recommend use of RC-501 for the other than "coated B" and set the software DIPSW
overlay printing. corresponds to the selected paper tray to "1".
c) Apply as little powder as possible when tray 1: DIPSW39-0
offset printing. tray 2: DIPSW39-1
d) Get paper loosened sufficiently before tray 3: DIPSW39-2
setting it in the tray /4. tray 4: DIPSW39-3
e) Adjust paper condition with the same tray 5: DIPSW39-4
environments (temperature and humidity)
as those for the main body. When left in a NOTE
high humidity environment, paper strongly • When the above mentioned DIPSW is set to
adhere to each other making them unable "1", paper feed control will be the same as
to feed. that of [Coated paper B]. This improves the
endurance of the urethane roller, however,
• A paper centering error is likely to occur due double feed may occur at frequent intervals.
to contamination of the centering sensor • The above mentioned DIPSW will not work
(PS54) with powder. Clean the sensor if the when [Coated paper A] or [Paper weight 92 g/
error occurs or before starting overlay print- m2] or more is selected for the paper setting.
ing.
• Registration of paper must be checked every 3. Install the paper feed assist plate.
30,000 prints. (See "5.3 Adjusting the pick-up roller pressure"
in the Field Service for the PF-701.)
NOTE
• The number of paper feed assist plates varies
according to the paper weight.
130 g/m2 or less → None
131 g/m2 or more → 4 pcs.
2 525
B. Air assist adjustment 4. Check the measurement "a" between the

Check to see if the height of the air supply opening of center position [1] (The center is 4.5 mm from
the paper feed assist fan and the upper surface of the upper edge [2].) of the air supply openings
/1050e/1050eP
paper are appropriate. Otherwise air assist is not con- of the paper feed assist fan /Fr and /Rr and the
ducted properly and this may result in a jam occur- upper surface of paper [3].
rence. • Standard value a: within 4.5 ± 2.5 mm
(1) Procedure When the value is not within the standard, con-
duct step 7 and succeeding steps.
1. Pull out tray /4 and set about 10 sheets of
coated paper that have been printed.
2. Push in the release lever [1], insert the screw [2]
into the hole [3] to fix the release lever, and then
set the tray /4.
[2]
[1] [2]
[3]
[3]
[1] 1050fs3059c
1050fs3067c 5. Release the release lever that was fixed at step

2 and bring down the paper lift plate.
3. After stop sound of the paper lift motor opera-
6. Pull out tray /4 and load it fully with coated
tion (when the paper lift plate gets to the upper
paper that has been printed, and perform steps
limit position), pull out tray /4 again.
2 to 5.
7. Conduct the following adjustments according
to the curling condition of paper.
1) When there is no paper curling with no paper

slant.
Conduct "Pick-up roller height adjustment."
(See "5.2 Adjusting the pick-up roller height" in
the Field service for the PF-701.)
526

2) If there is slant found due to paper curling: 3) When there is a convex curling found with
paper:
1050e/1050eP
1050fs3060c
1050fs3062c
Put the underlays (included in the PP package)
[1] under the lower side of the stacked paper.
Note [1] under the both sides of the stacked paper.
• To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
when the remaining paper gets low, place Note
the pad to the right side of the air supply • To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
opening position [2]. when the remaining paper gets low, place
the pad to the right side of the air supply
[2] [1] opening position [2].
[2] [1]
1050fs3351c
1050fs3352c
2 527
4) When there is a concave curling found with 9. Remove the PF right cover.
paper: (See chapter II "2.2.1 A. Removal/reinstallation of the
right cover" in the Field service for the PF-701.)
/1050e/1050eP
10. Select the code 42-21 of the service mode - I/

O check and press the Start button to operate
the paper feed assist fan.
11. After checking the paper separation condition
[1] from the right side of the PF, press the Stop
button to complete the I/O check.
12. Conduct the respective operations depending
on the condition of separation.
a. Air is blown upon more than 10 sheets of
paper and separate a sheet each.
b. Paper separation is not made for one sheet each, but 10
or more sheets of paper are being floated by air.
c. The number of sheets of paper that are being
1050fs3064c floated by air is less than 4 or 5.
d. No paper is floated
[1] under the center part of the stacked paper.
Note
• To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
when the remaining paper gets low, place [1]
the pad to the right side of the air supply
opening position [2], hitting it against the
paper rear guide plate [3].
In the case of a concave curling, it is nor-
mally possible to adjust curling by placing a
pad at the center position 40 mm away
from the front and rear paper guides.
[2] [1]
1050fs3066c
In the cases of "a" and "b," conduct step 12

and succeeding steps.
In the cases of "c" and "d," repeat step 1 to
1050fs3353c step 11.
8. After adjustment, repeat step 1 to step 6 to

check again the paper height at the air supply
opening section.
528 2

13. Conduct a test print to check to see if a jam
occurs. [2]
When a jam occurs, conduct "C. Paper feed
1050e/1050eP
pressure adjustment."
steps in reverse.
Note
• Be sure to release the release lever that
has been fixed at the step 2.
C. Paper feed pressure adjustment [5] [1] [6]

Despite the paper separation being made correctly by
air from the paper feed assist fan, when a paper jam
occurs, conduct the following adjustments.
(1) Procedure
1. Conduct the respective operations depending

on the condition of jam.
• J14-01 (Paper is not conveyed to the separa-

tion roller due to slipping of pick-up roller.)
Add paper feed assist plates to raise pressure
on the pick-up roller. (See "5.3 Adjusting the [3] [4]
pick-up roller pressure" in PF-701 Field Serv- 1050fs3354c
ice.)
• J14-01 with thick paper (Paper is not conveyed
to the separation roller due to paper being una-
Note
ble to get over the entrance guide plate.)
• 4 sheets of paper feed assist plate are nor-
Up the pick-up roller height. (Down the sensor
mally used. However, when a no feed con-
position. 2 mm as a tentative)
dition recurs, it is possible to use up to 8
sheets.
PF-701 Field Service.)
• J14-01 (paper bumps against the both • J14-01 (Jam with a crushed leading edge of
sides [2] of the entrance guide plate [1] and paper)
cannot go over the entrance guide plate Increase the separation pressure.
[1].) Put the underlays (included in the PP (See "5.4 Adjusting the separation pressure" in
package) [3] on the bottom of the tray PF-701 Field Service.)
locating them directory below [4] the both • J14-02 (No feed occurs before the pre-registra-
edges [2] of the entrance guide plate [1]. tion roller.)
Increase the separation pressure.
• Be sure to set the underlays [3] so that (See "5.4 Adjusting the separation pressure" in
those top edges are not contacted with the PF-701 Field Service.)
surface [5] of the tray, otherwise they may
• J17-02 (Double feed)
interfere with the paper lift plate operation.
Down the pick-up roller height. (Up the sensor
• Put the underlays [3] avoiding the paper
position. 2 mm as a tentative)
empty sensor [6].
the Field Service for the PF-701.)
2 529
12.6 User setting of each paper 12.7 Settings for feeding carbon-
brand less paper
/1050e/1050eP
For the user setting method for paper which is com- When using carbonless paper (thin paper), take the
monly used in the POD market, see "19. PAPER SET- following measures.
TING", by paper brand.
This document shows the optimum set values for Reference
paper brands tested by KMBT. • The carbonless paper adheres to the conveyance
However, it does not assure the same image quality belt under suction while it is conveyed by the belt.
and paper feed ability as the paper specified by This makes the paper reading edge to be flipped
KMBT. Only the basic performance under usual envi- up when it comes to the fusing section, and the
ronment (temperature and humidity) has been tested reading edge is rubbed against the fusing entrance
and confirmed. guide causing soiled on the printed side.
Information on other brand of paper will be also pro-
vided when the test is finished, by updating the docu- NOTE
ment. • When feeding carbonless paper, take the fol-
lowing countermeasures.
a) When printing on carbonless middle
sheets, 50mm width of the sheet leading
edge reacts by the pressure and changes
in color. If this cannot be allowed, use
middle sheets 60 mm longer in main scan
direction, and 20 mm longer in sub scan
direction to trim off the discolored portion.
b) Set carbonless paper in SEF position (the
narrower side of paper comes to the
paper feed roller side).
c) Set the paper so that the paper curls con-
vexly in the conveyance section.
d) Allowable curl amount is less than 3 mm.
When using paper curled more than 3 mm,
use the overlays included in the PP-701
package to correct the curl.
e) Only [Simplex mode] is acceptable for
carbonless paper.
A. Preparation
1. Configure the settings below in user mode.
• Set the paper type to [Coated A].
• Set the air-blow setting to [ON].
• Set the output setting to [Face-down].
2. Carry out the following mechanical adjustment.

• Weaken the separation pressure of the paper feed
section for 1 step. (See P.500)
530 2

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU main body. (See P.291)

2. Turn over the conveyance belt [1] so that the
1050e/1050eP
suction holes [2] can be seen.
[2] [1] 1050fs3355c
3. Install the cover [2] with the screw [1].

steps in reverse.
[2] [1] 1050fs3356c
2 531
/1050e/1050eP
Blank page
532
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 13. JAM CODE

TROUBLESHOOTING
1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
13.1 Jam code list
Classifi- Jam Cause Resulting Correction
cation code operation
Tray 1 J11-01 The paper feed sensor /1 (PS7) does If there is a sheet Pull out tray /1 and
During operation
not turn ON within a specified period of of paper being remove jammed paper if
time after the paper feed clutch /1 (CL4) printed when a any.
turns ON. jam occurs, the
J11-02 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17) main body com- Open tray /1 and the
does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper main body vertical con-
period of time after the paper feed exit before stop- veyance door, and
clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON. ping operations. remove jammed paper if
J11-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /1 any.
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion sensor /1 (PS17) turns ON.
J11-04 When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion
ing through the vertical conveyance of the exit of the
sensor /1 (PS19), the pre-registration preceding paper,
sensor /1 (PS17) is turned ON by the the main body
succeeding paper. stops operations.
J11-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /1 — Open the main body ver-
When idling
(PS19) turns ON while in idling. tical conveyance door

and remove jammed
paper if any.
J11-06 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17) Pull out tray /1 and
turns ON while in idling. remove jammed paper if
any.
During operation
not turn ON within a specified period of of paper being remove jammed paper if
time after the paper feed clutch /2 (CL6) printed when a any.
J12-02 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18) main body com- Open tray /2 and the
does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper main body vertical con-
period of time after the paper feed- exit before stop- veyance door, and
clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON. ping operations. remove jammed paper if
J12-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /3 any.
2 533
13. JAM CODE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Tray 2 J12-04 When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion Open tray /2 and the
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
ing through the vertical conveyance of the exit of the main body vertical con-
sensor /3 (PS21), the pre-registration preceding paper, veyance door, and
sensor /2 (PS18) is turned ON by the the main body remove jammed paper if
succeeding paper. stops operations. any.
J12-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /3 — Open the main body ver-
When idling
(PS21) turns ON while in idling. tical conveyance door

and remove jammed
paper if any.
any.
During operation
(PF) not turn ON within a specified period of of paper being remove jammed paper if
time after the pick-up clutch /1 (CL6) printed when a any.
J13-02 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89) main body com- Open tray /3, the PF
does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper front door and the verti-
period of time after the pick-up clutch / exit before stop- cal conveyance door /
1 (CL6) turns ON. ping operations. Up, and remove jammed
J13-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /1 paper if any.
J13-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /1 — Open the PF front door
When idling
(PS90) turns ON while in idling. and the vertical convey-

ance door /Up and
remove jammed paper if
any.
any.
534 2

During operation
1050e/1050eP
does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper front door and the hori-
period of time after the pick-up clutch / exit before stop- zontal conveyance jam
2 (CL9) turns ON. ping operations. release lever and remove
J14-03 When the trailing edge of paper is pass- jammed paper if any.
ing through the loop sensor /2 (PS94),
the pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93) is
turned ON by the succeeding paper.
J14-04 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93) — Pull out tray /4 and
When idling

any.
During operation
does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper front door and the verti-
period of time after the pick-up clutch / exit before stop- cal conveyance door /
3 (CL12) turns ON. ping operations. Lw, and remove jammed
J15-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /3 paper if any.
J15-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /3 — Open the PF front door
When idling
(PS96) turns ON while in idling. and the vertical convey-

ance door /Lw and
any.
any.
2 535

Paper J17-01 The registration sensor (PS40) does not If there is a sheet Open the main body
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
feed turn ON within a specified period of of paper being front doors /R and /L,
convey- time after the ADU deceleration sensor printed when a pull out the ADU section
ance (PS42) turns ON. jam occurs, the and remove jammed
(com- J17-02 The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42) main body com- paper if any.
mon to does not turn ON within a specified pletes the paper
each period of time after the loop sensor exit before stop-
tray) (PS16) turns ON. ping operations.
Paper J17-03 The loop sensor (PS16) does not turn After completion Open the main body ver-
feed ON within a specified period of time of the exit of the tical conveyance door
convey- after the vertical conveyance sensor /1 preceding paper, and remove jammed
ance (PS19) turns ON. the main body paper if any.
(trays 1/ stops operations.
and /2)
Paper J17-04 The vertical conveyance sensor /2
feed (PS20) does not turn ON within a speci-
convey- fied period of time after the vertical con-
ance veyance sensor /3 (PS21) turns ON.
(tray /2) J17-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /1
fied period of time after the vertical con-
veyance sensor /2 (PS20) turns ON.
Paper J17-06 The loop sensor (PS16) does not turn Open the PF front door
feed ON within a specified period of time and the horizontal con-
convey- after the PF exit sensor (PS99) turns veyance jam release
ance (PF) ON. lever, and remove
jammed paper if any.
Paper J17-07 The paper leading edge sensor (PS41) — Open the main body
When idling
feed turns ON while in idling. front doors /R and /L,

convey- J17-08 The registration sensor (PS40) turns ON pull out the ADU section
ance while in idling. and remove jammed
J17-09 The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42) paper if any.
turns ON while in idling.
J17-10 The loop sensor (PS16) turns ON while
in idling.
J17-11 The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS20) turns ON while in idling.
J17-12 The multi feed detection boards /1 and If there is a sheet
During operation
/2 detect a double feed. of paper being

printed when a
jam occurs, the
main body com-
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
ping operations.
536

Paper J18-01 The intermediate sensor /Up (PS91) If there is a sheet Open the PF front door
During operation
1050e/1050eP
feed does not turn ON within a specified of paper being and the PF vertical con-
convey- period of time after the vertical convey- printed when a veyance door /Up, and
ance (PF) ance sensor /1 (PS90) turns ON. jam occurs, the remove jammed paper if
J18-02 The loop sensor /1 (PS92) does not main body com- any.
turn ON within a specified period of pletes the paper
time after the intermediate sensor /Up exit before stop-
(PS91) turns ON. ping operations.
J18-03 The loop sensor /2 (PS94) does not Open the PF front door
turn ON within a specified period of and the horizontal con-
time after the pre-registration sensor /2 veyance jam release
(PS93) turns ON. lever, and remove
J18-04 The intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97) Open the PF front door
does not turn ON within a specified and the PF vertical con-
period of time after the vertical convey- veyance door /Lw, and
ance sensor /3 (PS96) turns ON. remove jammed paper if
J18-05 The loop sensor /3 (PS98) does not any.
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the intermediate sensor /Lw
(PS97) turns ON.
J18-06 The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn Open the PF front door,
ON within a specified period of time the PF vertical convey-
after the loop sensor /1 (PS92) turns ance door /Up and the
ON. horizontal conveyance
jam release lever, and
any.
J18-07 The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn Open the PF front door
ON within a specified period of time and the PF horizontal
after the loop sensor /2 (PS94) turns conveyance jam release
ON. lever, and remove
J18-08 The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn Open the PF front door,
ON within a specified period of time the PF vertical convey-
after the loop sensor /3 (PS98) turns ance door /Lw and the
ON. horizontal conveyance
jam release lever, and
any.
J18-09 The intermediate sensor /Up (PS91) — Open the PF front door
When idling
turns ON while in idling. and the PF vertical con-

J18-10 The loop sensor /1 (PS92) turns ON veyance door /Up, and
while in idling. remove jammed paper if
any.
537

Paper J18-11 The loop sensor /2 (PS94) turns ON — Open the PF front door
When idling
/1050e/1050eP
feed while in idling. and the horizontal con-

convey- veyance jam release
ance (PF) lever, and remove
J18-12 The intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97) Open the PF front door
turns ON while in idling. and the PF vertical con-
J18-13 The loop sensor /3 (PS98) turns ON veyance door /Lw, and
while in idling. remove jammed paper if
any.
J18-14 The PF exit sensor (PS99) turns ON Open the PF front door
while in idling. and the horizontal con-
veyance jam release
lever, and remove
Convey- J19-01 The main body vertical conveyance The main body Close the vertical con-
During operation
ance door is opened while in printing. stops immedi- veyance door.

ately.
PF J19-02 The PF front door is opened while in The main body/ Close the PF front door.
printing. PF stops immedi-
ately.
Fusing/ J21-01 While in the print sequence, the maxi- If there is a sheet Open the main body
paper mum density sensor detects paper at of paper being front doors /R and /L,
exit the specified timing. printed when a pull out the ADU section
jam occurs, the and remove jammed
main body com- paper if any.
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
ping operations.
J21-02 While in idling, the maximum density —
When idling
sensor detects paper at the specified

timing.
J31-01 The paper leading edge sensor (PS41) If there is a sheet

During operation
does not turn ON within a specified of paper being

period of time after the registration printed when a
motor (M17) turns no. jam occurs, the
J31-02 The fusing exit sensor (PS22) does not main body com-
time after the paper leading edge sen- exit before stop-
sor (PS41) turns ON. ping operations.
J32-01 The paper exit sensor (PS3) does not
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS22)
turns ON.
538

Fusing/ J32-02 The ADU acceleration sensor (PS49) If there is a sheet Open the main body
During operation
1050e/1050eP
paper does not turn ON within a specified of paper being front doors /R and /L,
exit period of time after the fusing exit sen- printed when a pull out the ADU section
sor (PS22) turns ON. jam occurs, the and remove jammed
J32-03 The reverse sensor /1 (PS48) does not main body com- paper if any.
time after the ADU acceleration sensor exit before stop-
(PS49) turns ON. ping operations.
J32-04 The PS46 does not turn ON again
within a specified period of time after
the reverse sensor /1 (PS48) turns ON.
time after the reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
turns ON.
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the PS3 turns ON.
J32-07 The paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON —
When idling
while in idling.
J32-08 The ADU acceleration sensor (PS49)
J32-09 The fusing exit sensor (PS22) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-10 The reverse/exit sensor (PS50) turns
ON while in idling.
J32-11 The fusing jam sensor (PS23) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-12 The reverse sensor /1 (PS48) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-13 The reverse sensor /2 (PS47) turns ON
while in idling.
External J51-01 The front door/R, /L of the main body The main body Open the main body
During operation
was opened while printing. stops immedi- front doors /R and /L,
ately. pull out the ADU section
and remove jammed
paper if any.
2 539

DF J61-1 The RADF open/close sensor (PS301) The DF stops Open the DF open/close
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
turns OFF while in operation. immediately. If cover and remove

J61-2 The cover open/close switch (MS301) there is paper jammed paper if any.
turns OFF while in operation. being transferred
J62-1 The original registration sensor /Rt or having been
(PS306) does not turn OFF within a transferred, the
specified period of time after the pre- main body com-
feed start. pletes the paper
exit before stop-
ping operations.
J62-2 The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the pre-
feed start of the front side of the double
sided original (including the single sided
original).
specified period of time after the pre-
feed start of the back side of the double
sided original.
J62-4 While in the forward rotation of the orig-
inal conveyance motor (M301), the orig-
inal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-5 While in the reverse rotation of the origi-
nal conveyance motor (M301), the origi-
nal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
J62-6 When entering a large size double sided
original in the reverse section, the origi-
nal reverse sensor (PS309) does not
time after the original conveyance sen-
sor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-7 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
specified period of time after the original
conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
540

DF J62-8 When exiting a large size double sided The DF stops Open the DF open/close
During operation
1050e/1050eP
original, the original exit sensor /Lt immediately. If cover and remove
(PS307) does not turn ON within a there is paper jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after the original being transferred
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON. or having been
J62-9 When exiting a large size single sided transferred, the
original, the original exit sensor /Lt main body com-
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a pletes the paper
specified period of time after it turns exit before stop-
ON. ping operations.
J62-10 When exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J63-1 When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON.
J63-2 When entering a large size double sided
original into the reverse section, the
original reverse sensor (PS309) does
J63-3 When outputting a large size double
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-4 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J63-5 When exiting a small size double sided
reverse/exit sensor (PS313) turns ON.
J63-6 When exiting a small size single sided
ON.
541

DF J63-7 When exiting a small size double sided The DF stops Open the DF open/close
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
original, the original exit sensor /Rt immediately. If cover and remove
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a there is paper jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after it turns being transferred
ON. or having been
J63-8 When entering a small size double transferred, the
sided original into the reverse section, main body com-
the original reverse sensor (PS309) pletes the paper
does not turn ON within a specified exit before stop-
period of time after original conveyance ping operations.
sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J63-9 When outputting a small size double
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after original conveyance
J63-10 When entering a small size double
sided original into the reverse section,
J63-11 When outputting a small size double
J65-1 The original registration sensor /Rt
J65-4 The original reverse sensor (PS309)
J65-8 The original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
J65-10 The original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
J65-20 The original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
J65-40 The reverse jam sensor (PS304) turns
ON while in idling.
J65-80 The original registration sensor /Lt
542

FD J72-01 The FD entrance sensor (PS1) does not The FD and the Remove jammed paper if
During operation
1050e/1050eP
turn ON within a specified period of main body stop any from the FD/main
time after the main body paper exit sen- immediately. body.
sor (PS3) turns ON.
J72-02 The intermediate conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the FD entrance
J72-03 The main tray exit sensor (PS18) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the intermediate conveyance
J72-05 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
period of time after the intermediate
J72-09 The punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
period of time after the FD entrance
J72-10 The 3rd folding conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the punch con-
veyance sensor (PS5) turns ON.
J72-11 The punch registration sensor (PS6)
period of time after the punch convey-
ance sensor (PS5) turns ON.
J72-12 The 1st folding conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the punch regis-
tration sensor (PS6) turns ON.
J72-13 The 3rd folding conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the 1st folding
J72-14 The intermediate conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the 3rd folding
543

FS J72-16 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does The FS and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
not turn ON within a specified period of main body stop if any, from the FS/main
sor (PS3) turns ON.
time after the stacker entrance sensor
(PS5) turns OFF.
J72-18 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
period of time after the FNS entrance
J72-19 While in stapling, the stacker entrance
sensor (PS5) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
stacker entrance motor (M13) turns
ON. While in any other operations than
stapling, the PS5 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J72-20 While in stapling a small size paper, the
main tray exit sensor (PS10) does not
time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
J72-21 While in stapling a large size paper, the
main tray exit sensor (PS10) does not
time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
J72-22 While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
period of time after the FNS entrance
J72-23 While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
period of time after the PS1 turns ON.
J72-28 While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the main tray paper exit sen-
sor (PS10) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the PS10
turns ON.
544

FS J72-30 While in stapling a small size paper, the The FS and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
1050e/1050eP
main tray paper exit sensor (PS10) does main body stop if any, from the FS/main
not turn OFF within a specified period of immediately. body.
time after the PS10 turns ON.
J72-39 The door switch (MS1) turns OFF while The copier stops Close the front door.
in the copy/print. immediately.
FD J72-40 While in the folding operation, the 2nd The FD and the Remove jammed paper if
folding conveyance sensor (PS53) does main body stop any from the FD/main
not turn ON within a specified period of immediately. body.
time after the 1st folding motor (M4)
starts to accelerate.
J72-41 While in the folding operation, the 3rd
folding conveyance sensor (PS54) does
time after the 1st folding motor (M4)
time after the 2nd folding motor (M5)
J72-43 While in the folding operation, the inter-
mediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
period of time after the 3rd folding
motor (M6) starts to accelerate.
time after the 2nd folding conveyance
J72-45 While in the folding operation, the inter-
mediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
period of time after the 3rd folding con-
veyance sensor (PS54) turns ON.
J72-46 The PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
period of time after the PI pick-up sole-
noid /Up (SD13) turns ON.
J72-47 The PI exit sensor (PS4) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the PI conveyance sensor /Up
(PS31) turns ON.
545

FD J72-48 The PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37) The FD and the Remove jammed paper if
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
does not turn ON within a specified main body stop any from the FD/main
period of time after the PI pick-up sole- immediately. body.
noid /Lw (SD14) turns ON.
J72-49 The PI exit sensor (PS4) does not turn
after the PI conveyance sensor /Lw
(PS37) turns ON.
J72-50 The FD entrance sensor (PS1) does not
time after the PI exit sensor (PS4) turns
ON.
J72-58 The PI multi feed is detected.
J72-59 The door switch (MS1) turns OFF.
SD J72-61 The entrance sensor (PS1) does not The SD and the Remove jammed paper if
turn ON within a specified period of main body stop any from the SD/main
time after the exit sensor (PS3) on the immediately. body.
main body turns ON.
J72-62 The horizontal conveyance sensor /1
fied period of time after the entrance
J72-63 The horizontal conveyance sensor /2
fied period of time after the horizontal
conveyance sensor /1 (PS2) turns ON.
J72-64 The horizontal conveyance exit sensor
fied period of time after the horizontal
J72-65 The horizontal conveyance exit sensor
(PS4) does not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time after it turns ON.
J72-66 The subtray exit sensor (PS11) does
time after the horizontal conveyance
sensor /1 (PS2) turns ON.
J72-67 The subtray exit sensor (PS11) does
J72-68 The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
time after the exit sensor (PS3) on the
main body turns ON.
546 2

SD J72-69 The right angle conveyance sensor /2 The SD and the Remove jammed paper if
During operation
1050e/1050eP
(PS6) does not turn ON within a speci- main body stop any from the SD/main
fied period of time after the right angle immediately. body.
conveyance motor (M6) turns ON.
J72-70 The folding sensor /1 (PS7) does not
time after the folding entrance motor
(M3) turns ON.
J72-71 The saddle stitching paper sensor
fied period of time after the folding sub
scan alignment exit motor (M8) turns
ON.
J72-72 The bundle sensor /1 (PS14) does not
time after the bundle arm rotation motor
(M22) turns ON.
time after the bundle clip motor (M11)
turns ON.
time after the bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
turns ON.
J72-75 The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
turn Off within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-76 The horizontal conveyance sensor
fied period of time after the entrance
J72-77 The right angle conveyance sensor /2
fied period of time after the folding
entrance motor (M3) turns ON.
J72-78 The folding sensor /2 (PS44) does not
time after the folding sub scan align-
ment exit motor (M8) turns ON.
J72-79 The saddle stitching paper sensor
specified period of time after the folding
sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
turns ON.
2 547

SD J72-80 The bundle sensor /1 (PS14) does not turn The SD and the Remove jammed paper if
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
OFF within a specified period of time after main body stop any from the SD/main
the bundle clip motor (M11) turns ON. immediately. body.
time after the bundle registration motor
(M12) turns ON.
J72-82 With paper bundle exit, the bundle sen-
sor /4 (PS54) does not turn OFF within
a specified period of time after the bun-
dle registration motor (M12) turns ON.
J72-83 The folding passage sensor (PS8) does
time after the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON.
J72-84 The tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) does
(M4) turns ON.
J72-85 The folding sub scan alignment exit
motor (M8) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns ON.
J72-86 The folding passage sensor (PS8) does
(M4) turns ON.
J72-87 The tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) does
J72-88 With paper bundle exit, the bundle sen-
sor /2 (PS15) does not turn OFF within a
J72-89 The trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
period of time after the bundle press
movement motor (M17) turns ON.
J72-90 The trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
period of time after the bundle registra-
tion motor (M12) turns ON.
J72-99 During printing, either the SD front door
switch /Rt (MS1) or /Lt (MS2) turns OFF.
FS J73-01 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5) — Open the FS front door
When idling
turns ON while in idling. and the jam release lever,

J73-02 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) turns and remove jammed
ON while in idling. paper, if any.
548 2

FS J73-03 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS10) — Open the FS front door
When idling
1050e/1050eP
turns ON while in idling. Or, the stack and the jam release lever,
empty sensor (PS20) turns ON while and remove jammed
turning ON the power source. paper, if any.
FD J73-05 Either of the FD entrance sensor (PS1), — Open the FD front door,
the punch conveyance sensor (PS5) open then the entrance
and the punch registration sensor (PS6) conveyance jam release
turns ON while in idling. levers /1 and /2 and the
punch conveyance jam
release levers /1 and /2,
and then remove
jammed paper, if any.
J73-06 Either of the intermediate conveyance Open the FD front door
sensor (PS13), the sub tray paper exit and the intermediate
sensor (PS16) and the main tray paper conveyance jam lever,
exit sensor (PS18) turns ON while in and remove the jammed
idling. paper, if any.
J73-07 Either of the 1st folding conveyance Open the FD front door,
sensor (PS51), the 2nd folding convey- pull out the folding con-
ance sensor (PS53), the 3rd folding veyance section, open
conveyance sensor (PS54), the S size the folding conveyance
conveyance sensor (PS58), the folding jam release levers /1 to /
entrance sensor (PS52) and the folding 5, and remove jammed
exit sensor (PS2) turns ON while in paper, if any.
idling.
J73-08 Either of the PI conveyance sensor /Up Open the FD upper door
(PS31), the PI conveyance sensor /Lw and remove jammed
(PS37) and the PI exit sensor (PS4) paper, if any. When
turns ON while in idling. jammed paper gets in
the PI exit, open the
entrance conveyance
jam release lever /1 and
remove the jammed
paper.
SD J73-09 The entrance sensor (PS1) turns ON Open the SD front door /
while in idling. Rt and remove jammed
J73-10 Either of the horizontal conveyance paper, if any.
sensor /1 (PS2), the horizontal convey-
ance sensor /2 (PS3), or the subtray
exit sensor (PS11) turns ON while in
idling.
J73-11 The horizontal conveyance exit sensor Open the SD front door /
(PS4) turns ON while in idling. Lt and remove jammed
paper, if any.
1 549

SD J73-12 Either of the right angle conveyance — Open the SD front door /
When idling
/1050e/1050eP
sensor /1 (PS5) or the right angle con- Rt and remove jammed

veyance sensor /2 (PS6) turns ON while paper, if any.
in idling.
J73-13 Either of the folding sensor /1 (PS7), the
folding passage sensor (PS8), the tri-
folding exit sensor, or the folding sensor
/2 (PS44) turns ON while in idling.
J73-14 The saddle stitching paper sensor Open the SD front door /
(PS13) turns ON while in idling. Lt and remove jammed
J73-15 Either of the bundle sensor /1 (PS14), paper, if any.
the bundle sensor /2 (PS15), the bundle
sensor /4 (PS54), or the bundle exit
sensor /2 (PS57) turns ON while in
idling.
LS J73-17 The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan- Open the tandem (1st)
dem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling. LS front door, open then
entrance conveyance
jam release lever and
remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-18 The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the Open the tandem (1st)
tandem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling. LS sub tray cover, and
any.
J73-19 Either of the conveyance sensors /1, /2 Open the tandem (1st)
and /3 (PS7, 16 and 17) of the tandem LS JAM door, and
(1st) LS turns ON while in idling. remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-20 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the Open the tandem (1st)
tandem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling. LS front door, open then
the coupling exit jam
release lever, and
any.
J73-21 The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan- Open the tandem (2nd)
dem (2nd) LS turns ON while in idling. LS front door, open then
entrance conveyance
jam release lever and
any.
J73-22 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS10) Open the tandem (2nd)
of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON while LS sub tray cover, and
in idling. remove jammed paper, if
any.
550 1

LS J73-23 Either of the conveyance sensors /1, /2 — Open the tandem (2nd)
When idling
1050e/1050eP
and /3 (PS7, 16 and 17) of the tandem LS JAM door, and
(2nd) LS turns ON while in idling. remove jammed paper, if
However, in the case of LS-502, only any.
the conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) is
applicable.
J73-24 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the Open the tandem (2nd)
tandem (2nd) LS turns ON while in LS front door, open then
idling. the coupling exit jam
However, in the case of LS-501 only. release lever and remove
jammed paper, if any.
PB J73-30 The entrance sensor (PS1) turns ON Open the front door and
while in idling. remove jammed paper, if
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) turns ON any.
while in idling.
The cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) turns ON Open the upper door
while in idling. and remove jammed
paper, if any.
J73-31 The SC paper detection sensor (PS16) Open the front door and
turns ON while in idling. remove jammed paper, if
J73-32 The clamp paper sensor (PS28) turns any.
ON while in idling.
J73-33 The cover paper switchback sensor
The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) turns
ON while in idling.
The cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) turns
ON while in idling.
J73-34 The book end sensor (PS61) turns ON Open the stacker door
while in idling. and remove jammed
paper, if any.
J73-35 The cover paper conveyance sensor /1 Pull out the paper feed
(PS75) turns ON while in idling. tray and remove jammed
The cover paper conveyance sensor /2 paper, if any.
The cover paper conveyance sensor /3
2 551

LS J74-01 The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan- The LS and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
dem (1st) LS does not turn ON within a main body stop if any, from the LS/main
specified period of time after the main immediately. body.
body paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-02 The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan-
dem (1st) LS does not turn OFF within a
J74-03 The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) does
During operation

time after the entrance sensor (PS4) of
the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-04 The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
J74-05 The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) does
the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-06 The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) of the
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
time after the conveyance sensor /1
(PS7) of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-08 The conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) of
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
J74-11 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) does
552

LS J74-12 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the The LS and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
1050e/1050eP
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF main body stop if any, from the LS/main
within a specified period of time after it immediately. body.
turns ON.
J74-19 The LS front door open jam. While in
any other modes than the tandem
mode, the front door switch (MS1) of
the tandem (1st) LS turns OFF while in
the print/print.
dem (2nd) LS does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the cou-
pling exit sensor (PS18) of the tandem
(1st) LS turns ON.
dem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF within a
J74-33 The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) does
the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
J74-34 The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the
tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
J74-36 The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) of the
turns ON.
(PS7) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
the tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
turns ON.
(PS16) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns
ON.
553

LS J74-40 The conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) of The LS and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF main body stop if any, from the LS/main
within a specified period of time after it immediately. body.
turns ON.
J74-41 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) does
(PS17) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns
ON.
J74-42 The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the
turns ON.
J74-49 The LS front door open jam. While in
any other modes other than the tandem
mode, the front door switch (MS1) of
the tandem (2nd) LS turns OFF while in
the print/print.
PB J74-60 The entrance sensor (PS1) does not The PB and the Remove jammed paper,
turn ON within a specified period of main body stop if any, from the PB/main
sor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-61 The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does not
time after the entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON.
J74-62 The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does not
J74-63 The cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
period of time after the main body
paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-64 The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does not
time after the entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON.
J74-65 The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does not
J74-66 The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
period of time after the SC entrance
554 2

PB J74-67 The SC paper detection sensor (PS16) The PB and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
1050e/1050eP
does not turn OFF within a specified main body stop if any, from the PB/main
period of time after it turns ON. immediately. body.
J74-68 When conveying two pages at a time,
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
time period after the SC entrance sen-
sor (PS2) turns ON.
J74-69 When conveying two pages at a time,
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
J74-70 The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
period of time after the SC bundle con-
veynace motor (M17) turns ON.
J74-71 The clamp paper sensor (PS28) does
time after the Clamp motor (M22) turns
OFF.
J74-72 The glue apply position detection sen-
sor (PS32) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after reversal of
glue tank movement motor (the tank
moves back) turns ON.
J74-73 The glue apply position detection sen-
sor (PS32) does not turn OFF within a
ON.
J74-74 The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) does
time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J74-76 When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the PB, the cover paper
switchback sensor (PS44) does not
turn ON within a specified time period
after the cover paper conveyance
motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-77 When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the PB is complete, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44) does
not turn OFF within a specified time
period after the cover paper convey-
ance motor (M45) turns ON.
2 555

PB J74-78 When positioning the leading edge of The PB and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
the cover paper fed from the PB, the main body stop if any, from the PB/main
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does not immediately. body.
turn OFF within a specified time period
J74-79 When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the PB, the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does not
turn ON within a specified time period
J74-80 When cover paper is fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)
time period after the cover paper
entrance sensor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-82 When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the main body, the
cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
period of time after the cover paper
J74-83 When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the main body is complete, the
cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
period of time after the cover paper
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
time period after the cover paper con-
veyance motor (M45) turns ON.
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
time period after the cover paper con-
veyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-86 The book end sensor (PS61) does not
time after the book conveyance belt
556 2

PB J74-87 When loading first book, the book sen- The PB and the Remove jammed paper,
During operation
1050e/1050eP
sor /1 (PS66) does not turn ON within a main body stop if any, from the PB/main
specified period of time after the book immediately. body.
conveyance belt up down motor (M63)
turns ON.
J74-88 When first row of book moves, the
book sensor /2 (PS67) does not turn
after the book movement motor (M64)
turns ON.
J74-89 When feeding paper, the cover paper
conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) does not
J74-90 The cover paper conveyance sensor /2
fied period of time after the cover paper
J74-91 When re-feeding paper, the cover paper
conveyance sensor /3 (PS77) does not
J74-92 The cover paper conveyance sensor /4
J74-93 The multi feed detection board /2
(MFDTB72) turns OFF.
J74-96 The cover paper switchback sensor
feed motor (M74) turns ON.
J74-97 No paper is detected (the paper has
removed) when restarting the job after
recovery.
J74-98 A cover paper has not been conveyed
to the cover paper table section when
clamping of inside pages is finished.
J74-99 The front door switch (MS2), the upper
door switch (MS3) and the stacker door
switch (MS4) became OFF during print-
ing.
2 557

ADU J92-01 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46) does If there is a sheet Open the main body
During operation
/1050e/1050eP
not turn ON within a specified period of of paper being front doors /R and /L,
time after the reverse sensor /1 (PS48) printed when a pull out the ADU section
turns ON. jam occurs, the and remove jammed
J92-02 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46) does main body com- paper if any.
not turn ON again within a specified pletes the paper
period of time after the PS46 turns ON. exit before stop-
ping operations.
J92-03 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46) —
When idling

J92-04 The ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
J93-01 The ADU exit sensor (PS43) does not If there is a sheet Open the main body
During operation
turn ON within a specified period of of paper being front doors /R and /L,
time after the ADU reverse sensor /1 printed when a pull out the ADU section
(PS46) turns ON. jam occurs, the and remove jammed
main body com- paper if any.
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
ping operations.
J93-02 The ADU conveyance sensor /1 (PS35) —
When idling

J93-03 The ADU conveyance sensor /2 (PS36)
J94-01 The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42) If there is a sheet
During operation
does not turn ON within a specified of paper being

period of time after the ADU exit sensor printed when a
(PS43) turns ON. jam occurs, the
main body com-
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
ping operations.
J94-03 The ADU exit sensor (PS43) turns ON —
When idling
while in idling.
558
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 14. MALFUNCTION CODE

14. MALFUNCTION CODE
14.1 Malfunction code list
1050e/1050eP
A. Note for use
Turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body when releasing an abnormal condition.
B. Code list
NOTE
• For codes with "*" in the code column, "Turn ON the power switch again" is displayed on the touch
panel. For other codes, "Please call service" is displayed.
• For codes with "**" in the code column (SC78-40 to 62: perfect binding tank temperature abnor-
mality related), always repair defective parts then set the DipSW3-1 software of service mode to 0.
If DipSW3-1 is set to 0 before defective parts are fixed, it may cause fire.
Classification Code Causes Resulting Estimated abnormal parts

operation
Drive SC13-01 An abnormal speed signal of the The main body Paper feed motor (M4)
Main body
paper feed motor (M4) is checked. stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
An error detection signal is to turn OFF the
detected twice in succession a RL1 (main).
specified period of time after M4
was turned ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC13-02 An abnormal speed signal of the Paper feed motor (M40)
PF
PFU paper feed motor (M40) is PF drive board (PFUDB)

checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
was turned ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC13-03 The blowout of a fuse for the verti- Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
cal conveyance motor (M8) in the Vertical conveyance motor

printer control board (PRCB) is (M8)
checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) of M8 is detected when
M8 is turned ON.
SC13-05 The blowout of a fuse for the exit PF exit conveyance motor
PF
conveyance motor (M41) in the PF (M41)

drive board (PFUDB) is checked. PF drive board (PFUDB)
of a fuse) of M41 is detected when
M41 is turned ON.
2 559
14. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

operation
Tray /1 SC18-10 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor /1 (M25)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
/1 (M25) is detected. stops immediately Upper limit sensor /1 (PS6)

An error detection signal of M25 is to turn OFF the
detected while M25 is ON. RL1 (main).
SC18-11 When the upper limit sensor /1 Error code is not DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn displayed on the 2)
ON within 20 seconds after the operation panel,
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected. and CSRC. Since
SC18-12 When the upper limit sensor /1 the lifting opera- Printer control board (PRCB)
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the not completed,
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON "Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this tray 1" is displayed
time, an error detection signal on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected. board.
SC18-13 When the upper limit sensor /1 Paper lift motor /1 (M25)
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn
ON within 20 seconds after the
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON
for lifting operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
When M26 is ON, an error detec- to turn OFF the
tion signal of the M26 is detected. RL1 (main).
SC18-22 When the upper limit sensor /2 the lifting opera- Printer control board (PRCB)
560

operation
Main body Tray /2 SC18-23 When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not Paper lift motor /2 (M26)
1050e/1050eP
(PS12) is OFF, PS12 does not turn displayed on the
time, an error detection signal is tion, the list output
not detected. and CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is displayed
on the operation
board.
PF

SC18-32 When the upper limit sensor /1 the lifting opera- PF drive board (PFUDB)
SC18-33 When the upper limit sensor /1 Paper lift motor /1 (M42)
(PS71) is OFF, PS71 does not turn
ON within 20 seconds after the
paper lift motor /1 (M42) turns ON
for lifting operation. And at this
not detected.
561

operation
Tray /4 SC18-41 When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
PF
/1050e/1050eP

SC18-43 When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not Paper lift motor /2 (M43)
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
on the operation
board.
562

operation
PF Tray /5 SC18-53 When the upper limit sensor /3 Error code is not Paper lift motor /3 (M44)
1050e/1050eP
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
on the operation
board.
Wire SC21-01 It is checked that the time for the The main body Charger cleaning motor
Main body
cleaning charger cleaning motor (M23) stops immediately (M23)

abnor- operations is over. to turn OFF the Charger cleaning home sen-
mality • When the charger cleaning RL1 (main). sor (PS26)
home sensor (PS26) is OFF Printer control board (PRCB)
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS26 does not turn
ON within 35 seconds after
the M23 turns ON for home
position research operation
(return operation). At this time,
an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
• PS26 does not turn OFF within
15 seconds after the reverse
operation (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is not detected.
• The charger cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS27) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS26
being OFF. Or, PS26 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS27 turns
ON. At this time, an error
563

operation
Wire SC21-02 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body Charger cleaning motor
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
cleaning charger cleaning motor (M23) in stops immediately (M23)

abnor- the printer control board (PRCB) is to turn OFF the Printer control board (PRCB)
mality checked. RL1 (main).
• When the charger cleaning
home sensor (PS26) is OFF
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS26 does not turn
ON within 35 seconds after
the M23 turns ON for home
(return operation). And at this
time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
15 seconds after the reverse
started. And at this time, an
error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected.
• The charger cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS27) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
fuse) is detected.
SC21-03 The locking of the charger clean- Charger cleaning motor
ing motor (M23) is detected. (M23)
A motor lock signal is detected Charger/cleaning member
while moving from the charger
cleaning limit sensor (PS27) side
to the charger cleaning home sen-
sor (PS26) side, and after a retry
operation, a fifth motor lock signal
is detected.
564

operation
Main body Wire SC21-04 It is checked that the operations of The main body Transfer/separation clean-
1050e/1050eP
cleaning the transfer/separation cleaning stops immediately ing motor (M20)
abnor- motor (M20) are over. to turn OFF the Transfer/separation clean-
mality • When the transfer/separation RL1 (main). ing home sensor (PS38)
cleaning home sensor (PS38) Transfer/separation clean-
is OFF with the main power ing limit sensor (PS39)
switch (SW1) ON, PS38 does ADU drive boards /1, /2
not turn ON within a specified (ADUDB/1, /2)
period of time after the trans-
fer/separation cleaning motor
(M20) turns ON for a home
detected.
a specified period of time after
the reverse operation (return
operation) is started. At this
detected.
• The transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS39) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the reverse
565

operation
Wire SC21-05 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body Transfer/separation clean-
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
cleaning transfer/separation cleaning motor stops immediately ing motor (M20)

abnor- (M20) in the ADU drive boards /1 to turn OFF the ADU drive boards /1, /2
mality and /2 (ADUDB/1 and /2)is RL1 (main). (ADUDB/1, /2)
checked.
• When the transfer/separation
cleaning home sensor (PS38)
is OFF with the main power
switch (SW1) ON, PS38 does
period of time after the trans-
fer/separation cleaning motor
(M20) turns ON for a home
operation) is started. At this
• PS39 does not turn ON within
operation) is started for detec-
tion of PS38 being OFF. Or,
PS38 does not turn ON within
PS39 turns ON. At this time,
SC21-06 The locking of the transfer/separa- Transfer/separation clean-
tion cleaning motor (M20) is ing motor (M20)
detected. Transfer/separation charger/
Motor lock signals are detected Transfer/separation clean-
while moving from the transfer/ ing member
separation limit sensor (PS39) side
to the transfer/separation home
sensor (PS38) side, and after a
retry operation, a fifth motor lock
signal is detected.
566

operation
Main body Wire SC21-07 The home position search time of The main body Transfer assist motor (M19)
1050e/1050eP
cleaning the transfer assist motor is out. stops immediately Transfer assist home sensor
abnor- The transfer assist home sensor to turn OFF the (PS39)
mality (PS39) does not turn ON within a RL1 (main). ADU drive boards /1, /2
specified period of time after the (ADUDB/1, /2)
home position search operation of
the transfer assist motor (M19) is
started.
SC21-08 An error is detected while in the Transfer assist motor (M19)
operation of the transfer assist Transfer/separation clean-
motor. ing limit sensor (PS39)
An error is detected of the transfer Transfer assist home sensor
assist motor (M19) while in the (PS39)
print operation.
Motor SC23-01 The speed error signal of the toner Toner bottle motor (M6)
abnor- bottle motor (M6) is checked. Printer control board (PRCB)
mality An error detection signal is Toner bottle/large capacity
detected twice in succession a hopper
turns ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC23-02 The speed error signal of the Developing motor (M3)
developing motor (M3) is checked. Printer control board (PRCB)
Since an error detection signal is
detected a second after M3 turns
ON, turn OFF M3 for 0.5 seconds.
Then, an error detection signal is
detected again a second after it is
turned ON again.
SC23-03 The locking of the blade motor is Blade motor (M22)
detected. Blade sensor /1 (PS24), /2
The error detection signal (over (PS25)
current) of M22 is detected.
SC23-04 It is checked that the movement of DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
the blade motor (M22) is not com- 2)
pleted, and the 24V power source
is also checked.
The drum READY1 signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the drum motor (M2) turns
ON. Or, the drum READY1 signal
(READY release condition) cannot
be detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns OFF.
At this time, an error detection sig-
nal (24V cut out) is detected.
567

operation
Motor SC23-05 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body Blade motor (M22)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- blade motor (M22) in the printer stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
mality control board (PRCB) is checked. to turn OFF the
The drum READY1 signal (READY RL1 (main).
At this time, the error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) of the
blade motor (M22) is detected.
SC23-06 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not com-
pleted.
The drum READY1 signal (READY
nal is not detected.
SC23-07 It is checked that the movement of DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
the blade motor (M22) is not com- 2)
pleted, and 24V power source is
also checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a spec-
ified period of time after the blade
replacement signal turns OFF. At
this time, an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is detected.
568

operation
Main body Motor SC23-08 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body Blade motor (M22)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- blade motor (M22) in the printer stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
mality control board (PRCB) is checked. to turn OFF the
The blade READY signal (READY RL1 (main).
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a spec-
ified period of time after the blade
replacement signal turns OFF. At
this time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) of the blade
motor (M22) is detected.
SC23-09 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not com-
pleted. The blade READY signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the blade replace-
ment signal turns ON. Or, the
blade READY signal (READY
release condition) cannot be
of time after the blade replace-
ment signal turns OFF. At this
not detected.
SC23-10 It is checked that the drum motor Drum motor (M2)
(M2) does not start. The drum Printer control board (PRCB)
READY2 signal (READY signal) is
not detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns ON.
SC23-11 The blowout of a fuse for the inter- Intermediate hopper motor
mediate hopper motor (M11) in (M11)
the printer control board (PRCB) is Printer control board (PRCB)
checked.
of a fuse) is detected when M11
turns ON.
569

operation
Motor SC23-12 The blowout of a fuse for the air The main body Air separation motor (M10)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- separation motor (M10) in the stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
mality printer control board (PRCB) is to turn OFF the
checked. RL1 (main).
of a fuse) is detected when M10
turns ON.
Toner SC23-13 Air separation motor (M10) rota- Air separation motor (M10)
convey- tion abnormality. Since an error is Air motor encoder sensor
ance detected when M10 turns ON, (PS30)
abnor- turn it OFF. An error is still Resetting of the intermedi-
mality detected when turn it ON again. ate toner hopper section
SC23-14 The toner conveyance abnormality Toner pump motor (M28)
is detected. When toner is sup- Air pump motor (M29)
plied for 8 minutes and the toner Toner remaining sensor /1
remaining sensor /1 (PS31) does (PS31)
not turn ON, it is found that the Toner remaining sensor /3
toner remaining sensor /3 (PS33) (PS33)
of the large capacity hopper turns
ON for the last 15 seconds in suc- Note:
cession. • When the code SC23-
14 occurs, be sure to
repair defective parts
before setting the
software DIPSW3-1 to
0. Setting the
DIPSW3-1 to 0 with-
out repairing defec-
tive parts may cause
toner to overflow
inside and outside of
the machine.
SC23-15 Toner remaining detection sensor / Toner remaining sensor /2
3 (PS33) abnormality. When the (PS32)
toner remaining sensor /1 (PS31) Toner remaining sensor /3
does not turn ON even if toner is (PS33)
supplied for 8 minutes, it is found
that the toner remaining sensor /2
(PS32) of the large capacity hop-
per turns ON for the last 15 sec-
onds in succession, and the toner
remaining sensor /3 (PS33) turns
OFF.
570

operation
Main body Toner SC23-17 Leakage at the mixing section is The main body Toner pump motor (M28)
1050e/1050eP
convey- detected. When the toner pump stops immediately Air pump motor (M29)
ance motor (M28) is operating, the to turn OFF the Toner remaining sensor /4
abnor- toner remaining sensor /4 (PS34) RL1 (main). (PS34)
mality detects the toner being provided
in succession for 20 seconds. Note:
• When the code SC23-
17 occurs, be sure to
repair defective parts
before setting the
software DIPSW3-1 to
0. Setting the
DIPSW3-1 to 0 with-
out repairing defec-
tive parts may cause
toner to overflow
inside and outside of
the machine.
SC23-20 Toner pump motor (M28) abnor- DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
mality. The rotation of the toner 2)
pump motor (M28) and the 24 V Toner pump motor (M28)
power source are checked. While
M28 is rotating, an error detection
signal (abnormal rotation) is
detected for more than 1 second.
nal (24V cut off) is detected.
SC23-21 • Toner pump motor (M28) Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormality. The blowout of a Toner pump motor (M28)
fuse for the toner pump motor Recycle cut motor (M30)
(M28) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
While M28 is rotating, an error
detection signal (abnormal
rotation) is detected for more
than 1 second. At this time, an
error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected, but an
error signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
• When recycle cut motor (M30)
is operating, abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected twice for the
specified time. (First time
ignored)
2 571

operation
Toner SC23-22 Toner pump motor (M28) abnor- The main body Toner pump motor (M28)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
convey- mality. The rotation of the toner stops immediately Pump encoder sensor /1
ance pump motor (M28) is checked. to turn OFF the (PS28)
abnor- While M28 is rotating, an error RL1 (main).
mality detection signal (abnormal rota-
tion) is detected for more than 1
second. At this time, error signals
(blowout of a fuse and 24V cut off)
are not detected.
SC23-24 Air pump motor (M29) abnormal- DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
ity. The rotation of the air pump 2)
motor (M29) and the 24V power Air pump motor (M29)
source are checked.
detection signal (abnormal rota-
second. At this time, an error sig-
SC23-25 Air pump motor (M29) abnormal- Printer control board (PRCB)
ity. The blowout of a fuse for the Air pump motor (M29)
air pump motor (M29) in the
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked.
detection signal (abnormal rota-
second. At this time, an abnormal-
ity signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected, but no abnormality sig-
SC23-26 Air pump motor (M29) abnormal- Air pump motor (M29)
ity. The rotation of the air pump Pump encoder sensor
motor (M29) is checked for more (PS29)
than 1 second. An error detection Load of the pump
signal (abnormal rotation) is
detected for more than 1 second.
At this time, error signals (blowout
of a fuse and 24V cut off) are not
detected.
572

operation
Main body Toner SC-23-50 Toner collection box detected full When the waste Toner collection box
1050e/1050eP
convey- toner amount
ance exceeds 80% of
abnor- the toner collec-
mality tion box, a warn-
ing message is
displayed in the
operation panel
and the recycle
cut motor (M30) is
stopped after spe-
cific printing.
Drum SC24-01 When the change in temperature The main body Drum temperature sensor
of the drum temperature sensor stops immediately (TH5)
(TH5) is less than -2°C a specified to turn OFF the
period of time after the main RL1 (main).
power switch (SW1) turns ON to
start the control of the dehumidifi-
cation heater /1 (HTR1) and the
drum temperature is below 10°C
after the elapse of 1 minute.
SC24-02 When the main power switch
(SW1) turns ON with the fusing
temperature below 50°C, the
detected temperature of the drum
temperature sensor (TH5) is more
than 52°C, and when the detected
temperature is above 52°C after a
specified period of time.
High SC28-01 A charge leak is detected. After a Charger
voltage charge error detection signal is Power feeding contact
power detected while in the charge ON, High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
source up to 5 charge ON/OFF opera-
abnor- tions occur in succession while in
mality 10 prints.
SC28-02 A transfer leak is detected. After a Transfer/separation charger
transfer error detection signal is Power feeding point
detected while in the transfer ON, High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
up to 5 transfer ON/OFF opera-
tions occur in succession while in
10 prints.
SC28-03 A separation leak is detected.
After a separation error detection
signal is detected while in the sep-
aration ON, up to 5 separation
ON/OFF operations occur in suc-
cession while in 10 prints.
2 573

operation
High SC28-04 The error detection signal (blowout The main body ADU drive boards /1, /2
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
voltage of a 24V fuse) of the high voltage stops immediately (ADUDB1, 2)

power unit /2 (HV2) is detected. to turn OFF the High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
source RL1 (main).
abnor-
mality
Process SC29-01 The dirt correction of the sensor is Toner control sensor board
abnor- not completed. While in the maxi- (TCSB)
mality mum density correction, the dirt
correction of the maximum density
sensor is not sufficient. When this
condition is detected 10 times in
succession, the error code is dis-
played.
SC29-02 The maximum density correction Error code is not Toner control sensor board
is not completed. While in the displayed on the (TCSB)
maximum density correction, the operation panel, Developing motor (M3)
number of rotations of the devel- but displayed only
oping sleeve gets to the maxi- on the data collec-
mum. tion, the list output
SC29-03 The maximum density sensor out- and the CSRC. Toner control sensor board
put abnormality. While in the maxi- The control of the (TCSB)
mum density correction, a patch main body is Write unit
for control is not output. (No out- made by using a Image processing board
put is made from the maximum data previously (IPB)
density sensor.) obtained. Overall control board
(OACB)
SC29-04 The dirt correction of the sensor is The main body Toner control sensor board
not completed. While in gamma stops immediately (TCSB) (gamma sensor
correction, the dirt correction of to turn OFF the cleaning required)
the gamma sensor is not suffi- RL1 (main).
cient. When gamma sensor less
than the specified value is
detected ten times in succession,
this error code is displayed.
574 2

operation
Main body Process SC29-05 The gamma sensor output abnor- Error code is not Toner control sensor board
1050e/1050eP
abnormality. While in the gamma correc- displayed on the (TCSB)
mality tion, a patch for control is not operation panel, Write unit
output. (No output is made from but displayed only Image processing board
the gamma sensor.) on the data collec- (IPB)
tion, the list output Overall control board
and the CSRC. (OACB)
SC29-06 The gamma correction data is The control of the Image processing board
defective. The gamma correction main body is (IPB)
output is abnormal. A regression made by using a Printer control board (PRCB)
error when carrying out a gamma data previously
curve operation while in the obtained.
gamma correction.
SC29-07 The dirt correction of the sensor is The main body Toner control sensor board
not completed. While in the dot stops immediately (TCSB) (gamma sensor
diameter correction, the dirt cor- to turn OFF the cleaning required)
rection of the gamma sensor is RL1 (main).
not sufficient. When gamma sen-
sor less than the specified value is
detected five times in succession,
this error code is displayed.
SC29-08 Correction abnormality. While in Error code is not Image processing board
the dot diameter correction, the displayed on the (IPB)
correction is terminated with an operation panel, Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormal value. but displayed only
on the data collec-
tion, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-09 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out- The main body Drum potential sensor (DPS)
put abnormality. While in the 0V stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
check of the DPS, more than to turn OFF the
100V of the drum surface potential RL1 (main).
is detected more than 5 times.
When the error code is detected 5
times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
2 575

operation
Process SC29-10 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out- The main body Drum potential sensor (DPS)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- put abnormality. While in the drum stops immediately Printer control board (PRCB)
mality potential correction, a patch for to turn OFF the
control is not output with the V1 RL1 (main).
getting to more than 350V. When
this condition is detected 5 times
in succession, the error code is
displayed.
SC29-11 The data is defective. While in the
drum potential correction, no con-
vergence is obtained even after
correction is made more than 10
times. When this condition is
detected 5 times in succession,
the error code is displayed.
SC29-12 Auto adjustment monitor value Error code is not High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
abnormality. No convergence is displayed on the
made in the auto adjustment of operation panel,
the transfer current. but displayed only
SC29-13 Auto adjustment monitor value on the data collec-
abnormality. No convergence is tion, the list output
made in the auto adjustment of and the CSRC.
the separation (AC) current. The control of the
SC29-14 Auto adjustment monitor value main body is
abnormality. No convergence is made by using a
made in the auto adjustment of data previously
the separation (DC) current. obtained.
SC29-15 Auto adjustment monitor value High voltage unit /1 (HV1)

abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the developing bias.
SC29-16 Drum charger capacity deteriora- The main body Drum
tion abnormality. When the stops immediately Drum potential sensor (DPS)
charger grid/developing bias is in to turn OFF the
excess of the limit of correction, RL1 (main).
lower the developing potential/
fogging margin potential in steps
of 50V. And as a result, less than
50V of the difference with the tar-
get charger potential is detected
10 times in succession.
576

operation
Main body Fan SC32-01 The rotation of the IPB cooling fan The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- (FM12) is checked, and the 24V stops immediately 1)
mality power source is also checked. An to turn OFF the
abnormal signal condition occurs RL1 (main).
FM12 is turned ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC32-02 The blowout of a fuse for the IPB AC drive board (ACDB)
cooling fan (FM12) in the AC drive IPB cooling fan (FM12)
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM12 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified period
of time after FM12 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
fuse) is detected with the 24V nor-
mal.
SC32-03 The rotation of the IPB cooling fan
(FM12) is checked.
detection signal (24V cut off/blow-
out of a fuse) is not detected.
SC32-04 When the print is started, the EM Error code is not AC drive board (ACDB)
signal of the PB cooling fan displayed on the IPB cooling fan (FM12)
(FM12) turns ON. operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collec-
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
577

operation
Fan SC32-05 The rotation of the pump cooling The main body DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- fan (FM11) is checked, and the stops immediately 2)

mality 24V power source is also to turn OFF the
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-06 The blowout of a fuse for the Pump cooling fan (FM11)
pump cooling fan (FM11) in the Printer control board (PRCB)
checked.
fuse) is detected.
SC32-07 The rotation of the pump cooling Pump cooling fan (FM11)
fan (FM11) is checked. Printer control board (PRCB)
578

operation
Main body Fan SC32-09 The rotation of the transfer/sepa- The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- ration suction fan (FM4) is stops immediately 1)
mality checked, and the 24V power to turn OFF the
source is also checked. RL1 (main).
with the FM4 EM signal a specified
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detected.
SC32-10 The blowout of a fuse for the Transfer/separation suction
transfer/separation suction fan fan (FM4)
(FM4) in the printer control board Printer control board (PRCB)
(PRCB) is checked.
mal.
SC32-11 The rotation of the transfer/sepa- Transfer/separation suction
ration suction fan (FM4) is fan (FM4)
checked. Printer control board (PRCB)
579

operation
Fan SC32-12 The rotation of the developing The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- suction fan (FM5) is checked, and stops immediately 1)

mality the 24V power source is also to turn OFF the
detected.
SC32-13 The blowout of a fuse for the Developing suction fan
developing suction fan (FM5) in (FM5)
checked.
mal.
SC32-14 The rotation of the developing Developing suction fan
suction fan (FM5) is checked. (FM5)
An abnormal condition occurs Printer control board (PRCB)
580

operation
Main body Fan SC32-15 The rotation of the paper exit cool- The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- ing fan /1 (FM9) is checked, and stops immediately 1)
detected.
SC32-16 The blowout of a fuse for the Paper exit cooling fan /1
paper exit cooling fan /1 (FM9) in (FM9)
checked.
mal.
SC32-17 The rotation of the paper exit cool- Paper exit cooling fan /1
ing fan /1 (FM9) is checked. (FM9)
581

operation
Fan SC32-18 The rotation of the paper exit cool- The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- ing fan /2 (FM10) is checked, and stops immediately 1)

detected.
SC32-19 The blowout of a fuse for the Paper exit cooling fans /2
paper exit cooling fans /2 (FM10) (FM10), /3 (FM28)
and /3 (FM28) in the printer control
mal.
SC32-20 The rotation of the paper exit cool- Paper exit cooling fans /2
ing fans /2 (FM10) and /3 (FM28) (FM10), /3 (FM28)
is checked.
582

operation
Main body Fan SC32-21 The rotation of the paper feed The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- assist fan /Fr1 (FM20) is checked, stops immediately 1)
mality and the 24V power source is also to turn OFF the
detected.
SC32-22 The blowout of a fuse for the Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
paper feed assist fan /Fr1 (FM20) (FM20)
in the printer control board (PRCB) Printer control board (PRCB)
is checked.
mal.
SC32-23 The rotation of the paper feed Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
assist fan /Fr1 (FM20) is checked. (FM20)
583

operation
Fan SC32-24 The rotation of the paper feed The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- assist fan /Rr1 (FM21) is checked, stops immediately 1)

detected.
SC32-25 The blowout of a fuse for the Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
paper feed assist fan /Rr1 (FM21) (FM21)
is checked.
mal.
SC32-26 The rotation of the paper feed Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
assist fan /Rr1 (FM21) is checked. (FM21)
584

operation
Main body Fan SC32-27 The rotation of the paper feed The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
detected.
is checked.
fuse) is detected.
585

operation
Main body
/1050e/1050eP

detected.
is checked.
mal.
586

operation
PF Fan SC32-33 The rotation of the paper feed The main body DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
detected.
in the printer control board (PRCB) PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
mal.
An abnormal condition occurs PF drive board (PFUDB)
587

operation
PF
/1050e/1050eP

detected.
is checked.
mal.
588

operation
1050e/1050eP
detected.
is checked.
mal.
589

operation
PF
/1050e/1050eP

detected.
is checked.
mal.
590

operation
1050e/1050eP
detected.
is checked.
mal.
and then turned ON, and no error
out of a fuse) is detected.
591

operation
PF
/1050e/1050eP

detected.
is checked.
mal.
592

operation
PF Fan SC32-51 The rotation of the cooling fan The main body DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- (FM20) is checked, and the 24V stops immediately 2)
mality power source is also checked. to turn OFF the
An abnormal condition occurs RL1 (main).
detected.
SC32-52 The blowout of a fuse for the cool- Cooling fan (FM20)
ing fan (FM20) in the printer con- PF drive board (PFUDB)
trol board (PRCB) is checked.
mal.
SC32-53 The rotation of the cooling fan
Main body
(FM20) is checked.
593

operation
Fan SC32-54 The rotation of the power supply The main body DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- cooling fan /3 (FM27) is checked. stops immediately 2)

mality An abnormal condition occurs to turn OFF the
with the FM27 EM signal a speci- RL1 (main).
and then turned ON, and no error
out of a fuse) is detected.
SC32-55 The EM signal of the power supply Error code is not
cooling fan /3 (FM27) is ON when displayed on the
starting the print. operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collec-
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
ADU SC33-01 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body ADU drive board /2
sec- motor of the registration section in stops immediately (ADUDB2)
tion the ADU drive board /2 (ADUDB2) to turn OFF the ADU conveyance motor /2
motor is checked. RL1 (main). (M16)
abnor- An error detection signal (blowout Registration motor (M17)
mality of a fuse) of the ADU conveyance Loop motor (M18)
motor /2 (M16)/ registration motor
(M17)/loop motor (M18) is
detected after the print is started.
At this time, the closing of the
door detection/PFU door is
detected 10 times in succession.
594

operation
Main body ADU SC33-02 The blowout of a fuse for the ADU The main body ADU drive board /1
1050e/1050eP
sec- motor in the ADU drive board /1 stops immediately (ADUDB1)
tion (ADUDB1) is checked. to turn OFF the Reverse/exit motor (M13)
motor An error detection signal (blowout RL1 (main). ADU accelerate motor (M14)
abnor- of a fuse) of the reverse/exit motor ADU conveyance motor /1
mality (M13)/ADU acceleration motor (M15)
(M14)/ ADU conveyance motor /1 ADU reverse motor (M12)
(M15)/ADU reverse motor (M12) is
detected after the print is started.
At this time, the closing of the
door detection/PFU door is
detected 10 times in succession.
SC33-04 The blowout of a fuse for the Printer control board (PRCB)
transfer assist motor (M19) in the Transfer assist motor (M19)
checked.
When M19 turns ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. At this time, the
closing of the door is detected 10
times in succession.
SC33-05 The blowout of a fuse for the web DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
motor (M24) in the printer control 2)
board (PRCB) is checked, and the
24V power source is also
checked.
When M24 turn ON from OFF,
error detection signals (blowout of
a fuse and the 24V cut off) are
detected.
SC33-06 The blowout of a fuse for the web Printer control board (PRCB)
motor (M24) in the printer control Web motor (M24)
When M24 turns ON from OFF, an
fuse) is detected. At this time, an
is not detected.
595

operation
Fusing SC34-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera- The main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
high tem- ture detection (software). stops immediately AC drive board (ACDB)
perature TH1 detects a temperature of to turn OFF the Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
abnor- 210°C or above 5 times in a RL1 (main). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
mality period of 1 second. Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
SC34-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high tempera- Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (software). Thermistor /2 (TH2)
TH3 detects a temperature of Thermistor /3 (TH3)
230°C or above 5 times in a Thermistor /4 (TH4)
period of 1 second. Caution:
SC34-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera- • When SC34-**, SC35-
ture detection (hardware). ** or SC36-** (fusing
An abnormal condition is detected temperature related
with the fusing error detection sig- abnormalities) occur,
nal 1. be sure to repair
defective parts before
SC34-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high tempera-
setting the software
ture detection (hardware). An
DIPSW3-1 to 0. Set-
abnormal condition is detected
ting the DIPSW3-1 to
with the fusing error detection sig-
0 with defective parts
nal 4.
not repaired may
Fusing SC35-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
result in a fire.
low tem- ture detection (software). TH1
perature does not get to 50°C when a
abnor- specified period of time elapses
mality after the main switch (SW1) is
turned ON for the fusing ON con-
trol.
SC35-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
ture detection (software). TH3
does not get to 50°C when a
specified period of time elapses
after the main switch (SW1) is
turned ON for the fusing ON con-
trol.
Fusing SC36-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera-
sensor ture detection (long time/soft-
abnor- ware). TH1 detects a temperature
mality of 200°C or above 30 times in a
row in a period of 1 second.
SC36-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high tempera-
ture detection (long time/soft-
ware). TH3 detects a temperature
of 220°C or above 30 times in a
row in a period of 1 second.
596

operation
Main body Fusing SC36-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera- The main body Printer control board (PRCB)
1050e/1050eP
sensor ture detection (hardware). TH1 stops immediately AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- detects an abnormal condition to turn OFF the Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
mality with the fusing error detection sig- RL1 (main). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
nal 2. Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
SC36-04 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera- Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (hardware). TH3 Thermistor /2 (TH2)
detects an abnormal condition Thermistor /3 (TH3)
with the fusing error detection sig- Thermistor /4 (TH4)
nal 5. Caution:
SC36-05 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera- • When SC34-**, SC35-
ture detection (hardware). TH1 ** or SC36-** (fusing
detects an abnormal condition temperature related
with the fusing error detection sig- abnormalities) occur,
nal 3. be sure to repair
defective parts before
SC36-06 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
setting the software
ture detection (hardware). TH3
DIPSW3-1 to 0. Set-
detects an abnormal condition
ting the DIPSW3-1 to
with the fusing error detection sig-
0 with defective parts
nal 6.
not repaired may
result in a fire.
Scanner SC41-01 It is checked that the movement DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor- time for the scanner motor (M27) 1)
mality is over, and the 24V power source
is also checked. The scanner
home sensor (PS51) or the APS
sensor /1 (PS52) does not turn
ON within a specified period of
time after the home position
search is started. And an error
detected with the scanner motor
(M27).
SC41-02 The blowout of a fuse for the Scanner drive board (SDB)
scanner motor (M27) in the scan- Scanner motor (M27)
ner drive board (SDB) is checked.
The scanner home sensor (PS51)
or the APS sensor /1 (PS52) does
period of time after the home posi-
tion search is started. And an error
fuse) is detected with M27. At this
(24V cut off) is not detected with
the M27.
2 597

operation
Scanner SC41-03 The time for the movement of the The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- scanner motor (M27) is over. The stops immediately Scanner motor (M27)
mality scanner home sensor (PS51) or to turn OFF the Scanner home sensor
the APS sensor /1 (PS52) does RL1 (main). (PS51)
period of time after the home posi-
tion search is started. And an error
fuse/24V cut off) is not detected
with the M27.
Write SC41-10 The abnormal speed of the poly- DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor- gon motor (M21) is checked, and 1)
mality the 24V power source is also
checked. When switching the
speed of M21, the lock signal of
M21 is not detected within a
switchover is started, and an error
detected.
SC41-11 The abnormal speed of the poly- Polygon motor (M21)
gon motor (M21) is checked. Printer control board (PRCB)
When switching the speed of
M21, the lock signal of M21 is not
of time after the switchover is
started.
Fan SC42-01 The rotation of the scanner cool- DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor- ing fan (FM19) is checked, and 2)
mality 24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM19 EM signal a
specified period of time after
FM19 turns ON. This abnormal
is detected.
598

operation
Main body Fan SC42-02 The blowout of a fuse for the The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- scanner cooling fan (FM19) in the stops immediately Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
mality scanner drive board (SDB) is to turn OFF the
checked. An abnormal condition RL1 (main).
is not detected.
SC42-03 The rotation of the scanner cool- Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
ing fan (FM19) is checked. An
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM19 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM19 turns
SC42-04 The rotation of the suction fan /1 DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(FM6) is checked, and 24V power 2)
source is also checked. An abnor-
mal condition occurs with the FM6
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM6 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM6
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
599

operation
Fan SC42-05 The blowout of a fuse for the suc- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- tion fan /1 (FM6) in the AC drive stops immediately Suction fan /1 (FM6)
mality board (ACDB) is checked. An to turn OFF the
abnormal condition occurs with RL1 (main).
period of time after FM6 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM6 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC42-06 The rotation of the suction fan /1
(FM6) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM6 EM
signal a specified period of time
after FM6 turns ON. This abnor-
mal condition recurs even a speci-
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
SC42-07 The EM signal of the suction fan /1 Suction fan /1 (FM6)
(FM6) is ON when the printing is
started.
SC42-08 The rotation of the suction fans /2 DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(FM7) and /3 (FM8) is checked, 2)
and the 24V power source is also
occurs with the FM7/FM8 EM sig-
nal a specified period of time after
FM7/FM8 turns ON. This abnor-
fied period of time after FM7/FM8
600

operation
Main body Fan SC42-09 The blowout of a fuse for the suc- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- tion fans /2 (FM7) and /3 (FM8) in stops immediately Suction fan /2 (FM7)
mality the AC drive board (ACDB) is to turn OFF the Suction fan /3 (FM8)
checked. An abnormal condition RL1 (main).
occurs with the FM7/FM8 EM sig-
nal a specified period of time after
FM7/FM8 turns ON. This abnor-
(blowout of a fuse) is detected. At
this time an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is not detected.
SC42-10 The rotation of the suction fans /2
(FM7) and /3 (FM8) is checked. An
the FM7/FM8 EM signal a speci-
turns ON. This abnormal condition
time after FM7/FM8 is turned OFF
SC42-16 The rotation of the polygon cool- DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
ing fan (FM18) is checked, and the 2)
24V power source is also
is detected.
601

operation
Fan SC42-17 The blowout of a fuse for the poly- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- gon cooling fans (FM18) in the AC stops immediately Polygon cooling fan (FM18)
mality drive board (ACDB) is checked. to turn OFF the
An abnormal condition occurs RL1 (main).
fied period of time after FM18
turns ON. This abnormal condition
is not detected.
SC42-18 Rotation of the polygon cooling
fans (FM18) is checked. An abnor-
mal condition occurs with the
FM18 EM signal a specified period
of time after FM18 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
FM18 is turned OFF and then
signal (24V cut off/blowout of a
SC42-19 The EM signal of the polygon Error code is not Polygon cooling fan (FM18)
cooling fan (FM18) is ON when the displayed on the
printing is started. operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collec-
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
602

operation
Main body Image SC46-01* APC abnormality. While in the If there is a copy Write unit
1050e/1050eP
pro- image write, APC is not applicable being made, the Power connector of the
cess- for the correction of the sub scan main body com- image processing board
ing beam. Due to the 12V DC power pletes the paper (IPB)
abnor- for the laser drive not supplied, the exit before stop-
mality MPC being wrong and the laser ping operations.
defective, the laser does not light Turn OFF the RL1
up. (main).
Also, due to the rotation of the
polygon mirror unavailable, the
displacement of the index sensor,
and the index sensor being defec-
tive, the index sensor cannot
detect the laser.
SC46-02* Scanner FIFO abnormality. FIFO Image processing board
address abnormality for the scan- (IPB)
ner.
While in the image read, the com-
pression of image data that is read
in is not correctly terminated.
SC46-03* FIFO address abnormality for the
printer.
While in the image write, the
expansion processing of image
data that is read in is not correctly
terminated.
SC46-05* Compression input FIFO abnor-
mality. An error interrupt occurs
with the compression/expansion
chip FIFO.
SC46-06* Elongation abnormality. Due to the
elongation of data the compres-
sion of which is not completed,
the destruction of the compressed
data and the abnormal length of
data, an elongation abnormality is
detected.
SC46-08* Index sensor abnormality. While in Write unit
the execution of APC, no change Power connector of the
is found in the output of the index image processing board
sensor. (IPB)
SC46-12* SVV length abnormality. After Image processing board
negation of SVV, the compression (IPB)
of images that are read in and their
development into the page mem-
ory are not terminated within a
603

operation
Image SC46-13* Scanner time out. While in the If there is a copy Image processing board
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
pro- image read, the compression pro- being made, the (IPB)
cess- cessing from the scanner into the main body com- ADF
ing memory does not terminate within pletes the paper Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- a specified period of time. The exit before stop-
mality development from the scanner ping operations.
into the page memory does not Turn OFF the RL1
terminate within a specified period (main).
of time. The SVV is not detected
within a specified period of time.
SC46-14* Printer time out. While in the Image processing board
image write, the expansion pro- (IPB)
cessing from the memory to the Printer control board (PRCB)
printer does not terminate within a
The output from the page memory
to the printer does not terminate
The PVV is not detected within a
SC46-15* Expansion device access abnor- Image processing board
mality. While in the image write, (IPB)
despite of no resource provided, Image processing program
an inappropriate processing such
as accessing to the elongation
device is made.
SC46-16* Compression device access
abnormality. When writing images,
in spite of no resource provided,
an inappropriate processing such
as an access to the compression
device is made.
SC46-17* Filter coefficient abnormality.
When processing images, a filter
coefficient cannot be created nor-
mally.
SC46-19* When accessing to the memory
device, a defective software is
detected.
604

operation
Main body Image SC46-21* Memory time out. The expansion If there is a copy Image processing board
1050e/1050eP
pro- processing from the memory to being made, the (IPB)
cess- the pate memory is not terminated main body com- Image processing program
ing within a specified period of time. pletes the paper Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- The compression processing from exit before stop-
mality the page memory to the memory ping operations.
is not terminated within a specified Turn OFF the RL1
period of time. (main).
The development from the mem-
ory into the page memory is not
terminated within a specified
period of time. The transmission of
the compressed data from mem-
ory to memory is not terminated
SC46-23* SVV off abnormality. While in the Image processing board
image read, SVV does not turn (IPB)
OFF within a specified period of
time and the preparation for scan-
ning the next page cannot be
started.
SC46-24* Shading correction abnormality Image processing board
(GA abnormality). (IPB)
SC46-25* AOC/AGC adjustment level abnor- Image processing program
mality.
• The light blocking cover at the
read section and the lens
cover are removed.
• The connector of the A/D con-
verter board is disconnected.
• The power cable of the A/D
converter board is unplugged.
• The IC protector of the A/D
converter board is cut off.
• The light volume of the expo-
sure lamp is excessive.
• The exposure lamp does not
light up.
605

operation
Image SC46-26 The adjustment data evacuated Error code is not Image processing board
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
pro- by resolutions is not available. displayed on the (IPB)

cess- operation panel,
ing but displayed only
abnor- SC46-27 A density conversion gamma on the data collec-
mality curve cannot be created normally. tion, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC46-31* Despite of the MPC not being ter- If there is a copy Image processing board
minated, the initial sampling of the being made, the (IPB)
APC is attempted. main body com- Image processing program
SC46-32* While executing the APC, the exe- pletes the paper
cution of the MPC is attempted. exit before stop-
SC46-35* Sequentially shot page area ping operations.
abnormality. Due to an image area Turn OFF the RL1
abnormality on the memory, (main).
images cannot be developed on
the memory.
SC46-36* Initial APC timing abnormality. The Write section
PVV is turned ON before the initial Printer control program
APC start processing is com- Image processing program
pleted.
SC46-40 Hard disk initialization abnormality. The main body Image processing board
The hard disk is defective, or the stops immediately (IPB)
connector is poorly connected. to turn OFF the Image processing program
(1050,1050e only) RL1 (main). Hard disk /1 (HDD1)
SC46-41 The JOB information cannot be
stored on the hard disk.
(1050,1050e only)
SC46-42 While in a periodical cleaning,
opening the rote to hard disk is
not succeed. (1050,1050e only)
SC46-43 Hard disk access defective.
The hard disk is defective or the
connector is connected improp-
erly. (1050,1050e only)
SC46-50 Communication error is detected Image processing board
during tandem operation. (IPB)
SC46-51 Communication error is detected Image processing program
during tandem image transmis-
sion.
606 2

operation
Main body Image SC46-61 The scan operation starts before Error code is not ADF
1050e/1050eP
pro- the original skew adjustment is displayed on the Original skew sensor /Fr
cess- terminated. (The skew adjustment operation panel, (PS312), /Rr (PS311)
ing is too late.) but displayed only
abnor- SC46-62 The print operation starts before on the data collec- Centering sensor (PS54)
mality the paper mis-centering adjust- tion, the list output
ment is terminated. (The mis-cen- and the CSRC.
tering adjustment is too late.) The control of the
SC46-63 The AGC is retried due to the main body is Exposure lamp (L1)
decreased light volume of the made by using a
exposure lamp. However, no error data previously
occurs. obtained.
SC46-64 A PWM gamma curve is not cre- Toner control sensor board
ated properly. (TCSB)
SC46-66 Shift amount abnormality while in
the repeat (when the width is
specified, or in the auto mode).
When the shift amount while in the
repeat is negative (-).
SC46-80* The message queue is insufficient If there is a copy Image processing program
or destroyed. being made, the
SC46-81* The parameter value is in excess main body com- Image processing board
of the permissible limits. pletes the paper (IPB)
SC46-82* The ID of the task that sends the exit before stop-
message queue is undefined. ping operations.
Turn OFF the RL1
SC46-83* The receiving event of the mes-
(main).
sage is undefined.
SC46-90* Memory access abnormality.
SC46-91* Header readout address abnor-
mality.
SC46-99* DIMM memory abnormality. An
error is detected in the DIMM
memory check at the start.
IC SC49-01 Printer controller initial communi- The main body IC board (ICB)
Con- cation abnormality stops immediately Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
troller SC49-03 Transfer error to the main body to turn OFF the IC board (ICB)
abnor- image memory RL1 (main).
mality SC49-04 Hard disc /2 (HDD2) abnormality IC board (ICB)
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
SC49-05 IC cooling fan (FM24) lock abnor- IC board (ICB)
mality
SC49-06 Unregulations IP error. –
SC49-07 The CF version is different from Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
the version information in the hard format HDD2
disc /2 (HDD2).
2 607

operation
IC SC49-08 While in the security ON, the The main body Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
Con- unlock of the HDD results in a fail- stops immediately format HDD2
troller ure due to the mismatched pass- to turn OFF the
abnor- word of the hard disk /2 (HDD2). RL1 (main).
mality SC49-09 Unlocked hard disk/2 (HDD2) is
detected when security turns ON.
SC49-10 An unformatted hard disc /2
(HDD2) is detected.
Drive SC50-01* Main body drive serial input abnor- Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormality 1. PF drive board (PFUDB)
mality In the I/O initial communication The connector between the
check in the printer control board PF and the main body.
(PRCB) from the power on ACK, a
serial data is not received from the
main body drive unit within a
SC50-02* Main body drive serial input abnor-
mality 2.
In the I/O initial communication
check in the printer control board
mality 3.
mality 4.
Commu- SC50-05* Drive communication reception
nication error detection abnormality.
abnor- SC50-06* Drive communication reception Printer control board (PRCB)
mality error detection abnormality.
SC50-07* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
608 2

operation
Main body Commu- SC50-08* Drive communication reception The main body Printer control board (PRCB)
1050e/1050eP
nication error detection abnormality. stops immediately
abnor- SC50-10 When the power switch is turned to turn OFF the Printer control board (PRCB)
mality ON, the printer control board RL1 (main). Image processing board
(PRCB) cannot receive initial data (IPB)
from the image processing board
(IPB) within a specified period of
time.
SC50-11 Any of the following error is Printer control board (PRCB)
detected during data reception Image processing board
between image processing board (IPB)
(IPB) and printer control board The connector between the
(PRCB). PRDB and the IPB.
• Data head error
• Data checksum error
• Undefined command recep-
tion error
• Occurrence of communica-
tion GA error vector
SC51-01* Drive communication reception Printer control board (PRCB)
error detection abnormality. PF drive board (PFUDB)
SC51-02* Drive communication reception The connector between the
error detection abnormality. PF and the main body.
SC51-03* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
Fan SC52-01 The rotation of the cooling fan /1 DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor- (FM1) is checked, and +24V 2)
mality power source is also checked. An
signal (24V cut off) is detected.
2 609

operation
Fan SC52-02 The blowout of a fuse for the cool- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- ing fan /1 (FM1) in the AC drive stops immediately Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
mality board (ACDB) is checked. An to turn OFF the Printer control board (PRCB)
detected.
SC52-03 Rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM1) is checked. An abnormal Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
condition occurs with the FM1 EM Printer control board (PRCB)
detected.
SC52-04 The rotation of the cooling fan /2 DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(FM2) is checked, and +24V 2)
power source is also checked. An
610

operation
Main body Fan SC52-05 The blowout of a fuse for the cool- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
1050e/1050eP
detected.
detected.
SC52-07 The rotation of the cooling fan /3 DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(FM3) is checked, and +24V 2)
power source is also checked. An
611

operation
Fan SC52-08 The blowout of a fuse for the cool- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
detected.
detected.
SC52-10 The EM signal of the cooling fan /1 Error code is not Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
(FM1) is ON when the print is displayed on the
started. operation panel,
SC52-11 The EM signal of the cooling fan /2 but displayed only Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
(FM2) is ON when the print is on the data collec-
started. tion, the list output
SC52-12 The EM signal of the cooling fan /3 and the CSRC. Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
(FM3) is ON when the print is The control of the
started. main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
Power SC53-01 A speed error signal of the fusing The main body Fusing motor (M1)
abnor- motor (M1) is checked. An error stops immediately
mality detection signal is detected twice to turn OFF the
in succession a specified period of RL1 (main).
time after M1 turns ON. (The first
signal is ignored.)
612

operation
Main body Power SC53-02 The 24V power source for the total The main body DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
1050e/1050eP
abnor- counter (CNT1) is checked. When stops immediately 2)
mality CNT1 is turned ON from OFF, an to turn OFF the
error detection signal (blowout of a RL1 (main).
fuse/24V cut off) is detected.
SC53-03 The blowout of a fuse for the total Main relay (RL1)
counter (CNT1) in the AC drive Total counter (CNT1)
board (ACDB) is checked. When AC drive board (ACDB)
CNT1 is turned ON from OFF, an
fuse) is detected. However, an
is not detected.
SC53-04 The 24V power source for the key DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
counter (CNT2) is checked. When 2)
fuse/24V cut off) is detected.
SC53-05 The blowout of a fuse for the key Key counter (CNT2)
counter (CNT2) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked. When
fuse) is detected. However, an
is not detected.
SC53-06 The blowout of a 12V fuse for the AC drive board (ACDB)
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. In the serial initial com-
munication, a signal of the blow-
out of a 12V fuse (AC drive) is
detected.
SC53-07 The blowout of a 5V fuse for the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. In the serial initial com-
munication, a signal of the blow-
out of a 5V fuse (AC drive) is
detected.
SC53-08 The 12V power source in the DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
printer control board (PRCB) is 1)
checked. An error detection signal Printer control board (PRCB)
of the 12V in PRCB is detected.
613

operation
Power SC53-11 The blowout of a SD/CL fuse in The main body DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
Main body
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- the tray is detected 1. The 24V stops immediately 1)

mality power source for the SD/CL in the to turn OFF the
printer control board (PRCB) is RL1 (main).
checked. At the start, an error
detection signal (blowout of a fuse
for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is also
detected.
SC53-12 The blowout of a SD/CL fuse in Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /
the tray is detected 2. The blow- 2 (CL6)
out of a fuse for the SD/CL in the Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /
printer control board (PRCB) is 2 (CL7)
checked. At the start, an error Printer control board (PRCB)
detection signal (blowout of a fuse
for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected. However, an error
detected.
SC53-13 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
the vertical conveyance is 1)
detected 1. The 24V power
source for SD/CL in the printer
control board (PRCB) is checked.
At the start, an error detection sig-
nal (blowout of a fuse for the sole-
noid/clutch) is detected, and an
is detected.
SC53-14 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD1),
the vertical conveyance is /2 (SD2), /3 (SD5)
detected 2. The blowout of a fuse Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
for SD/CL in the printer control Pre-registration clutch /1
board (PRCB) is checked. At the (CL1), /2 (CL3)
start, an error detection signal Vertical conveyance clutch
(blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/ (CL2)
clutch) is detected. However, an Printer control board (PRCB)
is not detected.
614

operation
Main body Power SC53-15 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in The main body PF drive board (PFUDB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- the PF is detected 1. The 24V stops immediately
mality power source for SD/CL in the PF to turn OFF the
drive board (PFUCB) is checked. RL1 (main).
At the start, an error detection sig-
nal (blowout of a fuse for the sole-
noid/clutch) is detected, and an
is detected.
SC53-16 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in
the PF is detected 2. The blowout
of a fuse for SD/CL in the PF drive
board (PFUDB) is checked. At the
start, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/
motor) is detected. However, an
is not detected.
SC53-17 The blowout of the sensor 5VICP Printer control board (PRCB)
is detected. An error detection
signal of the blowout of the 5VICP
is detected.
SC53-18 The fall-off of the erase lamp (EL) The main body Erase lamp (EL)
CN is detected. When turning ON stops immediately
the power, an error detection sig- to turn OFF the
nal (fall-off) is detected a specified RL1 (main).
period of time after the fall-off
detection control signal of the EL
CN turns ON.
SC53-19 An M5 EM error detection signal is Conveyance motor (M5)
detected twice in succession a Printer control board (PRCB)
SC53-20 An M31 EM error detection signal ADU reverse paper exit
is detected twice in succession a motor (M31)
specified period of time after the Printer control board (PRCB)
ADU reverse/exit motor (M31)
turns ON.
SC56-02 The communication between the Operation board /1 (OB1)
image processing board (IPB) and Overall control board
the operation board /1 (OB1) is (OACB)
checked. An initial communica-
tion from the main body to the
operation board is not sent within
30 seconds after the power is
turned ON.
615

operation
DF SC60-01* Although the main body sent out If there is a copy Image processing board
DF
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- data according to the data trans- being made, the (IPB)
mality mission request by the DF, the main body and the
same request is received again. DF complete the
SC60-02* When a checksum error or an paper exit before RADF control board
SRGA reception error was stopping opera- (ADFCB)
detected while in the reception in tions. Turn OFF
serial communication, a signal the RL1 (main).
was sent to make a request for
sending data again. And when
data is being received upon this
request, a checksum error or an
SRGA reception error is detected
again.
SC60-03* When the main power switch RADF control board
(SW1) is ON, there is no response (ADFCB)
to the initial communication
request from the main body to the
DF even after a specified period of
time elapses.
SC60-11 When the main power switch RADF control board
(SW1) is ON, a region into which (ADFCB)
no write was made by the ISW is RADF program
detected in the DF control pro-
gram.
SC67-01 Original registration sensor /Rt If there is a copy Original registration sensor /
(PS306) abnormality. being made, the Rt (PS306)
SC67-02 Original conveyance sensor main body com- Original conveyance sensor
(PS308) abnormality. pletes the paper (PS308)
SC67-03 Original reverse sensor (PS309) exit before stop- Original reverse sensor
abnormality. ping operations. (PS309)
Turn OFF the RL1
SC67-04 Non-volatile memory error RADF control board
(main).
(ADFCB)
SC67-05 Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) abnormal- Cooling fan /Lt (FM301)
ity.
SC67-06 Original reverse sensor (PS309) Original reverse sensor
abnormality. (PS309)
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit sensor Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313) abnormality. (PS313)
SC67-08 Tray up/down motor (M303) Tray up/down motor (M303)
abnormality.
SC67-09 Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312) Original skew sensor /Fr
SC67-10 Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311) Original skew sensor /Rr
616

operation
DF DF SC67-11 Original registration sensor /Lt If there is a copy Original registration sensor /
1050e/1050eP
abnor- (PS318) abnormality. being made, the Lt (PS318)
mality main body com-
SC67-12 Mis-centering sensor /Fr (PS320) pletes the paper Centering sensor /Fr
abnormality. exit before stop- (PS320)
SC67-13 Mis-centering sensor /Rr (PS321) ping operations. Centering sensor /Rr
abnormality. Turn OFF the RL1 (PS321)
(main).
SC67-14 Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1) Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1)
abnormality.
Commu- SC70-01 FS, FD, SD serial receive error. The main body , FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS, FD, SD
nication During re-transmission demand, the FS, The FD FD control board (FDCB)
abnor- either one of the error vector and the SD stop SD control board (SDCB)
mality occurrence or data checksum immediately to
error was continuously detected turn OFF the main
for specified time. relay (RL1).
SC70-02 FS, FD, SD start up response
error.
When there is no response to
operation starting order, even after
several retries.
LS SC76-01 The Stacker tray encoder sensor The main body Stacker tray up down motor
LS
abnor- (PS2) does not turn ON within a and the LS stop (M1)
mality specified period of time after the immediately to LS control board (LSCB)
stacker tray up down motor (M1) turn OFF the main
of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON. relay (RL1).
Or, the initial operation or the
stacker tray down operation is not
completed within a specified
period of time.
SC76-02 The shift unit home sensor (PS11) Shift unit motor (M5)
does not turn OFF within a speci- LS control board (LSCB)
fied period of time after the shift
unit motor (M5) of the tandem (1st)
LS turns ON. Or, PS11 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time.
SC76-03 The alignment plate home sensor Alignment motor (M7)
(PS12) does not turn OFF within a LS control board (LSCB)
alignment motor (M7) of the tan-
dem (1st) LS turns ON. Or, PS12
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time.
2 617

operation
LS SC76-04 The grip conveyance home sensor The main body Grip conveyance motor (M4)
LS
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- (PS5) does not turn ON within a and the LS stop

mality specified period of time after the immediately to
grip conveyance motor (M4) of the turn OFF the main
tandem (1st) LS turns ON. relay (RL1).
SC76-05 The stacker tray upper limit switch Stacker tray up down motor
(MS2) is ON when the stacker tray (M1)
up down motor (M1) of the tan- Stacker tray upper limit
dem (1st) LS is in the up opera- switch (MS2)
tion.
SC76-06 The stacker tray lower limit switch Stacker tray up down motor
dem (1st) LS is in the down opera- switch (MS3)
tion.
SC76-07 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Fr
detected for a specified period of (FM1)
time in succession while the paper LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) of the
tandem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-08 An error detection signal is Cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
detected for a specified period of LS control board (LSCB)
time in succession while the cool-
ing fan motor /1 (FM2) of the tan-
dem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-09 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Mi
cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) of the
SC76-10 An error detection signal is Motor cooling fan motor
time in succession while the motor LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor (FM4) of the tan-
dem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-11 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) of the
618

operation
LS LS SC76-31 The stacker tray encoder sensor The main body Stacker tray up down motor
1050e/1050eP
abnor- (PS2) does not turn ON a speci- and the LS stop (M1)
mality fied period of time after the immediately to LS control board (LSCB)
stacker tray up down motor (M1) turn OFF the main
of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON. relay (RL1).
Or, the initial operation or the
stacker tray down operation is not
completed within a specified
period of time.
SC76-32 The shift unit home sensor (PS11) Shift unit motor (M5)
does not turn OFF within a speci- LS control board (LSCB)
fied period of time after the shift
unit motor (M5) of the tandem
(2nd) LS turns ON. Or, PS11 does
period of time.
(PS12) does not turn OFF within a LS control board (LSCB)
alignment motor (M7) of the tan-
dem (2nd) LS turns ON. Or, PS12
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time.
SC76-34 The grip conveyance home sensor Grip conveyance motor (M4)
grip conveyance motor (M4) of the
tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
SC76-35 The stacker tray upper limit switch Stacker tray up down motor
dem (2nd) LS is in the up opera- switch (MS2)
tion.
SC76-36 The stacker tray lower limit switch Stacker tray up down motor
up down motor (M1) of the tan- Stacker tray lower limit
dem (2nd) LS is in the down oper- switch (MS3)
ation.
SC76-37 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Fr
cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) of the
tandem (2nd) LS is ON.
619

operation
LS SC76-38 An error detection signal is The main body Paper cooling fan motor /1,
LS
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- detected for a specified period of and the LS stop /2 (FM2, FM6)
mality time in succession while the paper immediately to LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /1, /2 (FM2, turn OFF the main
FM6) of the tandem (2nd) LS is relay (RL1).
ON.
SC76-39 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Mi
cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) of the
SC76-40 An error detection signal is Motor cooling fan motor
time in succession while the motor LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor (FM4) of the tan-
dem (2nd) LS is ON.
SC76-41 An error detection signal is Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) of the
FS SC77-01 The conveyance motor (M1) oper- The main body FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS
abnor- ates for more than the allowed and the FS stop FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality time at a speed out of the speci- immediately to Conveyance motor (M1)
fied one. turn OFF the main
SC77-02 The tray up down motor (M3) relay (RL1). FNS control board (FNSCB)
does not turn OFF even when a FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time elapses Tray up down motor (M3)
after it starts operations. Or, it Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
operates for more than the Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
allowed time at a speed out of the
specified one.
SC77-03 The alignment home sensors /Rr FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS8) and /Fr (PS31) do not turn FNS drive board (FNSDB)
ON within a specified period of Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
time after the home position Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
search operation of the alignment Alignment home sensor /Rr
motors /Rr (M5) and /Fr (M22) (PS8)
starts. Alignment home sensor /Fr
(PS31)
SC77-04 The main tray paper exit motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M7) operates for more than the FNS drive board (FNSDB)
allowed time at a speed out of the Main tray exit motor (M7)
specified one.
620

operation
FS FS SC77-05 The paper exit opening unit does The main body FNS control board (FNSCB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- not get to the specified opening and the FS stop FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality position within a specified period immediately to Paper exit opening motor
of time after the paper exit open- turn OFF the main (M8)
ing motor (M8) starts operations. relay (RL1). Paper exit opening sensor
(PS12)
SC77-06 The stapler movement home sen- FNS control board (FNSCB)
sor (PS11) does not turn ON FNS drive board (FNSDB)
within a specified period of time Stapler movement motor
after the home position search (M11)
operation of the stapler movement Stapler movement home
motor (M11) starts. sensor (PS11)
SC77-07 The stapler rotation home sensor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS14) does not turn ON within a FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time after the Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home position search operation of Stapler rotation home sen-
the stapler rotation motor (M4) sor (PS14)
starts.
SC77-08 The stapler rotation home sensor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS14) does not turn OFF within a FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time after the Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home position search operation of Stapler rotation home sen-
the stapler rotation motor (M4) sor (PS14)
starts.
SC77-11 After the stapler motor /Fr (M31) FNS control board (FNSCB)
starts operations, it does not com- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
plete operations within a specified Stapler board (SB)
period of time, and the stapler Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
home sensor /Fr (PS41) does not Stapler home sensor /Fr
turn ON. (PS41)
SC77-12 After the stapler motor /Rr (M30) FNS control board (FNSCB)
starts operations, it does not com- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
plete operations within a specified Stapler board (SB)
period of time, and the stapler Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
home sensor /Rr (PS40) does not Stapler home sensor /Rr
turn ON. (PS40)
SC77-15 After the paper exit arm motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M23) starts operations, it does FNS drive board (FNSDB)
not complete operations within a Paper exit arm motor (M23)
specified period of time, and the Paper exit arm home sensor
paper exit arm sensor (PS9) does (PS9)
not turn ON. Or, it operates for
more than the allowed time at a
speed out of the specified one.
621

operation
FS SC77-21 After the home position search The main body FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- operation of the rear stopper and the FS stop FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality motor (M26) starts, the rear stop- immediately to Rear stopper motor (M26)
per home sensor (PS35) does not turn OFF the main Rear stopper home sensor
turn ON within a specified period relay (RL1). (PS35)
of time.
SC77-22 After the home position search FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation of the stack assist guide FNS drive board (FNSDB)
motor (M24) starts, the stack Stack assist guide motor
assist home sensor (PS32) does (M24)
not turn ON within a specified Stack assist home sensor
period of time. (PS32)
SC77-25 After the home position search FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation of the intermediate roller FNS drive board (FNSDB)
open close motor (M25) starts, the Intermediate roller open
intermediate roller home sensor close motor (M25)
(PS33) does not turn ON within a Intermediate roller home
specified period of time. sensor (PS33)
SC77-28 Data was resent according to the FNS control board (FNSCB)
re-dispatch request of communi-
cation data, but the error recurs.
FD SC77-30 After the 1st folding release motor The main body 1st folding release motor
FD
abnor- (M14) turns ON, the 1st folding and the FD stop (M14)
mality cam home sensor (PS55) does immediately to Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified turn OFF the main 1st folding cam home sen-
period of time. relay (RL1). sor (PS55)
SC77-31 After the 2nd folding release motor 2nd folding release motor
(M15) turns ON, the 2nd folding (M15)
cam home sensor (PS56) does Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified 2nd folding cam home sen-
period of time. sor (PS56)
SC77-32 After the 3rd folding release motor 3rd folding release motor
(M16) turns ON, the 3rd folding (M16)
cam home sensor (PS57) does Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified 3rd folding cam home sen-
period of time. sor (PS57)
SC77-33 The 2 holes punch home sensor Punch motor (M10)
(PS8) does not turn OFF within a Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the 2 2 holes punch home sensor
holes punch home position return (PS8)
operation starts. Or, after the
punch motor (M10) turns ON, the
2 holes punch home sensor (PS8)
does not turn OFF.
622

operation
FD FD SC77-34 The 3 holes/4 holes punch home The main body Punch motor (M10)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- sensor (PS9) does not turn OFF and the FD stop Punch drive board (PDB)
mality within a specified period of time immediately to 3 holes/4 holes punch home
after the 3 holes/4 holes punch turn OFF the main sensor (PS9)
home position return operation relay (RL1).
starts. Or, after the punch motor
(M10) turns ON, the 3 holes/4
holes punch home sensor (PS9)
does not turn OFF.
(PS10) does not turn ON within a Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the Alignment plate home sen-
alignment plate home position sor (PS10)
return operation starts. Or, after
the alignment motor (M12) turns
ON, the alignment plate home
sensor (PS10) does not turn OFF.
SC77-36 The punch registration home sen- Punch registration motor
sor (PS11) does not turn ON (M13)
within a specified period of time Punch drive board (PDB)
after the punch registration claw Punch registration home
home position return operation sensor (PS11)
starts. Or, after the punch registra-
tion motor (M13) turns ON, the
punch registration home sensor
(PS11) does not turn OFF.
SC77-37 The main tray upper limit sensor Tray up down motor (M11)
(PS20) does not turn ON within a Main tray upper limit sensor
specified period of time after the (PS20)
main tray home position search Punch drive board (PDB)
starts. Or, after the tray up down
motor (M11) turns ON, the main
tray upper limit sensor (PS20)
does not turn OFF.
SC77-38 The main tray lower limit sensor Tray up down motor (M11)
(PS22) does not turn ON within a Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the Main tray lower limit sensor
tray up down motor (M11) is in the (PS22)
down operation.
623

operation
FD SC77-39 After the FD paper lift motor /Up The main body Paper lift motor /Up (M8)
FD
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- (M8) is in the down operation, the and the FD stop PI drive board (PIDB)
mality PI lift plate home sensor /Up immediately to PI lift plate home sensor /Up
(PS34) does not turn ON within a turn OFF the main (PS34)
specified period of time. Or, after relay (RL1). PI tray upper limit sensor /
the paper lift motor /Up (M8) is in Up (PS32)
the up operation, the PI tray upper
limit sensor /Up (PS32) does not
turn ON.
SC77-40 After the FD paper lift motor /Lw Paper lift motor /Lw (M9)
(M9) is in the down operation, the PI drive board (PIDB)
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
(PS40) does not turn ON within a (PS40)
specified period of time. Or, after PI tray upper limit sensor /
the paper lift motor /Lw (M9) is in Lw (PS38)
the up operation, the PI tray upper
limit sensor /Lw (PS38) does not
turn ON.
SC77-41 The entrance conveyance motor Entrance conveyance motor
(M1) detects an error detection (M1)
signal for a specified period of Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-42 The intermediate conveyance Intermediate conveyance
motor (M3) detects an error detec- motor (M3)
tion signal for a specified period of Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-43 The PI conveyance motor (M7) PI conveyance motor (M7)
detects an error detection signal PI drive board (PIDB)
for a specified period of time in
succession.
SC77-44 The main tray paper exit motor Main tray paper exit motor
(M17) detects an error detection (M17)
signal for a specified period of Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-48 Resending of communication data Main body I/F wiring har-
due to an error is not available. ness
SC77-49 When non-volatile memory is FD control board (FDCB)
being accessed, no response is EEPROM
obtained for a specified period of
time.
SC77-58* When the FD is unready, a signal Software bug
to start operations is received from
the main body.
SC77-59* Communication error in FD
624 1

operation
SD SD SC77-60 Scraps press home sensor (PS48) The main body Bundle exit motor (M5)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- does not turn ON within a speci- and the SD stop Scrap press home sensor
mality fied period of time after the bundle immediately to (PS48)
drive motor (M5) starts the home turn OFF the main SD control board (SDCB)
position search operation. relay (RL1). SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-61 Folding main scan alignment Folding main scan alignment
home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) does not motor /Fr (M7)
turn ON within a specified period Folding main scan alignment
of time after the folding main scan home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
alignment motor /Fr (M7) starts SD control board (SDCB)
the home position search opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M7 starts the operation,
it does not stop.
SC77-62 Folding exit home sensor (PS24) Folding sub scan alignment
does not turn ON within a speci- exit motor (M8)
fied period of time after the folding Folding exit home sensor
sub scan alignment paper exit (PS24)
motor (M8) starts the home posi- SD control board (SDCB)
tion search operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
time after M8 starts to decelerate,
it does not stop.
SC77-63 Saddle stitch alignment home Saddle stitching alignment
sensor /Rt (PS28) does not turn motor /Rt (M9)
ON within a specified period of Saddle stitching alignment
time after the saddle stitch align- home sensor /Rt (PS28)
ment motor /Rt (M9) starts the SD control board (SDCB)
home position search operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
time after M9 starts the operation,
it does not stop.
SC77-64 Bundle arm home sensor (PS32) Bundle arm motor (M10)
does not turned ON within a spec- Bundle arm home sensor
ified period of time after the bun- (PS32)
dle arm motor (M10) starts the SD control board (SDCB)
home position search operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
time after M10 starts the opera-
tion, it does not stop.
1 625

operation
SD SC77-65 Bundle clip upper limit sensor The main body Bundle clip motor (M11)
SD
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- (PS33) does not turned ON within and the SD stop Bundle clip upper limit sen-
mality a specified period of time after the immediately to sor (PS33)
bundle clip motor (M11) starts the turn OFF the main Bundle clip lower limit sen-
home position search operation. relay (RL1). sor (PS30)
Or, even after a specified period of SD control board (SDCB)
time after M11 starts the opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-66 Bundle registration home sensor Bundle registration motor
(PS34) does not turned ON within (M12)
a specified period of time after the Bundle registration home
bundle registration motor (M12) sensor (PS34)
starts the home position search SD control board (SDCB)
operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-67 Overlap home sensor (PS17) does Overlap motor (M13)
not turned ON within a specified Overlap home sensor
period of time after the overlap (PS17)
SC77-68 Folding main scan alignment Folding main scan alignment
home sensor /Rr (PS19) does not motor /Rr (M14)
turned ON within a specified Folding main scan alignment
period of time after the folding home sensor /Rr (PS19)
main scan alignment motor /Rr SD control board (SDCB)
(M14) starts the home position SD drive board (SDDB)
search operation.
SC77-69 Stapler moving home sensor Stapler movement motor
a specified period of time after the Stapler movement home
stapler moving motor (M15) starts sensor (PS25)
the home position search opera- SD control board (SDCB)
tion. SD drive board (SDDB)
626 1

operation
SD SD SC77-70 Saddle stitching alignment home The main body Saddle stitching alignment
1050e/1050eP
abnor- sensor /Lt (PS29) does not turned and the SD stop motor /Lt (M16)
mality ON within a specified period of immediately to Saddle stitching alignment
time after the saddle stitching turn OFF the main home sensor /Lt (PS29)
alignment motor /Lt (M16) starts relay (RL1). SD control board (SDCB)
the home position search opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
SC77-71 Bundle press movement home Bundle press movement
sensor (PS36) does not turned ON motor (M17)
within a specified period of time Bundle press movement
after the bundle press movement home sensor (PS36)
SC77-72 1st folding blade home sensor /2 1st folding blade motor
a specified period of time after the 1st folding blade home sen-
1st folding blade motor (M18) sor /1 (PS20), /2 (PS21)
Or 1st folding blade home sensor
/1 (PS20) does not turned ON
after M18 starts the operation.
SC77-73 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 2nd folding blade motor
a specified period of time after the 2nd folding blade home
2nd folding blade motor (M19) sensor /1 (PS22), /2 (PS23)
Or the 2nd folding blade home
sensor /1 (PS22) does not turned
ON within a specified period of
tion.
1 627

operation
SD SC77-74 Clincher up down home sensor The main body Clincher up down motor
SD
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- (PS26) does not turned ON within and the SD stop (M20)
mality a specified period of time after the immediately to Clincher up/down home
clincher up down motor (M20) turn OFF the main sensor (PS26)
starts the home position search relay (RL1). SD control board (SDCB)
SC77-75 Saddle stitching press home sen- Saddle stitching press
sor (PS27) does not turned ON motor (M21)
within a specified period of time Saddle stitching press home
after the saddle stitching press sensor (PS27)
SC77-76 Bundle arm rotation home sensor Bundle arm rotation motor
a specified period of time after the Bundle arm rotation home
bundle arm rotation motor (M22) sensor (PS31)
SC77-77 Bundle press home sensor (PS37) Bundle press motor (M23)
does not turned ON within a spec- Bundle press home sensor
ified period of time after the bun- (PS37)
dle press motor (M23) starts the Bundle press lower limit
home position search operation. sensor (PS47)
Or, even after a specified period of SD control board (SDCB)
time after M23 starts the opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-78 Bundle press stage up down . Bundle press stage up
home sensor (PS35) does not down motor (M24)
turned ON within a specified Bundle press stage up
period of time after the bundle down home sensor (PS35)
press stage up down motor (M24) Bundle press stage up
starts the home position search down limit sensor (PS45)
operation. SD control board (SDCB)
Or PS35 or the bundle press SD drive board (SDDB)
stage up down upper limit sensor
(PS45) does not turned ON after a
specified period of time M24
starts the operation.
628 1

operation
SD SD SC77-79 Guide shaft home sensor (PS46) The main body Guide shaft motor (M25)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- does not turned ON within a spec- and the SD stop Guide shaft home sensor
mality ified period of time after the guide immediately to (PS46)
shaft motor (M25) starts the home turn OFF the main SD control board (SDCB)
position search operation. relay (RL1). SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-80 Stapler home sensor /Rt (HS1) or Stapler assembly /Rt
clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) SD control board (SDCB)
does not turned ON within a spec- SD drive board (SDDB)
ified period of time after the stapler
motor /Rt (M29) starts the opera-
tion.
SC77-81 Stapler home sensor /Lt (HS3) or Stapler assembly /Lt
clincher start sensor /Lt (HS4) SD control board (SDCB)
does not turned ON within a spec- SD drive board (SDDB)
ified period of time after the stapler
motor /Lt (M30) starts the opera-
tion.
SC77-82 Trimmer blade motor (M31) does Trimmer blade motor (M31)
not turned OFF within a specified Trimmer blade home sensor
period of time after it turned ON. (PS50)
Trimmer blade upper limit
sensor (PS51)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-83 Trimmer press motor (M32) does Trimmer press motor (M32)
not turned OFF within a specified Trimmer press home motor
period of time after it turned ON. (PS53)
Trimmer press upper limit
sensor (PS52)
SC77-84 Bundle arm assist motor (M26) Bundle arm assist motor
does not turned OFF within a (M26)
specified period of time after it Bundle arm assist home
turned ON. sensor (PS38)
Bundle arm assist upper
limit sensor (PS39)
SC77-85 An error detection signal is Entrance conveyance motor
detected for a specified period of (M1)
time in succession while the SD control board (SDCB)
entrance conveyance motor (M1) SD drive board (SDDB)
is ON.
1 629

operation
SD SC77-86 An error detection signal is The main body Horizontal conveyance
SD
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- detected for a specified period of and the SD stop motor (M2)
mality time in succession while the hori- immediately to SD control board (SDCB)
zontal conveyance motor (M2) is turn OFF the main SD drive board (SDDB)
ON. relay (RL1).
SC77-87 An error detection signal is Folding entrance motor (M3)
detected for a specified period of SD control board (SDCB)
time in succession while the fold- SD drive board (SDDB)
ing entrance motor (M3) is ON.
SC77-88 An error detection signal is Folding conveyance motor
detected for a specified period of (M4)
time in succession while the fold- SD control board (SDCB)
ing conveyance motor (M4) is ON. SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-89 An error detection signal is Bundle exit motor (M5)
detected for a specified period of SD control board (SDCB)
time in succession while the bun- SD drive board (SDDB)
dle exit motor (M5) is ON.
SC77-90 An error detection signal is detected Folding sub scan alignment
for a specified period of time in suc- exit motor (M8)
cession while the folding sub scan SD control board (SDCB)
alignment exit motor (M8) is ON. SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-91 An error detection signal is Scraps removal fan motor
time in succession while the SD control board (SDCB)
scraps removal fan motor (FM1) is SD drive board (SDDB)
ON.
And normal operation is not
detected after the restart (retry).
(even after being started for the
specified times)
Or, an error detection is detected
at the start operation and normal
operation is not detected even
after the restart (retry). (normal
operation is not detected after the
start of the specified times after
error detection)
SC77-95 5VDC power supply error detec- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion signal is detected for a speci- SD control board (SDCB)
fied period of time in succession.
SC77-96 Resending of communication data SD control board (SDCB)
to the main body is not available
due to an error.
630 1

operation
SD SD SC77-97 When non-volatile memory is being The main body SD control board (SDCB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- accessed, no response is obtained and the SD stop EEPROM
mality for a specified period of time. immediately to
SC77-98* When the SD is unready, a signal turn OFF the main Software bug
to start operations is received from relay (RL1).
the main body.
SC77-99* Communication error in SD
PB SC78-01 After the main CPU in the PB con- The main body PB control board (PBCB)
PB
abnor- trol board (PBCB) sends an and the PB stop PB drive board (PBDB)
mality entrance conveyance start signal immediately to Entrance conveyance motor
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify turn OFF the main (M1)
the completion of the procvess is relay (RL1).
not returned to the main CPU
within a specified time period.
SC78-02 An error detection signal is PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a speci- PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the interme- Intermediate conveyance
diate conveyance motor (M2) is motor (M2)
driving.
SC78-04 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a SC PB drive board (PBDB)
entrance conveyance start signal SC entrance conveyance
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify motor (M11)
the completion of the process is
switchback conveyance start sig- SC switchback conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to motor (M12)
notify the completion of the pro-
cess is not returned to the main
CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-06 The switchback roller release PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after SC switchback release
the SC switchback release motor motor (M13)
(M13) turns ON.
control board (PBCB) sends an PB drive board (PBDB)
SC alignment start signal to the SC alignment motor (M15)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within a
specified time period.
2 631

operation
PB SC78-08 After the main CPU on the PB The main body PB control board (PBCB)
PB
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- control board (PBCB) sends an and the PB stop PB drive board (PBDB)
mality SC pages conveyance start signal immediately to SC bundle conveynace
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify turn OFF the main motor (M17)
the completion of the process is relay (RL1).
SC78-09 The SC roller release operation PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci- PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the SC roller SC roller release motor
release motor (M18) turns ON. (M18)
SC78-10 The movement of the SC entrance PB control board (PBCB)
fied time period after the clamp Clamp entranse movement
entrance movement motor (M19) motor (M19)
turns ON.
SC78-11 The SC entrance roller release PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after Clamp entranse roller
the clamp entrance roller release release motor (M20)
motor (M20) turns ON
SC78-12 After clamp alignment motor PB control board (PBCB)
(M21) turns on, the alignment PB drive board (PBDB)
operation is not complete within Clamp alignment motor
the specified time. (M21)
SC78-13 After clamp motor (M22) turns on, PB control board (PBCB)
the open/close process of the PB drive board (PBDB)
clamp section is not complete Clamp motor (M22)
within the specified time.
SC78-14 The rotation of the clamp section PB control board (PBCB)
fied time period after the clamp Clamp rotation motor (M23)
rotation motor (M23) turns ON.
SC78-15 The movement of the glue tank PB control board (PBCB)
fied time period after the glue tank Glue tank movement motor
movement motor (M31) turns ON. (M31)
fied time period while the glue Glue apply roller motor
apply roller motor (M32) is driving. (M32)
632 2

operation
PB PB SC78-17 The count of a specified number The main body PB control board (PBCB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- of pellets, which is counted by the and the PB stop PB drive board (PBDB)
mality pellet count sensor (PS37), has immediately to Pellet supply motor (M33)
not been reached after the pellet turn OFF the main
supply motor (M33) turns ON. The relay (RL1).
status was detected by a speci-
fied number of times in succes-
sion.
SC78-18 The movement of the pellet supply PB control board (PBCB)
arm has not completed within a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the pel- pellet supply arm motor
let supply arm motor (M34) turns (M34)
ON.
alignment start signal to the sub Cover paper alignment
CPU, a signal to notify the com- motor (M41)
pletion of the process is not
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
book ejection start signal to the Book exit motor (M42)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
driven arm/Rt shaking operation Cover paper conveyance
start signal to the sub CPU, a sig- arm motor /Rt (M43)
nal to notify the completion of the
process is not returned to the
main CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-22 After the main CPU in the PB con- PB control board (PBCB)
trol board (PBCB) sends a driven PB drive board (PBDB)
arm/Lt shaking operation start sig- Cover paper conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to arm motor /Lt (M44)
period.
2 633

operation
PB SC78-23 After the main CPU on the PB The main body PB control board (PBCB)
PB
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- control board (PBCB) sends a and the PB stop PB drive board (PBDB)
mality cover paper conveyance start sig- immediately to Cover paper conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to turn OFF the main motor (M45)
notify the completion of the pro- relay (RL1).
period.
SC78-24 The cover paper table up or down PB control board (PBCB)
movement has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after Cover paper table up down
the cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46)
motor/Fr (M46) turns ON.
SC78-25 The cover paper table up or down PB control board (PBCB)
movement has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after Cover paper table up down
the cover paper table up down motor /Rr (M47)
motor/Rr (M47) turns ON.
SC78-26 The movement of the cover paper PB control board (PBCB)
folding plate/Rt has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after Cover paper folding motor /
the cover paper folding motor/Rt Rt (M48)
(M48) turns ON.
SC78-27 The movement of the cover paper PB control board (PBCB)
folding plate/Lt has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after Cover paper folding motor /
the cover paper folding motor/Lt Lt (M49)
(M49) turns ON.
SC78-28 The trimming of the cover paper PB control board (PBCB)
fied time period after the cutter Cutter motor (M50)
SC78-30 After the main CPU in the PB con- PB control board (PBCB)
trol board (PBCB) sends a car- PB drive board (PBDB)
riage belt driving operation start Book conveyance belt
signal to the sub CPU, a signal to motor (M61)
period.
SC78-31 The carriage section movement PB control board (PBCB)
according to paper size has not PB drive board (PBDB)
completed after the book convey- Book conveyance belt
ance belt movement motor (M62) movement motor (M62)
turns ON.
634 2

operation
PB PB SC78-32 The up/down process of the car- The main body PB control board (PBCB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- riage section has not completed and the PB stop PB drive board (PBDB)
mality within a specified time period after immediately to Book conveyance belt up
the cover paper conveyance belt turn OFF the main down motor (M63)
up/down motor (M63) turns ON. relay (RL1).
SC78-34 The pressing of the back edge of PB control board (PBCB)
the book process has not com- PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time Book stopper motor (M65)
period after the book stopper
detected continuously for speci- PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the cover Cover paper tray fan /1
paper tray fan/1 (M71) is started or (M71)
driving.
fied time period while the cover Cover paper tray fan /2
paper tray fan/2 (M72) is started or (M72)
driving.
SC78-37 The tray up movement has not PB control board (PBCB)
completed within a specified time PB drive board (PBDB)
period after the cover paper tray Cover paper tray lift motor
lift motor (M73) turns ON. (M73)
fied time period while the cover Cover paper feed motor
paper feed motor (M74) is driving. (M74)
fied time period while the ventila- Exhaust fan /1 (M80)
tion fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81) is Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
started of driving.
SC78-40 After the warm-up is started, tem- AC drive board (ACDB)
** perature detected by the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3) has Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period. PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
2 635

operation
PB SC78-41 After the warm-up is started, tem- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
PB
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- ** perature detected by the glue tank and the PB stop Glue tank heater (H1)
mality temperature sensor /Lw (TH4) has immediately to Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level turn OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period. relay (RL1). PB drive board (PBDB)
(M32)
sor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-42 After the warm-up is started, tem- AC drive board (ACDB)
** perature detected by the glue Glue tank heater (H1)
apply roller temperature sensor Glue apply roller heater (H2)
(TH1) has not risen to a prescribed PB control board (PBCB)
level within a specified time PB drive board (PBDB)
period. Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue apply roller tempera-
ture sensor (TH1)
SC78-43 After the pellet supply, tempera- AC drive board (ACDB)
** ture detected by the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor/Up (TH2) has Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period. PB drive board (PBDB)
(M32)
sor /Up (TH2)
SC78-44 During standby, after the glue tank AC drive board (ACDB)
** heater (H1) is turned ON, temper- Glue tank heater (H1)
ature detected by the glue tank Glue apply roller heater (H2)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3) has PB control board (PBCB)
not risen to a prescribed level PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period. Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
sor /Md (TH3)
SC78-45 When control temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** reached, after the glue tank heater Glue tank heater (H1)
(H1) is turned ON, temperature Glue apply roller heater (H2)
detected by the glue tank temper- PB control board (PBCB)
ature sensor/Lw (TH4) has not PB drive board (PBDB)
risen to a prescribed level within a Glue apply roller motor
specified time period. (M32)
sor /Lw (TH4)
636 2

operation
PB PB SC78-46 When control temperature is The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- ** reached, after the glue tank heater and the PB stop Glue tank heater (H1)
mality (H1) is turned ON, temperature immediately to Glue apply roller heater (H2)
detected by the glue apply roller turn OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
temperature sensor (TH1) has not relay (RL1). PB drive board (PBDB)
risen to a prescribed level within a Glue apply roller motor
specified time period. (M32)
ture sensor (TH1)
SC78-47 An abnormal high temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue apply roller Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor (TH1). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
(M32)
ture sensor (TH1)
** detected by the glue tank temper- Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Up (TH2). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
(M32)
sor /Up (TH2)
ature sensor /Md (TH3). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
(M32)
sor /Md (TH3)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
(M32)
sor /Lw (TH4)
2 637

operation
PB SC78-51 The glue apply roller temperature The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
PB
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- ** sensor (TH1) high temperature and the PB stop Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection. immediately to Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is turn OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue apply roller relay (RL1). PB drive board (PBDB)
temperature sensor (TH1). Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
ture sensor (TH1)
SC78-52 The glue tank temperature sensor AC drive board (ACDB)
** /Up (TH2) high temperature hard- Glue tank heater (H1)
ware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank temper- PB drive board (PBDB)
ature sensor /Up (TH2). Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
sor /Up (TH2)
** /Md (TH3) high temperature hard- Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Md (TH3). Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
sor /Md (TH3)
** /Lw (TH4) high temperature hard- Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4). Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
sor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-55 An abnormal low temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue apply roller Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor (TH1), after Glue apply roller heater (H2)
completion of warm-up. PB control board (PBCB)
(M32)
ture sensor (TH1)
638 2

operation
PB PB SC78-56 An abnormal low temperature is The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
1050e/1050eP
abnor- ** detected by the glue tank temper- and the PB stop Glue tank heater (H1)
mality ature sensor /Up (TH2), after immediately to Glue apply roller heater (H2)
reaching glue supply control tem- turn OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
perature. relay (RL1). PB drive board (PBDB)
(M32)
sor /Up (TH2)
** detected by the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3), Glue apply roller heater (H2)
after the warming-up is com- PB control board (PBCB)
pleted. PB drive board (PBDB)
(M32)
sor /Md (TH3)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4), after the Glue apply roller heater (H2)
warming-up is completed. PB control board (PBCB)
(M32)
sor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-59 Glue apply roller temperature sen- AC drive board (ACDB)
** sor (TH1) low temperature abnor- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH1 detected low temperature PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue apply roller PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal after Glue apply roller motor
the warming-up is completed. (M32)
ture sensor (TH1)
SC78-60 Glue tank temperature sensor/Up AC drive board (ACDB)
** (TH2) low temperature abnormality Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection . Glue apply roller heater (H2)
abnormality of the glue tank PB drive board (PBDB)
reaching the glue supply control (M32)
temperature. Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Up (TH2)
2 639

operation
PB SC78-61 Glue tank temperature sensor/Md The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
PB
/1050e/1050eP
abnor- ** (TH3) low temperature abnormality and the PB stop Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection. immediately to Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH3 detected low temperature turn OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank relay (RL1). PB drive board (PBDB)
sor /Md (TH3)
SC78-62 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw AC drive board (ACDB)
** (TH4) low temperature abnormality Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
abnormality of the glue tank PB drive board (PBDB)
sor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-63 Abnormal rotation of the exhaust AC drive board (ACDB)
fan/2 (M81) on start-up does not PB control board (PBCB)
recover by reboot. PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the exhaust Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
fan/2 (M81) during M81 is on does
not recover by reboot.
SC78-64 Abnormal rotation of the pellet AC drive board (ACDB)
cooler fan (M4) on start-up does PB control board (PBCB)
not recover by reboot. PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the pellet Pellet supply cooling fan
cooler fan (M4) during M4 is on motor (M4)
does not recover by reboot.
SC78-91 Message queue full or the control PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of Sub CPU1 in the Control program
PB control board (PBCB).
SC78-92 Message queue full or the control PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of Sub CPU2 in the Control program
PB control board (PBCB).
SC78-93 Communication abnormality PB control board (PBCB)
between Main CPU in the PB con- Control program
trol board (PBCB) and Sub CPU1.
SC78-94 Communication abnormality PB control board (PBCB)
between Main CPU in the PB con- Control program
trol board (PBCB) and Sub CPU2.
SC78-96 Paper feed abnormality between PB control board (PBCB)
the main body and the PB. Control program
SC78-97 Non-volatile memory error in the PB control board (PBCB)
PB control board (PBCB). Control program
640 2

operation
PB PB SC78-98 PB operation prohibition abnor- The main body Control program
1050e/1050eP
abnormality. and the PB stop
mality PB received operation start signal immediately to
from the main body when the PB turn OFF the main
is unready. relay (RL1).
SC78-99 Message queue of the communi- Control program
cation among tasks in the PB is
full.
Commu- SC80-01 In the communication check The main body Overall control board
Main body
nication between the image processing stops immediately (OACB)

abnor- board (IPB) and the printer control to turn OFF the Printer control board (PRCB)
mality board (PRCB), the printer control main relay (RL1). Loose connection
does not respond within a speci-
fied period of time after the main
power switch (SW1) and the sub
power switch (SW2) turn ON.
Or ISW information is not written
on PRCB.
SC80-02 In the communication check
between the image processing
board (IPB) and the printer control
board (PRCB), an error is detected
from PRCB. Or transmission is not
completed.
SC80-03 In the communication check Overall control board
between the image processing (OACB)
board (IPB) and the operation Operation board /1 (OB1)
board (OB1), an error is detected Loose connection
from the OB1. Or transmission is
not completed.
SC80-11 ISW information is not written on Printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB).
SC80-30 No normal header is transmitted Overall control board
within a specified period of time (OACB)
after ISW is started. ISW Cable
SC80-31 An error is detected while down- Overall control board
loading ISW. (OACB)
ISW file abnormality
ISW Cable
SC80-32 An error is detected because ISW ROM on each board
data cannot be written on image Inter-board communication
processing board (IPB). harness
SC80-40 The firmware is not written on FD FD firmware
FD
or an error is detected during the FD control board (FDCB)

ROM check. Wiring harness between the
FDCB and the main body
2 641

operation
Commu- SC80-41 The firmware is not written on SD The main body SD firmware
SD
/1050e/1050eP
nication or an error is detected during the stops immediately SD control board (SDCB)
abnor- ROM check. to turn OFF the Wiring harness between the
mality main relay (RL1). SDCB and the main body
SC80-42 The firmware is not written on FS FS firmware
FS
or an error is detected during the FNS control board (FNSCB)

ROM check. Wiring harness between the
FNSCB and the main body
SC80-43 The firmware is not written on first LS firmware
LS
LS or an error is detected during LS control board (LSCB)

the ROM check. Wiring harness between the
LSCB and the main body
SC80-44 The firmware is not written on sec- LS firmware
ond LS or an error is detected LS control board (LSCB)
during the ROM check. Wiring harness between the
LSCB and the main body
SC80-45 The firmware is not written on ICB IC firmware
IC
or an error is detected during the IC board (ICB)

ROM check.
SC80-46 The firmware is not written on PB PB firmware
PB
or an error is detected during the PB control board (PBCB)

ROM check.
SC90-01 In the initial communication check Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
between ADU drive board /1 ADU drive board /1

(ADJDB1) and printer control (ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), no response is Loose connection
returned from ADUDB1 after a
specified time from turning ON of
the main power switch (SW1) and
sub power switch (SW2) (ID=0).
SC90-02 In the initial communication check Printer control board (PRCB)
(ADJDB2) and printer control (ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), no response is Loose connection
sub power switch (SW2) (ID7).
SC90-03 In the communication check between Printer control board (PRCB)
ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1) and ADU drive board /1
printer control board (PRCB), an error (ADJDB1)
was detected (ID=0). Loose connection
SC90-04 In the communication check between Printer control board (PRCB)
ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB2) and ADU drive board /1
printer control board (PRCB), an error (ADJDB1)
was detected (ID='). Loose connection
642 2

operation
Main body Commu- SC90-05 In the initial communication check The main body Printer control board (PRCB)
1050e/1050eP
nication between ADU drive board /1 stops immediately ADU drive board /1
abnor- (ADJDB1) and printer control to turn OFF the (ADJDB1)
mality board (PRCB), no response is Rl1 (main). Loose connection
sub power switch (SW2) (ID=11).
SC90-06 In the communication check Printer control board (PRCB)
(ADUDB1) and printer control (ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), an error was Loose connection
detected (ID=11).
Power SC93-01 Error detection signal (blown fuse) ADU drive board /1
abnor- of ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1) (ADJDB1)
mality was detected.
SC93-05 Error detection signal (blown fuse) DC power supply /1
of offset sensor (PS54) or transfer (DCPS1)
exposure lamp (TSL) was
detected and an error signal (24V
disconnection) was detected.
SC93-06 Error detection signal (blown fuse) Centering sensor (PS54)
of offset sensor (PS54) or transfer Transfer exposure lamp
exposure lamp (TSL) was (TSL)
detected but no error signal (24V ADU lock solenoid (SD6)
disconnection) is detected. Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Thick paper assist solenoid
(SD8)
SC93-08 Error detection signal (24V blown PF drive board (PFUDB)
fuse) of PF drive board (PFUDB)
was detected.
Fan SC95-01 The EM signal is found abnormal a ADU drive board /1
abnor- specified period of time after the (ADJDB1)
mality ADU cooling fans /1 (FM14), /2 ADU cooling fan /1 (FM14), /
(FM15) and /3 (FM13), the sensor 2 (FM15), /3 (FM13)
cooling fan (FM16) and the regis- Sensor cooling fan (FM16)
tration cooling fan (FM17) turn on. Registration cooling fan
And the signal is still found abnor- (FM17)
mal a specified period of time after
it turns on again after turning off,
and the door close of the door
open/close sensors /1 (PS1) and /
2 (PS2) and the PF door open/
close sensor (PS70) has been
detected 10 times in a row.
1 643
C. Function to detach defective sections

For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other con-
trol units.
/1050e/1050eP
While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of setting for limited use.
(1) User operation

When an error code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the LCD and then turn the power
switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is OFF and
ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.
(2) DIPSW setting

Turning the main switch OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a limited
use of it until the bit setting is released next time (this requires the OFF/ON operation of the main power switch
(SW1)).
Classifi- Error code Description Control while detached DIPSW

cation
SC18-10 Paper lift motor /1 abnormality Paper feed in tray /1 is unavail- DIPSW18-0
Main body
SC18-11 Tray /1 up abnormality 1 able

SC18-12 Tray /1 up abnormality 2 (The operation panel is displayed
in hatching)
SC18-13 Tray /1 up abnormality 3
SC18-22 Tray /2 up abnormality 2 (The control panel is displayed in
hatching)
PF

hatching)
hatching)
hatching)
SC46-40 HDD initialization abnormality The use of HDD is unavailable DIPSW18-7
Main body
SC46-41 JOB RAM storage abnormality (not connected)

SC46-42 HDD periodic cleaning abnormality
SC46-43 HDD access error
SC67-01 Original registration abnormality DF mode unavailable DIPSW18-4
DF
SC67-02 Original conveyance abnormality (DF connection not recognized)

SC67-03 Original reverse abnormality
SC67-04 RADF control board abnormality
644

cation
SC67-05 Cooling fan abnormality DF mode unavailable DIPSW18-4
DF
1050e/1050eP
SC67-06 Original reverse abnormality (DF connection not recognized)
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit abnormality
SC67-08 Tray up/down abnormality
SC76-01 Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray up down The use of the tandem (1st) LS is DIPSW33-06
LS
abnormality unavailable.
SC76-02 Tandem (1st) LS shift unit drive abnormality
SC76-03 Tandem (1st) LS alignment plate drive
abnormality
SC76-04 Tandem (1st) LS grip drive abnormality
SC76-05 Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray upper
limit abnormality
SC76-06 Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray lower limit
abnormality
SC76-07 Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Fr
drive abnormality
SC76-08 Tandem (1st) LS cooling fan drive
abnormality
SC76-09 Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Mi
drive abnormality
SC76-10 Tandem (1st) LS motor cooling fan
drive abnormality
SC76-11 Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Rr
drive abnormality
SC76-31 Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray up down The use of the tandem (2nd) LS DIPSW33-07
abnormality is unavailable
SC76-32 Tandem (2nd) LS shift unit drive abnormality
SC76-33 Tandem (2nd) LS alignment plate drive
abnormality
SC76-34 Tandem (2nd) LS grip drive abnormality
SC76-35 Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray upper
limit abnormality
SC76-36 Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray lower
limit abnormality
SC76-37 Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Fr
drive abnormality
SC76-38 Tandem (2nd) LS cooling fan drive
abnormality
SC76-39 Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Mi
drive abnormality
SC76-40 Tandem (2nd) LS motor cooling fan
drive abnormality
SC76-41 Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Rr
drive abnormality
645

cation
SC77-02 Tray up down drive abnormality The use of sorting and stapling DIPSW35-1
FS
/1050e/1050eP
SC77-03 Alignment drive abnormality functions is unavailable

SC77-04 Paper exit roller drive abnormality
SC77-05 Paper exit opening drive abnormality
SC77-06 Staple abnormality The use of staple is unavailable DIPSW35-0
SC77-07 Staple rotation drive abnormality (skew
rotation)
SC77-08 Staple rotation abnormality (vertical
rotation)
SC77-11 Staple unit /Fr abnormality
SC77-12 Staple unit /Rr abnormality
SC77-15 Paper exit arm drive abnormality The use of sorting and stapling DIPSW35-1
SC77-21 Rear stopper drive abnormality functions is unavailable
SC77-22 Stack assist drive abnormality
SC77-25 Intermediate roller open/close drive
abnormality
SC77-30 1st folding cam drive abnormality The use of the folding function DIPSW33-0
FD
SC77-31 2nd folding cam drive abnormality and the punch section is unavail-
able
SC77-32 3rd folding cam drive abnormality
SC77-33 2 holes punch drive abnormality
SC77-34 3 holes/4 holes punch drive abnormality
SC77-35 Punch alignment plate drive abnormality
SC77-36 Punch paper rear registration drive
abnormality
SC77-37 Main tray upper limit abnormality Main tray paper exit is unavail- DIPSW33-2
able
SC77-38 Main tray lower limit abnormality
SC77-39 PI lift plate /Up up/down abnormality The use of the PI section DIPSW33-3
SC77-40 PI lift plate /Lw up/down abnormality unavailable
SC77-41 Entrance conveyance drive abnormality The use of the entire FD unavail- DIPSW33-4
SC77-42 Intermediate conveyance drive abnormality able
SC77-43 PI conveyance drive abnormality
SC77-44 Paper exit conveyance drive abnormality
SC77-60 Bundle exit drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, multi DIPSW34-0,
SD
center folding and trimmer unavail- 1, 3

able
SC77-61 Folding main scan alignment drive The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
abnormality multi center folding, multi letter 1, 2, 3
SC77-62 Folding sub scan alignment paper exit folding and trimmer unavailable
drive abnormality
646 1

cation
SC77-63 Saddle stitching alignment/Rt drive The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
SD
1050e/1050eP
abnormality multi center folding and trimmer 1, 3
SC77-64 Bundle arm drive abnormality unavailable
SC77-65 Bundle clip drive abnormality
SC77-66 Bundle registration drive abnormality
SC77-67 Overlap drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
SC77-68 Folding main scan alignment /Rr drive multi center folding, multi letter 1, 2, 3
abnormality folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-69 Stapler movement drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
SC77-70 Saddle stitching alignment /Lt drive multi center folding and trimmer 1, 3
abnormality unavailable
SC77-71 Bundle press movement drive abnor-
mality
SC77-72 1st folding blade drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
multi center folding, multi letter 1, 2, 3
folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-73 2nd folding blade abnormality The use of the multi center fold- DIPSW34-2
ing unavailable
SC77-74 Clincher up down drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
SC77-75 Saddle stitching press drive abnormality multi center folding and trimmer 1, 3
SC77-76 Bundle arm rotation drive abnormality unavailable
SC77-77 Bundle press drive abnormality

SC77-78 Bundle press stage up down drive
abnormality
SC77-79 Guide shaft drive abnormality
SC77-80 Stapler /Rt drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching DIPSW34-0,
SC77-81 Stapler /Lt drive abnormality and trimmer unavailable 3
SC77-82 Trimmer blade drive abnormality The use of the trimmer unavailable DIPSW34-3
SC77-83 Trimmer press drive abnormality
SC77-84 Bundle arm assist drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, multi DIPSW34-0,
center folding and trimmer unavailable 1, 3
SC77-86 Horizontal conveyance drive abnormal- The use of the coupling exit and DIPSW34-4
ity subtray paper exit unavailable
SC77-87 Folding entrance drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
SC77-88 Folding conveyance drive abnormality multi center folding, multi letter 1, 2, 3
SC77-89 Bundle exit drive abnormality The use of the saddle stitching, multi DIPSW34-0,
center folding and trimmer unavailable 1, 3
SC77-90 Folding sub scan alignment paper exit The use of the saddle stitching, DIPSW34-0,
drive abnormality multi center folding, multi letter 1, 2, 3
SC77-91 Scraps removal fan drive abnormality The use of the trimmer unavail- DIPSW34-3
able
1 647

cation
SC78-01 Entrance conveyance drive abnormal- The use of the PB is unavailable DIPSW35-5
PB
/1050e/1050eP
ity
SC78-02 Intermediate conveyance drive abnor- Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
mality sible.
SC78-04 SC entrance conveyance drive abnor-
mality
SC78-05 SC switchback conveyance drive
abnormality
SC78-06 SC switchback roller release drive
abnormality
SC78-07 SC alignment drive abnomality
SC78-08 SC paper detection conveyance drive
abnormality
SC78-09 SC roller release drive abnormality
SC78-10 SC clamp entrance movement drive
abnomality
SC78-11 SC clamp entrance roller release drive
abnormality
SC78-12 Clamp alignment drive abnormality
SC78-13 Clamp open/close drive abnormality
SC78-14 Clamp rotation drive abnormality
SC78-15 Glue tank movement drive abnormality
SC78-16 Glue apply roller rotation drive abnor-
mality
SC78-18 Pellet supply arm drive abnormality
SC78-19 Up/down cover paper alignment drive
abnormality
SC78-20 Up/down cover paper book paper exit
drive abnormality
SC78-21 Driven arm /Rt drive abnormality
SC78-22 Driven arm /Lt drive abnormality
SC78-23 Up/down cover paper conveyance
drive abnormality
SC78-24 Up/down cover paper/Fr up/down
drive abnormality
SC78-25 Up/down cover paper/Rr up/down
drive abnormality
SC78-26 Cover paper folding board /Rt drive
abnormality
SC78-27 Cover paper folding board /Lt drive
abnormality
SC78-28 Cover paper trimming cutter drive
abnormality
SC78-30 Carriage belt drive abnormality
648 2

cation
SC78-31 Carriage size movement drive abnor- Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
PB
1050e/1050eP
mality sible.
SC78-32 Carriage up/down drive abnormality
SC78-33 Book movement drive abnormality
SC78-34 Book stopper drive abnormality
SC78-35 Cover paper tray fan /1 drive abnomal- Paper feed from the PB is DIPSW35-3
ity unavailable.
SC78-36 Cover paper tray fan /2 drive abnomal-
ity
SC78-37 Cover paper tray up/down drive
abnomality
SC78-38 Cover page conveyance drive abnor-
mality
SC78-39 Exhaust fan drive abnormality Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
sible.
SC78-40 Warming-up abnormality The use of the PB is unavailable DIPSW35-5
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality
SC78-41 Warming-up abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
SC78-42 Warming-up abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
SC78-43 Glue supply abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
SC78-44 Heater continuous energization abnor-
mality
mality
mality
mality
mality
SC78-47 High temperature abnormality
mality
lity
2 649

cation
SC78-49 High temperature abnormality The use of the PB is unavailable DIPSW35-5
PB
/1050e/1050eP

mality
mality
lity
mality
mality
SC78-56 Low temperature abnormality
lity
mality
mality
lity
mality
650 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

APPENDIX
1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
15.1 Main body
A. Switch/sensor
(1) Main body rear side
[3] [2] [1]

1050fs5001c
[1] Pump encoder sensor /1 (PS28) [3] Dehumidification heater switch (SW3)
[2] Pump encoder sensor /2 (PS29)
651
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Main body upper surface

/1050e/1050eP
[6]
[5]
[7] [8] [9] [1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5002c
[1] Air motor encoder sensor (PS30) [6] Door open/close sensor /1 (PS1)
[2] Main power switch (SW1) [7] Scanner home sensor (PS51)
[3] Interlock switch /2 (MS2) [8] APS sensor /1 (PS52)
[4] Door open/close sensor /2 (PS2) [9] APS sensor /2 (PS53)
[5] Interlock switch /1 (MS1)
652

(3) Cleaning section
[2]
1050e/1050eP
[1] 1050fs5003c
[1] Blade sensor /1 (PS24) [2] Blade sensor /2 (PS25)
(4) Charger unit
[2] [1] 1050fs5004c
[1] Charger cleaning home sensor (PS26) [2] Charger cleaning limit sensor (PS27)
653
(5) Toner supply section

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
1050fs5005c
[1] Toner remaining sensor /1 (PS31) [4] Toner remaining sensor /3 (PS33)
[2] Door switch /2 (SW5) [5] Toner remaining sensor /4 (PS34)
[3] Toner remaining sensor /2 (PS32)
(6) Photosensitive material section
[2] [1]
1050fs5006c
[1] Drum temperature sensor (TH5) [2] Drum potential sensor (DPS)
654

(7) Paper feed section
[8]
1050e/1050eP
[6] [7]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3] [2] 1050fs5062c
[1] Handle release sensor /1 (PS9), /2 (PS15) [5] Remaining paper VR /1 (VR1), /2 (VR3)
[2] Paper size VR /1 (VR2), /2 (VR4) [6] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS6), /2 (PS12)
[3] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS5), /2 (PS11) [7] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS7), /2 (PS13)
[4] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS4), /Fr2 (PS10) [8] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS8), /2 (PS14)
655
(8) Vertical conveyance section

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
1050fs5063c
[1] Loop sensor (PS16) [5] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS20)

[2] Door switch /1 (SW4) [6] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
[3] Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18) [7] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
[4] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS21)
656

(9) Registration section
[2] [3] [4]
1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs5007c
[1] ADU deceleration sensor (PS42) [3] Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
[2] Centering sensor (PS54) [4] Registration sensor (PS40)
(10) ADU section 1
[6] [7] [8] [9] [10]
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 1050fs5008c
[1] ADU exit sensor (PS43) [6] Paper exit sensor (PS3)
[2] ADU conveyance sensor /2 (PS36) [7] Reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
[3] ADU conveyance sensor /1 (PS35) [8] Reverse sensor /2 (PS47)
[4] ADU accelerate sensor (PS49) [9] ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
[5] ADU reverse paper exit sensor (PS50) [10] ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
657
(11) ADU section 2

/1050e/1050eP
[3] [1]
[2]
1050fs5009c
[1] Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS39) [3] ADU handle release sensor (PS44)
[2] Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor (PS38)
(12) Transfer/separation charger unit
[1]
1050fs5010c
[1] Transfer assist home sensor (PS37)
658

(13) Fusing section
1050e/1050eP
[8]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[4] [2] [1]

[5]
1050fs5011c
[1] Fusing jam sensor (PS23) [5] Thermistor /4 (TH4)

[2] Fusing exit sensor (PS22) [6] Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[3] Thermistor /3 (TH3) [7] Thermistor /1 (TH1)
[4] Thermostat /2 (TS2) [8] Thermistor /2 (TH2)
(14) Operation panel section
[1]
1050fs5012c
[1] Power switch (SW2)
659
B. Load
/1050e/1050eP
[14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21]
[13] [1]
[2]
[3]
[12]
[11] [4]
[10]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[8] [7]
1050fs5013d
[1] Pump cooling fan (FM11) [12] Vertical conveyance motor (M8)
[2] Cooling fan /1 (FM1) [13] IC cooling fan (FM24)
[3] Paper exit motor /1 (M9) [14] Developing motor (M3)
[4] ADU reverse paper exit motor (M31) [15] Drum motor (M2)
[5] Conveyance motor (M5) [16] Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
[6] Transfer/separation suction fan (FM4) [17] Scanner motor (M27)
[7] Power supply cooling fan /3 (FM27) [18] Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
[8] Power supply cooling fan /2 (FM26) [19] Fusing motor (M1)
[9] Power supply cooling fan /1 (FM25) [20] Air pump motor (M29)
[10] Paper feed motor (M4) [21] Toner pump motor (M28)
[11] Developing suction fan (FM5)
660 2

[1]
1050e/1050eP
[3] [2]
[4]
1050fs5014c
[1] Air separation motor (M10) [3] Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
[2] IPB cooling fan (FM12) [4] Suction fan /4 (FM29) (1050e/1050eP only)
(3) Main body right side
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs5015c
[1] Polygon cooling fan (FM18) [3] Suction fan /2 (FM7)

[2] Suction fan /1 (FM6) [4] Suction fan /3 (FM8)
2 661
(4) Main body left side

/1050e/1050eP
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5016c
[1] Paper exit cooling fan /2 (FM10) [3] Paper exit cooling fan /1 (FM9)
[2] Paper exit cooling fan /3 (FM28)
(5) Cleaning section
[1]
1050fs5017c
[1] Blade motor (M22)
662

(6) Charger unit
1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs5018c
[1] Charger cleaning motor (M23)
(7) Toner supply section
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
1050fs5019c
[1] Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD1) [4] Toner hopper motor (M7)
[2] Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD2) [5] Toner bottle motor (M6)
[3] Intermediate hopper motor (M11)
663
(8) Drum claw unit

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs5020c
[1] Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
(9) Paper feed section
[5] [6]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5064c
[1] Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /2 (CL6) [4] Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD3), /2 (SD4)
[2] Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /2 (CL7) [5] Paper feed assist fan /Fr1 (FM20), /Fr2 (FM22)
[3] Paper lift motor /1 (M25), /2 (M26) [6] Paper feed assist fan /Rr1 (FM21), /Rr2 (FM23)
664

[1]
1050e/1050eP
[2]
1050fs5066c
[1] Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR1) [2] Dehumidification heater /2 (HTR2)
(10) Vertical conveyance section
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5065c
[1] Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL3) [3] Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)

[2] Vertical conveyance clutch (CL2)
665
(11) ADU
/1050e/1050eP
[1] [2] [3]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[17] [16] [5] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
1050fs5021c
[1] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7) [10] Registration cooling fan (FM17)

[2] ADU cooling fan /3 (FM13) [11] Loop motor (M18)
[3] Thick paper assist solenoid (SD8) [12] ADU cooling fan /1 (FM14)
[4] Transfer assist motor (M19) [13] Registration motor (M17)
[5] Reverse paper exit motor (M13) [14] ADU lock solenoid (SD6)
[6] ADU conveyance motor /2 (M16) [15] Transfer/separation cleaning motor (M20)
[7] ADU accelerate motor (M14) [16] ADU reverse motor (M12)
[8] ADU cooling fan /2 (FM15) [17] Sensor cooling fan (FM16)
[9] ADU conveyance motor /1 (M15)
666

(12) Writing section
1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs5022c
[1] Polygon motor (M21)
(13) Fusing section
[1]
1050fs5023c
[1] Web motor (M24)
667
C. Boards and others

/1050e/1050eP
[24]
[25]
[6] [7] [8] [9]
[18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10]

1050fs5024c
[1] Recycle cut drive board (RCDB) [13] Coil (L)

[2] High voltage unit /1 (HV1) [14] Transformer /2 (T2)
[3] PCI relay board (PCIRB) [15] DC power supply /2 (DCPS2)
[4] Printer control board (PRCB) [16] Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
[5] AC drive board (ACDB) [17] DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[6] Transformer /1 (T1) [18] Parameter board (PB)
[7] Noise filter /2 (NF2) [19] Image processing board (IPB)
[8] Noise filter /1 (NF1) [20] Hard disk /1 (HDD1)
[9] Outlet [21] Overall control board (OACB)
[10] Circuit breaker (CBR) [22] IC board (ICB)
[11] Sub relay (RL2) [23] Scanner drive board (SDB)
[12] Main relay (RL1) [24] Triac /2 (TRC2)
[25] Triac /1 (TRC1)
668

1050e/1050eP
[4]
[3] [2] [1]
1050fs5025c
[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] Exposure lamp (L1)

[2] L1 inverter (L1 INVB) [4] Total counter (CNT1)
(3) Charger unit
[1] 1050fs5031c
[1] Erase lamp (EL)
669
(4) Photosensitive material section
[2] [1]
/1050e/1050eP
1050fs5026c
[1] Drum potential sensor board (DPSB) [2] Toner control sensor board (TCSB)
(5) Registration section
[2] [1]
1050fs5027c
[1] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [2] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
670

(6) ADU section
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[4] [3]
[2]
1050fs5028c
[1] Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) [3] ADU drive board /2 (ADUDB2)
[2] High voltage unit /2 (HV2) [4] ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1)
671
(7) Writing section
[2] [3]
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
1050fs5029c
[1] Polygon motor drive board (PMDB) [3] Laser drive board (LDB)
[2] Index board (INDEXB)
(8) Fusing section
[2] [3]
[1]
1050fs5030c
[1] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) [3] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
672

(9) Operation panel section
1050e/1050eP
[1] [2] [3]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[6] [7]
1050fs5032c
[1] LCD board (LCDB) [5] Operation board /3 (OB3)

[2] Backlight /1 [6] Operation board /1 (OB1)
[3] Backlight /2 [7] Panel key board (PKB)
[4] Operation board /2 (OB2) [8] OB inverter (OB INVB)
673
15.2 DF-603
A. Front side
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[5]
[4] [3] [2] df603fs5001c
[1] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [4] Gate solenoid (SD303)
[2] Exit gate solenoid (SD304) [5] RADF open/close sensor (PS301)
[3] Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302)
674

B. Rear side
[12] [13] [14] [15] [1]
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6]

df603fs5002c
[1] Original conveyance motor (M301) [9] Original paper exit motor /1 (M304)
[2] Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311) [10] Original paper exit motor /2 (M305)
[3] Original conveyance sensor (PS308) [11] RADF control board (RADFCB)
[4] Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312) [12] Cooling fan /Rt (FM302)
[5] Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) [13] Tray up/down motor (M303)
[6] APS timing sensor (PS317) [14] Cover open/close switch (MS301)
[7] Original feed motor (M302) [15] Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
[8] SDF switching solenoid (SD301)
675
C. Upper surface
/1050e/1050eP
[15] [16] [17] [1] [2] [3]

[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10] [14] [13] [12] [4]
[9]
df603fs5003c
[1] Original count sensor (PS310) [10] Multi feed sensor /2 (MFS2)
[2] Original size sensor /Lt (PS303) [11] Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
[3] Original size sensor /Rt (PS302) [12] Original reverse sensor (PS309)
[4] Reverse jam sensor (PS304) [13] Centering LED sensor /Fr (PS319)
[5] Original empty sensor (PS305) [14] Centering sensor /Fr (PS320)
[6] Tray upper limit sensor (PS315) [15] Centering sensor /Rr (PS321)
[7] Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318) [16] Centering LED sensor /Rr (PS322)
[8] Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1) [17] Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
[9] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
676

D. Upper tray rear side
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
df603fs5004c
[1] Tray board (TB) [2] Original size VR (VR301)
E. Reverse tray rear side
[1]
[2] df603fs5005c
[1] Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314) [2] Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
677
15.3 PF-701
A. Configuration front side
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
pf701fs5001c
[1] Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR1) [4] Tray lock solenoid /3 (SD12)

B. Configuration left side/exit conveyance section
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
pf701fs5002c
[1] Door open/close sensor (PS70) [4] PF exit sensor (PS99)

[2] Door switch (SW10) [5] Horizontal conveyance door switch (SW13)
[3] Paper feed motor (M40) [6] PF exit conveyance motor (M41)
678

C. Configuration rear side
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
pf701fs5003c
[1] Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1) [5] Intermediate clutch /Lw (CL5)

[2] Intermediate clutch /Up (CL2) [6] Pre-registration clutch /3 (CL4)
[3] Cooling fan (FM20) [7] PF drive board (PFUDB)
[4] Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL3)
679
D. Vertical conveyance section
[1]
/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10] [9]
pf701fs5004c
[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89) [7] Intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97)

[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS90) [8] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS96)
[3] Intermediate sensor /Up (PS91) [9] Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS95)
[4] Loop sensor /1 (PS92) [10] Loop sensor /2 (PS94)
[5] Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93) [11] Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw (SW12)
[6] Loop sensor /3 (PS98) [12] Vertical conveyance door switch /Up (SW11)
680

E. Tray section 1
[1]
1050e/1050eP
[2]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[5]
[9]
[8]
[7] [6] pf701fs5005c
[1] Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Fr2, /Fr3 [6] Remaining paper VR /1, /2, /3 (VR10/VR12/
(FM41/FM43/FM45) VR14)
[2] Pick-up solenoid /1, /2, /3 (SD14/SD15/SD16) [7] Forced separation clutch (CL11) (tray 4 only)
[3] Paper feed sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS72/PS78/PS84) [8] Separation clutch /1, /2, /3 (CL7/CL10/CL13)
[4] Upper limit sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS71/PS77/PS83) [9] Pick-up clutch /1, /2, /3 (CL6/CL9/CL12)
[5] Paper lift motor /1, /2, /3 (M42/M43/M44) [10] Paper feed assist fan /Rr1, /Rr2, /Rr3
(FM42/FM44/FM46)
681
F. Tray section 2
[4] [1]
/1050e/1050eP
[3] [2] pf701fs5006c
[1] Paper size VR /1, /2, /3 (VR11/VR13/VR15) [3] Paper size sensor /Fr1, /Fr2, /Fr3 (PS75/
[2] Paper size sensor /Rr1, /Rr2, /Rr3 (PS76/ PS81/PS87)
PS82/PS88) [4] Paper empty sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS73/PS79/
PS85)
G. PP-701 (OPTIONAL)
[1]
[2]
[4] [3]
a08rf5c001ca
[1] Rear paper feed assist fan /1 (FM50) [3] Rear paper feed assist fan /3 (FM52)
[2] Rear paper feed assist fan /2 (FM51) [4] Front side direction
682 2

15.4 FD-501
A. Conveyance section front side/right side
1050e/1050eP
[9] [10] [11] [12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7] [5]
[6]
fd501fs5001c
[1] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [7] Door switch (MS1)
[2] FD entrance sensor (PS1) [8] Jam indicator board (JAMIB)
[3] Roller solenoid /1 (SD5) [9] Temperature sensor board (TSB)
[4] Roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [10] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[5] Roller solenoid /3 (SD7) [11] PI exit sensor (PS4)
[6] Roller solenoid /4 (SD8) [12] FD operation board (FDOB)
683
B. Major boards in the power source section

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[10] [9] [8] fd501fs5002c
[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [7] Noise filter (NF1)

[2] FD control board (FDCB) [8] Inlet
[3] Punch drive board (PDB) [9] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1)
[4] DC power supply (DCPS) [10] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
[5] Folding drive board (FDB) [11] Relay (RL1)
[6] Outlet
684

C. Conveyance section rear side/left side
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[3] [4]
[2]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[7] [6] [5]
[13]
[8]
[12]
[11] [10] [9] fd501fs5003c
[1] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS46) [11] Tray up down motor (M11)
[2] Paper exit solenoid (SD12) [12] L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16) [13] S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[4] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17) [14] Alignment motor (M12)
[5] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18) [15] Punch conveyance motor (M2)
[6] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS20) [16] Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
[7] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9) [17] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[8] Main tray empty sensor (PS23) [18] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[9] Main tray folding paper full sensor (PS7) [19] Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
[10] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS22)
685
D. PI rear side
[6] [7] [8] [1] [2] [3]

/1050e/1050eP
[4]
[5] fd501fs5004c
[1] Paper lift motor /Up (M8) [5] PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)
[2] PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34) [6] PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
[3] Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) [7] PI conveyance motor (M7)
[4] PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40) [8] PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)
E. PI upper surface
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
[6]
[13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] fd501fs5005c
[1] PI paper set sensor /Up (PS44) [7] PI paper empty sensor /Up (PS33)
[2] S size sensor /Up (PS36) [8] PI paper empty sensor /Lw (PS39)
[3] PI max paper size sensor /Up (PS47) [9] PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
[4] L size sensor /Up (PS35) [10] PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[5] Paper size VR /Up (VR31) [11] PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[6] PI cover open/close sensor (PS43) [12] PI pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD14)
[13] PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13)
686

F. PI lower tray
1050e/1050eP
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] fd501fs5006c
[1] PI paper set sensor /Lw (PS45) [4] L size sensor /Lw (PS41)
[2] Paper size VR /Lw (VR32) [5] PI max paper size sensor /Lw (PS48)
[3] S size sensor /Lw (PS42)
687
G. Punch section
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7] [6] [5] [4] fd501fs5007c
[1] Punch registration home sensor (PS11) [7] Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
[2] Punch motor (M10) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS12)
[3] 3 holes/4 holes home sensor (PS9) [9] Alignment plate home sensor (PS10)
[4] 2 holes punch home sensor (PS8) [10] Punch scraps full sensor (PS26)
[5] Punch registration motor (M13) [11] Folding exit sensor (PS2)
[6] Punch registration sensor (PS6) [12] Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
688

H. Folding unit front side/right side
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[10] [2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[6] [5] fd501fs5008c
[1] S size conveyance sensor (PS58) [6] 1st folding release motor (M14)
[2] 2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18) [7] 2nd folding release motor (M15)
[3] Folding entrance sensor (PS52) [8] 2nd folding cam home sensor (PS56)
[4] 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) [9] 3rd folding release motor (M16)
[5] 1st folding cam home sensor (PS55) [10] 3rd folding cam home sensor (PS57)
689
I. Folding unit rear side/left side
[1] [2]
/1050e/1050eP
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3] fd501fs5009c
[1] 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) [4] 2nd folding motor (M5)
[2] 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) [5] Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
[3] 1st folding motor (M4) [6] 3rd folding motor (M6)
690

15.5 LS-501/502
A. Front side
1050e/1050eP
[14] [15] [16] [17]
[18] [19] [20] [21] [22]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[10] [9] [8]
[13] [12] [11]

ls502fs5013c
[1] Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) [13] Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[2] Entrance sensor (PS4) [14] Relay board /1 (RLB/1)
[3] Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) [15] Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
[4] Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) [16] Stacker tray set LED (LED1)
[5] Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) [17] Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) [18] Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)
[7] Front door lock solenoid (SD4) (LS-501 only)
[8] Front door switch (MS1) [19] Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
[9] Hand cart set switch (RS1) [20] Alignment motor (M7)
[10] Stacker tray set sensor (PS1) [21] 2nd gate solenoid (SD10) (LS-501 only)
[11] Stacker tray upper limit sensor (PS3) [22] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-502 only)
[12] Paper detection sensor (PS19)
2 691
B. Upper surface
[9] [10] [11] [12] [1] [2]

/1050e/1050eP
[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] ls502fs5002c
[1] Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) (LS-501 only) [7] Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [8] Stacker tray operation board (TOB)
[3] Coupling exit sensor (PS18) (LS-501 only) [9] Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
[4] JAM door switch (RS2) (LS-501 only) [10] Sub tray full sensor (PS9)
[5] Sub tray door sensor (PS8) [11] Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /2 (FM6) [12] Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) (LS-501 only)
692

C. Rear side
[20]
1050e/1050eP
[19]
[1]
[18] [2]
[17] [3]
[4]
[16]
[15] [5]
[6]
[14]
[13] [7]
[12] [11] [10] [9] [8] ls502fs5003c
[1] Shift unit motor (M5) [11] 2,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS13)
[2] Stacker tray upper limit switch (MS2) [12] Inlet (LS-501 only)
[3] Grip conveyance motor (M4) [13] Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
[4] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-501 only) [14] Stacker tray encoder sensor (PS2)
[5] LS control board (LSCB) [15] Job partition solenoid (SD2)
[6] DC power supply (DCPS) (LS-501 only) [16] 1st gate solenoid (SD1)
[7] Stacker tray lower limit switch (MS3) [17] Conveyance motor (M2)
[8] Outlet (LS-501 only) [18] Sub tray exit motor (M3)
[9] Stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15) [19] Motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
[10] 5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14) [20] Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
2 693
D. Shift unit
[3] [4]
/1050e/1050eP
[2] [1] ls502fs5004c
[1] Front stopper solenoid (SD9) [3] Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
[2] Relay board /2 (RLB/2) [4] Paper empty sensor (PS6)
694

15.6 FS-503
A. Rear side 1
1050e/1050eP
[4] [5]
[1]
[2]
[3] fs503fs5001c
[1] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [4] FNS drive board (FNSDB)
[2] Tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [5] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Tray up down motor (M3)
695
B. Rear side 2
[6] [7] [8] [1]

/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[3]
[5] [4] fs503fs5002c
[1] Main tray exit motor (M7) [5] Gate solenoid (SD2)
[2] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9) [6] Conveyance motor (M1)
[3] Paper exit opening sensor (PS12) [7] Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[4] Bypass solenoid (SD5) [8] Sub tray exit motor (M6)
C. Front side
[8] [9] [10]
[1]
[2]
[7] [6] [5] [3]
[4]
fs503fs5003c
[1] FNS entrance sensor (PS4) [6] Staple exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
[2] Staple scraps box set sensor (PS34) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
[3] Door switch (MS1) [8] Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
[4] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [9] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30)
[5] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5) [10] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
696

D. Stacker inside 1
[9] [10] [1]
1050e/1050eP
[8]
[2]
[7] [3]
[5] [4]
[6]
fs503fs5004c
[1] Intermediate roller open close motor (M25) [6] Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
[2] Stacker entrance motor (M13) [7] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[3] Paper exit arm motor (M23) [8] Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[4] Paddle motor (M2) [9] Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[5] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33) [10] Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)
697
E. Stacker inside 2
/1050e/1050eP
[10]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7] [6] fs503fs5005c
[1] Alignment motor /Rr (M5) [6] Rear stopper motor (M26)
[2] Alignment motor /Fr (M22) [7] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3] Stack assist guide motor (M24) [8] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4] Stack assist home sensor (PS32) [9] Stapler rotation motor (M4)
[5] Rear stopper home sensor (PS35) [10] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14)
698

F. Stapler
[6]
1050e/1050eP
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5006c
[1] Stapler ready sensor /Rr (PS46) [4] Stapler board (STB)
Stapler ready sensor /Fr (PS47) [5] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS44)
[2] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS40) Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS45)
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS41) [6] Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
[3] Cartridge set sensor /Rr (PS42) Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
Cartridge set sensor /Fr (PS43)
699
15.7 SD-501
A. Horizontal conveyance section
/1050e/1050eP
(1) Entrance conveyance
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3] 15anf5c001na
[1] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1) [3] Entrance sensor (PS1)

[2] Entrance conveyance motor (M1) [4] Right side direction
(2) Horizontal conveyance
[5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
[1]
[4] [3] [2] 15anf5c002na
[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) [6] Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
[2] Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4) [7] Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
[3] Horizontal conveyance motor (M2) [8] Front side direction
[4] Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3) [9] Subtray paper full sensor (PS12)
[5] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
700 1

B. Right angle conveyance section
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[7] [8] [9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
15anf5c003na
[1] Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) [6] Front side direction
[2] Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5) [7] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
[3] Right angle conveyance motor (M6) [8] Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[4] Overlap motor (M13) [9] Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
[5] Overlap home sensor (PS17)
1 701
C. Folding section
(1) Top side /1
/1050e/1050eP
[10]
[1]
[9] [2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf5c004na
[1] 2nd folding blade motor (M19) [6] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
[2] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49) [7] Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) [8] 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[4] Folding entrance sensor (PS60) [9] 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
[5] Front side direction [10] Folding passage sensor (PS8)
(2) Top side /2
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c005na
[1] Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56) [3] Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
[2] Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14) [4] Front side direction
702 1

(3) Bottom side view
1050e/1050eP
[12]
[8] [9] [10] [11] [1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6] [5] [4]

15anf5c006na
[1] 1st folding blade motor (M18) [7] Front side direction
[2] Folding conveyance motor (M4) [8] Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [9] Folding entrance motor (M3)
[4] 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [10] Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[5] 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [11] Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
[6] Guide shaft motor (M25) [12] Folding exit home sensor (PS24)
1 703
(4) Tri-folding exit

/1050e/1050eP
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c007na
[1] Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) [3] Front side direction

[2] Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10) [4] Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
704 1

(5) Others
[1]
1050e/1050eP
[2]
15anf5c008na
[1] Folding unit lock solenoid (SD8) [2] Front side direction
D. Saddle stitching section

(1) Bundle clip
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4] 15anf5c009na
[1] Bundle sensor /1 (PS14) [3] Bundle clip motor (M11)

[2] Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [4] Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)
1 705
(2) Front side

/1050e/1050eP
[7] [1]
[6] [2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c010na
[1] Clincher solenoid /Rt (SD9) [5] Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [6] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3] Bundle arm motor (M10) [7] Clincher solenoid /Lt (SD10)
[4] Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
(3) Rear side /1
[10] [1]
[2]
[9] [3]
[4]
[5]
[8] [6]
[7] 15anf5c011na
[1] Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [6] Stapler movement home sensor (PS25)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29) [7] Back side direction
[3] Bundle arm assist motor (M26) [8] Clincher up down motor (M20)
[4] Stapler movement motor (M15) [9] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[5] Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38) [10] Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
706 1

(4) Rear side /2
[3]
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
15anf5c012na
[1] Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) [3] Front side direction
[2] Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
(5) Stapler
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf5c013na
[1] Stapler empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt [3] Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt
(SW2) (HS3)
[2] Stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30) [4] Clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
1 707
E. Bundle processing section

(1) Bundle press stage/bundle press bottom side
/1050e/1050eP
[10]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4] 15anf5c014na
[1] Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [6] Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[2] Bundle sensor /4 (PS54) [7] Bundle press motor (M23)
[3] Bundle registration home sensor (PS34) [8] Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
[4] Bottom side view [9] Front side direction
[5] Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [10] Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
708 1

(2) Bundle exit
[7]
1050e/1050eP
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c015na
[1] Bundle tray set sensor (PS58) [5] Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
[2] Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41) [6] Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[3] Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61) [7] Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
[4] Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
F. Trimmer section
[7] [8] [9]
[6] [10]
[1]
[2]
[5] [4] [3] 15anf5c022na
[1] Trimmer press motor (M32) [6] Trimmer blade motor (M31)
[2] Trimmer paddle motor (M33) [7] Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[3] Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [8] Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[4] Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50) [9] Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)
[5] Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51) [10] Front side direction
2 709
G. Left side
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[8] [3]
[7] [4]
[6]
[5] 15anf5c017na
[1] Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31) [6] Bundle exit motor (M5)
[2] Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) [7] Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3] Bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [8] Bundle registration motor (M12)
[4] Bundle press stage up down home sensor [9] Scraps removal fan motor (FM1)
(PS35) [10] Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[5] Left side view
710 1

H. Front side
1050e/1050eP
[1]
[6] [2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c018na
[1] Front door sensor /Rt (PS42) [4] Jam indication board /2 (JAMIB/2)
[2] Front door switch /Rt (MS1) [5] Front door sensor /Lt (PS43)
[3] Jam indication board /1 (JAMIB/1) [6] Front door switch /Lt (MS2)
1 711
I. Rear side
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[8] [6]
[7]
15anf5c019na
[1] DC power supply /1 (DCPS1) [6] Noise filter (NF1)

[2] DC power supply /2 (DCPS2) [7] Power relay (RL1)
[3] DC power supply /3 (DCPS3) [8] SD control board (SDCB)
[4] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [9] SD drive board (SDDB)
[5] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
712 1

15.8 PB-501
A. SC section
1050e/1050eP
(1) Front side/Top side
[8] [9] [10]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6] [5] [4] a075f5c001ca
[1] SC alignment HP sensor (PS14) [7] SC switchback conveyance motor (M12)

[2] SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [8] SC switchback spring pressure detection
[3] SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) sensor (PS13)
[4] SC roller release motor (M18) [9] SC switchback release motor (M13)
[5] SC roller release sensor (PS17) [10] SC switchback arm pressure detection
[6] SC stopper solenoid (SD12) sensor (PS12)
2 713
(2) Rear side/Bottom side
[8] [9] [1]

/1050e/1050eP
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c002ca
[1] Clamp entrance movement motor (M19) [6] Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)
[2] Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18) [7] SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[3] SC alignment motor (M15) [8] SC entrance conveyance motor (M11)
[4] FD alignment solenoid (SD11) [9] Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[5] Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19)
714 2

B. Clamp section
(1) Top side
1050e/1050eP
[8] [9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[6] [5] [4] a075f5c003ca
[1] Clamp rotation motor (M23) [6] Clamp paper LED (LED21)
[2] Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24) [7] Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr (PS26)
[3] Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) [8] Clamp motor (M22)
[4] Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr (PS27) [9] Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21)
[5] Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
(2) Left side
[4]
[3] [1]
[2]
a075f5c004ca
[1] Book thickness sensor (PS29) [3] Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

[2] Clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [4] Clamp alignment motor (M21)
2 715
C. Pellet supply section
[9] [10]
/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[8] [7]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c005ca
[1] Pellet supply arm motor (M34) [6] Pellet count sensor (PS37)
[2] Exhaust fan /1 (M80) [7] Pellet supply motor (M33)
[3] Pellet count LED (LED32) [8] Pellet supply door switch (MS1)
[4] Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38) [9] Pellet remain sensor (PS36)
[5] Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39) [10] Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)
716 2

D. Glue tank section
(1) Glue tank
1050e/1050eP
[11] [12]
[10]
[1]
[9] [2]
[8]
[7] [4] [3]
[6] [5]
a075f5c006ca
[1] Glue tank heater (H1) [7] Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33)
[2] Glue apply roller heater (H2) [8] Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
[3] Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH) [9] Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32)
[4] Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3) [10] Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[5] Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) [11] Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
[6] Glue apply position LED (LED31) [12] Glue apply roller motor (M32)
2 717
(2) Glue tank unit movement

/1050e/1050eP
[1]
[2]
a075f5c007ca
[1] Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) [2] Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)
718 2

E. Cover paper supply section
(1) Inside
1050e/1050eP
[1] [2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a075f5c019ca
[1] Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74) [7] Cover paper tray fan /1 (M71)
[2] Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) [8] Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)
[3] Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) [9] Cover paper tray fan /2 (M72)
[4] Cover paper tray knob sensor (PS82)
(2) Rear side
[1]
[2]
[5] [4] [3]

a075f5c020ca
[1] Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71) [4] Cover paper conveyance sensor /2 (PS76)
[2] Cover paper separation clutch (MC72) [5] Cover paper conveyance sensor /3 (PS77)
[3] Cover paper tray lift motor (M73)
2 719
F. Cover paper lift section

(1) cover paper table unit
/1050e/1050eP
[16] [17] [18] [19] [20]

[15]
[1]
[14]
[2]
[13] [3]
[12]
[11]
[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4]

a075f5c008ca
[1] Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [11] Cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51)
[2] Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45) [12] Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
[3] Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41) [13] Book exit motor (M42)
[4] Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43) [14] Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41)
[5] Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) [15] Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt (PS43)
[6] Cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48) [16] Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
[7] Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor (PS50) [17] Cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
[8] Cover paper alignment motor (M41) [18] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt (M48)
[9] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt (PS49) [19] Cover Paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt (PS42)
[10] Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (M44) [20] Cutter motor (M50)
720 2

(2) Roller cutter assy
[2] [3]
1050e/1050eP
[1]
a075f5c009ca
[1] Cutter HP switch (SW41) [3] Cutter motor (M50)

[2] Cutter end switch (SW42)
2 721
G. Book stock section

(1) Rear side
/1050e/1050eP
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[10]
[7]
[9] [8]
a075f5c010ca
[1] Book conveyance belt up down motor (M63) [7] Book sensor /2 (PS67)
[2] Book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) [8] Book movement motor (M64)
[3] Book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62) [9] Book stopper motor (M65)
[4] Book conveyance belt motor (M61) [10] Book stopper HP sensor (PS68)
[5] Book load limit sensor (PS65) [11] Book sensor /1 (PS66)
[6] Cart set sensor (PS69)
722 2

(2) Inside
1050e/1050eP
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2] [1]
a075f5c011ca
[1] Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) [5] Book upper limit LED (LED61)
[2] Book end sensor (PS61) [6] Book door solenoid (SD61)
[3] Stacker door sensor (PS57) [7] Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)
[4] Stacker door switch (MS4)
2 723
H. Conveyance section and framework section

(1) Conveyance unit
/1050e/1050eP
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075f5c012ca
[1] Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) [6] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDTB72)
[2] Sub tray full sensor (PS5) [7] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[3] Entrance sensor (PS1) [8] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[4] Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3) [9] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD3)
[5] Waste box full sensor (PS80) [10] Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)
724 2

(2) Right side
1050e/1050eP
[8] [1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a075f5c013ca
[1] Upper door switch (SW1) [5] Front door lock solenoid (SD80)
[2] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) [6] Front door switch (MS2)
[3] Cover paper conveyance sensor /5 (PS79) [7] SC entrance sensor (PS2)
[4] Cover paper conveyance sensor /4 (PS78) [8] Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
2 725
(3) Rear side
[12] [13] [14] [15]

/1050e/1050eP
[11]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6] [5] [4] [3] a075f5c014ca
[1] PB drive board (PBDB) [9] DC power supply unit /2 (DCPU/2)

[2] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) [10] Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3] Cover paper table up down motor /Rr (M47) [11] DC power supply unit /3 (DCPU/3)
[4] Circuit breaker (CBR) [12] AC drive board (ACDB)
[5] Noise filter (NF) [13] Intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
[6] Cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46) [14] Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
[7] Cover paper feed motor (M74) [15] Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
[8] DC power supply unit /1 (DCPU/1)
726 2

(4) Inside
1050e/1050eP
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075f5c015ca
[1] Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr (PS47) [3] Waste box set sensor (PS81)
[2] Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr (PS53)
2 727
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

16.1 Main body
/1050e/1050eP
A. Connector in the board

(1) Printer control board
222(W : 18 pin) 216(W : 15 pin) 214(W : 11 pin) 223(W : 16 pin)

227(W : 10 pin) 225(W : 16 pin) 228(W : 26 pin) 401(W : 2 pin)
301(W : 2 pin)
224(W : 6 pin) 293(W : 10 pin) 211(W : 15 pin)

325(W : 6 pin) 422(W : 6 pin)
211(W : 15 pin)
212(W : 4 pin)
324(W : 7 pin) 215(W : 20 pin)
424(W : 4 pin)
210(W : 19 pin)
328(W : 6 pin)
323(W : 8 pin)
229(W : 17 pin)
326(W : 4 pin) 300(W : 2pin)
320(W : 16pin)
322(W : 5 pin) 213(W : 34 pin)
321(W : 4 pin) 220(GY : 34 pin) 200(W : 7 pin)

327(W : 10 pin) 217(W : 15 pin) 218(W : 9 pin)
1050fs5033c
(2) Image processing board
195 (GY : 40 pin)

110 (W : 40 pin) 103 (W : 4 pin)
124 (BK : 100 pin)
125 (W : 2 pin)
123 (BK : 100 pin)

134 (BK : 36 pin)
132 (W : 5 pin) 129 (W : 40 pin)
130 (W : 24 pin) 128 (W : 10 pin) 1050fs5034c
728
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

(3) Overall control board
136 (W : 40 pin)
1050e/1050eP
104 (W : 4 pin) 112 (BK : 100 pin) 113 (BK : 100 pin)
111 (W : 4 pin)
139 (BK : 9 pin) 109 (BK : 120 pin)
137 (W : 15 pin)
138 (W : 15 pin) 100 (W : 6 pin)

135 (W : 19 pin) 101 (W : 12 pin) 1050fs5035c
(4) AC drive board
420 (W : 18 pin)
35 (W : 5 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
411 (W : 11 pin)
410 (W : 34 pin)
100 (W : 8 pin) 442 (W : 9 pin)

440 (W : 4 pin) 1050fs5036c
729
(5) Scanner drive board

/1050e/1050eP
620 (W : 3 pin)
623 (W : 7 pin) 621 (W : 3 pin)
622 (W : 4 pin)
610 (W : 15 pin) 600 (W : 6 pin)

1050fs5037c
(6) ADU drive board /1
528 (W : 6 : pin)
520 (W : 6 pin)
620 (W : 3 pin)
510 (GY : 2 pin) 521 (GY : 28 pin)
510 (GY : 15 pin)

534 (W : 3 pin) 513 (W : 2 pin)
529 (W : 6 pin)
523 (GY : 19 pin)
531 (W : 10 pin) 527 (GY : 30 pin) 512 (W : 6 pin) 524 (W : 6 pin)

500 (W : 9 pin) 526 (GY : 30 pin) 511 (W : 5 pin)
1050fs5038c
730

(7) ADU drive board /2
1050e/1050eP
594 (W : 6 pin)
590 (GY : 19 pin)
596 (W : 3 pin)
591 (GY : 2 pin) 592 (W : 6 pin)

593 (W : 6 pin) 595 (W : 5 pin)
1050fs5039c
(8) DC power supply /1
2 (W : 3 pin)
76 (W : 4 pin) 75 (W : 2 pin)
77 (W : 10 pin) 71 (W : 7 pin)
74 (W : 14 pin) 73 (W : 6 pin) 1050fs5040c
731
(9) DC power supply /2

/1050e/1050eP
11 (W : 14 pin) 13 (W : 18 pin) 21 (W : 4 pin)

3 (W : 3 pin) 15 (W : 14 pin) 12 (W : 22 pin) 14 (W : 4 pin)
4 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 3 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
1050fs5041c
(10) High voltage unit /1
251 (W : 11 pin) 250 (W : 3 pin) 1050fs5056c
732

(11) High voltage unit /2
1050e/1050eP
650 (W : 4 pin)
651 (W : 11 pin) 1050fs5042c
(12) Operation board /1
711 (W : 6 pin) 707 (W : 4 pin)

704 (W : 28 pin) 710 (W : 5 pin) 706 (W : 5 pin)
709 (W : 2 pin) 705 (W : 7 pin)
1050fs5043c
733
708 (W : 4 pin) 700 (W : 40 pin)

/1050e/1050eP
703 (W : 28 pin) 701 (W : 4 pin) 702 (W : 41 pin) 1050fs5044c
712 (W : 7 pin) 1050fs5045c
(15) OB inverter
713 (W : 7 pin) 714 (W : 3 pin) 715 (W : 3 pin) 1050fs5046c
(16) CCD board
170 (W : 50 pin)
1050fs5047c
(17) Polygon motor drive board
131 (W : 6 pin) 133 (W : 11 pin)

1050fs5048c
734

(18) Laser drive board
1050e/1050eP
56 (GY : 24 pin)
1050fs5049c
(19) Index board
51 (GY : 5 pin)
1050fs5050c
(20) L1 inverter
632 (W : 4 pin) 2 (W : 2 pin)

1050fs5051c
(21) Toner control sensor board
454 (W : 10 pin) 1050fs5057c
(22) Drum potential sensor board
457 (W : 5 pin) 458 (W : 4 pin) 1050fs5058c
735
(23) Multi feed detection board /1

/1050e/1050eP
490 (W : 3 pin)
1050fs5052c
(24) Multi feed detection board /2
491 (W : 6 pin)
1050fs5053c
(25) Parameter board
141 (W : 40 pin)
142 (W : 20 pin)
1050fs5059c
736

(26) IC board
1050e/1050eP
882 (BK : 160 pin)
881 (BK : 160 pin)
889 (BK : 9 pin) 893 (BK : 40 pin)
886 (BK : 4 pin)
885 (W : 4 pin)
897 (BK : 80 pin) 884 (B : 80 pin) 1050fs5054c
737
16.2 DF-603
16.2.1 Connector in the board
/1050e/1050eP
A. RADF control board
J1 (N.C.) J3 (N.C.) 5 (W : 3 pin) 7 (W : 12 pin)
3 (W : 7 pin)
4 (W : 4 pin) 6 (W : 4pin) 8 (GY : 34 pin)
2 (W : 8 pin) J2 (N.C.)
9 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 4 pin)
10 (W : 6 pin)
17 (W : 4 pin)
14 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
16 (W : 3 pin) 15 (W : 9 pin) 13 (W : 6 pin) 12 (W : 7 pin) df603fs5007c
B. Tray board
24 (W : 9 pin)
23 (W : 6 pin)
25 (W : 3 pin)
df603fs5008c
C. Multi feed detection board /1
26 (W : 3 pin)
27 (W : 2 pin) df603fs5009c
738

D. Multi feed detection board /2
1050e/1050eP
22 (W : 2 pin)
21 (W : 3 pin) df603fs5010c
739
16.3 PF-701
/1050e/1050eP
A. PFU control board
720 (W : 10 pin)
714 (W : 3 pin) 724 (W : 6 pin) 701 (W : 2 pin)
716 (GY : 4 pin)

710 (W : 14 pin)
723 (W : 6 pin)
722 (W : 10 pin)
N.C.
711 (GY : 28 pin)

N.C.
721 (GY : 22 pin)
SW1
717 (GY : 10 pin)
712 (GY : 14 pin) 715 (W : 6 pin) 700 (W : 7 pin)

713 (GY : 15 pin) 705 (GY : 15 pin)
SW1
ON
1
2
pf701fs5007c
NOTE
• Since the setting of DIP switch (SW1) is peculiar to the type, be sure not to change its setting.
740

16.4 FD-501
1050e/1050eP
A. FD control board
18 (W : 2 pin) 13 (GY : 9 pin) 9 (N.C.)

17 (W : 8 pin) 11 (GY : 6 pin) 7 (N.C.)
16 (W : 7 pin)
12 (N.C.) 8 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (N.C.)
15 (GY : 7 pin)
SW3
21 (N.C.) 5 (B : 40 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin) 1 (GY : 32 pin) 6 (B : 16 pin)

3 (GY : 16 pin) 4 (B : 32 pin)
ON ON
SW3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C6500 1050
fd501fs5010c
2 741
B. Punch drive board
224 (GY : 20 pin) 210 (GY : 28 pin) 203 (GY : 18 pin)

/1050e/1050eP
220 (GY : 24 pin) 201 (GY : 40 pin)
219 (GY : 26 pin)

208 (GY : 9 pin)
222 (GY : 12 pin) 202 (GY : 32 pin)
206 (W : 4 pin)
221 (GY : 22 pin) 204 (GY : 40 pin)
223 (GY : 11 pin) 209 (GY : 34 pin)
215 (W : 8 pin)
211 (W : 4 pin)
217 (W : 9 pin) 207 (W : 6 pin)
216 (W : 12 pin) 205 (W : 5 pin) fd501fs5011c
C. Folding drive board
500 (W : 4 pin) 508 (GY : 36 pin) 507 (GY : 15 pin)
501 (GY : 34 pin)
503 (GY : 16 pin)
506 (W : 6 pin)
505 (W : 12 pin) fd501fs5012c
742

D. PI drive board
309 (W : 4 pin) 311 (GY : 26 pin) 314 (GY : 15 pin)
1050e/1050eP
313 (GY : 8 pin)
306 (GY : 18 pin)
305 (GY : 16 pin)
318 (GY : 7 pin)

315 (GY : 6 pin) 307 (GY : 20 pin)
308 (W : 3 pin)
317 (GY : 4 pin) 303 (GY : 6 pin) 300 (W : 2 pin)
304 (GY : 28 pin) 301 (GY : 16 pin) 302 (GY : 32 pin) fd501fs5013c
E. FD operation board
361 (GY : 26 pin)
fd501fs5014c
F. Jam indicator board
370 (GY : 6 pin)
fd501fs5015c
743
G. DC power supply board
51 (W : 8 pin)
/1050e/1050eP
1 (W : 3 pin) fd501fs5016c
H. Multi feed detection board /1, /2
490 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5025c
I. Temperature sensor board
374 (GY : 4 pin)
fd501fs5026c
744

16.5 LS-501/502
1050e/1050eP
A. LS control board
22 (W : 2 pin) 5 (W : 9 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin) 11 (W : 6 pin)
24 (W : 12 pin) 2 (W : 15 pin)
6 (W : 3 pin) 1 (W : 13 pin)
23 (W : 11 pin) 3 (W : 5 pin) 4 (W : 12 pin)

30 (BL : 10 pin) 29 (W : 7 pin)
28 (W : 2 pin) (N.C.) (N.C.) 9 (W : 11 pin)
26 (W : 5 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
27 (W : 4 pin)
12 (W : 6 pin) 25 (W : 6 pin) 13 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 7 pin)
19 (W : 3 pin) 7 (W : 14 pin)
15 (W : 12 pin) 17 (W : 6 pin) 16 (W : 13 pin) ls502fs5005c
B. Relay board /1
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5006c
C. Relay board /2
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5007c
745
D. DC power supply
/1050e/1050eP
51 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
52 (W : 2 pin)
ls502fs5008c
746

16.6 FS-503
1050e/1050eP
A. FNS control board
19 (W : 4 pin) 9 (GY : 40 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
10 (GY : 3 pin) 12 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (GY : 20 pin)
23 (N.C.)
SW3
21 (W : 3 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin) 1 (GY : 32 pin)

3 (GY : 16 pin)
ON ON
1 : ON 1 : ON
2 : ON 2 : OFF
SW3 3 : ON SW3 3 : ON
4 : ON 4 : ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C6500 1050
fs503fs5007c
2 747
B. FNS drive board
53 (W : 8 pin) 66 (W : 2 pin) 62 (GY : 16 pin)

/1050e/1050eP
52 (W : 18 pin) 71 (GY : 6 pin)

70 (W : 8 pin)
55 (GY : 15 pin)
61 (GY : 40 pin)
51 (W : 26 pin)
65 (GY : 3 pin)
56 (W : 22 pin)
64 (GY : 18 pin)
60 (W : 4 pin)
57 (GY : 40 pin)
58 (GY : 30 pin) 63 (GY : 32 pin)

54 (W : 15 pin) 59 (GY : 14 pin) fs503fs5008c
C. Stapler board
2 (O : 3 pin) 4 (R : 3 pin)
3 (W : 3 pin) 5 (O : 3 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
fs503fs5009c
748

16.7 SD-501
1050e/1050eP
A. SD control board
19 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin) 10 (W : 3 pin) 12 (W : 8 pin) 9 (N.C.) 7 (W : 24 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
22 (N.C.)
SW3
24 (W : 2 pin)
23 (N.C.)
21 (N.C.)
5 (GY : 40 pin)
2 (W : 40 pin)
3 (W : 16 pin) 4 (GY : 32 pin) 6 (GY : 16 pin)

14 (W : 18 pin) 1 (W : 32 pin)
ON 1 : OFF ON 1 : OFF
2 : ON 2 : OFF
3 : ON 3 : ON
1 2 3 4 4 : ON 1 2 3 4 4 : ON
C6500 1050
15anf5c020nb
2 749
B. SD drive board
101 (W : 6 pin) 153 (W : 36 pin)

/1050e/1050eP
144 (W : 30 pin) 164 (W : 8 pin)
148 (W : 6 pin)
141 (W : 15 pin) 154 (W : 12 pin)
143 (W : 6 pin) 165 (W : 14 pin)
147 (W : 8 pin) 162 (W : 6 pin)
142 (W : 11 pin) 155 (W : 8 pin)
146 (W : 22 pin) 157 (W : 12 pin) 156 (GY : 14 pin)
152 (GY : 12 pin)

145 (W : 36 pin) 140 (W : 40 pin) 158 (W : 6 pin)
150 (W : 4 pin)
120 (W : 32 pin) 170 (Y : 12 pin)
169 (W : 4 pin)
167 (W : 2 pin)
122 (W : 34 pin)
166 (W : 4 pin)
110 (W : 18 pin) 168 (W : 15 pin)
121 (W : 40 pin) 163 (W : 6 pin)
126 (W : 40 pin) 100 (W : 4 pin) 151 (W : 40 pin)

127 (W : 30 pin) 125 (W : 32 pin) 149 (W : 30 pin)
15anf5c021na
750 1

16.8 PB-501
1050e/1050eP
A. PB control board (PBCB)
VR4 33(GY:20 pin) 30(GY:30 pin) 31(GY:24 pin)
39(W:3 pin) 5(GY:11 pin) 32(GY:28 pin) 18(GY:36 pin)
22(W:2 pin)
15(GY:40 pin)
SW1
38(W:5 pin)
7(N.C.)
VR2
16(GY:38 pin)
13(N.C.)
21(GY:6 pin)
14(N.C.)
29(W:4 pin)
8(N.C.)
3(N.C.) 19(GY:34 pin)
12(N.C.) 53(N.C)
24(N.C.)
6(N.C.) SW2 20(GY:24 pin)
2(W:7 pin) 36(GY:40 pin)
1(W:3 pin) 11(N.C.)

17(GY:36 pin)
44(W:4 pin) 9(N.C.)
34(W:9 pin) 23(N.C.) 37(GY:18 pin)

4(GY:12 pin) 10(N.C.) 35(GY:38 pin) 62(GY:4 pin)
ON ON
89 1 : ON 1 : OFF
67 2 : OFF 2 : OFF
A
DipSW DipSW
3 4 5
B C DE
3 : OFF 3 : OFF
4 : OFF 4 : OFF
2
1 F
0
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW1 C6500 1050
a075f5c016ca
NOTE
• Do not change the SW1 setting during maintenance and repair.
2 751
B. PB drive board (PBDB)
80(GY:26 pin)
/1050e/1050eP
57(GY:36 pin) 88(N.C.) 52(W:6 pin) 81(GY:22 pin)
71(W:12 pin)
54(GY:40 pin) 50(W:4 pin)
70(W:12 pin)
89(N.C.) 72(W:13 pin)
82(W:8 pin)
55(GY:38 pin)
90(N.C.) 83(GY:17 pin)
60(GY:6 pin)
79(N.C.)
58(GY:34 pin) 86(W:15 pin)
85(GY:16 pin)
87(GY:24 pin)
59(GY:24 pin) 74(W:6 pin)
73(W:6 pin) 78(W:7 pin)
76(W:13 pin) 61(W:4 pin)
56(GY:36 pin)
69(W:5 pin)
75(W:12 pin) 84(W:12 pin) 68(W:6 pin)

77(W:13 pin) 51(W:4 pin)
a075f5c017ca
C. AC drive board (ACDB)
41(W:7 pin)
45(W:6 pin)
40(W:3 pin)
43(W:3 pin) 46(W:2 pin)

42(W:5 pin) a075f5c018ca
752 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 17. TIMING CHART

17. TIMING CHART
17.1 Main body
1050e/1050eP
A. A4, life size, 2 single sided originals, single sided copy (1 copy), reversed paper exit, paper feed
tray /1, line speed 490 mm/sec
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Item
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS7)
Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
Loop sensor (PS16)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
Registration sensor (PS40)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
Fusing exit sensor (PS22)
ADU accelerate sensor (PS49)
Reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
ADU exit sensor (PS43)
Paper exit sensor (PS3)
Transfer assist motor (M19)

Fusing motor (M1)
Paper feed motor (M4)
Separation clutch /1 (CL5)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4)
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)
Vertical conveyance motor H
(M8) L
Loop motor (M18) H
L
Registration motor (M17)
Reverse/exit motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M5)
Paper exit motor /1 (M9) H
L
ADU conveyance motor /1 H
(M15) L
(M16) L
ADU reverse H
F
paper exit motor L
(M31) H
R
L
Reverse motor H
F
(M12) L
H
R
L
ADU acceleration motor H
L
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Drum motor (M2)

Developing motor (M3)
Charging
Developing bias
Erase lamp (EL)
Separation
Transfer
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
Guide plate
Start button ON
1050fs5060c
753
17. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. A4, life size, 2 double sided originals, double sided copy (1 copy), straight paper exit, paper feed
tray /1, line speed 490 mm/sec
/1050e/1050eP
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Item
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
Loop sensor (PS16)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
Registration sensor (PS40)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
Fusing exit sensor (PS22)
ADU accelerate sensor (PS49)
ADU exit sensor (PS43)
Paper exit sensor (PS3)
Transfer assist motor (M19)

Fusing motor (M1)
Vertical conveyance motor H
(M8) L
Loop motor (M18) H
L
Registration motor (M17)
Reverse/exit motor (M13)
Paper exit motor /1 (M9) H
L
(M15) L
(M16) L
ADU reverse H
F
paper exit motor L
(M31) H
R
L
Reverse motor H
F
(M12) L
H
R
L
ADU acceleration motor H
L
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Drum motor (M2)

Developing motor (M3)
Charging
Developing bias
Erase lamp (EL)
Separation
Transfer
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
Guide plate
Start button ON
1050fs5061c
754
Item Time (sec) 0 1 2 3
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
Tray up/down motor (M303) Up

Down
17.2 DF-603
Original count sensor (PS310)

Original empty sensor (PS305)
Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318)
Original feed motor (M302) F 800 mm/s

465 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
Original conveyance sensor (PS308)
Original conveyance motor 620 mm/s

F
(M301) 465 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single sided original, 3 originals
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
Original paper exit motor /1 620 mm/s
(M304) F 465 mm/s
250 mm/s
250 mm/s
465 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Reverse jam sensor /Lt (PS304)

(M305) F 465 mm/s
370 mm/s
370 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
V-VALID signal
Start button ON 1st sheet of paper 2nd sheet of paper 3rd sheet of paper scanned Exit of the 3rd
sheet of paper
df603fs5011c
scanned scanned
completed
17. TIMING CHART
755
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
756
Item Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)

17. TIMING CHART
Tray up/down motor (M303) Up

Down
Original count sensor (PS310)
Original empty sensor (PS305)
Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318)
Original feed motor (M302) 800 mm/s

F
465 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
Original conveyance sensor (PS308)

Original conveyance motor 620 mm/s
(M301) F
465 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals

(M304) F 465 mm/s
250 mm/s
250 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
550 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Reverse jam sensor /Lt (PS304)

(M305) F 465 mm/s
370 mm/s
250 mm/s
R 465 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Exit gate solenoid (SD304)
V-VALID signal
Back of the Back of the

Start button Front of the 1st sheet 1st sheet of
Front of the 2nd 2nd sheet Front of the 3rd sheet Back of the 3rd sheet
of paper scanned paper sheet of paper of paper of paper scanned of paper scanned
df603fs5012c
ON scanned
scanned scanned
17.3 PF-701
Time (sec)
A. Tray 4, A4, 2 originals
0 1 2 3 4 5
Item
Loop sensor /2 (PS94)
Exit sensor (PS99)
Forced separation clutch (CL11)
PF exit conveyance motor (M41)
Main body: Paper exit sensor (PS3)
Start button ON
pf701fs5008c
17. TIMING CHART
757
1050e/1050eP
17.4 FD-501
A. Letter fold-in, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
/1050e/1050eP
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F

R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON

fd501fs5017c
758

B. Letter fold-out, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1050e/1050eP

R

fd501fs5018c
759
C. Double parallel, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
/1050e/1050eP
Item

R

fd501fs5019c
760

D. Folding, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1050e/1050eP

R

fd501fs5020c
761
E. Gate fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
/1050e/1050eP
Item

R

fd501fs5021c
762

F. Z-fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Item
1050e/1050eP

R

fd501fs5022c
763
G. PI cover insertion, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
/1050e/1050eP
Item

R

Start button ON fd501fs5023c
764

H. Punch, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3
Item
1050e/1050eP

R

fd501fs5024c
765
/1050e/1050eP
766
17. TIMING CHART
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
17.5 LS-501/502
(M2) 490 mm/s

Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
A. A4, straight mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
Shift unit motor (M5)

Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
1st gate solenoid (SD1)

2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Front stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD9) Latch OFF
Rear stopper Latch ON
Job partition Latch ON
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)

Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
ls502fs5009c
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
(M2) 490 mm/s

(M3) 490 mm/s
490 mm/s
B. A3, shift mode, 2 originals, 2 copies set



ls502fs5010c
17. TIMING CHART
767
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
768
17. TIMING CHART
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
(M2) 490 mm/s
(M3) 350 mm/s
490 mm/s
C. A4, Sub tray mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set


ls502fs5011c
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
(M2) 490 mm/s

(M3) 490 mm/s
490 mm/s
D. A4, tandem mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set



ls502fs5012c
17. TIMING CHART
769
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
770
Time (sec)
17. TIMING CHART
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Signal while in FS operation

17.6 FS-503
Tray up down motor (M3)
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Rear stopper motor (M26)

A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Main tray exit motor (M7)
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
Start button ON
fs503fs5010c
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6


B. Sub tray, A4, 2 original, 2 copies, single side
Sub tray exit motor (M6)

H
fs503fs5011c
17. TIMING CHART
771
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
772
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6
17. TIMING CHART

C. Staple, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, single side
Sub tray exit motor (M6)
fs503fs5012c
17.7 SD-501
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Item
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)

A. Coupling conveyance, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)
Main body start signal
1
15anf5c800na
17. TIMING CHART
773
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
774
1
17. TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

B. Subtray exit, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3)
Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
15anf5c801na

C. Overlap tri-folding, A4S, 3 sheets of paper, 3 set
1050e/1050eP
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Item

Right angle F
conveyance motor
(M6) R
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)


Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)

Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
Folding conveyance
motor (M4) L
R
Folding main scan F
alignment motor /Fr
(M7) R
Folding sub scan F
alignment exit motor
(M8) R
Folding main scan F
alignment motor /Rr
A
(M14) R
F
1st folding blade motor 1st folding
(M18) R
2nd folding blade F 2nd

motor (M19) R folding
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
Folding entrance sensor (PS60)

Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) Exit
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)

1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)
2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)

Folding exit home sensor

(PS24)
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
15anf5c802na
1 775
/1050e/1050eP
Time (sec)
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Item
F Right angle
conveyance motor
R (M6)
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R



Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
Folding conveyance
L motor (M4)
R
F Folding main scan

alignment motor /Fr
R (M7)
F Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
R (M8)
F Folding main scan
A alignment motor /Rr
R (M14)
F
1st folding blade motor
1st folding 1st folding (M18)
R
F 2nd folding blade
2nd 2nd motor (M19)
folding folding R
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
Folding entrance sensor (PS60)

Folding passage sensor (PS8)
Exit Exit Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)


Folding exit home sensor

(PS24)
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
15anf5c803na
776 1

D. Saddle stitching (trimmer), A3, 5 sheets of paper, 2 set
1050e/1050eP
Time (sec)
Item
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Right angle F
conveyance motor (M6) R
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Folding conveyance F
motor (M4) R
Folding main scan align- F
ment motor /Fr (M7) R
H
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor L
(M8) R
Folding main scan align- F
ment motor /Rr (M14) R
1st folding blade F
motor (M18) Folding Folding Folding Folding
R
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Saddle stitching align- F
ment motor /Rt (M9) R
Bundle arm motor F
(M10) R
F
Bundle clip motor (M11)
R
Saddle stitching align- F
ment motor /Lt (M16) R
A
Clincher up down motor F
(M20) R
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
Bundle arm rotation F
motor (M22) R
Bundle arm assist F
motor (M26) R
Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30) Staple
Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
F
Bundle exit motor (M5)
R
Bundle registration F
motor (M12) R
Bundle press F
movement motor (M17) R
Bundle press F
motor (M23) R
Bundle press stage up F
down motor (M24) R
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
Trimmer blade motor F
(M31) R
Trimmer press motor F
(M32) R
15anf5c804na
1 777
Time (sec)
/1050e/1050eP
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Item
F Right angle convey-
R ance motor (M6)
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
F Folding conveyance
R motor (M4)
F Folding main scan align-

R ment motor /Fr (M7)
H
Folding sub scan
L alignment exit motor
R (M8)
F Folding main scan align-
R ment motor /Rr (M14)
Folding F 1st folding blade

R motor (M18)
Guide shaft motor (M25)
F Saddle stitching align-
R ment motor /Rt (M9)
F Bundle arm motor

R (M10)
F Bundle clip motor (M11)

R
F Saddle stitching align-
R ment motor /Lt (M16)
A
F Clincher up down motor
R (M20)
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
F Bundle arm rotation
R motor (M22)
F Bundle arm assist
R motor (M26)
Staple Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)

Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
F
Bundle exit motor (M5)
R
F Bundle registration
R motor (M12)
F Bundle press
R movement motor (M17)
F Bundle press
R motor (M23)
F Bundle press stage up
R down motor (M24)

Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Exit Exit Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
F Trimmer blade motor
Trim Trim R (M31)
F Trimmer press motor
R (M32)
15anf5c805na
778 1
17.8 PB-501
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A. Sub tray paper exit, A4, originals, single side
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)
Print start signal ON
2
15anf5c806c
17. TIMING CHART
779
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
780
2
17. TIMING CHART
First book Next book

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
(1) (40) (1) (10) (20) (30)

SC entrance sensor (PS2)

SC switchback convey- F
ance motor (M12) R
SSC switchback release F
motor (M13) R
SC alignment motor(M15) Open
Close
SC roller release motor(M18)
Clamp entranse roller release
motor (M20)
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13 )
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

Open
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
Close Book Release
Clamp motor (M22) Open Clamp
Close
Upright
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Rotation
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
A
Glue tank movement motor Forward
(M31) Backward
Forward Backward
Glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32)
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
Positioning (alignment)
Cover paper alignment Open
to be trimmed
motor (M41) Close
Cover paper conveyance Down
arm motor /Rt (M43) Up
arm motor /Lt (M44) Up
Cover paper table up Up
down motor /Fr (M46) Down
Up
Cover paper folding motor Open Open Cover paper folding operation Down
/Rt (M48) Close
Cover paper folding Open 5 seconds waiting
motor /Lt (M49) Close
Backward
Cutter motor (M50)
Forward
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)

Positioning
Book conveyance belt motor (M61) (alignment)
B. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, PB cover paper supply
Book conveyance belt Open

movement motor (M62) Close Down of book
Book conveyance Down
belt up down motor (M63) Up
Book end sensor (PS61)
15anf5c807c
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
(40)
Book Release
Clamp
Upright
Rotation
A
Forward Backward
to be trimmed
Returning to HP
Positioning
(alignment)
Open Up
Down Down
Cover paper folding operation
5 seconds waiting
Positioning
(alignment)
Down of book
2
15anf5c808c
17. TIMING CHART
781
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
782
2
17. TIMING CHART
First book Next book
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Change
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2) Cover paper path
(1) (40) (1) (10)

SC entrance sensor (PS2)
SC switchback conveyance F
motor (M12) R
SC alignment motor (M15) Open
Close
Clamp entranse move- Up
ment motor (M19) Down
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(M20)
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

Clamp alignment motor (M21) Open
Close Book Release
Clamp motor (M22) Open Clamp
Close Rotation
Upright
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
Forward Backward
Glue tank movement motor (M31) Backward Forward
Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) A

Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
Cover paper alignment motor (M41) Close Returning to HP

Open Positioning Positioning
Cover paper conveyance Down (alignment) (alignment)
arm motor /Rt (M43) Up
arm motor /Lt (M44) Up
Cover paper table up down Up Down
motor /Fr(M46) Down Open
Cover paper folding operation Down
Cover paper folding motor /Rt(M48) Open
Close
5 seconds waiting
Cover paper folding motor /Lt(M49) Open
Close
Backward
Cutter motor (M50)
Forward
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
Book conveyance belt motor (M61)

Book conveyance belt move- Close
ment motor (M62) Open
Book conveyance belt up down Down
motor (M63) Up
Book end sensor (PS61)
C. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, main body cover paper supply
15anf5c809c
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85
Two pages Change

Cover paper path
(40)
A
Returning
to HP
to be trimmed
Down
2
15anf5c810c
17. TIMING CHART
783
1050e/1050eP
/1050e/1050eP
Blank page
784
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
59
60
58
128
41
126
51
601-6
601-5
601-4
601-3
601-2
601-1
601-7
1
1
18.1 Main body 1/4
610-1 SCAN_CLK
300
610-2 SCAN_FR
Power plug
301
610-3 SCAN_W23
302
600-1 5V
600-6 P.G
600-5 P.G
600-2 S.G
600-4 24V
600-3 24V
610-4 SCAN_V0
303
610-5 SCAN_V1
304
610-6 SCAN_V2
305
620-1 U
610-7 LUMP_CONT
306
610-8 FAN_CONT
307
610-9 FAN_EM 620-2 V Scanner motor

308
M27
610-10 HP_PS
309
610-11 LOVRUN_PS
310
620-3 W G/Y
610-12 TOP_PS
311
631-1 632-1
FT11
FT10
610-13 ROVRUN_PS
312
623-1 24V
610-14 SCAN24V_FEM
313
631-2 632-2
610-15 S.GND 623-2 CONT

314
631-3 632-3
L1
CBR
623-3 P.GND Exposure lamp

631-4 632-4
L1 INVB
Circuit breaker
631-5
F/G
FT13
FT12
F/G
640-3-1
FT14
FT15
621-1 CONT
2
2
640-2-2
621-2 EM Scanner cooling fan
FM19
640-1-3
NF1
621-3 P.GND
Noise filter /1
650-1
FT17
FT16
622-1 5V
650-2 Scanner home
SDB
622-2 SIG
FT41
FT42
650-3 sensor
PS51
622-3 S.GND
NF2
622-4 SIG
Noise filter /2
CN19-2
CN19-1
SCANNER
CN10-5
Transformer /2
3
CN20-1
CN18-2
753-5
19
2
Dehumidification
T2
10
11
506
550
507
Dehumidification heater/2 753-6 CN20-4 heater switch

20
Main relay
284-1
RL1
305-5
HTR2
40
45
84
161
SW3
3
3
284-2 283-1 CN12-1

FT100
1
5
FT18
46
44
81
87
35
32
509
510
305-1
92
85
34
31
162
131
6
T1
CN18-1
33
30
Dehumidification heater/1 305-6

CN12-4
10
285-1 283-2
FT19
T1
T1
HTR1
285-2 305-2 Transformer /1
FT101
4
508
502
503
G
G
T2
12
T2
Triac /1
TRC2
TRC1
CN14-1
100-3 5v0
100-2 5v0
100-1 5v0
100-6 S.G
100-5 S.G
100-4 S.G
101-9 S.G
101-8 S.G
101-7 S.G
101-4 S.G
101-2 S.G
101-11 S.G
504
505
Triac /2
101-12 12V(OP)
101-3 12v(CCD)
101-1 12v(HDD)
163-7-1 665-3
101-6 5v1(IMAGE)
101-5 5v1(IMAGE)
CN137-1 APS/5V
101-10 5v1(HDD/OP)
163-6-2 665-2 APS

CN137-2 SIG
501
503
SW1
163-5-3 665-1 sensor /1

CN137-3 S.GND
163-4-4 666-3
CN137-4 APS/5V
163-3-5 666-2 APS
Main power switch
CN137-5 SIG
163-2-6 666-1 sensor /2
PS52 PS53
CN14-2
CN137-6 S.GND
163-1-7
A
SCANNER
CN137-7 LAMP_H/L
For Option
4
4
OUT
200V
Outlet
160-1-6
CN138-12 PAT1
160-2-5
CN138-13 PAT2
160-3-4
CN10-3
-3 Vpp
CN138-14 PAT3
711-1 5V1
710-1 5V1
160-4-3
-6 SGND
-5 SGND
CN10-4
CN138-15 PAT4
160-5-2
LAMP
G/Y
10
STATUS
160-6-1
-2 ROM_RXDin
-3 MONI_RXDin
INDICATOR
-5 ROM_RESET
-4 ROM_TXDout
3
11
-2 MONI_CLKout
-4 MONI_TXDout
12
709-1 FOOT_SW
703-A14 12V3 704-A1
-2 SGND
-A13 12V3 -A2
CN2-3
CN2-1
-A12 12V3 -A3

AC_NEU
AC_HOT
707-1 SUB_SW
-A11 SHUT_SIG -A4
SW2
30
-2 SGND CN72-1 5V0

-A10 SW_LED -A5
31
-3 N.C. CN72-2 5V0

Power switch
-A9 WT_LED -A6

32
-A8 SHUT_LED -A7 CN72-3 5V0

33
-A7 5V0 -A8 CN72-4 S.GND

OACB
34
CN72-5 S.GND
cooling fan /1
Power supply
-A6 SW_SIG -A9

35
-A5 SGND -A10 706-1 BRT 712-6 CN72-6 S.GND
5
5
-A4 Y2 -A11 -2 5V1 -5

SW
VR
LED
FM25
-3 DATA_LED -4
36
-A3 X1 -A12 HDD2 CN73-1 12V0

OB1
-A2 Y1 -A13 -4 GND -3 CN73-2 12V0

-5 MAIN_LED -2
38
-A1 X2 -A14 CN73-3 12V3

LED
PRCB
OB2
DATA
-6 SUB_LED -1
39
703-B14 5V1_1 704-B1 PFU CN73-4 12V3

40
-B13 5V1_1 -B2 OACB CN73-5 12V3

-B12 CTS_IN -B3 CN73-6 12V3
42
-B11 SGND -B4 HDD2 CN73-7 S.GND

-B10 DSR_IN -B5 705-1 12V2 713-1 CN73-8 S.GND
44
-B9 SGND -B6 -2 12V2 -2 CN73-9 S.GND

45
-B8 RXD_IN -B7 -3 SGND -3 CN73-10 S.GND

46
-B7 SGND -B8

OACB
-4 SGND -4 CN73-11 S.GND

FM26 cooling fan /2
Power supply
-B6 RTS_OUT -B9 -5 RMT -5 CN73-12 S.GND

-B5 SGND -B10 -6 ALM -6
-2 NC
-2 NC
-3 VL2
-3 VL1
-B4 DTR_OUT -B11

OB INVB
-7 BRT -7
715-1 VH2
714-1 VH1
48
-B3 SGND -B12 FNS CN74-1 24v2

758-1
49
-B2 TXD_OUT -B13 ADF CN74-2 24v2

50
-B1 SGND -B14 ADUDB1 CN74-3 24v2

51
SDB CN74-8 24v2

52
M21/RCDB CN74-9 24v2

53
PRCB CN74-10 24v2

54
FNS CN74-4 P.GND
6
6
55
ADF CN74-5 P.GND

136-A1 SGND 700-A20 SGND 702-1 SGND 716-1
56
ADUDB1 CN74-6 P.GND

136-A2 LCD_UD -A19 LCD_U/D -2 CLK -2
57
PRCB CN74-7 P.GND

136-A3 LCD_RL -A18 LCD_R/L -3 SGND -3
58
CN74-11 P.GND
136-A4 SGND -A17 SGND -4 Hsync -4
59
CN74-12 P.GND
SCB
136-A5 SGND -A16 SGND -5 Vsync -5

60
CN74-13 P.GND
136-A6 TXCLKOUT+ -A15 RXCLKIN+ -6 SGND -6
61
PRCB CN74-14 P.GND

136-A7 TXCLKOUT- -A14 RXCLKIN- -7 SGND -7
136-A8 SGND -A13 SGND -8 SGND -8
62
136-A9 TXOUT2+ -A12 RXIN2+ -9 R_0 -9 CN75-1 36v

DCPS/1
63
136-A10 TXOUT2- -A11 RXIN2- -10 R_1 -10 CN75-2 P.GND

PMDB
136-A11 SGND -A10 SGND -11 R_2 -11

136-A12 TXOUT1+ -A9 RXIN1+ -12 SGND -12
64
CN76-1 24v3
136-A13 TXOUT1- -A8 RXIN1- -13 R_3 -13
65
CN76-1 24v3
M4
136-A14 SGND -A7 SGND -14 R_4 -14

66
CN76-3 P.GND
136-A15 TXOUT0+ -A6 RXIN0+ -15 R_5 -15
67
OACB 1/2
CN76-4 P.GND
136-A16 TXOUT0- -A5 RXIN0- -16 SGND -16
136-A17 SGND -A4 SGND -17 SGND -17
68
136-A18 SGND -A3 SGND -18 SGND -18 CN77-1 P.GND

69
PRCB
136-A19 LCD5V -A2 5V1 -19 G_0 -19 CN77-2 P.GND

70
136-A20 LCD5V -A1 5V1 -20 G_1 -20 CN77-3 P.GND
OB3
HV1
Backlight /1
Backlight /2
71
136-B1 RTS_OUT 700-B20 CTS_IN -21 G_2 -21 CN77-4 P.GND
7
7
72
136-B2 SGND -B19 SGND -22 SGND -22 CN77-5 P.GND

73
136-B3 DTR_OUT -B18 DSR_IN -23 G_3 -23 CN77-6 P.GND

74
136-B4 SGND -B17 SGND -24 G_4 -24 CN77-7 P.GND

75
CN77-8 P.GND
LCDB
136-B5 TXD_OUT -B16 RXD_IN -25 G_5 -25
76
136-B6 SGND -B15 SGND -26 SGND -26 CN77-9 P.GND

PKB
77
CN77-10 P.GND
M1/M2/M3 FNS
136-B7 CTS_IN -B14 RTS_OUT -27 SGND -27

136-B8 SGND -B13 SGND -28 SGND -28
136-B9 DSR_IN -B12 DTR_OUT -29 B_0 -29
78
MS2 FT-1 24v3

136-B10 SGND -B11 SGND -30 B_1 -30
136-B11 RXD_IN -B10 TXD_OUT -31 B_2 -31
136-B12 SGND -B9 SGND -32 SGND -32
136-B13 WT_LED -B8 WT_LED -33 B_3 -33
142
DCPS/2 CN71-1 5V_IN

136-B14 SHUT_LED -B7 SHUT_LED -34 B_4 -34 CN71-2 S.GND
136-B15 SW_SIG -B6 SW_SIG -35 B_5 -35 CN71-3 /REM1
136-B16 SGND -B5 SGND -36 SGND -36 CN71-4 /REM2
136-B17 SHUT -B4 SHUT_SIG -37 LCD_EN -37 CN71-5 /REM3
136-B18 SW_LED -B3 SW_LED -38 R/L("H") -38 CN71-6 CUR_EM
136-B19 5V0 -B2 5V0 -39 3.3V -39 CN71-7 AC_OFF
136-B20 5V0 -B1 5V0 -40 3.3V -40 CN71-8 FAN_H/L
-41 U/D("L") -41
8
8
104-1 5V1 708-1 5V1 701-1 X2

-2 SGND -2 SGND -2 Y1
316
-3 12V4 -3 12V4 -3 X1
315
-4 SGND -4 SGND -4 Y2
90-1
7
138-1 5v0
90-2
8
138-2 POWER_RL
138-7 REM/5
138-6 REM/4
138-5 REM/3
138-10 POWER_EM
138-9 5v0_ACOFF
138-8 HT_RL
9
9
138-3 REM/1
138-4 REM/2
138-11 5v1_ACOFF
320
319
318
317
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Main body location list

Symbol Part name Location
— Power plug 1-A
M27 Scanner motor 1-F

/1050e/1050eP
SDB Scanner drive board 1-G
CBR Circuit breaker 2-A
NF1 Noise filter /1 2-A
NF2 Noise filter /2 2-A
L1 Exposure lamp 2-E
L1 INVB L1 inverter 2-F
FM19 Scanner cooling fan 2-F
PS51 Scanner home sensor 2-F
RL1 Main relay 3-A
TRC1 Triac /1 3-B
TRC2 Triac /2 3-C
SW3 Dehumidification heater switch 3-D
T1 Transformer /1 3-E
T2 Transformer /2 3-E
HTR1 Dehumidification heater /1 3-G
HTR2 Dehumidification heater /2 3-G
OACB Overall control board 3-H
SW1 Main power switch 4-A
— Outlet 4-C
OB1 Operation board /1 4-E
PS52 APS sensor /1 4-G
PS53 APS sensor /2 4-G
— Status indicator lamp 4-G
FM25 Power supply cooling fan /1 5-A
DCPS/1 DC power supply /1 5-A
SW2 Power switch 5-D
OB2 Operation board /2 5-D
OB INVB OB inverter 5-D
OB3 Operation board /3 5-G
LCDB LCD board 6-D
PKB Panel key board 7-D
— Backlight /1 7-D
— Backlight /2 7-D
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
24V
36V
CONT
P.GND
320
PLL_LK 170
172
316
52
62
63
CLK 171
319
315
37
318
172-9-1
172-4-6
172-7-3
172-8-2
172-6-4
172-5-5
317
173-5-1
173-5-1
173-2-4
173-1-5
173-3-3
173-4-2
1
1
18.2 Main body 2/4
131-4
131-6
131-5
131-3
131-2
131-1
POLYGON MOTOR
DRIVE BOARD
36pin
Amphenol
USB
M21
CN125-2 -D
CN134-9 D7
CN134-8 D6
CN134-7 D5
CN134-6 D4
CN134-5 D3
CN134-4 D2
CN134-3 D1
CN134-2 D0
CN125-3 +D
CN134-31 INIT
CN134-12 ACK
CN125-1 VBUS
CN125-4 S.GND
Sub relay
RL2
CN134-13 xFLAG
CN134-14 PBUSY
CN134-14 HBUSY
CN134-1 STROBE
CN134-33~35 N.C.
CN134-28~30 N.C.
CN134-15~18 N.C.
FT102
CN134-10 PTRCLK
CN134-36 1284ACT
CN134-32 NDVALID
7
FT22
Polygon motor
CN134-19~27 S.GND
8
192-5-9 194-9
CN132-1 INDPR
192-4-10 194-10
FT23
CN10-1
CN132-2 S.GND
192-3-11 194-11
CN10-2
WRITE UNIT
2
2
FT103
CN132-3 IND
192-2-12 194-12
CN132-4 S.GND
CN3-1
192-1-13 194-13
INDEXB
CN132-5 5V
L
Coil
191-14-1
CN130-A1 ENB
191-13-2
CN3-2
CN130-A2 ALM1
191-12-3
CN130-A3 S/HB1
191-11-4
CN130-A4 S/H1
191-10-5
CN130-A5 S.GND
191-9-6
CN130-A6 LD+5V
191-8-7
CN130-A7 LD+5V
191-7-8
CN130-A8 LPR5V
191-6-9
CN130-A9 S.GND
CN1-6
CN1-5
CN1-3
CN1-2
191-5-10
AC_NEU
AC_NEU
AC_HOT
AC_HOT
CN130-A10 -VIDEO2
191-4-11
CN130-A11 +VIDEO2
191-3-12
79
CN130-A12 S.GND PRCB CN11-1 5v1

190-12-1
80
CN130-B1 LOAD ADUDB1 CN11-2 5v1

190-11-2
81
CN130-B2 DACLK OACB CN11-3 5v1

LDB
190-10-3
141
CN130-B3 DI PFU
190-9-4
142
CN130-B4 S.GND DCPS/1,/2

190-8-5
161
CN130-B5 ALM2 OACB

3
3
190-7-6
82
CN130-B6 S/HB2 ADF CN11-4 5v1

190-6-7
162
CN130-B7 S/H2 OACB CN11-5 5v1

190-5-8
CN130-B8 ALMRST
190-4-9
84
CN130-B9 S.GND CN11-6 12v1-1

190-3-10
85
CN11-7 12v1-2
OACB
CN130-B10 -VIDEO1
190-2-11
86
CN130-B11 +VIDEO1 PRCB CN11-8 S.GND

190-1-12
87
CN130-B12 S.GND OACB CN11-9 S.GND

88
ADUDB1 CN11-10 S.GND

89
PFU CN11-11 S.GND

90
ADF CN11-12 S.GND

91
FNS CN11-13 S.GND

92
CN195- 1 RST OACB CN11-14 S.GND

CN195- 2 S.GND
CN195- 3 D7
CN195- 4 D8 51-1
93
CN195- 5 D6 MS2 CN21-1 24v2

CN195- 6 D9
94
CN195- 7 D5 PFU CN21-2 24v2

CN195- 8 D10
95
OACB 2/2
CN195- 9 D4 ADUDB1 CN21-3 P.GND

CN195-10 D11
96
CN195-11 D3 PFU CN21-4 P.GND

CN195-12 D12
CN195-13 D2
CN195-14 D13
97
CN195-15 D1 ACDB CN12-1 24v1

CN195-16 D14
98
CN195-17 D0 PFU CN12-2 24v1

CN195-18 D15
99
CN195-19 S.GND ADUDB1 CN12-3 24v1

CN195-20 N.C.(KEY pin)
100
CN12-4 12v2
4
4
CN195-21 DMARQ ACDB

CN195-22 S.GND
101
CN195-23 DIOW ADUDB1 CN12-5 12v2

CN195-24 S.GND
CN195-25 DIOR CN12-6 5v2
CN195-26 S.GND
103
CN195-27 IDRDY PRCB CN12-7 5v2

CN195-28 CSEL
104
CN195-29 DMACK M3 CN12-8 5v2

CN195-30 S.GND
IPB
105
CN195-31 INT0 ADUDB1 CN12-9 5v2

CN195-32 Reserved
106
CN195-33 DA1 ACDB CN12-10 5v2

CN195-34 PDAIG
HDD1
107
CN195-35 DA0 ADUDB1 CN12-11 -5v

CN195-36 DA2
CN195-37 CS0
CN195-38 CS1
108
CN195-39 DASP ACDB CN12-12 S.GND

CN195-40 S.GND
109
PFU CN12-13 S.GND

CN12-14 S.GND
111
PRCB CN12-15 S.GND

112
CN103-1 +5V1 ADUDB1 CN12-16 S.GND

CN 123
CN 112
113
CN103-2 S.GND CN12-17 S.GND

ACDB
114
CN103-3 S.GND CN12-18 P.GND

115
CN103-4 +12V(HDD) PFU CN12-19 P.GND
321
135-1 DF_CVR
116
CN12-20 P.GND
322
135-2 ERR_T ADUDB1
117
CN12-21 P.GND
DCPS/2
323
135-3 PVV
118
PRCB CN12-22 24v1
324
135-4 TNVV CN110-1 S.GND S.GND CN170-50
325
135-5 B_VV CN110-2 TG TG -49
119
CN13-1 24v1
326
M6
135-6 S_VV
5
5
CN110-3 TG_OUT TGOUT -48

120
CN13-2 24v1
327
135-7 5V_MON CN110-4 CLAMP CLAMP -47
328
135-8 EE_VV CN110-5 A_CLAMP ACLAMP -46
180
329
135-9 PRI_RST CN110-6 PRDKEEP PRDKEEP -45
181
330
135-10 RST_CONT CN110-7 S.GND S.GND -44
121
CN13-3 24v1
331
135-11 RXD CN110-8 +LCLK LCLK+ -43
122
CN13-4 24v1
M31 M7
FM27
332
135-12 S.GND CN110-9 -LCLK LCLK- -42
343-1
333
135-13 RTS CN110-10 S.GND S.GND -41
123
DPSB CN13-5 24v1
334
135-14 S.GND CN110-11 -RCK RCK- -40
124
M6 CN13-6 5v2
335
135-15 ERR_R CN110-12 +RCK RCK+ -39
125
M4 CN13-7 5v2
336
135-16 TXD CN110-13 S.GND S.GND -38
126
SDB CN13-8 5v2
337
135-17 S.GND CN110-14 S.GND S.GND -37
127
CN13-9 5v2
cooling fan /3
Power supply
HV1
338
135-18 CTS CN110-15 +TCK TCK+ -36
128
SDB CN13-10 S.GND
339
135-19 S.GND CN110-16 -TCK TCK- -35
129
ADUDB1 CN13-11 S.GND

CN110-17 S.GND S.GND -34 CN13-12 S.GND
CN110-18 S.GND S.GND -33
131
OACB CN13-13 S.GND

CN110-19 SCLK SCLK -32
132
CN13-14 P.GND
CN139-1 DCD CN110-20 SEN SEN -31
133
CN13-15 P.GND
CN139-2 RXD CN110-21 SDI SDI -30
182
CN139-3 TXD CN110-22 SDO SDO -29

183
CN139-4 DTR CN110-23 S.GND S.GND -28

134
CN13-16 P.GND
CN139-5 GND
M6 M31 M7
CN110-24 -AD_D0 AD_D0- -27

135
CN13-17 P.GND
343-2
6
6
CN139-6 DSR CN110-25 +AD_D0 AD_D0+ -26

136
CN13-18 P.GND
CN 113
CN 124
CN139-7 RTS DPSB
CN139-8 CTS CN110-27 -AD_D1 AD_D1- -24
130
CN139-9 RI
CCDB
AD_D1+ -23
CSRC I/F
CN110-28 +AD_D1
137
CN14-1 12v2
(RS232C)
138
CN14-2 5v2
CN110-30 -AD_D2 AD_D2- -21
139
CN111-1 TD+ CN14-3 S.GND

FNS
CN110-31 +AD_D2 AD_D2+ -20

140
CN111-2 TD- CN14-4 S.GND

PB
CN111-3 RD+
CN111-4 CT CN110-33 -LVDSCLK LVDSCLK- -18 CN15-4 HT_RL
CN110-34 +LVDSCLK LVDSCLK+ -17
200
CN111-5 CT CN15-5 FAN_CONT

201
CN111-6 RD- CN15-6 FAN_EM
RJ45
CN111-7 N.C. CN110-36 ADRST ADRST -15 CN15-10 REM/1
CN111-8 CHS CN110-37 APR APR -14 CN15-11 REM/2
CN110-38 LVDSPDN PDWN -13 CN15-14 AC_OFF
CN110-40 +5V1 +5V1 -11
CN110-41 +5V1 +5V1 -10
+5V1 -9 10-6
CN110-42 +5V1
550
CN110-43 +5V1 +5V1 -8

2
RL3
CN110-44 +5V1 +5V1 -7

CN110-45 +5V1 +5V1 -6
Heater relay
7
7
CN110-47 +12V(CCD) +12V -4

CN110-48 +12V(CCD) +12V -3
78
93
CN110-49 +12V(CCD) +12V -2

CN110-50 S.GND S.GND -1 83-1
CN 898 83-2
CN80-1
CN80-2
CN137-14 COVER
CN137-13 DDF_VV
CN137-12 CTS(I)
CN137-11 DTR(O)
CN137-10 TXD
CN137-9 RTS(O)
CN137-8 DSR(I)
CN137-7 RXD
PRCB
83-3
HV1
83-4
173-1-8
173-2-7
173-3-6
173-4-5
173-5-4
173-6-3
173-7-2
173-8-1
M3
83-5
M2
MS2
Interlock
switch /2
81-6
36
150 151 152 153 154 155
CN887-1 GND M1
42
CN887-2 12V
82-1
CN887-3 12Vout ADUDB1
CN887-4 GND 82-2
156 157
CN887-5 GND ADUDB2

MS1
Interlock
switch /1
CN887-6 5Vout
78-1A 78-1B 79-1B 79-1A
CN 899
78-2A 78-2B 79-2B 79-2A
PCI RB
CN80-3
CN80-4
8
8
CN889-1 N.C CN1-1

CN1-2
CN889-2 RXD CN1-3
758-1
CN1-4
CN889-3 TXD CN1-5
48
24V CN1-6
758-2
DIMM
CN889-4 N.C CN1-7
55
P.GND CN1-8
758-3 CN889-5 GND CN1-9
82
5V CN1-10
758-4 CN889-6 N.C CN1-11
90
DF
S.GND CN1-12
RS232C
CN889-7 RTS CN1-13
CN1-14
IC cooling fan FM24

CN889-8 CTS CN1-15
CN1-16
Compact Flash
CN889-9 N.C CN1-17
CN1-18
DF-603
CN1-19
CN1-20
CN1-21
CN1-22
CN1-23
CN1-24
CN1-25
ICB
CN886-1 VBUS CN1-26
CN1-27
CN886-2 -D CN1-28
HDD2
CN1-29
CN886-3 +D CN1-30
USB
CN1-31
CN886-4 S.GND CN1-32
CN1-33
CN1-34
CN1-35
CN1-36
CN1-37
CN1-38
CN1-39
CN1-40
9
9
CN888-36 1284ACT
CN888-33~35 N.C.
CN888-32 NDVALID
CN888-31 INIT
CN888-28~30 N.C.
CN888-19~27 S.GND
CN888-15~18 N.C.
CN888-14 HBUSY
CN888-13 xFLAG
CN888-12 ACK
CN888-14 PBUSY
CN888-10 PTRCLK
CN888-9 D7
CN888-8 D6
CN888-7 D5
CN888-6 D4
CN888-5 D3
CN888-4 D2
CN888-3 D1
CN888-2 D0
CN888-1 STROBE
CN885-8 CHS
CN885-7 N.C.
CN885-6 RD-
CN885-5 CT
CN885-4 CT
CN885-3 RD+
CN885-2 TD-
CN885-1 TD+
RJ45 Amphenol 36pin
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP

RL2 Sub relay 2-A
L Coil 2-A

/1050e/1050eP
M21 Polygon motor 2-D
INDEXB Index board 2-C
LDB Laser drive board 2-C
IPB Image processing board 2-E
DCPS/2 DC power supply /2 3-A
HDD1 Hard disk /1 3-C
CCDB CCD board 5-C
PB Parameter board 6-F
RL3 Heater relay 7-A
MS2 Interlock switch /2 7-A
PCI RB PCI relay board 7-D
MS1 Interlock switch /1 8-A
HDD2 Hard disk /2 8-C
ICB IC board 8-D
FM24 IC cooling fan 8-F
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
69
401-2 P.GND
370-1-2
326-1 P1_M24
150
401-1 24V3
Toner pump motor 370-2-1
326-2 P1_M
M28
68
301-2 P.GND
371-1-2
151
326-3 P2_M24 301-1 24V3

Air pump motor 371-2-1
326-4 P2_M
61
300-4 P.GND
57
300-3 P.GND
211-3 5V
53
300-2 24V2
Pump encoder sensor /1 211-2 SIG
300-1 24V2
118
211-1 GND
1
1
18.3 Main body 3/4
200-8 S.GND
111
86
200-7 S.GND
200-6 F_CONT
200
Pump encoder sensor /2 211-5 SIG

PS29
200-5 F_EM
201
211-4 GND
200-4 5V2
103
377-3-1
79
200-3 5V1
222-B9 5V
377-2-2
38
200-2 12V3
Air motor encoder sensor 222-B8 SIG
369-3 393-1-3 377-1-3 200-1 NC
222-B10 GND
380-3
TONER SUPPLY
300
324-1 24V 216-15 SCAN_CLK_O

301
324-2 24V 216-14 SCAN_FR

302
324-3 A 216-13 SCAN_MGN

Air separation motor
303
216-12 SCAN_CUR1
M10
380-7
304
324-5 B 216-11 SCAN_CUR2

380-11
305
324-6 /B 216-10 SCAN_CUR3

306
384-1-9
307
328-1 24V 216-8 SCANFAN_CONT

384-2-8
308
328-2 24V 216-7 SCANFAN_EM

309
328-3 A 216-6 SCANHP_PS

310
Intermediate hopper motor 328-4 /A 216-5 NC

M11
311
216-4 NC
312
328-6 /B 216-3 NC
2
2
313
216-2 SCAN24V_FEM
381-1 383-3-1 385-1-3
216-1 S.GND
381-2 383-2-2 385-2-2
Toner remaining sensor /1 229-2 TONER_SIG
381-3 383-1-3 385-3-1
220-A1 T1_SET_P
PS31
229-3 S.GND 270-1

220-A2 5V2
270-2 Paper size
220-A3 T1SIZE_PS1
270-3
PS4
220-A4 S.GND sensor /Fr1

229-4 T_SEN_CNT2
250-6 271-2 Paper size
Toner remaining sensor /2 229-5 TOR_SIG2(60K) 220-A5 T1SIZE_PS2
271-3
PS5
PS32
229-6 S.GND sensor /Rr1

277-1
250-3 277-2 Upper limit
TRAY1
3
390-4-9 396-4-11 220-A7 T1UP_PS
Toner remaining sensor /3 229-7 TP1_PS(30K) 277-3
250-23
220-A12 T1FEED_PS
124
S.G.
CONT 229-8 TONM_CONT
CLK 229-9 TONM_CLK 250-2
Toner bottle 220-A12 T1_0PS
-66 229-10 TONM_EM
motor -7
-88 265-1
P.G. -99 250-4 265-2
-10 0 220-A6 T1GRIP_PS Handle release sensor /1
3
3
24V 265-3
24V -11
220-A10 A5V
273-2
220-A8 T1 REMAIN_VR Remaining paper VR /1
273-3
VR1
389-1
229-11 5V2 268-1
389-2 396 9 6
Toner remaining sensor /4 229-12 TP2_PS(CUP) 250-8 268-2
389-3 Paper size VR /1
220-A11 T1SIZE_VR
268-3
VR2
392 1
5V 392-1 349 8 1
349-8-1
-2 250-20 272-1-2
2
S.G. 320-A7 T1UPSD_CONT
-33 349-7-2
349 72 390-10-3
01 396-10-5
61 272-2-1
22
229-13 HOPM1_CONT Pick-up solenoid /1
SD3
-44 349 6 3
349-6-3 229-14 HOPM1_CLK
-5
Toner hopper 250-19
-66 349 5 4
349-5-4 229-15 HOPM1_EM 320-A6 T1 FEED CL_CONT
motor Paper feed clutch /1
320-A5 24V
F/G
F/G
320-B7 T1 SEP CL_CONT

Separation clutch /1
24V
229-16 TB_DOOR
Door switch /2 Paper feed
229-17 S.GND 220-A13 FAN/Fr EM
assist fan /Fr1
320-B3 T1FAN_CONT
327-1 FS_FAN_DRIVE Paper feed
4
4
220-A14 FAN/Rr EM
320-B5 P.GND
assist fan /Rr1
Transfer/separation suction fan 92-2
228-B8 FSFAN_EM
FM4
92-3 2
327-2 P.GND 320-A2 UPT1M_CONT
2 Paper lift motor /1
89-1 320-A1 UPT1M24V
5
327-3 GFAN_DRIVE
Developing suction fan 89-2
228-B9 GFANEM
FM5
89-3 220-B1 T2_SET_P

327-4 P.GND 270-1
220-B2 5V2
88-9-3 270-2 Paper size
327-5 EXUPFAN_DRIVE 220-B3 T2SIZE_PS1
88-8-4
88 270-3 sensor /Fr2
327-10 P.GND 220-B4 S.GND
Paper exit cooling fan /1 228-B10 EXUPFEM
FM9
97-4-1 88-11-1 251-6 271-2 Paper size

327-6 P.GND 220-B5 T2SIZE_PS2
271-3 sensor /Rr2
PS10 PS11
76-1-3
329-1 OP/FAN_CONT 277-1
251-3 277-2 Upper limit
TRAY2
Pump cooling fan 76-2-2 220-B7 T2UP_PS

329-2 OP/FAN_EM
FM11
329-3 P.GND 276-3

251-23 276-2
220-B14 T2FEED_PS
276-1
Paper exit cooling fan /3 59-2
275-1
FM28
8
59-3
251-2
220-B9 T2_0PS
5
5
99-1-3 88-3-9 264-1-3 275-3

327-7 EXDWFAN_DRIVE
265-1
Paper exit cooling fan /2
228-B11 EXDWFEM 251-4 265-2
0
FM10
88-5-7 220-B6 T2GRIP_PS Handle release sensor /2

327-8 P.GND 265-3
4
220-B10 A5V
228-A13 MF1H/L 273-2
220-B8 T2 REMAIN_VR
CN18-3
Cooling fan /1 273-3
Remaining paper VR /2
VR3
228-B1 MF1EM
FM1
268-1
508
251-8 268-2
220-B11 T2SIZE_VR Paper size VR /2
VR4
228-B2 MF2H/L
Cooling fan /2
CN450-8
228-B3 MF2EM
FM2
251-20 272-1-2
2
320-B1 T2UPSD_CONT
Pick-up solenoid /2
TS1
228-B4 MF3H/L 251-19
Cooling fan /3 320-A8 T2 FEED CL_CONT
FM3
228-B5 MF3EM
320-B2 24V
Paper feed clutch /2 250-24
F/G
F/G
77-1-3 171-8-6
320-B8 T2 SEP CL_CONT
FUSING UNIT
Separation clutch /2
IPB cooling fan 171-9-5
228-B6 GFAN_EM
TS2 Thermostat /2
2
FM12
171-10-4
251-10 Paper feed assist
6
6
220-B12 FAN/Fr EM
222-B3 HINF1_H/L
fan /Fr2
Suction fan /1 222-B4 HINF1_EM 251-17
FM6 171-4-10
320-B4 T2FAN_CONT
L3
L4
L2
220-B13 FAN/Rr EM
Paper feed assist
171-5-9
FM222 FM233
320-B6 P.GND fan /Rr2

222-B5 HINF2_H/L 2
Suction fan /2 595-2-2 171-6-8 320-A4 UPT1M_CONT
Fusing heater lamp /2

FM7
222-B6 HINF2_EM 2 Paper lift motor /2
595-3-1 171-7-7 320-A3 UPT1M24V
Fusing heater lamp /3

78-1-3 172-7-3
462-1
321-1 24V
Suction fan /3 78-2-2 172-8-2 Tray lock solenoid /1
321-2 T1LKSD_CONT
SD1
FM8
228-B12 FAN_EM
172-9-1
222-B13 N.C. 321-3 24V
450-2
450-1
450-3
321-4 T2LKSD_CONT
Suction fan /4 98-2-2
FAN
254-9-5
FM29
98-3-1 222-A1 5V
222-A5 LOOP_PS Loop sensor
510
5
507
505
78-1-3 171-11-3 222-A4 S.GND
501
502
504
Polygon cooling fan 78-2-2 171-12-2 254-8-6 253-8-6 Pre-registration
222-B7 PFAN_EM 222-A2 T1VFIN_PS
8
FM18
78-3-1 171-13-1 sensor /1
7
7
254-7-7 253-7-7 Pre-registration

420-A2 P.GND 222-A3 T2VFIN_PS
442-6 L3_DRV sensor /2
440-1 T1_DRV 420-B8 N.C 228-B12 EM
420-A3 P.GND 327-9 CONT
442-1 T2_DRV 420-B7 POLYGON F_CONT 254-1-13 253-1-13 Door switch /1
222-A9 VF_DOOR_PS
420-A4 P.GND
440-2 T2_TRIG 420-B6 SUCTION F2_CONT
420-A5 P.GND 253-4-10
222-A6 VF_UPPS
440-6 ACN 420-B5 SUCTION F1_CONT sensor /1
442-8 ACN 420-A6 P.GND
442-4 ACH 420-B4 IMAGE F_CONT
222-A8 VF_PS
440-4 T3_DRVG 420-A7 P.GND sensor /2
420-B3 MAIN F3_CONT
420-A8 P.GND 254-3-11 253-3-11 Vertical conveyance
97
400-1 24V1 420-B2 MAIN F2_CONT 222-A7 VF_DWPS
sensor /3
100
400-2 12V 420-A9 P.GND
106
400-3 5V 420-B1 MAIN F1_CONT
322-2 VFUP_MC
108
400-4 S.GND Pre-registration clutch /1
410-A1 MRL_CONT 213-A17 MRL_CONT 322-1 24V
113
400-5 S.GND
410-A2 MRL_SIG 213-A16 MRL_SIG 254-10-4 253-10-4
114
400-6 P.GND
410-A3 TC_CONT 213-A15 TC_CONT 322-4 VF_MC Vertical conveyance
213-A14 TC_24FEM
VERTICAL
410-A4 TC_24FEM clutch
8
8
213-A13 ACV_EM 254-11-3 253-11-3
10
435-1 24V 410-A5 ACV_EM1
322-3 VFDW_MC
213-A12 ZERO_CROSS
11
435-2 PGND 410-A6 ZERO_CROSS Pre-registration clutch /2
CL1 CL2 CL3
322-5 N.C.
CONVEYANCE
410-A8 T1_CONT 213-A10 T1_CONT 208-3 GND

75-1 88-2-10 410-A9 T2_CONT 213-A9 T2_CONT 208-6 GND
420-A1 24V
75-2 88-1-11 410-A10 T3_CONT 208-2 FUSING ROLLER_SIG
CNT1
420-B9 CONT 213-A7 L3_CONT
410-A11 L3_CONT 221-1 FIX_SET_P
213-A6 AC5V_FEM 464-1
Total counter
410-A12 AC5V_FEM 221-2 5V
410-A13 AC12V_FEM 213-A5 AC12V_FEM 451-15 464-2 Fusing exit
221-4 FEXIT_PS
90-3 213-A4 DH_CONT 464-3
5
410-A14 DH_CONT sensor
PS22
400-7 MRL_24V
410-A15 DH_OPEN
90-4 465-1
6
400-8 MRL_CONT 410-A16 AC_ENB 213-A2 AC_ENB 221-3 5V
465-2 Fusing jam
410-A17 N.C 213-A1 N.C. 221-5 FJAM_PS
465-3
ACDB 1/2
221-7 S.GND
sensor
410-B2 HFAN2_CONT 213-B16 HFAN2_CONT 221-6 FIX_SET_N
410-B3 HFAN_FEM 213-B15 HFAN_FEM
223-1 TH1+ Thermistor /1
410-B4 HFAN3_CONT 223-2 TH1-
410-B5 HFAN3_FEM 213-B13 HFAN3_FEM
410-B6 SFAN_CONT 213-B12 SFAN_CONT
223-3 TH2+
77A-4 410-B7 SFAN_FEM 213-B11 SFAN_FEM
223-4 TH2-
FUSING UNIT
35-1 24V 410-B8 WRITE F1_CONT 213-B10 MCOOL F1_CONT
77B-1 77A-2
35-2 KEY_SIG 223-5 TH3+
77B-2 410-B9 WRITE F2_CONT
9
9
35-3 S.GND 213-B8 MCOOL F1/F2_FEM 223-6 TH3-

Key counter 77A-1 410-B10 WRITE F_FEM
35-4 C_DRIVE
CN77B
CNT2
410-B11 POLYGON F_CONT 213-B7 POLYGON F_CONT 223-7 TH4+ Thermistor /4
35-5 P.GND 410-B12 N.C 223-8 TH4-
410-B13 POLYGON F_FEM 213-B5 POLYGON F_FEM 424-3 WEBM_D3
410-B14 S.GND 213-B4 S.GND 424-4 WEBM_D4 Web
410-B15 KEY_CONT 424-1 WEBM_D1
M24
motor
410-B16 KEY_24FEM 213-B2 KEY_24FEM 424-2 WEBM_D2
410-B17 TC_DRV 213-B1 TCOP
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
PRCB Printer control board 1-C FM21 Paper feed assist fan /Rr1 4-B TS2 Thermostat /2 6-H
M10 Air separation motor 1-F M25 Paper lift motor /1 4-B L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 6-H

/1050e/1050eP
M28 Toner pump motor 1-F SW5 Door switch /2 4-F L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 6-H
M29 Air pump motor 1-F FM4 Transfer/separation suction fan 4-F L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 6-H
PS28 Pump encoder sensor /1 1-F FM5 Developing suction fan 4-F SD2 Tray lock solenoid /2 7-B
PS29 Pump encoder sensor /2 1-F PS12 Upper limit sensor /2 5-B PS16 Loop sensor 7-B
PS30 Air motor encoder sensor 1-F PS13 Paper feed sensor /2 5-B PS17 Pre-registration sensor /1 7-B
PS4 Paper size sensor /Fr1 2-B PS14 Paper empty sensor /2 5-B PS18 Pre-registration sensor /2 7-B
PS5 Paper size sensor /Rr1 2-B PS15 Handle release sensor /2 5-B PS19 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 7-B
PS6 Upper limit sensor /1 2-B VR3 Remaining paper VR /2 5-B PS20 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 7-B
M11 Intermediate hopper motor 2-F VR4 Paper size VR /2 5-B SW4 Door switch /1 7-B
PS31 Toner remaining sensor /1 2-F FM11 Pump cooling fan 5-F ACDB AC drive board 7-F
PS32 Toner remaining sensor /2 2-F FM28 Paper exit cooling fan /3 5-F FM18 Polygon cooling fan 7-F
PS33 Toner remaining sensor /3 2-F FM10 Paper exit cooling fan /2 5-F FM29 Suction fan /4 7-F
PS7 Paper feed sensor /1 3-B FM1 Cooling fan /1 5-F PS21 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 8-B
PS8 Paper empty sensor /1 3-B FM2 Cooling fan /2 5-F PS22 Fusing exit sensor 8-B
PS9 Handle release sensor /1 3-B M26 Paper lift motor /2 6-B CL1 Pre-registration clutch /1 8-B
SD3 Pick-up solenoid /1 3-B SD1 Tray lock solenoid /1 6-B CL2 Vertical conveyance clutch 8-B
VR1 Remaining paper VR /1 3-B SD4 Pick-up solenoid /2 6-B CL3 Pre-registration clutch /2 8-B
VR2 Paper size VR /1 3-B CL6 Paper feed clutch /2 6-B CNT1 Total counter 8-H
PS34 Toner remaining sensor /4 3-F CL7 Separation clutch /2 6-B CNT2 Key counter 9-I
M6 Toner bottle motor 3-G FM22 Paper feed assist fan /Fr2 6-B M24 Web motor 9-B
M7 Toner hopper motor 3-G FM23 Paper feed assist fan /Rr2 6-B PS23 Fusing jam sensor 9-B
FM9 Paper exit cooling fan /1 4-F FM3 Cooling fan /3 6-F TH1 Thermistor /1 9-B
PS10 Paper size sensor /Fr2 4-B FM8 Suction fan /3 6-F TH2 Thermistor /2 9-B
PS11 Paper size sensor /Rr2 4-B FM12 IPB cooling fan 6-F TH3 Thermistor /3 9-B
CL4 Paper feed clutch /1 4-B FM6 Suction fan /1 6-F TH4 Thermistor /4 9-B
CL5 Separation clutch /1 4-B FM7 Suction fan /2 6-F
FM20 Paper feed assist fan /Fr1 4-B TS1 Thermostat /1 6-H
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
411-1 KEY_SIG 214-11 KEY_SIG

411-2 S.GND 214-10 S.GND
411-3 CVM1_SIG 214-9 CVM1_SIG
411-4 CVFEED_SIG 214-8 CVFEED_SIG
323-8 N.C
411-5 CV_SIZE0 214-7 CV_SIZE0 341-14 353-2-10 356-1-2
323-5 CONT
214-6 CV_SIZE1 353-1-11 356-2-1 Erase lamp
EL
411-6 CV_SIZE1
411-7 CV_SIZE2 214-5 CV_SIZE2
341-13 354-2
F/G
1
1
18.4 Main body 4/4
411-8 CV_SIZE3 214-4 CV_SIZE3 323-4 CONT Drum claw

341-12 354-1
411-9 CVDUP_SIG 214-3 CVDUP_SIG
SD5
323-3 24V solenoid

214-2 CPF0
356-9
411-10 OPF0
411-11 OPF1 214-1 CPF1
F/G
F/G
36-1 M1_SIG 341-18 353-11-1 359-2

323-7 TM_D2 353-10-2 359-3 Charger
36-2 PAPER FEED_SIG 341-24
359-1
355-1-9
341-17 353-9-3
M23
36-3 SIZE 0 37-7 S.GND 323-6 TM_D1 cleaning motor

36-4 SIZE 1 37-8 5V
341-16 355-2-8 356-2
36-5 SIZE 2 37-1 OP_TXD 323-2 BLA_2
341-15 355-1-9 356-1 Blade motor
F/G
M22
37-2 OP_DTR 323-1 BLA_1

ACDB 2/2
36-6 SIZE 3
DRUM UNIT
36-7 DUPLEX_SIG 37-3 OP_CTS 341-19 355-3-7 356-3 360-1

37-4 OP_RXD 225-A1 5V
36-8 CPF0 341-20 355-4-6 356-4 360-2
Coin vendor
37-5 OP_DSR 225-A2 SIG Blade sensor /1

36-9 CPF1 341-21 355-5-5 356-5 360-3
37-6 OP_RTS 225-A3 S.GND
36-10 P.GND 355-6-4 356-6 360-1
341-22 355-7-3 356-7 360-2
539-1-5
225-A4 SIG Blade sensor /2
355-8-2 356-8 360-3
PS24 PS25
209- 1 SEP PWM(DC)

539-2-4
209- 2 SEP AC_FB 353-3-9 360-1
539-3-3
209- 3 TRANS/SEP DC_FB 341-11 353-4-8 360-2
539-4-2 225-A5 SIG Charger cleaning home sensor
209- 4 SEP PWM(AC) 353-5-7 360-3
539-5-1
209- 5 TRNANS PWM 353-6-6 360-1
540-1-15
510-15 1mSEC TIMER 215- 1 1MSEC_TIMER 341-23 353-7-5 360-2
540-2-14
2
2
225-A6 SIG Charger cleaning limit sensor

F/G
510-14 REQ1 215- 2 REQ1 353-8-4 360-3

540-3-13
510-13 REQ2 215- 3 REQ2
540-4-12 340-5 350-4-2 458-1 457-1
123
510-12 GND 215-4 S.GND 457-2

540-5-11 340-2 350-3-3 458-2
510-11 FUSER EXIT PS 215- 5 FUSER EXIT PS 224-5 SIG 457-3
540-6-10 340-3 350-2-4 458-3
F/G
224-6 A.GND 457-4 Drum potential sensor

215- 6 ACK2
DPS
510-10 ACK2
PS26 PS27 DPSB
540-7-9 340-4 350-1-5 458-4 457-5

136
510-9 EDGE PS 215- 7 EDGE PS

540-8-8 340-8
510-8 ERR 215- 8 ERR 224-2 5V Drum potential
540-9-7 340-1
510-7 ACK 215- 9 ACK 224-1 D_SET sensor board
540-10-6 351-4-1
510-6 TXD 215-10 RXD
540-11-5 351-3-2
510-5 REQ 215-11 REQ
540-12-4 340-7 351-1-4
510-4 CLK_T 215-12 CLK_R 224-4 THD- TH5
TRANFER
540-13-3 Drum temperature sensor

CHARGER
215-13 LATCH 340-6 351-2-3

TRANSFER/
510-3 LATCH 224-3 THD+

540-14-2
SEPARATION
SEPARATION
GUIDE PLATE
510-2 CLK_R 215-14 CLK_T

540-15-1 341-1 454-1
510-1 RXD 215-15 TXD 225-A7 5V 5V
341-2 454-2
225-A8 DCONT DCONT
560-2 325-1 24V 341-3 454-3
529-1 24V2 225-B1 Vref Vref
CN650-1 24V 531-1 24V 560-5 325-2 24V 341-4 454-4
529-2 24V2 Vertical 225-B2 Gamma CONT Gamma CONT
CN650-2 5V 531-2 5V 560-1 ADU 325-3 A 341-5 454-5
529-3 A conveyance 225-B3 JAMCONT JCONT Toner control sensor board
M8
CN651-1 TRANS G_CONT 531-3 TRANS G_CONT 560-3 accelerate 325-4 /A 341-6 454-6
529-4 /A 225-B4 DSIG DSIG
M14
CN651-2 TRANS_CONT 531-4 TRANS_CONT 560-4

motor 325-5 B 341-7 454-7
529-5 B
motor 225-B5 DmonSIG Dmon
CN651-3 TRPWM 560-6 325-6 /B 341-8 454-8
529-6 /B 225-B6 Gamma SIG Gamma SIG
CN651-4 SEP_CONT 531-5 SEP_CONT 341-9 454-9
561-2 225-B7 JAMSIG JAM
3
3
CN651-5 SPAC_PWM 524-1 24V2 422-1 24V 341-10

TCSB
561-5 454-10
225-B8 A.GND A.GND
CN651-6 SPDC_PWM 524-2 24V2 422-2 24V
561-1
CN651-7 SHIFT SIG 531-6 SHIFT SIG 524-3 A ADU reverse Paper exit 422-3 A
561-3
M9
524-4 /A motor /1 422-4 /A

M12
CN651-8 TSDC_FB motor

F/G
561-4
422-5 B
HV2
524-5 B
110
152
102
CN651-9 SPAC_FB 561-6

CN651-10 TRANS EM 531-7 TRANS EM 524-6 /B 422-6 /B
534-6-1 562-2 181-1 159-1 255-1
104
CN651-11 SEP EM 531-8 SEP EM 528-1 24V2 5V

534-5-2 562-5 181-2 255-2
127
CN650-3 S.GND 531-9 S.GND 528-2 24V2 S.G.

534-4-3 562-1 181-3 159-2 256-1
CN650-4 P.GND 531-10 P.GND 528-3 A Reverse/exit CONT 228-A1 CONT 227-11 S.GND
534-3-4 562-3 181-4 159-3 256-2
BIAS
528-4 A/ CLK 228-A2 CLK 227-10CHARGE1 CONT

M13
534-2-5 562-4
motor 181-5 256-3
F/G
528-5 B F/R 227-9 CHARGE2 CONT

534-1-6 562-6 181-6 159-4 256-4
528-6 B/ EM 228-A3 EM 227-8 CHARGE PWM
181-7 159-5 256-5
DEVELOPING
M3
563-3 H/L 228-A12 GAIN 227-7 GRID PWM

520-1 24V2 181-8 159-6 256-6
563-9
74
P.G. 227-6 DEV BIAS CONT

520-2 24V2 ADU 181-9 159-7 256-7
563-1
75
P.G. 227-5 DEV BIAS PWM

Developing motor
DRUM UNIT
520-3 A 181-10 159-8 83-4 256-8

HV1
574-1 557-3-1 563-5 conveyance

153
526-A3 5V 24V 227-4 CHARGE EM

520-4 A/ 256-9
M15
181-11 159-9
CHARGER
ADU conveyance 574-2 557-2-2 563-7 motor /1 24V 227-3 DEV BIAS FB
526-A2 SIG 520-5 B 256-10
sensor /1 574-3 557-1-3 563-11 227-2 DEV BIAS(AC) CONT
526-A1 S.GND 520-6 B/ 256-11
227-1 DEV BIAS(AC) PWM
575-1 543-3-1 255-3
GRID BIAS
526-A6 5V 182-1
5V 228-A11 5V
UNIT
ADU conveyance 575-2 543-2-2

526-A5 SIG 182-2
sensor /2 575-3 543-1-3 S.G.
47
70
43
PS35 PS36
526-A4 S.GND 182-3

CONT 228-A8 CONT
4
4
CHARGER
583-1 538-3-1 549-3-7 182-4 81-1-9 70-1-3 480-1

Transfer 526-A9 5V CLK 228-A9 CLK 211-15 5V2
583-2 538-2-2 549-2-8 182-5 81-2-8 70-2-2 480-2
assist home 526-A8 SIG F/R 228-B7 GND 211-14 MEXIT_PS Paper exit sensor
538-1-3 549-1-9 182-6 81-3-7 70-3-1 480-3
PS3
583-3
PS37
sensor 526-A7 S.GND EM 228-A10 LD 211-13 S.GND

182-7
M1
577-1 549-6-4 H/L

Transfer/ 526-A12 5V 182-8 81-4-6 130-1-6 86-1
71
577-2 549-5-5 P.G. 211-12 5V2

Fusing motor
separation cleaning 526-A11 SIG 182-9 81-5-5 130-2-5 86-2

72
577-3 549-4-6 P.G. 211-11 DOOR_PS1 Door open/close sensor /1

home sensor 526-A10 S.GND 182-10 83-6 81-6-4 130-3-4 86-3
PS1
155
24V 211-10 S.GND

578-1 549-9-1 182-11
Transfer/ 526-A15 5V 24V
578-2 549-8-2 81-7-3 130-4-3 87-1
separation cleaning 526-A14 SIG 211-9 5V2
578-3 549-7-3 81-8-2 130-5-2 87-2
PS38 PS39
limit sensor 526-A13 S.GND 211-8 DOOR_PS2 Door open/close sensor /2

335-1 81-9-1 130-6-1 87-3
PS2
5V 207-5 5V 211-7 S.GND

579-1 544-3-1 547-3-4 335-2
526-B3 5V S.G.
Registration 579-2 544-2-2 547-2-5 335-3
526-B2 SIG CONT 207-1 CONT
sensor 579-3 544-1-3 547-1-6 335-4
526-B1 S.GND CLK 207-2 CLK
335-5
321
581-3 547-4-3 F/R 207-4 GND 210-19 DF_OPEN

526-B4 5V 335-6
322
Paper leading 581-2 547-5-2 EM 207-3 LD 210-18 ERR_R

526-B5 SIG 335-7
M5
323
edge sensor 581-1 547-6-1 S.G. 210-17 PVV
PS40 PS41
526-B6 S.GND 335-8 336-1-4
PRCB 2/2
47
210-16 TONER_VV
324
P.G.
335-9 336-2-3
43
325
580-1 545-3-1 P.G. 210-15 APC

526-B9 5V
Conveyance motor
335-10 336-3-2 360-1

326
37
545-2-2
110
ADU deceleration 580-2 24V 210-14 S_VV

526-B8 SIG Transfer/ 335-11 336-4-1 360-2
327
41
102
sensor 580-3 545-1-3 571-2-9 564-2-1 24V 210-13 5V_SIG
PS42
526-B7 S.GND 521-A10 D1 separation
328
210-12 E_VV
5
5
571-1-10 564-1-2
548-3-1 521-A11 D2 cleaning
M20
170
582-1 222-A10 POL_LOCK

329
526-B12 5V 210-11 RES_OUT

548-2-2 motor 361-3
171
582-2 222-B1 POL_CLK

330
ADU exit sensor 526-B11 SIG 210-10 RES_CONT

548-1-3 565-2-1 361-4
172
582-3 222-B2 POL_CONT

331
526-B10 S.GND 521-B1 24V ADU lock 210-9 SYS_TXD

565-1-2 53-1 361-5
332
521-B2 CONT 183-1 210-8 S.GND

SD6
solenoid
125
576-1 5V 220-A17 N.C. 361-6

526-B15 5V
333
183-2 210-7 SYS_CTS

RCDB
ADU handle 576-2 S.G. 361-10

526-B14 SIG
334
566-2-1 183-3 210-6 S.GND

release sensor 576-3 527-B11 24V Reverse/exit CONT 220-A15 FEEDM_CONT
526-B13 S.GND
335
566-1-2 183-4 210-5 ERR_T

527-B10 CONT CLK 220-B15 FEEDM_CLK
SD7
solenoid
336
584-3 550-1-3 183-5 210-4 SYS_RXD

527-A7 5V F/R 220-B16 FEEDM_F/R
337
ADU reverse 584-2 550-2-2 183-6 210-3 S.GND

527-A8 SIG Thick paper EM 220-A16 FEEDM_EM
338
525-1 24V 183-7 210-2 SYS_RTS

M4
sensor /2 584-1 550-3-1

527-A9 S.GND assist H/L 220-B17 N.C.
339
525-2 CONT 183-8 210-1 S.GND

SD8
solenoid P.G.
585-3 551-1-3 183-9
527-A10 5V P.G.
551-2-2
371-1-2
183-10
Paper feed motor
ADU reverse 585-2 527-A11 SIG 534-1 CONT

ADU cooling 24V
sensor /1 585-1 551-3-1 534-2 EM 183-11
PS43 PS44 PS45 PS46

67 66 65 64
527-A12 S.GND 24V

fan /1 212-1 R_POM_EM
FM14
534-3 P.GND
552-1-3 212-2 R_POM_VR
586-3 527-A13 5V 180-1 158-1
468-1-4569-3-1 24V
154
552-2-2 212-3 R_POM_VS

586-2 527-A14 SIG 527-A1 CONT 180-2 158-2
Reverse sensor /2 468-2-3569-2-2 ADU cooling PWM 228-A4 PWM 212-4 R_POM_GND
586-1 552-3-1 527-A2 EM
527-A15 S.GND 180-3 158-3
569-1-3 F/R
FM15
fan /2 228-A5 F/R 212-5 R_POM_CONT

527-A3 P.GND 180-4 158-4
M2
587-3 553-1-3 CONT 228-A6 CONT 212-6 NC

527-B1 5V 180-5 158-5
553-2-2 568-3-1 567-3-1 EM 228-A7 EN
587-2
Drum motor
Reverse sensor /1 527-B2 SIG 527-A4 CONT 180-6 158-6

568-2-2 567-2-2 Sensor
73
553-3-1 P.G.
6
6
587-1 527-B3 S.GND 527-A5 EM

568-1-3 567-1-3
FM16
527-A6 P.GND
cooling fan 208-1 5V2
588-3 554-1-3 208-2 SIG
527-B4 5V
546-3-1
(OPTION)
ADU accelerate 554-2-2

M30 Recycle cut motor
588-2 527-B5 SIG 527-B13 CONT 334-1 208-3 S.GND

sensor 554-3-1 546-2-2 ADU cooling 5V 219-1 5V
588-1 527-B6 S.GND 527-B14 EM 334-2
546-1-3 S.G.
FM13
527-B15 P.GND fan /3 334-3 208-4 5V2
589-1 555-3-1 CONT 219-2 CONT
RECYCLE CUT
527-B9 5V 570-3-1 334-4 208-5 SIG

ADU reverse 589-2 555-2-2 521-A1 CONT CLK 219-3 CLK
527-B8 SIG 570-2-2 Registration 334-5 208-6 S.GND
paper exit sensor 589-3 555-1-3 521-A2 EM F/R 219-4 F/R
PS47 PS48 PS49 PS50

527-B7 S.GND 570-1-3 334-6
FM17
521-A3 P.GND
cooling fan EM 219-5 LD
***-1-6 334-7
S.G.
M31
599-1 S.GND 756-6-1
***-2-5 Transfer 334-8 333-1-4 218-1 FIN_TXD
571-10-1 572-2-1
183
599- 2 SIZE_SIG1 P.G. 756-5-2

521-B3 24V 334-9 333-2-3
***-3-4 571-9-2 572-1-2 exposure 218-2 S.GND
182
599- 3 SIZE_SIG2 P.G. 756-4-3
TSL
521-B4 CONT 334-10 333-3-2
***-4-3 218-3 FIN_CTS
TRANSFER
lamp
181
599- 4 SIZE_SIG3 24V

***-5-2 334-11 333-4-1 218-4 S.GND
180
24V
ADU reverse paper exit motor

599- 5 SIZE_SIG4 556-10-1 573-1 756-3-4
***-6-1 218-5 FIN_RXD
ASSIST ADAPTER
599-6 S.GND 521-B5 VIDEO
556-9-2 573-2 756-2-5
521-B6 SGND 218-6 S.GND
556-8-3 573-3 756-1-6
521-B7 5V 218-7 FIN_RTS
556-7-4 573-4
521-B8 -5V 218-8 S.GND
556-6-5 573-5 757-5-1
521-B9 S.GND 218-9 EXIT_PS
556-5-6 573-6 Centering
521-B10 SI
PS54
556-4-7 573-7 sensor
521-B11 S.GND 755-1
48
556-3-8 573-8 24V

FS-503
FD-501
521-B12 CLK 755-2

138
5V
7
7
556-2-9 573-9
521-B13 LED 755-3
91
556-1-10 573-10
S.GND
521-B14 24V 755-4
54
P.GND
755-5
76
(OPTION)
P.GND
571-8-3 559-6-1 755-6
77
521-A4 24V2 P.GND

571-7-4 559-5-2 757-1-5
130
LS-501/502
521-A5 24V2 5V
571-3-8 559-1-6(A) Transfer 757-2-4
137
521-A6 A 5V
571-5-6 559-3-4(/A) assist 757-3-3
139
S.GND
M19
521-A7 /A 757-4-2
571-4-7 559-2-5(B) motor
140
521-A8 B S.GND
217-6 IO_DTXD
217-7 5V
217-8 IO_DCLK
217-9 S.GND
217-10 PFU_LATCH
217-11 IO_UCLK
217-12 ERR_OUT1
217-13 IO_URXD
217-14 ACK1
217-15 REQ13
217-1 NC
217-2 NC
217-3 ERR_OUT3
217-4 ACK3
217-5 REQ3
571-6-5 559-4-3(/B)
ADUDB1
F/G
521-A9 /B
521-A13 RESERVE SIG
751-9-2
751-8-3
751-7-4
751-6-5
751-5-6
751-4-7
751-3-8
751-2-9
752-5-1
752-4-2
752-3-3
752-2-4
752-1-5
751-10-1
751-1-10
F/G
258-12 542-12
258-11 542-11
513-2 GND
116
258-10 542-10
99
513-1 24V
258-9 542-9
500-9 A.GND
112
258-8 542-8
500-8 5VA
105
258-7 542-7
56
500-3 P.GND
258-6 542-6 523-1 LOOP ENG 590-19 LOOP ENG
8
8
500-6 S.GND
129
258-5 542-5 523-2 REG_CLK 590-18 REG_CLK
88
500-5 S.GND 523-3 REG_REF1 590-17 REG_REF1
258-4 542-4
500-7 -5V 523-4 REG_REF2 590-16 REG_REF2
107
258-3 542-3 523-5 REG_REF3 590-15 REG_REF3
80
500-4 5V
258-2 542-2 523-6 LOOP_CLK 590-14 LOOP_CLK
500-2 12V
101
258-1 542-1
523-7 LOOP_REF1 590-13 LOOP_REF1
523-8 LOOP_REF2 590-12 LOOP_REF2
50
500-1 24V1
259-2 541-2 523-9 LOOP_REF3 590-11 LOOP_REF3
95
501-2 P.GND
259-1 541-1 523-10 CONV/2_ENG 590-10 CONV/2_ENG
502-1 541-3 259-3
156
501-1 24V2 523-11 CONV/2_CLK 590-9 CONV/2_CLK
157
523-12 CONV/2_REF1 590-8 CONV/2_REF1 591-1 24V2
502-2 541-4 259-4
117
523-13 CONV/2_REF2 590-7 CONV/2_REF2 591-2 P.GND
523-14 CONV/2_REF3 590-6 CONV/2_REF3
Crimp
523-15 S.GND 590-5 S.GND 599-6
PF-701
523-16 RESEET 590-4 RESET 594-6 /B
599-4
Symbol
523-17 CONV/2_FUSE 590-3 CONV/2_FUSE 594-5 B

599-3
(OPTION)
523-18 LOOP_FUSE 590-2 LOOP FUSE 594-4 /A
523-19 RESIST_FUSE 590-1 RESIST FUSE 599-1 Loop motor
594-3 A
M18
521-A12 5V 599-5
597-1 5V 594-2 24V2
512-1 SHIELD 521-A14 S.GND 597-2 S.GND 599-2
594-1 24V2
512-2 SIG 511-1 CLK 595-1 CLK 598-6
S.GND
12V
P.GND
24V
HT
HT
P.GND
S.GND
5V
24V
512-3 GND 511-2 -12V 595-2 -12V 592-6 /B
598-4
512-4 -12V 511-3 GND 595-3 GND 592-5 B
598-3
512-5 12V 511-4 12V 595-4 12V 592-4 /A
592-3 A
598-1
Registration
Connector
M17
511-5 SHIELD 595-5 SHIELD
754-4
754-3
754-2
754-1
753-6
753-5
753-4
753-3
753-2
753-1
512-6 TH_SIG 598-5 motor
592-2 24V2
598-2
9
9
592-1 24V2
94
98
597-11
96
491-6 TH_SIG 593-6 /B
141
597-7
39
89
491-5 +12V 593-5 B
597-5 ADU
491-4 -12V 593-4 /A
109
115
490-1 CLK+ 596-1 CLK+ 597-1 conveyance
19
491-3 GND 593-3 A
M16
490-2 CLK- 596-2 CLK- 597-9 motor /2
20
Relay connector
491-2 SIG 490-3 GND 596-3 GND 593-2 24V2
597-3
Faston
491-1 SHELD 593-1 24V2
MFDB2
MFDB1
ADUDB2
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
EL Erase lamp 1-B — Grid bias 4-A FM14 ADU cooling fan /1 6-F
SD5 Drum claw solenoid 1-B PS1 Door open/close sensor /1 4-B FM15 ADU cooling fan /2 6-F

/1050e/1050eP
M22 Blade motor 1-B PS2 Door open/close sensor /2 4-B FM16 Sensor cooling fan 6-F
M23 Charger cleaning motor 1-B PS3 Paper exit sensor 4-B FM17 Registration cooling fan 6-F
— Coin vendor 1-E M1 Fusing motor 4-E TSL Transfer exposure lamp 6-F
PS24 Blade sensor /1 2-B M15 ADU conveyance motor /1 4-F PS46 ADU reverse sensor /1 6-I
PS25 Blade sensor /2 2-B PS35 ADU conveyance sensor /1 4-I PS47 Reverse sensor /2 6-I
PS26 Charger cleaning home sensor 2-B PS36 ADU conveyance sensor /2 4-I PS48 Reverse sensor /1 6-I
PS27 Charger cleaning limit sensor 2-B PS37 Transfer assist home sensor 4-I PS49 ADU accelerate sensor 6-I
DPS Drum potential sensor 2-B PS38 Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor 4-I PS50 ADU reverse paper exit sensor 6-I
DPSB Drum potential sensor board 2-B PS39 Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor 4-I — Transfer assist adapter 6-I
TH5 Drum temperature sensor 2-B RCDB Recycle cut drive board 5-A PS54 Centering sensor 7-F
ADUDB1 ADU drive board /1 2-G M4 Paper feed motor 5-E M19 Transfer assist motor 7-F
— Transfer bias 2-I M5 Conveyance motor 5-E ADUDB2 ADU drive board /2 8-F
— Guide plate bias 2-I M20 Transfer/separation cleaning motor 5-F M16 ADU conveyance motor /2 9-E
— Separation bias 2-I SD6 ADU lock solenoid 5-F M17 Registration motor 9-E
— Transfer/separation charger 2-I SD7 Reverse/exit solenoid 5-F M18 Loop motor 9-E
— Developing bias 3-A SD8 Thick paper assist solenoid 5-F MFDB1 Multi feed detection board /1 9-G
TCSB Toner control sensor board 3-B PS40 Registration sensor 5-I MFDB2 Multi feed detection board /2 9-H
HV1 High voltage unit /1 3-B PS41 Paper leading edge sensor 5-I
M3 Developing motor 3-E PS42 ADU deceleration sensor 5-I
M8 Vertical conveyance motor 3-E PS43 ADU exit sensor 5-I
M9 Paper exit motor /1 3-E PS44 ADU handle release sensor 5-I
M12 ADU reverse motor 3-F PS45 ADU reverse sensor /2 5-I
M13 Reverse/exit motor 3-F M30 Recycle cut motor 6-A
M14 ADU accelerate motor 3-F M2 Drum motor 6-E
HV2 High voltage unit /2 3-I M31 ADU reverse paper exit motor 6-E
— Charger 4-A FM13 ADU cooling fan /3 6-F
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
18.5 DF-603
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1050e/1050eP
A MFS1
A
To MAIN BODY Multi feed sensor/1
MFDB1
MS301 Cover open/close switch
B Original exit sensor/Rt PS314

B
SD301 SDF switching solenoid
Original reverse/exit sensor PS313
SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid
MFDB2
MFS2
SD303 Gate solenoid
C Multi feed sensor/2 C
Tray lower limit sensor PS316
Original size sensor/Rt PS302 FM302 Cooling fan/Rt
TB
Original size sensor/Lt PS303
M305 Original paper exit motor/2

D D
Original count sensor PS310
Original registration sensor/Rt PS318 Original size

VR VR301 M304 Original paper exit motor/1
Original registration sensor/Lt PS306
E Original empty sensor PS305

E
M303 Tray up/down motor
Reverse jam
Tray upper limit sensor PS315 sensor PS304
Original reverse sensor PS309 M302 Original feed motor
F Original exit sensor/Lt

F
PS307
M301 Original conveyance motor
RADF open/close sensor PS301
Original conveyance sensor PS308 SD304 Paper exit gate solenoid
G Original skew sensor/Rr PS311 G

FM301 Cooling fan/Lt
Original skew sensor/Fr PS312
Centering sensor/Fr PS320
Centering sensor/Rr PS321
H RADFCB Symbol H
Centering LED sensor/Fr PS319
Centering LED sensor/Rr PS322 Connector Faston

Crimp Relay connector
I I
APS timing Sensor PS317
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DF-603 location list

FM301 Cooling fan /Lt 8-G
SD301 SDF switching solenoid 8-B

/1050e/1050eP
M301 Original conveyance motor 6-F
M302 Original feed motor 7-F
M304 Original paper exit motor /1 7-D
M305 Original paper exit motor /2 6-D
M303 Tray up/down motor 6-E
FM302 Cooling fan /Rt 7-C
SD303 Gate solenoid 8-C
SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid 8-B
SD304 Paper exit gate solenoid 7-G
MS301 Cover open/close switch 7-B
MFS1 Multi feed sensor /1 9-A
MFS2 Multi feed sensor /2 2-C
MFDB1 Multi feed detection board /1 7-A
MFDB2 Multi feed detection board /2 3-C
TB Tray board 4-C
PS301 RADF open/close sensor 2-F
PS302 Original size sensor /Rt 3-C
PS303 Original size sensor /Lt 3-D
PS304 Reverse jam sensor 3-E
PS305 Original empty sensor 2-E
PS306 Original registration sensor /Lt 2-E
PS307 Original exit sensor /Lt 2-F
PS308 Original conveyance sensor 2-G
PS309 Original reverse sensor 3-F
PS310 Original count sensor 3-D
PS311 Original skew sensor /Rr 2-G
PS312 Original skew sensor /Fr 2-G
PS313 Original reverse/exit sensor 4-B
PS314 Original exit sensor /Rt 4-B
PS315 Tray upper limit sensor 2-E
PS316 Tray lower limit sensor 4-C
PS317 APS timing sensor 2-I
PS318 Original registration sensor /Rt 2-D
PS319 Centering LED sensor /Fr 1-H
PS320 Centering sensor /Fr 2-H
PS321 Centering sensor /Rr 2-H
PS322 Centering LED sensor /Rr 2-I
VR301 Original size VR 3-D
RADFCB RADF control board 5-A
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
18.6 PF-701
1
1
753-1
CN700-1 24V1
753-2
CN700-5 5V1
753-3
CN700-6 S.GND
753-4 751-1-10
CN700-2 P.GND 705-10 RXD_DN 217-6 IO_DTXD
751-2-9 217-7 5V
705-9 5V
N.C CN700-3 P.GND 751-3-8
Dehumidification heater/1 705-8 CLK_DN 217-8 IO_DCLK
751-4-7 217-9 S.GND
795-1 795-2 705-7 S.GND
751-5-6 217-10 PFU_LATCH
HTR 1 705-6 /LATCH_DN
751-6-5 217-11 IO_UCLK
705-5 CLK_UP
751-7-4 217-12 ERR_OUT1
705-4 /ERR_GA
Dehumidification heater/2 751-8-3 217-13 IO_URXD
705-3 TXD_UP
753-5 796-1 796-2 751-9-2
705-2 /ACK_GA 217-14 ACK1
HTR 2 751-10-1
705-1 /REQ_GA 217-15 REQ13
Dehumidification heater/3 752-1-5 217-1 PFU_EXPS
705-15 /EXIT PS OUT
PRCB
797-1 797-2 752-2-4 217-2 PFU_LPPS

705-14 NC
Dehumidification heater
HTR 3 752-3-3 217-3 ERR_OUT3

705-13 /IO ERR
752-4-2 217-4 ACK3
753-6 705-12 /IO ACK
752-5-1
3
705-11 /IO REQ 217-5 REQ3

MAIN BODY
2
2
Door switch
770-1 775-1
SW10
754-1 FT1 FT2
770-2 775-2
CN701-1 24V2(I/L)
1
24V
2
760-12
710-2 T1_SET_P
760-14
MAIN BODY DCPS
710-1 5V1
3
760-22
710-8 S.GND
Paper Paper
4
feed M feed M
P.GND
754-2
CN701-2 P.GND
263-1-6 277-1
760-3 263-2-5 277-2 Upper limit
710-5 /T1UP_PS
PS71
754-3 263-3-4 277-3 sensor /1

CN700-4 12V3
263-6-1 276-3
TRAY1
754-4
CN700-7 S.GND 760-23 263-5-2 276-2 Paper feed
710-3 /T1FEED_PS
PS72
263-4-3 276-1 sensor /1

264-3-1 275-1
760-2 264-2-2 275-2 Paper empty
730-1 745-3-10 710-4 T1_0PS
PS73
CN712-3 5V1 264-1-3 275-3 sensor /1

Pre-registration 730-2 745-2-11
CN712-2 /T1PRE_REG_PS 265-1
PS89
sensor /1 730-3 745-1-12

CN712-1 S.GND 760-4 265-2 Handle release
710-6 /T1GRIP_PS
3
3
265-3
PS74
731-1 745-6-7
sensor /1
CN712-6 5V1 270-1
Vertical conveyance 731-2 745-5-8
CN712-5 /T1_CONV_PS 760-11 270-2 Paper size
PS90
sensor /1 731-3 745-4-9 710-14 T1SIZE_PS1

CN712-4 S.GND 270-3
PS75
sensor /Fr1
732-1 745-9-4 271-1
CN712-9 5V1 760-6 271-2 Paper size
Intermediate 732-2 745-8-5 710-13 T1SIZE_PS2
CN712-8 /T1_CONV_MID_PS
PS76
271-3
PS91
sensor /Up 732-3 745-7-6 sensor /Rr1

CN712-7 S.GND
760-7 273-1
733-1 745-12-1 710-9 A5V
CN712-12 5V1 760-5 273-2 Remaining
733-2 745-11-2 710-7 T1REMAIN_VR
273-3
VR10
Loop sensor /1 CN712-11 /T1_LOOP_PS paper VR /1

PS92
733-3 745-10-3
CN712-10 S.GND 268-1
760-8 268-2 760-24
710-10 T1SIZE_VR
F/G
734-1 746-6-1 268-3

Paper size VR /1
VR11
CN713-15 5V1
F/G
Pre-registration 734-2 746-5-2

CN713-14 /T2PRE_REG_PS
PS93
734-3 746-4-3 272-1-2

sensor /2 CN713-13 S.GND 760-20
720-3 /T1UPSD_CONT Pick-up
272-2-1
735-1 746-3-4 solenoid /1
CN713-12 5V1
735-2 746-2-5 760-19 260-1-2
Loop sensor /2 CN713-11 /T2_LOOP_PS 720-2 /T1FEEDCL_CONT Paper feed
260-2-1
PS94
735-3 746-1-6 760-15

SD14 CL6
CN713-10 S.GND 720-1 24V1 clutch /1

760-18 266-1-2
736-1 747-5-1 720-9 /T1HNDLNGCL_CONT Separation
CN717-10 5V1 266-2-1
CL7
Pre-registration 736-2 747-4-2 clutch /1

CN717-9 /T3PRE_REG_PS
PS95
736-3 747-3-3
Vertical conveyance
sensor /3 CN717-8 S.GND

737-1 744-3-7
CN713-3 5V1
Vertical conveyance 737-2 744-2-8 262-3-1 267-3-1(CONT)
4
4
CN713-2 /T3_CONV_PS
262-2-2 267-2-2(EM)
PS96
sensor /1 737-3 744-1-9 760-10 Paper feed

CN713-1 S.GND 710-11 /FAN_F_EM
262-1-3 267-1-3(GND) assist fan /Fr1
738-1 744-6-4 760-17 261-3-1 266-3-1(CONT)
CN713-6 5V1 720-4 T1FAN_CONT
Intermediate 738-2 744-5-5 760-9 261-2-2 266-2-2(EM) Paper feed
CN713-5 /T3_CONV_MID_PS 710-12 /FAN_R_EM
PS97
FM41 FM42
sensor /Lw 738-3 744-4-6 760-21 261-1-3 266-1-3(GND) assist fan /Rr1
CN713-4 S.GND 720-6 P.GND
760-13 278-1(CONT)
739-1 744-9-1 720-8 UPM_CONT
CN713-9 5V1 760-1 278-2(24V) Paper lift motor /1
M42
739-2 744-8-2 720-7 UPM24V

Loop sensor /3 CN713-8 /T3_LOOP_PS
PS98
739-3 744-7-3
CN713-7 S.GND
790-2-1 795-3-1(CONT)
720-5 T1FAN_CONT
795-2-2(EM)
790-1-2 795-1-3(GND)
FM50
assist fan /1
765-1-2
Pre-registration CN722-1 24V1
Rear paper feed
765-2-1
CL1
CN722-2 /T1PRE_REGCL_CONT 761-12

clutch /1 711-A2 T2_SET_P
761-14
711-A1 5V1
766-1-2 761-22
Intermediate CN722-3 24V1 711-A8 S.GND
766-2-1
CL2
clutch /Up CN722-4 /T1_CONVCL_CONT

263-1-6 277-1
761-3 263-2-5 277-2 Upper limit
767-1-2 711-A5 /T2UP_PS
PS77
Pre-registration CN722-5 24V1 263-3-4 277-3 sensor /2

767-2-1
CL3
TRAY2
clutch /2 CN722-6 /T2PRE_REGCL_CONT 263-6-1 276-3

761-23 263-5-2 276-2 Paper feed
711-A3 /T2FEED_PS
5
5
PS78
263-4-3 276-1 sensor /2

768-1-2
Intermediate CN722-7 24V1 264-3-1 275-1
768-2-1
CL5
clutch /Lw CN722-8 /T3_CONVCL_CONT 761-2 264-2-2 275-2 Paper empty

711-A4 T2_0PS
PFDB
PS79
264-1-3 275-3 sensor /2

769-1-2 265-1
Pre-registration CN722-9 24V1 761-4 265-2 Handle release
769-2-1
CL4
CN722-10 /T3PRE_REGCL_CONT 711-A6 T2GRIP_PS

PS80
clutch /3 265-3 sensor /2

270-1
761-11 270-2 Paper size
711-A14 T2SIZE_PS1
PS81
270-3 sensor /Fr2

271-1
782-1 5V 780-1-6 711-A13 T2SIZE_PS2
CN715-1 5V1
PS82
271-3 sensor /Rr2

782-2 S.GND(N.C)
782-3 CONT 780-2-5 761-7 273-1
CN715-2 /CONT 711-A9 A5V
782-4 CLK 780-3-4 761-5 273-2 Remaining
CN715-3 CLK 711-A7 T2REMAIN_VR
782-5 F/R 780-4-3 273-3
VR12
CN715-4 F/R paper VR /2

782-6 LD 780-6-1
Paper feed motor CN715-6 /LD 268-1
M40
782-7 H/L 780-5-2
CN715-5 H/L 761-8 268-2
782-8 PGND 781-4 711-A10 T2SIZE_VR 761-24
F/G
Paper size VR /2
3
268-3
VR13
F/G
782-9 PGND 781-3

782-1024V 781-2 4
1
761-20 272-1-2
782-1124V 781-1 721-A3 /T2UPSD_CONT
2
272-2-1
Pick-up
solenoid /2
761-19 260-1-2
721-A2 /T2FEEDCL_CONT Paper feed
761-15 260-2-1
721-A1 24V1 clutch /2
6
6
740-1 743-2-1 761-18 266-1-2

Vertical conveyance CN712-14 /VER_DOOR_UPSW_SIG 721-A10 /T2HDNLNGCL_CONT Separation
740-2 743-1-2 266-2-1
CN712-13 S.GND
SW11
door switch /Up clutch /2
761-16 267-1-2
721-A11 /T2REVCL_CONT Forced separation
267-2-1
SD15 CL9 CL10 CL11
742-1 747-2-4 clutch

Vertical conveyance CN717-7 /VER_DOOR_LOSW_SIG
742-2 747-1-5 262-3-1 267-3-1(CONT)
CN717-6 S.GND
SW12
door switch /Lw 761-10 262-2-2 267-2-2(EM) Paper feed
711-A11 /FAN_F_EM
FM43
262-1-3 267-1-3(GND) assist fan /Fr2

761-17 261-3-1 266-3-1(CONT)
721-A5 T2FAN_CONT
761-9 261-2-2 266-2-2(EM) Paper feed
711-A12 /FAN_R_EM
FM44
761-21 261-1-3 266-1-3(GND) assist fan /Rr2

721-A6 P.GND
761-13 278-1(CONT)
721-A9 UPM_CONT
761-1 278-2(24V)
M43
721-A8 UPM24V Paper lift motor /2

791-2-1 796-3-1(CONT)
721-A4 T2FAN_CONT
796-2-2(EM)
791-1-2 796-1-3(GND)
FM51
721-A7 P.GND
assist fan /2
Rear paper feed
762-12
711-B2 T3_SET_P
762-14
711-B1 5V1
723-1 A 748-3
CN723-3 A
723-2 24V 748-1 762-22
PF exit CN723-1 24V2(I/L) 711-B8 S.GND
723-3 /A 748-4
7
7
CN723-4 /A
conveyance 723-4 B 748-5
M41
CN723-5 B 263-1-6 277-1
723-5 24V 748-2
motor CN723-2 24V2(I/L) 762-3 263-2-5 277-2 Upper limit
723-6 /B 748-6 711-B5 /T3UP_PS
CN723-6 /B
PS83
263-3-4 277-3 sensor /3

TRAY3
263-6-1 276-3
762-23 263-5-2 276-2 Paper feed
711-B3 /T3FEED_PS
PS84
263-4-3 276-1 sensor /3

741-1 749-5-1 264-3-1 275-1
Horizontal conveyance CN717-5 /HOR_DOOR_SW_SIG
741-2 749-4-2 762-2 264-2-2 275-2 Paper empty
CN717-4 S.GND
SW13
door switch 711-B4 T3_0PS
PS85
264-1-3 275-3 sensor /3

265-1
724-1 749-3-3 762-4 265-2 Handle release
CN717-3 5V1 711-B6 /T3GRIP_PS
724-2 749-2-4
PS86
Crimp
PF exit conveyance CN717-2 /EXIT_PS 265-3 sensor /3
PS99
724-3 749-1-5
sensor CN717-1 S.GND 270-1
762-11 270-2 Paper size
Symbol
711-B14 T3SIZE_PS1
Exit conveyance
PS87
270-3 sensor /Fr3

271-1
729-1-4 711-B13 T3SIZE_PS2
PS88
CN716-1 PFUFAN_CONT 271-3 sensor /Rr3
729-3-2
CN716-2 EM
Cooling fan 729-2-3 762-7 273-1
CN716-3 H/L
FM20
711-B9 A5V
729-4-1 762-5 273-2 Remaining paper
CN716-4 PGND
Connector
711-B7 T3REMAIN_VR
273-3
VR14
VR /3
268-1
762-8 268-2 762-24
711-B10 T3SIZE_VR
F/G
268-3
Paper size VR /3
VR15
F/G
8
8
762-20 272-1-2
721-B3 /T3UPSD_CONT Pick-up
272-2-1
solenoid /3
762-19 260-1-2
721-B2 /T3FEEDCL_CONT Paper feed
762-15 260-2-1
779-1 744-1-3 721-B1 24V1
CN714-1 5V1 clutch /3
Door open/close 779-2 744-2-2
CN714-2 /FRONTDOOR_PS 762-18 266-1-2
Relay connector
Faston
721-B10 T3HNDLNGCL_CONT
PS70
sensor 779-3 744-3-1
266-2-1
Separation
CN714-3 S.GND
SD16 CL12 CL13

clutch /3
782-1 773-1-6
CN724-1 24V1
Tray lock solenoid /1 782-2 773-2-5
CN724-2 /T1_LOCKSD_CONT
SD10
262-3-1 267-3-1(CONT)
762-10 262-2-2 267-2-2(EM) Paper feed
783-1 773-3-4 711-B11 /FAN_F_EM
FM45
CN724-3 24V1 262-1-3 267-1-3(GND) assist fan /Fr3
Tray lock solenoid /2 783-2 773-4-3
SD11
762-17 261-3-1 266-3-1(CONT)
721-B5 T3FAN_CONT
762-9 261-2-2 266-2-2(EM) Paper feed
711-B12 /FAN_R_EM
FM46
762-21 261-1-3 266-1-3(GND) assist fan /Rr3
784-1 773-5-2 721-B6 P.GND
CN724-5 24V1
Tray lock solenoid /3 784-2 773-6-1 762-13 278-1(CONT)
SD12
721-B9 UPM_CONT
762-1 278-2(24V)
M44
721-B8 UPM24V
Paper lift motor /3
792-2-1 797-3-1(CONT)
721-B4 T3FAN_CONT
797-2-2(EM)
792-1-2 797-1-3(GND)
FM52
721-B7 P.GND
assist fan /3
9
9
Rear paper feed
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
PF-701 location list

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
FM20 Cooling fan 8-G PS77 Upper limit sensor /2 5-C
FM41 Paper feed assist fan /Fr1 4-C PS78 Paper feed sensor /2 5-C

/1050e/1050eP
FM42 Paper feed assist fan /Rr1 4-C PS79 Paper empty sensor /2 5-C
FM43 Paper feed assist fan /Fr2 6-C PS80 Handle release sensor /2 5-C
FM44 Paper feed assist fan /Rr2 6-C PS81 Paper size sensor /Fr2 5-C
FM45 Paper feed assist fan /Fr3 8-C PS82 Paper size sensor /Rr2 5-C
FM46 Paper feed assist fan /Rr3 8-C PS83 Upper limit sensor /3 7-C
FM50 Rear paper feed assist fan /1 4-A PS84 Paper feed sensor /3 7-C
FM51 Rear paper feed assist fan /2 7-A PS85 Paper empty sensor /3 7-C
FM52 Rear paper feed assist fan /3 9-A PS86 Handle release sensor /3 7-C
HTR1 Dehumidification heater /1 2-G PS87 Paper size sensor /Fr3 7-C
HTR2 Dehumidification heater /2 2-G PS88 Paper size sensor /Rr3 7-C
HTR3 Dehumidification heater /3 2-G PS89 Pre-registration sensor /1 3-G
M40 Paper feed motor 6-G PS90 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 3-G
M41 PF exit conveyance motor 7-G PS91 Intermediate sensor /Up 3-G
M42 Paper lift motor /1 4-C PS92 Loop sensor /1 4-G
M43 Paper lift motor /2 7-C PS93 Pre-registration sensor /2 4-G
M44 Paper lift motor /3 9-C PS94 Loop sensor /2 4-G
CL1 Pre-registration clutch /1 5-G PS95 Pre-registration sensor /3 4-G
CL2 Intermediate clutch /Up 5-G PS96 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 4-G
CL3 Pre-registration clutch /2 5-G PS97 Intermediate sensor /Lw 4-G
CL4 Pre-registration clutch /3 5-G PS98 Loop sensor /3 4-G
CL5 Intermediate clutch /Lw 5-G PS99 PF exit conveyance sensor 7-G
CL6 Paper feed clutch /1 4-C SD10 Tray lock solenoid /1 8-G
CL7 Separation clutch /1 4-C SD11 Tray lock solenoid /2 8-G
MC8 — 4-C SD12 Tray lock solenoid /3 9-G
CL9 Paper feed clutch /2 6-C SD14 Pick-up solenoid /1 4-C
CL10 Separation clutch /2 6-C SD15 Pick-up solenoid /2 6-C
CL11 Forced separation clutch 6-C SD16 Pick-up solenoid /3 8-C
CL12 Paper feed clutch /3 8-C SW10 Door switch 2-G
CL13 Separation clutch /3 8-C SW11 Vertical conveyance door switch /Up 6-G
MC14 — 8-C SW12 Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw 6-G
PFUDB PF drive board 1-C SW13 Horizontal conveyance door switch 7-G
PS70 Door open/close sensor 8-G VR10 Remaining paper VR /1 3-C
PS71 Upper limit sensor /1 3-C VR11 Paper size VR /1 4-C
PS72 Paper feed sensor /1 3-C VR12 Remaining paper VR /2 6-C
PS73 Paper empty sensor /1 3-C VR13 Paper size VR /2 6-C
PS74 Handle release sensor /1 3-C VR14 Remaining paper VR /3 8-C
PS75 Paper size sensor /Fr1 3-C VR15 Paper size VR /3 8-C
PS76 Paper size sensor /Rr1 3-C
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
CN505- 5 M4_B CN530- 1 YEL

CN505- 1 M4_24V CN530- 2 BLK
CN505- 6 M4_ B/ CN530- 3 RED
CN530- 4 ORG
M4
CN505- 3 M4_A CN530- 5 WIT

1st folding motor
CN505- 2 M4_24V CN530- 6 BLU
CN505- 4 M4_A/
CN505- 11 M5_B CN531- 1 YEL
CN531- 2 BLK
18.7 FD-501
CN505- 7 M5_24V CN531- 3 RED

CN505- 12 M5_B/ CN531- 4 ORG 2nd folding motor
M5
CN505- 9 M5_A CN531- 5 WIT

CN505- 8 M5_24V CN531- 6 BLU
CN505- 10 M5_A/
510-16A-1A
CN3- 1 KCOUT_41 CN503-16 KCOUT_41
510-15A-2A
CN3- 2 KCOUT_42 CN503-15 KCOUT_42 CN532- 1 YEL
Power plug
510-14A-3A CN506- 5 M6_B CN532- 2 BLK

CN3- 3 KCOUT_43 CN503-14 KCOUT_43 CN506- 1 M6_24V
510-13A-4A CN532- 3 RED
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44 CN503-13 KCOUT_44 CN506- 6 M6_B/ CN532- 4 ORG
510-12A-5A CN506- 3 M6_A 3rd folding motor
M6
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45 CN503-12 KCOUT_45 CN532- 5 WIT

510-11A-6A CN506- 2 M6_24V
CN3- 6 KCOUT_46 CN503-11 KCOUT_46 CN532- 6 BLU
510-10A-7A CN506- 4 M6_A/
CN3- 7 KCOUT_47 CN503-10 KCOUT_47
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48 510-9A-8A
CN503- 9 KCOUT_48
1
1
510-8A-9A
CN3- 9 KCOUT_49 CN503- 8 KCOUT_49 CN533-6- 1 RED
510-7A-10A
CN3-10 KCOUT_50 CN503- 7 KCOUT_50 CN508-A 1 M14_24V CN533-5- 2 RED
510-6A-11A
CN3-11 KCOUT_51 CN503- 6 KCOUT_51 CN508-A 2 M14_24V CN533-4- 3 BLK
510-5A-12A CN508-A 3 M14_A
Inlet
CN3-12 KCOUT_52 CN503- 5 KCOUT_52 CN508-A 4 M14_A/ CN533-3- 4 BLN 1st folding release motor
510-4A-13A
M14
CN3-13 KCOUT_53 CN503- 4 KCOUT_53 CN508-A 5 M14_B CN533-2- 5 ORG

510-3A-14A CN533-1- 6 YEL
CN3-14 KCOUT_54 CN503- 3 KCOUT_54 CN508-A 6 M14_B/
510-2A-15A
FT2
FT1
CN3-15 KCOUT_55 CN503- 2 KCOUT_55

CN3-16 KCOUT_56 510-1A-16A CN503- 1 KCOUT_56
CN508-A 7 M15_24V CN534-6- 1 RED
CN534-5- 2 RED
CN508-A 8 M15_24V CN534-4- 3 BLK

CN508-A 9 M15_A CN534-3- 4 BLN
CN508-A10 M15_A/ 2nd folding release motor
M15
CN508-A11 M15_B CN534-2- 5 ORG

CN508-A12 M15_B/ CN534-1- 6 YEL
Y/G
WIT
BLK
CN13-1 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) CN222-9 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) 511-15A-1A CN535-6- 1 RED

CN209-A 1 KCIN_24 CN501-A17 PS51_SIG CN508-A13 M16_24V
RT1
CN13-2 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) CN222-8 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) 511-14A-2A CN535-5- 2 RED

CN209-A 2 KCIN_25 CN501-A16 PS52_SIG CN508-A14 M16_24V CN535-4- 3 BLK
CN13-3 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) CN222-7 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) 511-13A-3A
CN209-A 3 KCIN_26 CN501-A15 PS53_SIG CN508-A15 M16_A CN535-3- 4 BLN
CN13-4 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) CN222-6 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) 511-12A-4A M16_A/ 3rd folding release motor
M16
CN209-A 4 KCIN_27 CN501-A14 PS54_SIG CN508-A16 CN535-2- 5 ORG

CN13-5 NC CN222-5 NC 511-11A-5A CN508-A17 M16_B
CN209-A 5 KCIN_28 CN501-A13 PS55_SIG CN508-A18 M16_B/ CN535-1- 6 YEL
CN13-6 CPUIN_7(TIM Input) CN222-4 CPUIN_7(TIM Input) 511-10A-6A
CN209-A 6 KCIN_29 CN501-A12 PS56_SIG
CN13-7 SGND CN222-3 GND 511-9A-7A
CN13-8 CPUIN_8(TIM Input) CN209-A 7 KCIN_30 CN501-A11 PS57_SIG
CN222-2 CPUIN_8(TIM Input) 511-8A-8A
CN13-9 5V CN222-1 NC CN209-A 8 ORI_SET 511-7A-9A
CN501-A10 ORI_SET
CN209-A 9 KCOUT_73 CN501-A 9 M4_CONT1 CN508-B 1 SGND
FT4
FT3
511-6A-10A CN508-B 2
CN209-A10 KCOUT_74 511-5A-11A
CN501-A 8 M4_CONT2
CN209-A11 KCOUT_75 CN501-A 7 M4_F/R CN508-B 3 5V CN517- 3
511-4A-12A CN508-B 4 SGND
CN209-A12 KCOUT_76 CN501-A 6 M4_RESET CN508-B CN517- 2
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1 CN201-A20 KCOUT_1 511-3A-13A 5 PS57 SIG CN517- 1 PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2 CN201-A19 KCOUT_2 CN209-A13 SGND 511-2A-14A
CN501-A 5 SGND CN508-B 6 5V
CBR2
CBR1

CN501-A 4 SGND
CN501-A 3 SGND
CN209-A16 SGND CN501-A 2 SGND
FT6
FT5
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5 CN201-A16 KCOUT_5 511-1A-15A CN516- 3

CN209-A17 5V CN501-A 1 5V CN508-B 7 SGND CN516- 2
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6 CN201-A15 KCOUT_6 511-15B-1B 8 PS56 SIG 2nd folding cam home sensor
CN201-A14 KCOUT_7 CN209-B 1 KCOUT_77 CN501-B17 M4_ENBLECN508-B CN516- 1 PS56
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7 511-14B-2B CN508-B 9 5V
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
CN201-A13 KCOUT_8 CN209-B 2 KCOUT_78 CN501-B16 M5_CONT1

CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8 511-13B-3B
CN201-A12 KCOUT_9 CN209-B 3 KCOUT_79 CN501-B15 M5_CONT2
WIT
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9 511-12B-4B

BLK
CN2-A10 KCOUT_10 CN201-A11 KCOUT_10 CN209-B 4 KCOUT_80 511-11B-5B

CN501-B14 M5_F/R
CN10-1 IRQ4 CN515- 3
CN2-A11 KCOUT_11 CN201-A10 KCOUT_11 CN209-B 5 KCOUT_81 511-10B-6B
CN501-B13 M5_RESET CN508-B10 SGND CN515- 2
CN10-2 /IRQ3 CN209-B 6 KCOUT_82 CN501-B12 M5_ENBLECN508-B11 PS55 SIG 1st folding cam home sensor
CN2-A12 KCOUT_12 CN201-A 9 KCOUT_12 511-9B-7B CN515- 1 PS55
CN10-3 IRQ CN209-B 7 KCOUT_83 CN501-B11 M6_CONT1 CN508-B12 5V
CN2-A13 KCOUT_13 CN201-A 8 KCOUT_13 511-8B-8B
CN209-B 8 KCOUT_84 CN501-B10 M6_CONT2
Interrupt
CN2-A14 KCOUT_14 CN201-A 7 KCOUT_14 511-7B-9B

CN2-A15 KCOUT_15 CN201-A 6 KCOUT_15 CN209-B 9 KCOUT_85 511-6B-10B
CN501-B 9 M6_F/R
CN209-B10 KCOUT_86 CN501-B 8 M6_RESET CN508-B13 SGND CN514- 3
CN2-A16 KCOUT_16 CN201-A 5 KCOUT_16 511-5B-11B CN514- 2
FT8
FT7
CN2-A17 KCOUT_17 CN201-A 4 KCOUT_17 CN209-B11 KCOUT_87 511-4B-12B

CN501-B 7 M6_ENBLE CN508-B14 PS54 SIG 3rd folding conveyance sensor
CN514- 1 PS54
CN201-A 3 KCOUT_18 CN209-B12 5V CN501-B 6 5V CN508-B15 5V
CN2-A18 KCOUT_18 511-3B-13B
4
3
2
2
CN2-A19 KCOUT_19 CN201-A 2 KCOUT_19 CN209-B13 5V 511-2B-14B

CN501-B 5 5V
CN23-1 TCK CN2-A20 KCOUT_20 CN201-A 1 KCOUT_20 CN209-B14 5V 511-1B-15B
CN501-B 4 5V
NF1
2
1
CN23-2 TDO3 CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21 CN201-B20 KCOUT_21 CN209-B15 TIME0 511-1B-15B

CN501-B 3 M4_CLK CN511- 3
CN23-3 TDI CN209-B16 TIME2 CN501-B 2 M5_CLK CN508-B16 SGND CN511- 2
CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22 CN201-B19 KCOUT_22 511-1B-15B 1st folding conveyance sensor
CN23-4 TMS CN209-B17 TIME3 CN501-B 1 M6_CLK CN508-B17 PS51 SIG CN511- 1 PS51
FT9
CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23 CN201-B18 KCOUT_23 CN508-B18 5V

JTAG
FT10
CN23-5 TRST CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24 CN201-B17 KCOUT_24

CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25 CN201-B16 KCOUT_25
CN201-B14 KCOUT_27
WIT
CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27 512-1-1

BLK
CN500- 1 24VDC
Outlet
CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28 CN201-B13 KCOUT_28 512-2-2 CN513- 3

CN500- 2 24VDC CN507- 1 SGND CN513- 2
CN2-B 9 KCOUT_29 CN201-B12 KCOUT_29 512-3-3 CN507- 2 PS53 SIG
8 10
512-4-4 CN500- 3 PGND CN513- 1 PS53 2nd folding conveyance sensor

CN507- 3 5V
9 11
CN2-B10 KCOUT_30 CN201-B11 KCOUT_30 CN500- 2 PGND

CN24-1 5V CN2-B11 KCOUT_31 CN201-B10 KCOUT_31
CN24-2 RL_CONT CN2-B12 KCOUT_32 CN201-B 9 KCOUT_32
Relay
CN2-B13 KCOUT_33 CN201-B 8 KCOUT_33 CN512- 3

CN2-B14 KCOUT_34 CN201-B 7 KCOUT_34 CN507- 4 SGND CN512- 2
Y/G
WIT
BLK
CN216-12 M12_24V CN52- 2 CN507- 5 PS52 SIG

CN182- 1
BLK PGC1 BLK CN2-B15 KCOUT_35 CN201-B 6 KCOUT_35 CN52- 5 CN512- 1 PS52 Folding entrance sensor
CN507- 6 5V
CN181- 1
CN2-B16 KCOUT_36 CN201-B 5 KCOUT_36 CN216-11 M12_24V

CN216-10 M12_A CN52- 1 Punch conveyance
PGC2 WIT CN2-B17 KCOUT_37 CN201-B 4 KCOUT_37 CN216- 9 M 2_A/ CN52- 3
M2
CN2-B18 KCOUT_38 CN201-B 3 KCOUT_38 CN216- 8 M 2_ B CN52- 4 motor

WIT CN52- 6
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39 CN201-B 2 KCOUT_39 CN216- 7 M 2_B/
To 5V (CCP)
CN201-B 1 KCOUT_40 CN536- 1

CN2-B20 KCOUT_40 CN507- 7 SD18_DRV CN536- 2
CN62- 2
RT5
CN216- 6 M12_24V CN507- 8 SD_24V SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid

CN182- 2
CN181- 2
CN216- 5 M12_24V CN62- 5

WIT
CN216- 4 M12_A CN62- 1

CN216- 3 M12_A/ CN62- 3 Alignment motor
M12
CN1-A 1 KCIN_1 CN202-A16 KCIN_1 CN216- 2 M12_ B CN62- 4

CN62- 6
BLK FT11
CN1-A 2 KCIN_2 CN202-A15 KCIN_2 CN216- 1 M12_B/ CN507- 9 SD15_DRV CN536- 1

CN151- 1
RED CN1-A 3 KCIN_3 CN202-A14 KCIN_3 CN507-10 SD_24V CN536- 2 SD15 Folding gate solenoid
A
CN1-A 4 KCIN_4 CN202-A13 KCIN_4

CN1-A 5 KCIN_5 CN202-A12 KCIN_5 CN217- 1 M11 DRV1 CN61- 1 RED Tray up down
CN1-A 6 KCIN_6 CN202-A11 KCIN_6 CN61- 2 BLU
FDB
BLK CN217- 2 M11 DRV2

M11
RL1
CN1-A 7 KCIN_7 CN202-A10 KCIN_7 motor

B
CN1-A 8 KCIN_8 CN202-A 9 KCIN_8

B
CN1-A 9 KCIN_9 CN202-A 8 KCIN_9 CN217- 3 5V

A
CN1-A10 KCIN_10 CN202-A 7 KCIN_10 CN217- 4 RL_CONT

CN151- 2
CN517- 3
CN1-A11 KCIN_11 CN202-A 6 KCIN_11 CN507-13 SGND CN517- 2 S size conveyance
CN183- 1
WIT
CN33- 3 CN507-14 PS57 SIG

CN1-A12 KCIN_12 CN202-A 5 KCIN_12 CN224- 5 5V CN517- 1 PS58
FT12 BLK
CN217- 6 PS13_SIG CN33- 2 Main tray lower CN507-15 5V

CN1-A13 KCIN_13 CN202-A 4 KCIN_13 CN33- 1 PS22 sensor
CN1-A14 KCIN_14 CN202-A 3 KCIN_14 CN217- 7 SGND limit sensor
CN1-A15 KCIN_15 CN202-A 2 KCIN_15
WIT
BLK
CN1-A16 KCIN_16 CN202-A 1 KCIN_16

CN1-B 1 KCIN_17 CN202-B16 KCIN_17
CN183- 2
3
3

CN183-A2
CN183-A1
CN1-B 6 KCIN_22 CN202-B11 KCIN_22 CN219-A13 5V CN51- 1

CN1-B 7 KCIN_23 CN202-B10 KCIN_23 CN219-A12 SGND CN51- 2
CN51- 3
MS1
CN1-B 8 KCIN_24 CN202-B 9 KCIN_24 CN219-A11 M1_CONT CN51- 4

CN1-B 9 KCIN_25 CN202-B 8 KCIN_25 CN219-A10 M1_CLK CN51- 5
Crimp
CN219-A 9 M1_F/R
Symbol
CN1-B10 KCIN_26 CN202-B 7 KCIN_26 CN219-A 8 M1_LD CN51- 6

CN183-B2
CN183-B1
CN51- 7
M1
CN1-B11 KCIN_27 CN202-B 6 KCIN_27 CN219-A 7 M1_H/L

Entrance conveyance motor
CN51- 8
WIT
CN183- 1
CN1-B12 KCIN_28 CN202-B 5 KCIN_28 CN219-A 6 PGND

WIT
BLK
CN219-A 5 PGND CN51- 9

CN1-B13 KCIN_29 CN202-B 4 KCIN_29 CN51-10
CN1-B14 KCIN_30 CN202-B 3 KCIN_30 CN219-A 4 24V CN51-11
CN219-A 3 24V
CN1-B15 KCIN_31 CN202-B 2 KCIN_31
CN1-B16 KCIN_32 CN202-B 1 KCIN_32
CN219-A 2 SD12_24V CN82- 1 RED
CN219-A 1 SD12_DRV CN82- 2 BLU SD12 Paper exit solenoid
CN183- 2
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57 CN204-A20 KCOUT_57

CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58 CN204-A19 KCOUT_58
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59 CN204-A18 KCOUT_59 CN67- 1
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60 CN204-A17 KCOUT_60 CN219-B13 5V CN37- 2
CN219-B12 SGND CN67- 3
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61 CN204-A16 KCOUT_61 CN219-B11 M17_CONT CN67- 4
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62 CN204-A15 KCOUT_62 CN219-B10 M17_CLK CN67- 5
Connector
CN219-B 9 M17_F/R
RT2
CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63 CN204-A14 KCOUT_63 CN67- 6

CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64 CN204-A13 KCOUT_64 CN219-B 8 M17_LD CN67- 7 Main tray paper exit motor
M17
CN5-A 9 KCOUT_65 CN204-A12 KCOUT_65 CN219-B 7 M17_H/L CN67- 8

CN219-B 6 PGND CN67- 9
CN5-A10 KCOUT_66 CN204-A11 KCOUT_66 CN219-B 5 PGND CN67-10
CN204-A10 KCOUT_67
Y/G
CN5-A11 KCOUT_67 CN219-B 4 24V

WIT
BLK
CN67-11
CN5-A12 KCOUT_68 CN204-A 9 KCOUT_68 CN219-B 3 24V
CN5-A13 KCOUT_69 CN204-A 8 KCOUT_69
CN5-A14 KCOUT_70 CN204-A 7 KCOUT_70 CN219-B 2 SD24V_2
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71 CN204-A 6 KCOUT_71 CN219-B 1 SD7_DRV
:line(L)

CN184-3
CN184-1
CN184-5
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74 CN204-A 3 KCOUT_74 CN37- 3

:neutral(N)
CN220-A 1 SGND CN37- 2

:frame GND
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75 CN204-A 2 KCOUT_75 CN220-A 2 PS17_SIG

CN5-A20 KCOUT_76 CN204-A 1 KCOUT_76 CN37- 1 PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor
CN220-A 3 5V
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79 CN204-B18 KCOUT_79 CN36- 3
CN204-B17 KCOUT_80 CN220-A 4 SGND CN36- 2
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80 CN220-A 5 PS16_SIG
Relay connector
CN36- 1 PS16 Sub tray paper exit sensor

DCPS

Faston
CN220-A 6 5V
4
4
CN5-B 8 KCOUT_84 CN204-B13 KCOUT_84 CN24- 3

CN204-B12 KCOUT_85 CN220-A 7 SGND CN24- 2
CN5-B 9 KCOUT_85 CN220-A 8 PS4_SIG PI exit sensor
CN24- 1 PS4
:-V/PGND
CN191-1
:-V/PGND
CN191-2
:-V/PGND
CN191-3
:-V/PGND
CN191-4
:+V/24V
CN191-5
:+V/24V
CN191-6
:+V/24V
CN191-7
:+V/24V
CN191-8
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86 CN204-B11 KCOUT_86 CN220-A 9 5V

CN5-B11 KCOUT_87 CN204-B10 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88 CN204-B 9 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89 CN204-B 8 KCOUT_89 CN21- 3
CN204-B 7 KCOUT_90 CN220-A10 SGND CN21- 2
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90 CN220-A11 PS1_SIG FD entrance sensor
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91 CN204-B 6 KCOUT_91 CN21- 1 PS1
CN220-A12 5V
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95 CN204-B 2 KCOUT_95 CN220-B12 5V CN53- 1
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96 CN204-B 1 KCOUT_96 CN220-B11 SGND CN53- 2
CN220-B10 M3_CONT CN53- 3
CN220-B 9 M3_CLK CN53- 4
CN220-B 8 M3_F/R CN53- 5 CN311-A13 OP_LED12 CN361-A 1 OP_LED12
CN220-B 7 M3_LD CN53- 6 Intermediate CN311-A12 OP_LED13
CN53- 7 CN361-A 2 OP_LED13
M3
CN14- 1 TIME_0 CN203-18 TIME_0 CN220-B 6 M3_H/L CN311-A11 OP_LED14

CN53- 8 conveyance motor CN361-A 3 OP_LED14
CN14- 2 TIME_1 CN203-17 TIME_1 CN220-B 5 PGND CN311-A10 OP_LED15
CN220-B 4 PGND CN53- 9 CN361-A 4 NC
CN14- 3 TIME_2 CN203-16 TIME_2 CN53-10 CN311-A 9 OP_LED16
CN220-B 3 24V CN361-A 5 NC
CN14- 4 TIME_3 CN203-15 TIME_3 CN53-11 CN311-A 8 OPE_SW1
CN220-B 2 24V CN361-A 6 OPE_SW1
CN14- 5 TIME_4 CN203-14 TIME_4 CN220-B 1 NC CN311-A 7 OPE_SW2 CN361-A 7 OPE_SW2
CN14- 6 TIME_5 CN203-13 TIME_5 CN311-A 6 OPE_SW3 CN361-A 8 OPE_SW3
CN14- 7 TIME_6 CN203-12 TIME_6 CN311-A 5 OPE_SW4 CN361-A 9 OPE_SW4
CN14- 8 TIME_7 CN203-11 TIME_7 CN311-A 4 OPE_SW5 CN361-A10 OPE_SW5
CN14- 9 TIME_8 CN203-10 TIME_8 CN311-A 3 OPE_S1 CN361-A11 NC
CN14-10 TIME_9 CN203- 9 TIME_9 CN311-A 2 OPE_S2 CN361-A12 NC
PDB
CN14-11 TIME_10 CN203- 8 TIME_10 CN311-A 1 OPE_S3

CN203- 7 TIME_11 CN46- 3 CN361-A13 NC
CN14-12 TIME_11 CN222- 1 SGND CN46- 2 CN311-B13 5V
CN222- 2 PS26_SIG CN361-B 1 5V
CN14-13 TIME_12 CN203- 6 TIME_12 CN46- 1 PS26 Punch scraps full sensor CN311-B12 SGND
CN222- 3 5V CN361-B 2 SGND
4
CN14-14 TIME_13 CN203- 5 TIME_13

FDCB
CN311-B11 OP_LED 1 CN361-B 3 OP_LED 1

CN14-15 TIME_14 CN203- 4 TIME_14 CN311-B10 OP_LED 2 CN361-B 4 OP_LED 2
5
3
2
1
CN14-16 TIME_15 CN203- 3 TIME_15 CN311-B 9 OP_LED 3

CN32- 3 CN361-B 5 OP_LED 3
CN14-17 TIME_16 CN203- 2 TIME_16 CN222- 4 SGND
PDB
CN32- 2 Punch scraps box set CN311-B 8 OP_LED 4 CN361-B 6 OP_LED 4

CN14-18 TIME_17 CN203- 1 TIME_17 CN222- 5 PS12_SIG CN32- 1 PS12
CN222- 6 5V CN311-B 7 OP_LED 5 CN361-B 7 OP_LED 5
CN20-1 5V sensor CN311-B 6 OP_LED 6 CN361-B 8 OP_LED 6
CN20-2 5V CN311-B 5 OP_LED 7 CN361-B 9 OP_LED 7
18 22
CN20-3 S.GND CN311-B 4 OP_LED 8 CN361-B10 OP_LED 8

CN30- 3
27 30
CN20-4 S.GND CN222- 7 SGND CN30- 2 Alignment plate home CN311-B 3 OP_LED 9 CN361-B11 OP_LED 9
CN222- 8 PS10_SIG CN30- 1 PS10 CN311-B 2 OP_LED10 CN361-B12 OP_LED10
AC L
AC N
CN222- 9 5V sensor
F.GND
CN311-B 1 OP_LED11 CN361-B13 OP_LED11
Punch motor CN215- 8 M10 DRV1
CN215- 7 M10 DRV2
AC OUTLET
M10
CN25- 3
CN222-10 SGND CN25- 2
CN222-11 PS5_SIG Punch conveyance sensor
5
5
CN215- 6 M13 24V CN25- 1 PS5

CN222-12 5V
MAIN BODY I/F CN215- 5 M13 24V
6 CN600-1 CN215- 4 M13 A
CN**-1 TXD 5 CN600-2
CN16-1 SYS_SIN Punch registration motor CN215- 3 M13 A/
M13
CN**-2 S.GND 4 CN600-3

CN16-2 S.GND CN215- 2 M13 B
CN**-3 CTS 3 CN600-4
CN16-3 /SYS_RTS CN215- 1 M13 B/
CN**-4 RXD 2 CN600-5
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT
CN**-5 S.GND CN600-6
CN16-5 S.GND
FDOB
1
CN**-6 RTS CN16-6 /SYS_CTS
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1 CN78- 1 RED
CN223- 1 SD8_DRV CN78- 2 BLU
Roller
CN223- 2 SD24V_2 SD8
solenoid/4
CN221-A 1 SGND
5 CN601-1 Punch registration home sensor CN221-A 2 PS11_SIG CN374- 4
CN**-5 EXIT PS PS11 CN317- 1 TH_SIG CN374- 3
4 CN601-2 CN221-A 3 5V CN77- 1 RED Roller CN317- 2 GND
CN**-4 S.GND CN223- 3 SD7_DRV CN77- 2 BLU CN374- 2 TSB Temperature sensor board
3 CN601-3 CN223- 4 SD24V_2 SD7 CN317- 3 N.C CN374- 1
CN**-3 S.GND 2 CN601-4 solenoid/3 CN317- 4 5V
15 13
CN**-2 5V 1 CN601-5 CN221-A 4 SGND
14 12
CN**-1 5V 3 holes/4 holes punch home sensor PS9 CN221-A 5 PS9_SIG
CN221-A 6 5V CN74- 1 RED L size gate CN490- 2
CN308- 1 + Multi feed detection
CN223- 6 SD24V_2 SD4 CN490- 1
CN308- 2 - CN490- 2 MFDB2
solenoid CN300- 3 AGND board/2
CN221-A 7 SGND
2 holes punch home sensor PS8 CN221-A 8 PS8_SIG
CN221-A 9 5V
CN19-1 SYS_SIN CN73- 1 RED
RU-503/504
S size gate
CN19-2 /SYS_RTS CN223- 8 SD24V_2 SD3
2 CN621-2 CN490- 3
CN**-5 SOUT CN19-3 FNS2_SIN solenoid CN309- 1 SGND
1 CN621-1 CN309- 2 + CN490- 1 Multi feed detection
CN**-4 CTS CN19-4 /FNS2_RTS CN490- 2 MFDB1
CN309- 3 - board/1
CN71- 2 CN33- 3 CN309- 4 NC
CN71- 1
CN221-A10 SD1_DRV CN223- 9 SGND CN33- 2 Punch registration
Entrance gate solenoid SD1 CN221-A11 SD24V_1 CN223-10 PS6_SIG CN33- 1 PS6
CN223-11 5V sensor
CN**-6 F.GND
CN**-5 P.GND
CN**-4 P.GND
CN**-3 S.GND
CN**-2 5V
CN**-1 24V
CN325- 3
CN306- 1 SGND CN325- 2
CN306- 2 PS35_SIG CN325- 1 PS35 L size sensor/Up
CN370- 6 5V CN79- 1 RED CN306- 3 5V
CN221-B 1 5V CN224- 1 SD9_DRV Sub tray gate
CN370- 5 LED1_SIG CN224- 2 SD24V_3 CN79- 2 BLU SD9
CN221-B 2 LED1_SIG
CN602-6
CN602-5
CN602-4
CN602-3
CN602-2
CN602-1
CN370- 4 LED2_SIG CN221-B 3 LED2_SIG solenoid
CN326- 3
CN370- 3 LED3_SIG CN221-B 4 LED3_SIG CN306- 4 SGND CN326- 2
CN370- 2 LED4_SIG CN221-B 5 LED4_SIG CN306- 5 PS36_SIG CN326- 1 PS36 S size sensor/Lw
JAMIB
CN38- 3 CN306- 6 5V
CN370- 1 NC CN221-B 6 LED5_SIG CN224- 3 SGND CN38- 2 Main tray paper exit
6
6
CN224- 4 PS18_SIG CN38- 1 PS18

CN224- 5 5V sensor
CN341- 1
CN306- 7 SGND CN341- 2
CN306- 8 UPTRY_SIZ CN341- 3 VR31 Paper size VR/Up
CN33- 3 CN306- 9 3.3V
CN224- 6 SGND CN33- 2
CN224- 7 PS13_SIG
24
CN33- 1 PS2 Folding exit sensor
CN71- 1 CN224- 8 5V
CN221-B 7 SD6_DRV
RT10
SD6 CN71- 2 CN334- 3
Roller solenoid/2 CN221-B 8 SD24V_1 CN306-10 SGND
25
CN334- 2
CN43- 3 CN306-11 PS44_SIG CN334- 1 PS44 PI paper set sensor/Up
CN224- 9 SGND CN43- 2 Main tray empty CN306-12 5V
CN224-10 PS23_SIG CN43- 1 PS23
CN224-11 5V
26
CN71- 1 sensor
CN71- 2
CN221-B 9 SD5_DRV
Roller solenoid/1 SD5 CN325- 3
RT11
CN221-B10 SD24V_1 CN306-13 SGND CN325- 2
CN306-14 PS47_SIG
29
CN40- 3 CN325- 1 PS47 PI max paper size sensor/Up
CN224-12 SGND CN40- 2 Main tray upper CN306-15 5V
CN224-13 PS20_SIG CN40- 1 PS20
CN224-14 5V limit sensor
CN211- 1 24V CN321- 3
CN26- 3
CN306-16 SGND CN321- 2
CN211- 2 5V CN224-15 SGND CN26- 2 Main tray folding CN306-17 PS31_SIG CN321- 1 PI conveyance sensor/Up
CN603-6
CN603-5
CN603-4
CN603-3
CN603-2
CN603-1
CN224-16 PS7_SIG CN306-18 5V
PS31
CN211- 3 SGND CN26- 1 PS7
CN224-17 5V paper full sensor
CN211- 4 PGND
5V
24V
CN33- 3 CN328- 3
F.GND
P.GND
P.GND
S.GND
CN224-18 SGND Intermediate CN313- 1 SGND CN328- 2
CN33- 2
PIDB
CN224-19 PS13_SIG CN313- 2 PS38_SIG CN328- 1 PS38 PI upper limit sensor/Lw

CN33- 1
19
CN206- 1 5VDC CN224-20 5V
PS13 CN313- 3 5V
1 CN610-2 CN206- 2 5VDC
conveyance sensor
CN19-4 /FNS2_RTS CN18-2 FNS2_SIN
2 CN610-1
23
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN CN18-1 /FNS2_RTS CN206- 3 SGND
CN329- 3
CN19-2 /SYS_RTS
28 31
CN206- 4 SGND CN313- 4 SGND CN329- 2
CN19-1 SYS_SIN CN313- 5 PS39_SIG CN329- 1 PS39 PI paper empty sensor/Lw
CN313- 6 5V
CN210-A 1 TCLKE_2 CN304-A14 M7_CLK7
1 CN605-6
CN21-1 SYS_SIN CN17-1 FNS1_SOUT CN210-A 2 TCLKF_2 CN304-A13 JYU_CLK7
2 CN605-5
CN21-2 S.GND CN17- 2 S.GND CN210-A 3 SGND CN304-A12 SGND
3 CN605-4 CN343-1/1
6
CN21-3 /SYS_RTS CN17-3 /FNS1_CTS CN207- 1 24VDC CN210-A 4 SGND CN304-A11 SGND CN313- 7 SD13_DRV CN343-2/2
4 CN605-3 CN313- 8 SD_24V SD13 PI pick-up solenoid/Up
7
CN21-4 SYS_SOUT CN17-4 FNS1_SIN CN207- 2 PGND CN210-A 5 SGND CN304-A10 SGND
5 CN605-2
CN21-5 S.GND CN17-5 /FNSSET CN210-A 6 5V CN304-A 9 5VD
8
6 CN605-1 CN207- 3 24VDC
CN21-6 /SYS_CTS CN17-6 /FNS1_RTS CN210-A 7 5V CN304-A 8 5VD
CN21-7 /PAPEROUT_1 CN207- 4 24VDC CN304-A 7 5VD
CN17-7 /PAPEROUT_2 CN210-A 8 5V
CN331- 3
10
CN207- 5 PGND CN210-A 9 NC CN304-A 6 NC CN307- 1 SGND
1 CN604-5 CN17- 8 NC CN331- 2
9 11
CN207- 6 PGND CN210-A10 NC CN304-A 5 NC CN307- 2 PS41_SIG CN331- 1 PS41 L size sensor/Lw
2 CN604-4 CN307- 3 5V
S.GND CN210-A11 SUBIN1 CN304-A 4 PANCH_S3 (Reserve)
3 CN604-3
S.GND CN210-A12 NC CN304-A 3 NC
7
7
4 CN604-2
16 20
5V CN210-A13 KCOUT71 CN304-A 2 OP_LED15
5 CN604-1
17 21
5V CN210-A14 KCOUT72 CN304-A 1 OP_LED16 CN332- 3
CN307- 4 SGND CN332- 2
CN210-B 1 KCOUT57 CN304-B14 OP_LED 1 CN307- 5 PS42_SIG S size sensor/Lw
CN332- 1 PS42
1
CN205- 1 24VDC CN210-B 2 KCOUT58 CN304-B13 OP_LED 2 CN307- 6 5V
3
CN205- 2 PGND CN210-B 3 KCOUT59 CN304-B12 OP_LED 3
To Next Option
2
CN304-B11 OP_LED 4
AC N
F.GND
AC L
AC INLET
CN205- 3 24VDC CN210-B 4 KCOUT60
CN210-B 5 KCOUT61 CN304-B10 OP_LED 5 CN342- 1
4
CN205- 4 PGND CN307- 7 SGND
CN210-B 6 KCOUT62 CN304-B 9 OP_LED 6 CN342- 2
5
CN205- 5 PGND CN307- 8 LOWTRY_SZ CN342- 3 VR32 Paper size VR/Lw
CN210-B 7 KCOUT63 CN304-B 8 OP_LED 7 CN307- 9 3.3V
CN210-B 8 KCOUT64 CN304-B 7 OP_LED 8
CN606- 3 CN210-B 9 KCOUT65 CN304-B 6 OP_LED 9
12
CN210-B10 KCOUT66 CN304-B 5 OP_LED10
CN606- 1 CN304-B 4 OP_LED11 CN335- 3
CN210-B11 KCOUT67 CN307-10 SGND CN335- 2
CN606- 4 CN307-11 PS45_SIG
CN210-B12 KCOUT68 CN304-B 3 OP_LED12 CN335- 1 PS45 PI paper set sensor/Lw
CN304-B 2 OP_LED13 CN307-12 5V
CN15- 1 TIME_18 CN210-B13 KCOUT69
SSJC HYB6
CN606- 5 CN15- 2 TIME_19 CN210-B14 KCOUT70 CN304-B 1 OP_LED14
CN15- 3 TIME_20
13
MAIN BODY
CN326- 3
CN606- 2 CN15- 4 TIME_21 CN307-13 SGND CN326- 2
CN606- 6 CN15- 5 TIME_22 CN307-14 PS48_SIG CN326- 1 PS48 PI mac paper size sensor/Lw
16 17 18 19
CN307-15 5V
CN15- 6 TIME_23
FNS FDCB PDB

CN15- 7 NC
CN324- 3
CN307-16 SGND CN324- 2
CN307-17 PS46_SIG CN324- 1 PS46 Sub tray folding paper full sensor
CN307-18 5V
CN11-1 3.3V CN303- 6 3.3V CN307-19 MC2_DRV CN346- 1
CN11-2 3.3V CN303- 5 3.3V CN307-20 24V CN346- 2 CL2 PI registration clutch/Lw
CN7-A 1 KCIN_65 CN11-3 AD_0 CN303- 4 AD_1
CN606- 3 CN7-A 2 KCIN_66 CN11-4 AD_1 CN303- 3 AD_2
CN11-5 AD_2
14
CN7-A 3 KCIN_67 CN303- 2 AD_3
CN606- 1 CN11-6 AD_3 CN303- 1 AD_4
CN606- 4
CN7-A 4 KCIN_68 CN315- 1 SGND CN327- 3
CN7-A 5 KCIN_69 CN327- 2
CN315- 2 PS37_SIG CN327- 1 PS37 PI conveyance sensor/Lw
CN7-A 6 KCIN_70 CN315- 3 5V
SGND
CN606- 5 CN7-A 7 KCIN_71
CN7-A 8 KCIN_72
15
MAIN BODY
CN606- 2 CN7-A 9 KCIN_73
CN606- 6 CN7-A10 KCIN_74 CN 6- 1 KCOUT_97 CN301-16 KCOUT_97 CN330- 3
20 21 22 23
CN 6- 2 KCOUT_98 CN301-15 KCOUT_98 CN315- 4 SGND CN330- 2
CN7-A11 KCIN_75 CN315- 5 PS40_SIG
FNS FDCB PDB

CN7-A12 KCIN_76 CN 6- 3 KCOUT_99 CN301-14 KCOUT_99 CN330- 1 PS40 PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
CN315- 6 5V
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77 CN 6- 4 KCOUT_100 CN301-13 KCOUT_100
8
8

CN7-B 4 KCIN_80 CN 6- 7 KCOUT_103 CN301-10 KCOUT_103 CN322- 3
CN 6- 8 KCOUT_104 CN301- 9 KCOUT_104 CN314- 1 SGND CN322- 2
CN7-B 5 KCIN_81 CN314- 2 PS32_SIG
CN 6- 9 KCOUT_105 CN301- 8 KCOUT_105 CN322- 1 PS32 PI upper limit sensor/Up
CN7-B 6 KCIN_82 CN314- 3 5V
CN610- 2 CN7-B 7 KCIN_83 CN 6-10 KCOUT_106 CN301- 7 KCOUT_106
CN7-B 8 KCIN_84 CN 6-11 KCOUT_107 CN301- 6 KCOUT_107
5v
CN610- 1 CN7-B 9 KCIN_85 CN 6-12 KCOUT_108 CN301- 5 KCOUT_108 CN323- 3
CN610- 3 CN 6-13 KCOUT_109 CN301- 4 KCOUT_109 CN314- 4 SGND CN323- 2
CN7-B10 KCIN_86 CN314- 5 PS33_SIG
CN 6-14 KCOUT_110 CN301- 3 KCOUT_110 CN323- 1 PS33 PI paper empty sensor/Up
CN7-B11 KCIN_87 CN314- 6 5V
CN7-B12 KCIN_88 CN 6-15 KCOUT_111 CN301- 2 KCOUT_111
CN610- 4
CN 6-16 KCOUT_112 CN301- 1 KCOUT_112
CN610- 6 CN344-1/1
CN314- 7 SD14_DRV CN344-2/2
CN314- 8 24V
FNS
SD14 PI pick-up solenoid/Lw
CN610- 7 CN8-A 1 KCOUT_113
CN8-A 2 KCOUT_114 CN4-A 1 KCIN_33 CN302-A16 KCIN_33
24 MAIN BODY 25
CN610- 5 CN8-A 3 KCOUT_115 CN4-A 2 KCIN_34 CN302-A15 KCIN_34
CN610- 8 CN8-A 4 KCOUT_116 CN4-A 3 KCIN_35 CN302-A14 KCIN_35 CN345- 1
SGND
26 27 28 29 30 31
CN314- 9 MC1_DRV CN345- 2
CN8-A 5 KCOUT_117 CN4-A 4 KCIN_36 CN302-A13 KCIN_36 CN314-10 24V CL1 PI registration clutch/Up
FNS FDCB PDB FDCB PDB

CN9-A 9 KCOUT_121 CN4-A 8 KCIN_40 CN302-A 9 KCIN_40
CN8-A10 KCOUT_122 CN4-A 9 KCIN_41 CN338- 2/1 RED
CN302-A 8 KCIN_41 CN314-11 M8_DRV1
CN4-A10 KCIN_42 CN314-12 M8_DRV2 CN338- 1/2 BLU Paper lift motor/Up
CN8-A11 KCOUT_123
M8
CN302-A 7 KCIN_42
CN8-A12 KCOUT_124 CN4-A11 KCIN_43 CN302-A 6 KCIN_43
CN8-A13 KCOUT_125 CN4-A12 KCIN_44 CN302-A 5 KCIN_44
CN8-A14 KCOUT_126 CN4-A13 KCIN_45 CN302-A 4 KCIN_45 CN333- 3
CN8-A15 KCOUT_127 CN4-A14 KCIN_46 CN302-A 3 KCIN_46 CN314-13 SGND CN333- 2
CN8-A16 KCOUT_128 CN4-A15 KCIN_47 CN302-A 2 KCIN_47 CN314-14 PS43_SIG CN333- 1 PS43 PI cover open/close sensor
CN8-A17 NC CN4-A16 KCIN_48 CN314-15 5V
CN302-A 1 KCIN_48
CN8-B 1 KCOUT_129 CN4-B 1 KCIN_49 CN302-B16 KCIN_49
CN8-B 2 KCOUT_130 CN4-B 2 KCIN_50 CN302-B15 KCIN_50
CN8-B 3 KCOUT_131 CN4-B 3 KCIN_51 CN302-B14 KCIN_51 CN337-11
CN305- 1 24V CN337-10
CN8-B 4 KCOUT_132 CN4-B 4 KCIN_52 CN302-B13 KCIN_52 CN305- 2 24V CN337- 9
CN8-B 5 KCOUT_133 CN4-B 5 KCIN_53 CN302-B12 KCIN_53 CN305- 3 M7 PGND CN337- 8
CN8-B 6 KCOUT_134 CN4-B 6 KCIN_54 CN302-B11 KCIN_54 CN305- 4 M7 PGND CN337- 7
CN8-B 7 KCOUT_135 CN4-B 7 KCIN_55 CN302-B10 KCIN_55 CN305- 5 M7 H/L CN337- 6
CN8-B 8 KCOUT_136 CN4-B 8 KCIN_56 CN305- 6 M7 LD CN337- 5
M7 PI conveyance motor
CN302-B 9 KCIN_56 CN305- 7 M7 F/R
CN8-B 9 KCOUT_137 CN4-B 9 KCIN_57 CN302-B 8 KCIN_57 CN337- 4
CN305- 8 M7 CLK CN337- 3
CN8-B10 KCOUT_138 CN4-B10 KCIN_58 CN302-B 7 KCIN_58 CN305- 9 M7 S/P CN337- 2
CN8-B11 KCOUT_139 CN4-B11 KCIN_59 CN302-B 6 KCIN_59 CN305-10 SGND CN337- 1
CN8-B12 KCOUT_140 CN4-B12 KCIN_60 CN302-B 5 KCIN_60 CN305-11 5V
9
9
CN8-B13 KCOUT_141 CN4-B13 KCIN_61 CN302-B 4 KCIN_61

CN8-B14 KCOUT_142 CN4-B14 KCIN_62 CN302-B 3 KCIN_62
CN324- 3
CN8-B15 KCOUT_143 CN4-B15 KCIN_63 CN302-B 2 KCIN_63 CN305-12 SGND CN324- 2
CN8-B16 KCOUT_144 CN4-B16 KCIN_64 CN302-B 1 KCIN_64 CN305-13 PS34_SIG CN324- 1 PS34 PI lift plate home sensor/Up
CN8-B17 NC CN305-14 5V
6
CN300- 1 24VDC
7
CN300- 2 PGND CN339- 2/1 RED
CN305-15 M9_DRV1 CN339- 1/2 BLU Paper lift motor/Lw
M9
CN305-16 M9_DRV2
CN15-1 NC CN318-1 NC
CN15-7 JYU_CLK1 CN318-7 JYU_CLK1
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
FD-501 location list

— Outlet 2-I PS18 Main tray paper exit sensor 6-D
— Inlet 1-H PS20 Main tray upper limit sensor 6-D

/1050e/1050eP
— Power plug 1-H PS22 Main tray lower limit sensor 3-D
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 2-H PS23 Main tray empty sensor 6-D
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 2-H PS26 Punch scraps full sensor 5-D
CL1 PI registration clutch /Up 8-A PS31 PI conveyance sensor /Up 6-A
CL2 PI registration clutch /Lw 8-A PS32 PI upper limit sensor /Up 8-A
DCPS DC power supply 4-H PS33 PI paper empty sensor /Up 8-A
FDB Folding drive board 1-B PS34 PI lift plate home sensor /Up 9-A
FDCB FD control board 1-G PS35 L size sensor /Up 6-A
FDOB FD operation board 4-A PS36 S size sensor /Up 6-A
JAMIB Jam indicator board 6-F PS37 PI conveyance sensor /Lw 8-A
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 3-D PS38 PI upper limit sensor /Lw 7-A
M2 Punch conveyance motor 2-D PS39 PI paper empty sensor /Lw 7-A
M3 Intermediate conveyance motor 4-D PS40 PI lift plate home sensor /Lw 8-A
M4 1st folding motor 1-B PS41 L size sensor /Lw 7-A
M5 2nd folding motor 1-B PS42 S size sensor /Lw 7-A
M6 3rd folding motor 1-B PS43 PI cover open/close sensor 9-A
M7 PI conveyance motor 9-A PS44 PI paper set sensor /Up 6-A
M8 Paper lift motor /Up 9-A PS45 PI paper set sensor /Lw 7-A
M9 Paper lift motor /Lw 9-A PS46 Sub tray folding paper full sensor 8-A
M10 Punch motor 5-F PS47 PI max paper size sensor /Up 6-A
M11 Tray up down motor 3-D PS48 PI max paper size sensor /Lw 6-A
M12 Alignment motor 3-D PS51 1st folding conveyance sensor 2-B
M13 Punch registration motor 5-F PS52 Folding entrance sensor 2-B
M14 1st folding release motor 1-B PS53 2nd folding conveyance sensor 2-B
M15 2nd folding release motor 1-B PS54 3rd folding conveyance sensor 2-B
M16 3rd folding release motor 1-B PS55 1st folding cam home sensor 2-B
M17 Main tray paper exit motor 4-D PS56 2nd folding cam home sensor 2-B
MFDB1 Multi feed detection board /1 6-A PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor 2-B
MFDB2 Multi feed detection board /2 5-A PS58 S size conveyance sensor 3-B
MS1 Door switch 3-I RL1 Relay 3-H
NF1 Noise filter 2-H SD1 Entrance gate solenoid 6-F
PDB Punch drive board 1-D SD3 S size gate solenoid 6-C
PIDB PI drive board 4-B SD4 L size gate solenoid 5-C
PS1 FD entrance sensor 4-D SD5 Roller solenoid /1 6-F
PS2 Folding exit sensor 6-D SD6 Roller solenoid /2 6-F
PS4 PI exit sensor 4-D SD7 Roller solenoid /3 5-C
PS5 Punch conveyance sensor 5-D SD8 Roller solenoid /4 5-C
PS6 Punch registration sensor 6-D SD9 Sub tray gate solenoid 6-C
PS7 Main tray folding paper full sensor 6-D SD12 Paper exit solenoid 3-C
PS8 2 holes punch home sensor 5-E SD13 PI pick-up solenoid /Up 7-A
PS9 3 holes/4 holes home sensor 5-E SD14 PI pick-up solenoid /Lw 8-A
PS10 Alignment plate home sensor 5-D SD15 Folding gate solenoid 3-B
PS11 Punch registration home sensor 5-E SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid 2-B
PS12 Punch scraps box set sensor 5-D VR31 Paper size VR /Up 6-A
PS13 Intermediate conveyance sensor 7-D VR32 Paper size VR /Lw 7-A
PS16 Sub tray paper exit sensor 4-D TSB Temperature sensor board 5-A
PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor 4-D
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
18.8 LS-501/502
1
1
Stacker tray
PS3
upper limit sensor

Paper press
solenoid/3 SD8
RLB/2
RLB/1
Front stopper
solenoid SD9
Entrance
2
2
PS4
sensor
Grip conveyance
PS5
home sensor
TOB
Paper empty
PS6
sensor
Paper detection
PS19
sensor
Conveyance
JAMIB
PS7
sensor/1
Sub tray door
PS8
sensor
3
3
Sub tray full SD1 1st gate solenoid

PS9
sensor
Job partition
SD2 solenoid
Sub tray exit
PS10
sensor
Rear stopper
SD3
LS-501 only
Conveyance solenoid
PS16
sensor/2
Front door lock
SD4 solenoid
JAM door
RS2
switch
Paper cooling fan
FM1 motor/Fr
Sub tray door Entrance
SD5 conveyance
PS8
sensor lock solenoid

Sub tray full Paper press
SD6 solenoid/1
PS9
sensor
LS-501 only
4
4
2nd gate
SD10
LS-502 only
Sub tray exit solenoid

PS10
sensor Paper press

SD7 solenoid/2
Hand cart reset Coupling
SD11 conveyance
RS1
switch
lock solenoid
LS-501 only
Stacker tray set Stacker tray

encoder
PS2
LED1
LED sensor
Toggle switch
SW1
Stacker tray set PS1

sensor LS-501 only
Conveyance Paper cooling fan
LS-501 only
PS17
sensor/3 FM3 motor/Mi
Shift unit home
Paper cooling fan
PS11
5
5
sensor FM5 motor/Rr

Alignment home
Stacker tray
PS12
sensor
M1
up down motor
LS-502 only
2,000 sheets
LSCB
Conveyance
PS13
stacked sensor
M2
motor
5,000 sheets
PS14
stacked sensor
Sub tray exit
M3
Stacker tray arm motor
PS15
release sensor
LS-501 only
Coupling exit Grip conveyance
PS18
M4
sensor motor
6
6
M5
Shift unit motor

Paper cooling fan
FM2
motor/1
Coupling
M6
conveyance motor
Paper cooling fan
FM6
motor/2
Motor cooling fan Coupling
M6
conveyance motor
FM4
motor
LS-501 only LS-502 only
Alignment motor
M7
MAIN BODY
I/F
7
7
Front Door switch

MS1
MAIN BODY
I/F
Stacker tray
MS2
upper limit switch

CONVE- Stacker tray
MS3
YANCE lower limit switch

I/F
CONVE-
LS-501 only
Main
YANCE Body/LS
I/F
CONVE-
YANCE
I/F
LS-501 only
LS/FS
8
8
LS-501 only
MAIN BODY
I/F
Inlet
Crimp
AC
Symbol
DCPS
LS-501 only
CONVEYANCE
AC Connector
Outlet
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
LS-501/502 location list

M1 Stacker tray up down motor 5-A PS5 Grip conveyance sensor 2-H
M2 Conveyance motor 5-A PS6 Paper empty sensor 3-H

/1050e/1050eP
M3 Sub tray exit motor 6-A PS7 Conveyance sensor /1 3-H
M4 Grip conveyance motor 6-A PS8 Sub tray door sensor 3-H (LS-501)
M5 Shift unit motor 6-A 4-H (LS-502)
M6 Coupling conveyance motor 6-A (LS-501) PS9 Sub tray full sensor 3-H (LS-501)
7-A (LS-502) 4-H (LS-502)
M7 Alignment motor 7-A PS10 Sub tray paper exit sensor 3-H (LS-501)
FM1 Paper cooling fan motor /Fr 4-A 4-H (LS-502)
FM2 Paper cooling fan motor /1 6-H PS11 Shift unit home sensor 5-H
FM3 Paper cooling fan motor /Mi 5-A PS12 Alignment plate home sensor 5-H
FM4 Motor cooling fan motor 7-H PS13 2,000 sheets stacked sensor 5-H
FM5 Paper cooling fan motor /Rr 5-A PS14 5,000 sheets stacked sensor 5-H
FM6 Paper cooling fan motor /2 6-H PS15 Stacker tray arm release sensor 6-H
SD1 1st gate solenoid 3-A PS16 Conveyance sensor /2 3-H (LS-501 only)
SD2 Job partition solenoid 3-A PS17 Conveyance sensor /3 5-H (LS-501 only)
SD3 Rear stopper solenoid 3-A PS18 Coupling exit sensor 6-H (LS-501 only)
SD4 Front door lock solenoid 4-A PS19 Paper detection sensor 2-I
SD5 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid 4-A RS1 Hand cart set switch 4-H (LS-501 only)
SD6 Paper press solenoid /1 4-A RS2 JAM door switch 7-A
SD7 Paper press solenoid /2 4-A MS1 Front door switch 7-A
SD8 Paper press solenoid /3 2-H MS2 Stacker tray upper limit switch 7-A
SD9 Front stopper solenoid 2-H MS3 Stacker tray lower limit switch 2-A
SD10 2nd gate solenoid 4-A (LS-501 only) TOB Stacker tray operation board 3-A
SD11 Coupling conveyance lock solenoid 4-A (LS-501 only) JAMIB Jam indication board 2-F
SW1 Toggle switch 5-B RLB/1 Relay board /1 2-G
LED1 Stacker tray set LED 4-H RLB/2 Relay board /2 2-D
PS1 Stacker tray set sensor 5-H LSCB LS control board 8-G (LS-501 only)
PS2 Stacker tray encoder sensor 5-A DCPS DC power supply 8-H (LS-501 only)
PS3 Stacker tray upper limit sensor 2-H
PS4 Entrance sensor 2-H
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
18.9 FS-503
1
1
CN121-1 CN205-1 CN205-1 CN60-1 R_DRV1 CN51-A 1 M1_24V CN100-11

CN121-2 CN205-2 CN205-2 CN60-2 R_DRV2 CN51-A 2 M1_24V CN100-10
CN51-A 3 M1_P.GND CN100-9
CN122-1 CN204-1 CN204-14 CN59- 1 R_5V CN51-A 5 M1_H/L CN100-7
Stapler unit/Rr CN122-2 CN204-2 CN204-13 CN59- 2 R_HP_SIG CN51-A 6 M1_LD_SIG CN100-6
CN204-3 CN204-12 M1 Conveyance motor
CN122-3 CN59- 3 R_S.GND CN51-A 7 M1_F/R CN100-5
CN122-4 CN204-4 CN204-11 CN59- 4 R_LS_SIG CN51-A 8 M1_CLK CN100-4
CN122-5 CN204-5 CN204-10 CN59- 5 R_CD_SIG CN51-A 9 M1_CONT CN100-3
CN122-6 CN204-6 CN204-9 CN59- 6 R_READY_SIG CN51-A10 M1_S.GND CN100-2
CN122-7 CN204-7 CN204-8 CN59- 7 R_S.GND CN51-A11 M1_5V CN100-1
CN51-A12 SD2_24V -2 CN104-1
CN51-A13 SD2_DRV -1 CN104-2 SD2 Gate solenoid
CN123-1 CN205-3 CN205-3 CN60-3 F_DRV1
CN123-2 CN205-4 CN205-4 CN60-4 F_DRV2
CN51-B 1 SD5_24V -2 CN105-1
CN51-B 2 SD5_DRV -1 CN105-2 SD5 Bypass solenoid
CN124-1 CN204-8 CN204-7 CN59- 8 F_5V
2
2
CN124-2 CN204-9 CN204-6 CN59- 9 F_HP_SIG

Stapler unit/Fr CN204-10 CN204-5
CN124-3 CN59-10 F_S.GND CN51-B 3 M3_24V CN145-11
CN124-4 CN204-11 CN204-4 CN59-11 F_LS_SIG CN51-B 4 M3_24V CN145-10
CN124-5 CN204-12 CN204-3 CN59-12 F_CD_SIG CN51-B 5 M3_P.GND CN145-9
CN124-6 CN204-13 CN204-2 CN59-13 F_READY_SIG CN51-B 6 M3_P.GND CN145-8
CN124-7 CN204-14 CN204-1 CN59-14 F_S.GND CN51-B 7 M3_H/L CN145-7
CN51-B 8 M3_LD_SIG CN145-6 M3 Tray up down motor
CN51-B 9 M3_F/R CN145-5
CN51-B10 M3_CLK CN145-4
CN127-3 CN209-1 CN209-6 CN58-A 1 PS11_S.GND CN51-B11 M3_CONT2 CN145-4
Stapler movement CN127-2 CN209-2 CN209-5 CN58-A 2 PS11_SIG CN51-B12 M3_S.GND CN145-2
home sensor PS11 CN127-1 CN209-3 CN209-4 CN58-A 3 PS11_5V CN51-B13 M3_5V CN145-1
CN128-3 CN211-1 CN211-3 CN209-4 CN209-3 CN58-A 4 PS14_S.GND
Stapler rotation CN128-2 CN211-2 CN211-2 CN209-5 CN209-2 CN58-A 5 PS14_SIG
home sensor PS14 CN128-1 CN211-3 CN211-1 CN209-6 CN209-1 CN58-A 6 PS14_5V CN52-A 1 M7_24V CN102-11
CN52-A 2 M7_24V CN102-10
CN131-3 CN200-A1 CN200-A12 CN52-A 4 M7_P.GND CN102-8
CN58-A 7 PS32_S.GND
Stack asist CN131-2 CN200-A2 CN200-A11 CN52-A 5 M7_H/L CN102-7
PS32 CN58-A 8 PS32_SIG
home sensor CN131-1 CN200-A3 CN200-A10 CN52-A 6 M7_LD_SIG CN102-6
CN58-A 9 PS32_5V M7 Main tray exit motor
CN52-A 7 M7_F/R CN102-5
CN52-A 8 M7_CLK CN102-4
CN132-3 CN200-A4 CN200-A9 CN58-A10 PS33_S.GND CN52-A 9 M7_CONT CN102-3
Intermediate roller CN132-2 CN200-A5 CN200-A8 CN58-A11 PS33_SIG CN52-B 1 M7_S.GND CN102-2
home sensor PS33 CN132-1 CN200-A6 CN200-A7 CN58-A12 PS33_5V CN52-B 2 M7_5V CN102-1
3
3
CN133-3 CN200-A7 CN200-A6 CN58-A13 PS35_S.GND CN52-B 3 M8_24V -6 CN103-1

Rear stopper CN133-2 CN200-A8 CN200-A5 CN58-A14 PS35_SIG CN52-B 4 M8_24V -5 CN103-2
home sensor PS35 CN133-1 CN200-A9 CN200-A4 CN58-A15 PS35_5V CN52-B 5 M8_DRV_A -4 CN103-3
CN52-B 6 M8_DRV_A/ -3 CN103-4 M8 Paper exit opening motor
CN52-B 7 M8_DRV_B -2 CN103-5
CN117-3 CN58-B 1 PS34_S.GND CN52-B 8 M8_DRV_B/ -1 CN103-6
Staple scraps box PS34 CN117-2 CN58-B 1 PS34_SIG CN52-B 9 NC
set sensor CN117-1 CN58-B 1 PS34_5V
CN53-1 M6_24V -6 CN106-1
CN53-2 M6_24V -5 CN106-2
CN130-3 CN206-1 CN206-6 CN200-B1 CN200-B12 CN58-B 4 PS 8_S.GND CN53-3 M6_DRV_A -4 CN106-3
Alignment home CN130-2 CN206-2 CN206-5 CN200-B2 CN200-B11 CN58-B 5 PS 8_SIG CN53-4 M6_DRV_A/ -3 CN106-4 M6 Sub tray exit motor
sensor/Rr PS8 CN130-1 CN206-3 CN206-4 CN200-B3 CN200-B10 CN58-B 6 PS 5_5V CN53-5 M6_DRV_B -2 CN106-5
CN53-6 M6_DRV_B/ -1 CN106-6
CN129-3 CN206-4 CN206-3 CN200-B4 CN200-B9 CN58-B 7 PS20_S.GND
Stacker empty CN129-2 CN206-5 CN206-2 CN200-B5 CN200-B8 CN58-B 8 PS20_SIG CN53-7 SD9_24V -2 CN107-1
sensor PS20 CN129-1 CN206-6 CN206-1 CN200-B6 CN200-B7 CN58-B 9 PS20_5V CN53-8 SD9_DRV -1 CN107-2 SD9 Paper exit opening solenoid
CN126-3 CN216-1 CN216-6 CN200-B7 CN200-B6 CN58-B10 PS 9_S.GND
Paper exit arm PS9 CN126-2 CN216-2 CN216-5 CN200-B8 CN200-B5 CN58-B11 PS 9_SIG
home sensor CN126-1 CN216-3 CN216-4 CN200-B9 CN200-B4 CN58-B12 PS 9_5V CN54- 1 PS 2_S.GND CN212-6 CN212-1 CN109-3
CN54- 2 PS 2_SIG CN212-5 CN212-2 CN109-2
Tray upper limit
CN54- 3 PS 2_5V CN212-4 CN212-3 CN109-1
PS2 sensor
CN125-3 CN216-4 CN216-3 CN200-B10 CN200-B3 CN58-B13 PS31_S.GND
Alignment home CN125-2 CN216-5 CN216-2 CN200-B11 CN200-B2 CN58-B14 PS31_SIG
4
4
sensor/Fr PS31 CN125-1 CN216-6 CN216-1 CN200-B12 CN200-B1 CN58-B15 PS31_5V CN54- 4 PS 7_S.GND CN212-3 CN212-4 CN144-3
CN54- 5 PS 7_SIG CN212-2 CN212-5 CN144-2
Staple exit upper
CN54- 6 PS 7_5V CN212-1 CN212-6 CN144-1
PS7 limit sensor
CN136-3 CN203-A1 CN203-A18 CN57-A 1 M22_24V CN54- 7 PS 3_S.GND CN110-3
CN203-A2 CN203-A17 CN54- 8 PS 3_SIG CN110-2
Tray lower limit
CN136-9 CN57-A 2 M22_24V PS3 sensor
CN136-1 CN203-A3 CN203-A16 CN57-A 3 M22_DRV_A CN54- 9 PS 3_5V CN110-1
Alignment motor/Fr CN203-A4 CN203-A15
FNSDB
M22 CN136-5 CN57-A 4 M22_DRV_A/

CN136-7 CN203-A5 CN203-A14 CN57-A 5 M22_DRV_B
CN136-11 CN203-A6 CN203-A13 CN57-A 6 M22_DRV_B/ CN54-10 PS10_S.GND CN115-3
CN54-11 PS10_SIG CN115-2 PS15 Counter reset sensor
CN54-12 PS10_5V CN115-1
CN134-3 CN203-A7 CN203-A12 CN57-A 7 M 5_24V
CN134-9 CN203-A8 CN203-A12 CN57-A 8 M 5_24V
CN203-A9 CN203-A10 CN54-13 PS12_S.GND CN213-3 CN213-1 CN111-3
CN134-1 CN57-A 9 M 5_DRV_A CN213-2 CN213-2
Alignment motor/Rr M5 CN134-5 CN203-A10 CN203-A9 CN57-A10 M 5_DRV_A/ CN54-14 PS12_SIG CN111-2 PS4 FNS entrance sensor
CN203-A11 CN203-A8 CN54-15 PS12_5V CN213-1 CN213-3 CN111-1
CN134-7 CN57-A11 M 5_DRV_B
CN134-11 CN203-A12 CN203-A7 CN57-A12 M 5_DRV_B/
CN137-1 -6 CN203-A13 CN203-A6 CN57-A13 M24_24V
CN137-2 -5 CN203-A14 CN203-A5 CN55- 1 PS10_S.GND CN113-3 Main tray paper exit
CN57-A14 M24_24V CN55- 2 PS10_SIG CN113-2
Stack asist guide CN137-3 -4 CN203-A15 CN203-A4 CN57-A15 M24_DRV_A
PS10 sensor
CN137-4 -3 CN203-A16 CN203-A3 CN55- 3 PS10_5V CN113-1
motor M24 CN57-A16 M24_DRV_A/
CN137-5 -2 CN203-A17 CN203-A2 CN57-A17 M24_DRV_B
CN137-6 -1 CN203-A18 CN203-A1 CN57-A18 M24_DRV_B/ CN55- 4 PS 1_S.GND CN108-3
Sub tray paper exit
5
5
CN55- 5 PS 1_SIG CN108-2 PS1

-2 CN55- 6 PS 1_5V CN108-1 sensor
CN138-1 CN203-B5 CN203-B14 CN57-A19 M25_DRV
Intermediate roller
open close motor M25 CN138-2 -1 CN203-B6 CN203-B13 CN214-3 CN214-1
CN57-A20 M25_24V CN55- 7 PS30_S.GND CN116-3
CN55- 8 PS30_SIG CN214-2 CN214-2 CN116-2
Sub tray paper full
CN55- 9 PS30_5V CN214-1 CN214-3 CN116-1
PS30 sensor
CN139-1 -6 CN203-B7 CN203-B12 CN57-B 1 M26_24V
CN139-2 -5 CN203-B8 CN203-B11 CN57-B 2 M26_24V
CN139-3 -4 CN203-B9 CN203-B10 CN57-B 3 M26_DRV_A CN217-3 CN217-1
Rear stopper motor CN139-4 -3 CN203-B10 CN203-B9 CN55-10 PS 5_S.GND CN112-3
M26 CN57-B 4 M26_DRV_A/ CN55-11 PS 5_SIG CN217-2 CN217-2 CN112-2
Stacker entrance
CN139-5 -2 CN203-B11 CN203-B8 CN57-B 5 M26_DRV_B CN217-1 CN217-3 PS5 sensor
CN139-6 -1 CN203-B12 CN203-B7 CN55-12 PS 5_5V CN112-1
CN57-B 6 M26_DRV_B/
CN55-13 PS12_S.GND CN213-3 CN114-3
CN146-1 -6 CN203-B13 CN203-B6 CN57-B 7 M 2_24V CN213-2 Paper exit opening
CN146-2 -5 CN203-B14 CN203-B5 CN55-14 PS12_SIG CN114-2
CN57-B 8 M 2_24V CN55-15 PS12_5V CN213-1 CN114-1
PS12 sensor
CN146-3 -4 CN203-B15 CN203-B4 CN57-B 9 M 2_DRV_B/
Paddle motor M2 CN146-4 -3 CN203-B16 CN203-B3 CN57-B10 M 2_DRV_A/
CN146-5 -2 CN203-B17 CN203-B2 CN57-B11 M 2_DRV_B
CN146-6 -1 CN203-B18 CN203-B1 CN57-B12 M 2_DRV_A
CN71-1 5V CN370-6 5V
CN135-1 -6 CN208-1 CN208-8 CN71-2 LED5 CN370-5 LED5
CN57-B13 M11_24V CN71-3 LED6 CN370-4 LED6
CN135-2 -5 CN208-2 CN208-7
CN57-B14 M11_24V CN71-4 LED7 CN370-3 LED7 JAMIB Jam indication board
CN135-3 -4 CN208-3 CN208-6
Stapler movement CN57-B15 M11_DRV_A CN71-5 LED8 CN370-2 LED8
M11 CN135-4 -3 CN208-4 CN208-5
motor CN57-B16 M11_DRV_A/ CN71-6 NC CN370-1 NC
CN135-5 -2 CN208-5 CN208-4
CN57-B17 M11_DRV_B
CN135-6 -1 CN208-6 CN208-3
CN57-B18 M11_DRV_B/
6
6
CN141-1 -2 CN210-1 CN210-2 CN208-7 CN208-2 CN57-B19 M 4_24V

Stapler rotation
CN210-1
1
motor M4 CN141-2 -1 CN210-2 CN208-8 CN208-1 CN20-1 5V CN750-A

CN57-B20 M 4_DRV
2
CN20-2 5V CN751-A
3
CN140-1 -2 CN201-1 CN201-8 CN20-3 S.GND CN750-B

Intermediate roller CN56-A 1 SD7_24V
4
release solenoid SD7 CN140-2 -1 CN201-2 CN201-7 CN65-1 STP_HP_SIG CN10- 3 CN20-4 S.GND CN751-B
CN56-A 2 SD7_DRV
CN65-2 PS8_SIG CN10- 2
CN65-3 PS31_SIG CN10- 1
CN142-3 CN201-3 CN201-6 CN56-A 3 M13_24V CN19-1 NC
CN142-9 CN201-4 CN201-5 CN56-A 4 M13_24V CN66-1 M13_VREF CN19-2 NC
CN142-1 CN201-5 CN201-4 CN56-A 5 M13_DRV_A CN66-2 NC CN19-3 FNS2_SIN CN757-2 SIN
Stacker entrance motor M13 CN142-5 CN201-6 CN201-3 CN56-A 6 M13_DRV_A/ CN19-4 FNS2_RTS CN757-1 RTS
CN142-7 CN201-7 CN201-2 CN56-A 7 M13_DRV_B CN62- 1 M8_A CN3-16
CN142-11 CN201-8 CN201-1 CN56-A 8 M13_DRV_B/ CN62- 2 M8_A/ CN3-15
CN56-A 9 NC CN62- 3 M8_B CN3-14
CN56-A10 NC CN62- 4 M8_B/ CN3-13 CN16-1 SYS_SIN CN756-1 MTXD
CN56-A11 NC CN62- 5 M24_A CN3-12 CN16-2 S.GND CN756-2 S.GND
CN143-11 CN56-B 1 M23_24V CN62- 6 M24_A/ CN3-11 CN16-3 SYS_RTS CN756-3 MCTS
CN143-10 CN56-B 2 M23_24V CN62- 7 M24_B CN3-10 CN16-4 SYS_SOUT CN756-4 MRXD
CN143-9 CN56-B 3 M23_P.GND CN62- 8 M24_B/ CN3- 9 CN16-5 S.GND CN756-5 S.GND
CN143-8 CN56-B 4 M23_P.GND CN62- 9 M26_A CN3- 8 CN16-6 SYS_CTS CN756-6 MRTS
CN143-7 CN56-B 5 M23_H/L CN62-10 M26_A/ CN3- 7
Paper exit arm motor M23 CN143-6 CN56-B 6 M23_LD_SIG CN62-11 M26_B CN3- 6 CN16-7 PAPEROUT_1 CN752-1
7
7
CN143-5 CN56-B 7 M23_F/R CN62-12 M26_B/ CN3- 5

3
CN143-4 CN56-B 8 M23_CLK CN62-13 M11_A CN3- 4 CN750-B CN752-2 S.GND

CN143-3 CN56-B 9 M23_CONT CN62-14 M11_A/ CN3- 3
3
CN143-2 CN56-B10 M23_S.GND CN62-15 M11_B CN3- 2 CN750-B CN752-3 S.GND

CN143-1 CN56-B11 M23_5V CN62-16 M11_B/ CN3- 1
1
CN750-A CN752-4 5V
CN64- 1 NC CN14-18
1
CN64- 2 NC CN14-17 CN750-A CN752-5 5V

CN755-1 CN64- 3 NC CN14-16
CN64- 4 NC CN14-15
CN29-2 CN29-2 CN64- 5 NC CN14-14
Door switch MS1 CN29-1 CN29-1 CN70-1 24V CN64- 6 NC CN14-13
CN64- 7 M1_CLK CN14-12
2
1
CN755-2 CN751-A CN750-A CN70-2 5V CN64- 8 M7_CLK CN14-11
4
2
CN755-3 CN751-B CN751-A CN70-3 5V CN64- 9 NC CN14-10
CN70-4 F.GND CN64-10 NC CN14- 9
CN755-4 CN70-5 P.GND CN64-11 M3_CLK CN14- 8
CN755-5 CN70-6 P.GND CN64-12 M23_CLK CN14- 7
3
CN750-B CN70-7 S.GND CN64-13 M22_CLK CN14- 6
4
CN755-6 CN751-B CN70-8 S.GND CN64-14 M5_CLK CN14- 5
CN64-15 NC CN14- 4
CN64-16 NC CN14- 3
CN64-17 NC CN14- 2
CN64-18 M13_CLK CN14- 1
8
8
CN63-B16 M23_LD_SIG
CN63-B15 M3_LD_SIG
CN63-B14 M7_LD_SIG
CN63-B13 M1_LD_SIG
CN63-B12 F_READY_SIG
CN63-B11 F_CD_SIG
CN63-B10 F_LS_SIG
CN63-B 9 F_HP_SIG
CN63-B 8 R_READY_SIG
CN63-B 7 R_CD_SIG
CN63-B 6 R_LS_SIG
CN63-B 5 R_HP_SIG
CN63-B 4 NC
CN63-B 3 PS20_SIG
CN63-B 2 PS9_SIG
CN63-B 1 24VDEC
CN63-A16 PS35_SIG
CN63-A15 PS33_SIG
CN63-A14 PS32_SIG
CN63-A13 PS14_SIG
CN63-A12 PS11_SIG
CN63-A11 PS34_SIG
CN63-A10 PS30_SIG
CN63-A 9 PS1_SIG
CN63-A 8 PS5_SIG
CN63-A 7 PS4_SIG
CN63-A 6 PS15_SIG
CN63-A 5 PS12_SIG
CN63-A 4 PS10_SIG
CN63-A 3 PS3_SIG
CN63-A 2 PS7_SIG
CN63-A 1 PS2_SIG
CN61-B20 M5_VREF
CN61-B19 M5_EN
CN61-B18 M5_F/R
CN61-B17 M22_VREF
CN61-B16 M22_EN
CN61-B15 M22_F/R
CN61-B14 LED6
CN61-B13 M13_EN
CN61-B12 LED7
CN61-B11 M2_B/
CN61-B10 M2_B
CN61-B 9 M2_A/
CN61-B 8 M2_A
CN61-B 7 LED8
CN61-B 6 M23_CONT
CN61-B 5 M23_F/R
CN61-B 4 M23_H/L
CN61-B 3 M25_CONT
CN61-B 2 SD7_CONT
CN61-B 1 M4_CONT
CN61-A20 STA_F_F/R
CN61-A19 STA_F_CONT
CN61-A18 STA_R_F/R
CN61-A17 STA_R_CONT
CN61-A16 SD9_CONT
CN61-A15 M6_B/
CN61-A14 SD5_CONT
CN61-A13 SD2_CONT
CN61-A12 M6_B
CN61-A11 M6_A/
CN61-A10 M6_A
CN61-A 9 M3_CONT
CN61-A 8 M3_F/R
CN61-A 7 LED5
CN61-A 6 M7_CONT
CN61-A 5 M7_F/R
CN61-A 4 M7_H/L
CN61-A 3 M1_CONT
CN61-A 2 M1_F/R
CN61-A 1 M1_H/L
FNSCB
Crimp
Symbol
CN 1-B 1
CN 1-B 2
CN 1-B 3
CN 1-B 4
CN 1-B 5
CN 1-B 6
CN 1-B 7
CN 1-B 8
CN 1-B 9
CN 1-A 1
CN 1-A 2
CN 1-A 3
CN 1-A 4
CN 1-A 5
CN 1-A 6
CN 1-A 7
CN 1-A 8
CN 1-A 9
CN 2-B 1
CN 2-B 2
CN 2-B 3
CN 2-B 4
CN 2-B 5
CN 2-B 6
CN 2-B 7
CN 2-B 8
CN 2-B 9
CN 2-A 1
CN 2-A 2
CN 2-A 3
CN 2-A 4
CN 2-A 5
CN 2-A 6
CN 2-A 7
CN 2-A 8
CN 2-A 9
CN 1-B10
CN 1-B11
CN 1-B12
CN 1-B13
CN 1-B14
CN 1-B15
CN 1-B16
CN 1-A10
CN 1-A11
CN 1-A12
CN 1-A13
CN 1-A14
CN 1-A15
CN 1-A16
CN 2-B10
CN 2-B11
CN 2-B12
CN 2-B13
CN 2-B14
CN 2-B15
CN 2-B16
CN 2-B17
CN 2-B18
CN 2-B19
CN 2-B20
CN 2-A10
CN 2-A11
CN 2-A12
CN 2-A13
CN 2-A14
CN 2-A15
CN 2-A16
CN 2-A17
CN 2-A18
CN 2-A19
CN 2-A20
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
FS-503 location list

FNSCB FNS control board 6-B PS8 Alignment home sensor /Rr 3-H
FNSDB FNS drive board 1-C PS9 Paper exit arm home sensor 4-H

/1050e/1050eP
JAMIB Jam indication board 6-A PS10 Main tray paper exit sensor 5-A
M1 Conveyance motor 1-A PS11 Stapler movement home sensor 2-H
M2 Paddle motor 6-H PS12 Paper exit opening sensor 5-A
M3 Tray up down motor 2-A PS14 Stapler rotation home sensor 3-H
M4 Stapler rotation motor 6-H PS15 Counter reset sensor 4-A
M5 Alignment motor /Rr 4-H PS20 Stacker empty sensor 4-H
M6 Sub tray exit motor 3-B PS30 Sub tray paper full sensor 5-A
M7 Main tray exit motor 3-A PS31 Alignment home sensor /Fr 4-H
M8 Paper exit opening motor 3-B PS32 Stack assist home sensor 3-H
M11 Stapler movement motor 6-H PS33 Intermediate roller home sensor 3-H
M13 Stacker entrance motor 6-H PS34 Staple scraps box set sensor 3-H
M30 Stapler motor /Rr Inside the stapler unit /Rr PS35 Rear stopper home sensor 3-H
M31 Stapler motor /Fr Inside the stapler unit /Fr PS40 Stapler home sensor /Rr Inside the stapler unit /Rr
M22 Alignment motor /Fr 4-H PS41 Stapler home sensor /Fr Inside the stapler unit /Fr
M23 Paper exit arm motor 7-H PS42 Cartridge set sensor /Rr Inside the stapler unit /Rr
M24 Stack assist guide motor 5-H PS43 Cartridge set sensor /Fr Inside the stapler unit /Fr
M25 Intermediate roller open close motor 5-H PS44 Staple empty sensor /Rr Inside the stapler unit /Rr
M26 Rear stopper motor 5-H PS45 Staple empty sensor /Fr Inside the stapler unit /Fr
MS1 Door switch 7-H PS46 Stapler ready sensor /Rr Inside the stapler unit /Rr
PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor 5-A PS47 Stapler ready sensor /Fr Inside the stapler unit /Fr
PS2 Tray upper limit sensor 4-A SD2 Gate solenoid 2-B
PS3 Tray lower limit sensor 4-A SD5 Bypass solenoid 2-B
PS4 FNS entrance sensor 5-A SD7 Intermediate roller release solenoid 6-H
PS5 Stacker entrance sensor 5-A SD9 Paper exit opening solenoid 4-B
PS7 Staple exit upper limit sensor 4-A STB Stapler board
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
J1-7 J1-1 CN228- 2

CN120-A16 PS1_SIG CN140-A 1 24V CN228- 1 24V
J1-6 J1-2 CN228- 1 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
CN120-A15 PS2_SIG CN140-A 2 SD1_DRV CN228- 2 DRV
CN120-A14 PS3_SIG
CN120-A13 PS4_SIG J1-5 J1-3 CN229- 2
CN140-A 3 24V CN229- 1 24V
CN120-A12 PS5_SIG J1-4 J1-4 CN229- 1 SD2 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
CN140-A 4 SD2_DRV CN229- 2 DRV
CN120-A11 PS6_SIG
CN120-A10 PS7_SIG J1-3 J1-5
CN140-A 5 SG CN236- 3 S.GND
CN120-A 9 PS8_SIG J1-2 J1-6
CN140-A 6 PS1_SIG CN236- 2 SIG PS1 Entrance sensor
CN120-A 8 PS17_SIG J1-1 J1-7
18.10 SD-501 1/4
CN140-A 7 5V CN236- 1 5V
CN120-A 7 PS18_SIG J9-3 J9-1
CN120-A 6 PS49_SIG CN140-A 8 SG CN240- 3 S.GND
J9-2 J9-2
CN120-A 5 PS20_SIG CN140-A 9 PS5_SIG CN240- 2 SIG PS5 Right angle conveyance sensor/1
1
1
J9-1 J9-3
CN120-A 4 PS21_SIG CN140-A10 5V CN240- 1 5V
CN120-A 3 PS22_SIG J6-9 J6-1
CN140-A11 SG CN252- 3 S.GND
CN120-A 2 PS23_SIG J6-8 J6-2
CN140-A12 PS17_SIG CN252- 2 SIG PS17 Overlap home sensor
CN120-A 1 PS24_SIG J6-7 J6-3
CN140-A13 5V CN252- 1 5V
CN120-B16 PS9_SIG
J6-6 J6-4 CN212- 6
CN120-B15 PS10_SIG CN140-A14 24V CN212- 1 COM

J6-5 J6-5 CN212- 5
CN120-B14 PS11_SIG CN140-A15 24V CN212- 2 COM
J6-4 J6-6 CN212- 4
CN120-B13 PS12_SIG CN140-A16 M13_DRV_A CN212- 3 A
J6-3 J6-7 CN212- 3 M13 Overlap motor
CN120-B12 PS44_SIG CN140-A17 M13_DRV_A/ CN212- 4 A/
J6-2 J6-8 CN212- 2
CN120-B11 PS19_SIG CN140-A18 M13_DRV_B CN212- 5 B
J6-1 J6-9 CN212- 1
CN120-B10 PS46_SIG CN140-A19 M13_DRV_B/ CN212- 6 B/
CN120-B 9 CLI_TIM CN140-A20 NC
CN120-B 8 M1_LD J2-11 J2-1
CN140-B 1 24V CN200-11 24V
CN120-B 7 M2_LD J2-10 J2-2
CN140-B 2 24V CN200-10 24V
CN120-B 6 M3_LD J2-9 J2-3
CN140-B 3 PG CN200- 9 P.GND
CN120-B 5 M4_LD J2-8 J2-4
CN140-B 4 PG CN200- 8 P.GND
CN120-B 4 M5_LD J2-7 J2-5
CN140-B 5 M1_H/L CN200- 7 H/L
CN120-B 3 M8_LD J2-6 J2-6
CN140-B 6 M1_LD CN200- 6 LD Entrance conveyance motor
CN120-B 2 24V_DET J2-5 J2-7 M1
CN140-B 7 M1_F/R CN200- 5 CW/CCW
CN120-B 1 5V_DET J2-4 J2-8
CN140-B 8 M1_CLK CN200- 4 CLOCK
J2-3 J2-9
CN140-B 9 M1_S/S CN200- 3 START/STOP
CN121-A20 M1_S/S J2-2 J2-10
CN140-B10 SG CN200- 2 S.GND
CN121-A19 M1_F/R J2-1 J2-11
CN140-B11 5V CN200- 1 5V
CN121-A18 M1_H/L
CN121-A17 M2_S_S J38-5 J38-1
CN121-A16 M2_F/R J38-4 J38-2
CN140-B13 PS6_SIG CN241- 2 SIG PS6 Right angle conveyance sensor/2
2
2
CN121-A15 M2_H/L J38-3 J38-3

CN140-B14 5V CN241- 1 5V
CN121-A14 M18_CONT
CN121-A13 M18_F/R J38-2 J38-4 CN233- 2
CN140-B15 24V CN233- 1 24V
CN121-A12 M3_S/S J38-1 J38-5 CN233- 1 SD6 Roller release solenoid/2
CN140-B16 SD6_DRV CN233- 2 DRV
CN121-A11 M3_F/R
CN121-A10 M3_H/L J10-2 J10-1 CN232- 2
CN121-A 9 M4_S/S CN140-B17 SD5_DRV1 CN232- 1 DRV1
J10-1 J10-2 CN232- 1 SD5 Roller release solenoid/1
CN121-A 8 M4_F/R CN140-B18 SD5_DRV2 CN232- 2 DRV2
CN121-A 7 M4_H/L
CN121-A 6 M19_CONT CN140-B19 SD8_DRV1 CN235- 2 CN235- 1 DRV1
CN235- 1 Folding unit lock solenoid
Right angle conveyance
CN121-A 5 M19_F/R CN140-B20 SD8_DRV2 CN235- 2 DRV2 SD8

CN121-A 4 SD1_CONT
CN121-A 3 SD2_CONT
J5-6 J5-1
CN121-A 2 SD3_CONT CN143- 1 24V CN205- 2 COM
J5-5 J5-2
CN121-A 1 SD4_CONT CN143- 2 24V CN205- 5 COM
J5-4 J5-3
CN121-B20 SD5_CONT1 CN143- 3 M6_DRV_A CN205- 1 A
J5-3 J5-4 M6 Right angle conveyance motor
CN121-B19 SD5_CONT2 CN143- 4 M6_DRV_A/ CN205- 3 A/
J5-2 J5-5
CN121-B18 SD7_CONT1 CN143- 5 M6_DRV_B CN205- 4 B
J5-1 J5-6
CN121-B17 SD7_CONT2 CN143- 6 M6_DRV_B/ CN205- 6 B/
CN121-B16 M7_ENA
J3-6 J3-1
CN121-B15 M7_F/R CN141- 1 SG CN277- 3 S.GND
J3-5 J3-2
CN121-B14 M7_CONT1 CN141- 2 PS42_SIG CN277- 2 SIG PS42 Front door sensor/Rt
J3-4 J3-3
CN121-B13 M7_CONT2 CN141- 3 5V
CN277- 1 5V
CN121-B12 M8_S/S J3-3 J3-4
CN141- 4 SG CN278- 3 S.GND
CN121-B11 M8_F/R J3-2 J3-5
CN141- 5 PS43_SIG CN278- 2 SIG Front door sensor/Lt
CN121-B10 M8_H/L J3-1 J3-6 PS43
CN141- 6 5V CN278- 1 5V
CN121-B 9 SD6_CONT
3
3
CN121-B 8 M6_ENA
CN121-B 7 M6_F/R J8-5 J8-1
CN141- 7 SG CN244- 3 S.GND
CN121-B 6 M6_CONT1 J8-4 J8-2
CN141- 8 PS 9_SIG CN244- 2 SIG PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor
CN121-B 5 M6_CONT2 J8-3 J8-3
CN141- 9 5V CN244- 1 5V
CN121-B 4 M5_S/S
CN121-B 3 M5_F/R J8-2 J8-4 CN280- 2
CN141- 10 24V CN280- 1 24V
CN121-B 2 M5_H/L J8-1 J8-5 CN280- 1 CL1 Tri-folding exit cluch
CN141- 11 MC 1_DRV CN280- 2 DRV
CN121-B 1 MC1_CONT
CN122-A17 NC CN144-A 1 SG CN237- 3 S.GND
CN122-A16 M13_A CN144-A 2 PS 2_SIG CN237- 2 SIG PS2 Horizontal conveyance sensor/1
CN122-A15 M13_A/ CN144-A 3 5V CN237- 1 5V
CN122-A14 M13_B
CN122-A13 M13_B/
CN144-A 5 PS10_SIG CN245- 2 SIG PS10 Tri-folding paper full sensor
CN122-A12 M14_A
CN144-A 6 5V CN245- 1 5V
CN122-A11 M14_A/
CN122-A10 M14_B
CN122-A 9 M14_B/
J19-3 J19-1
CN122-A 8 M15_A CN144-A 7 SG CN246- 3 S.GND
J19-2 J19-2
CN122-A 7 M15_A/ CN144-A 8 PS11_SIG CN246- 2 SIG PS11 Subtray exit sensor
J19-1 J19-3
CN122-A 6 M15_B CN144-A 9 5V CN246- 1 5V
CN122-A 5 M15_B/ J20-3 J20-1
CN122-A 4 M16_A CN144-A10 SG CN247- 3 S.GND
J20-2 J20-2
CN122-A 3 M16_A/ CN144-A11 PS12_SIG CN247- 2 SIG PS12 Subtray paper full sensor
J20-1 J20-3
CN122-A 2 M16_B CN144-A12 5V CN247- 1 5V
CN122-A 1 M16_B/
CN144-A13 SG
4
CN238- 3 S.GND
4
CN122-B17 NC CN144-A14 PS 3_SIG CN238- 2 SIG PS3 Horizontal conveyance sensor/2

CN122-B16 LED1 CN144-A15 5V CN238- 1 5V
CN122-B15 LED2
CN122-B14 LED3 CN230- 2
CN144-B 1 24V CN230- 1 24V
CN122-B13 LED4 CN230- 1 SD3 Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
CN144-B 2 SD3_DRV CN230- 2 DRV
CN122-B12 LED5
SDDB 1/2
CN122-B11 LED6
CN231- 2
CN122-B10 LED7 CN144-B 3 24V CN231- 1 24V
CN231- 1 SD4 Roller release solenoid/4
CN122-B 9 LED8 CN144-B 4 SD4_DRV CN231- 2 DRV
CN122-B 8 SD8_CONT1
CN122-B 7 SD8_CONT2 CN144-B 5 24V CN201-11 24V
CN122-B 6 TRI/M3_CONT CN144-B 6 24V CN201-10 24V
Horizontal conveyance
CN122-B 5 TRI/M3_F/R CN144-B 7 P.GND CN201- 9 P.GND

CN122-B 4 Reserve output 1 CN144-B 8 P.GND CN201- 8 P.GND
CN122-B 3 Reserve output 2 CN144-B 9 M2_H/L CN201- 7 H/L
CN122-B 2 Reserve output 3 CN144-B10 M2_LD CN201- 6 LD M2 Horizontal conveyance motor
CN122-B 1 Reserve output 4 CN144-B11 M2_F/R CN201- 5 CW/CCW
CN144-B12 M2_CLK CN201- 4 CLOCK
CN125-A16 PS13_SIG CN144-B13 M2_S/S CN201- 3 START/STOP
CN125-A15 PS14_SIG CN144-B14 S.GND CN201- 2 S.GND
CN125-A14 PS15_SIG CN144-B15 5V CN201- 1 5V
CN125-A13 PS16_SIG
CN148- 1 24V J16- 6 J16- 1
CN125-A12 PS25_SIG CN206- 3 COM
CN125-A11 PS26_SIG CN206- 2 NC
CN148- 2 24V J16- 5 J16- 2
CN125-A10 PS27_SIG CN206- 9 COM
CN206- 4 NC
29
CN125-A 9 PS28_SIG
5
5
CN148- 3 M7_DRV_A J16- 4 J16- 3

CN125-A 8 PS29_SIG CN206- 1 A
CN125-A 7 PS33_SIG CN206- 6 NC M7 Folding main scan alignment motor/Fr
CN148- 4 M7_DRV_A/ J16- 3 J16- 4 CN206- 5 A/
CN125-A 6 PS30_SIG
CN125-A 5 PS32_SIG CN206- 8 NC
CN148- 5 M7_DRV_B J16- 2 J16- 5
CN125-A 4 PS31_SIG CN206- 7 B
CN125-A 3 PS34_SIG CN206-10 NC
CN148- 6 M7_DRV_B/ J16- 1 J16- 6
CN125-A 2 PS35_SIG CN206-11 B/
CN125-A 1 PS45_SIG
CN125-B16 PS37_SIG
CN125-B15 PS47_SIG J39- 11 J39- 1
CN125-B14 PS48_SIG CN142- 1 24V CN203-11 24V
CN142- 2 24V J39- 10 J39- 2
CN125-B13 PS40_SIG CN203-10 24V
CN142- 3 P.GND J39- 9 J39- 3
CN125-B12 PS41_SIG CN203- 9 P.GND
CN142- 4 P.GND J39- 8 J39- 4
CN125-B11 PS36_SIG CN203- 8 P.GND
CN142- 5 M4_H/L J39- 7 J39- 5
CN125-B10 PS38_SIG CN203- 7 H/L
CN142- 6 M4_LD J39- 6 J39- 6
CN125-B 9 PS39_SIG CN203- 6 LD M4 Folding conveyance motor
CN142- 7 M4_F/R J39- 5 J39- 7
CN125-B 8 STA/R_LOW CN203- 5 CW/CCW
CN142- 8 M4_CLK J39- 4 J39- 8
CN125-B 7 STA/L_LOW CN203- 4 CLOCK
CN142- 9 M4_S/S J39- 3 J39- 9
CN125-B 6 STA/R_HP CN203- 3 START/STOP
CN142- 10 S.GND J39- 2 J39- 10
CN125-B 5 STA/L_HP CN203- 2 S.GND
CN142- 11 5V J39- 1 J39- 11
CN125-B 4 TRI_START CN203- 1 5V
CN125-B 3 TRI_END J23-A11 J23-A 1
CN125-B 2 TRI_UP CN146-A 1 24V CN202-11 24V
CN146-A 2 24V J23-A10 J23-A 2
CN125-B 1 TRI_DOWN CN202-10 24V
CN146-A 3 P.GND J23-A 9 J23-A 3
CN202- 9 P.GND
CN146-A 4 P.GND J23-A 8 J23-A 4
CN202- 8 P.GND
CN126-A20 M9_ENA J23-A 7 J23-A 5
CN146-A 5 M3_H/L CN202- 7 H/L
6
6
CN126-A19 M9_F/R J23-A 6 J23-A 6

CN146-A 6 M3_LD CN202- 6 LD M3 Folding entrance motor
CN126-A18 M9_CONT1 J23-A 5 J23-A 7
CN146-A 7 M3_F/R CN202- 5 CW/CCW
CN126-A17 M9_CONT2 J23-A 4 J23-A 8
CN146-A 8 M3_CLK CN202- 4 CLOCK
CN126-A16 M10_ENA J23-A 3 J23-A 9
CN146-A 9 M3_S/S CN202- 3 START/STOP
CN126-A15 M10_F/R J23-A 2 J23-A10
CN146-A10 S.GND CN202- 2 S.GND
CN126-A14 M10_CONT1 J23-A 1 J23-A11
CN146-A11 5V CN202- 1 5V
CN126-A13 M10_CONT2
CN126-A12 M22_ENA CN146-B 1 24V J23-B11 J23-B 1
CN207-11 24V
CN126-A11 M22_F/R CN146-B 2 24V J23-B10 J23-B 2
CN207-10 24V
CN126-A10 M22_CONT1 CN146-B 3 P.GND J23-B 9 J23-B 4
CN207- 9 P.GND
CN126-A 9 M22_CONT2 CN146-B 4 P.GND J23-B 8 J23-B 4
CN207- 8 P.GND
CN126-A 8 M12_ENA CN146-B 5 M8_H/L J23-B 7 J23-B 5
CN207- 7 H/L
CN126-A 7 M12_F/R CN146-B 6 M8_LD J23-B 6 J23-B 6
CN207- 6 LD M8 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
CN126-A 6 M12_CONT1 CN146-B 7 M8_F/R J23-B 5 J23-B 7
CN207- 5 CW/CCW
CN126-A 5 M12_CONT2 CN146-B 8 M8_CLK J23-B 4 J23-B 8
CN207- 4 CLOCK
CN126-A 4 STA/R_CONT CN146-B 9 M8_S/S J23-B 3 J23-B 9
CN207- 3 START/STOP
CN126-A 3 STA/L_CONT CN146-B10 S.GND J23-B 2 J23-B10
CN207- 2 S.GND
CN126-A 2 M26_CONT CN146-B11 5V J23-B 1 J23-B11
CN207- 1 5V
CN126-A 1 M26_F/R
CN126-B20 TRI/M1_CONT J25- 1 J25- 1 CN234- 2
CN147- 1 SD7_DRV1 CN234- 1 24V
CN126-B19 TRI/M1_F/R J25- 2 J25- 2 CN234- 1 SD7 Roller release solenoid/3
CN147- 2 SD7_DRV2 CN234- 2 DRV
CN126-B18 TRI/M2_CONT
CN126-B17 TRI/M2_F/R
CN126-B16 M17_ENA J25- 3 J25- 3 CN224- 2
CN147- 3 M25_DRV_1 CN224- 1 DRV1
CN126-B15 M17_F/R J25- 4 J25- 4 CN224- 1 M25 Guide shaft motor
CN147- 4 M25_DRV_2 CN224- 2 DRV2
CN126-B14 M17_CONT1
CN126-B13 M17_CONT2
7
7
CN147- 5 M18_DRV_1 J25- 5 J25- 5

CN126-B12 M20_CONT CN217- 1 DRV1
CN147- 6 M18_DRV_2 J25- 6 J25- 6 M18 1st folding blade motor
CN126-B11 NC CN217- 2 DRV2
CN126-B10 M21_CONT
CN126-B 9 NC CN147- 7 M19_DRV_1 J25- 7 J25- 7
CN218- 1 DRV1 2nd folding blade motor
CN126-B 8 M11_CONT CN147- 8 M19_DRV_2 J25- 8 J25- 8 M19
CN218- 2 DRV2
CN126-B 7 M11_F/R
CN126-B 6 M23_CONT CN157- 1 24V J24- 12 J24- 1 CN213- 6 CN213- 1 COM
CN126-B 5 M23_F/R CN157- 2 24V J24- 11 J24- 2 CN213- 5 CN213- 2 COM
CN126-B 4 M24_CONT CN157- 3 M14_DRV_A J24- 10 J24- 3 CN213- 4 CN213- 3 A
CN126-B 3 M24_F/R CN157- 4 M14_DRV_A/ J24- 9 J24- 4 CN213- 3 M14 Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr
CN213- 4 A/
CN126-B 2 M25_CONT CN157- 5 M14_DRV_B J24- 8 J24- 5 CN213- 2 CN213- 5 B
CN126-B 1 NC CN157- 6 M14_DRV_B/ J24- 7 J24- 6 CN213- 1 CN213- 6 B/
CN127-A15 NC CN157- 7 SG J24- 6 J24- 7
CN254- 3 S.GND
CN127-A14 NC CN157- 8 PS19_SIG J24- 5 J24- 8
CN254- 2 SIG
Folding unit
J24- 4 J24- 9 PS19 Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Rr

CN127-A13 NC CN157- 9 5V CN254- 1 5V
CN127-A12 PS42_SIG J24- 3 J24- 10
CN127-A11 PS43_SIG CN157- 10 SG CN254- 3 S.GND
CN157- 11 PS60_SIG J24- 2 J24- 11
CN127-A10 PS54_SIG CN254- 2 SIG PS60 Folding entrance sensor
J24- 1 J24- 12
CN127-A 9 PS55_SIG CN157- 12 5V CN254- 1 5V
CN127-A 8 PS56_SIG J22-A18 J22-A 1 J11- 6 J11- 1
CN127-A 7 PS57_SIG J22-A17 J22-A 2 J11- 5 J11- 2
CN145-A 2 PS21_SIG CN256- 2 SIG PS21 1st folding blade home sensor/2
CN127-A 6 PS58_SIG J22-A16 J22-A 3 J11- 4 J11- 3
CN145-A 3 5V CN256- 1 5V
CN127-A 5 KCIN_72
J22-A15 J22-A 4 J11- 3 J11- 4
CN127-A 4 M31_STOP CN145-A 4 SG CN255- 3 S.GND
J22-A14 J22-A 5 J11- 2 J11- 5
CN127-A 3 M32_STOP CN145-A 5 PS20_SIG CN255- 2 SIG PS20 1st folding blade home sensor/1
J22-A13 J22-A 6 J11- 1 J11- 6
8
8
CN127-A 2 KCIN_75 CN145-A 6 5V CN255- 1 5V

CN127-A 1 KCIN_76 J22-A12 J22-A 7 J21- 6 J21- 1
CN127-B15 KCIN_77 J22-A11 J22-A 8 J21- 5 J21- 2
CN145-A 8 PS22_SIG CN256- 2 SIG 2nd folding blade home sensor/1
CN127-B14 NC J22-A10 J22-A 9 J21- 4 J21- 3 PS22
CN145-A 9 5V CN256- 1 5V
CN127-B13 NC
CN127-B12 NC J22-A 9 J22-A10 J21- 3 J21- 4
CN127-B11 NC J22-A 8 J22-A11 J21- 2 J21- 5
CN145-A11 PS23_SIG CN255- 2 SIG PS23 2nd folding blade home sensor/2
CN127-B10 NC J22-A 7 J22-A12 J21- 1 J21- 6
CN145-A12 5V CN255- 1 5V
CN127-B 9 NC J22-A13
CN145-A13 SG J22-A 6 J15- 6 J15- 1
CN127-B 8 NC CN242- 3 S.GND
J22-A 5 J22-A14 J15- 5 J15- 2
CN127-B 7 NC CN145-A14 PS 7_SIG CN242- 2 SIG PS7 Folding sensor/1
J22-A 4 J22-A15 J15- 4 J15- 3
CN127-B 6 NC CN145-A15 5V CN242- 1 5V
CN127-B 5 NC J22-A 3 J22-A16 J15- 3 J15- 4
CN127-B 4 NC J22-A 2 J22-A17 J15- 2 J15- 5
CN145-A17 PS56_SIG CN292- 2 SIG PS56 Folding sub scan alignment home sensor
J22-A 1 J22-A18 J15- 1 J15- 6
CN145-A18 5V CN292- 1 5V
CN127-B 3 (PULLUP) J22-B18 J22-B 1 J14- 9 J14- 1
CN127-B 2 PS6_SIG CN145-B 1 SG CN253- 3 S.GND
J22-B17 J22-B 2 J14- 8 J14- 2
CN127-B 1 (PULLUP) CN145-B 2 PS18_SIG CN253- 2 SIG PS18 Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Fr1
J22-B16 J22-B 3 J14- 7 J14- 3
CN145-B 3 5V CN253- 1 5V
CN110-18 M6_CLK J22-B15 J22-B 4 J14- 6 J14- 4
CN145-B 4 SG CN279- 3 S.GND
CN110-17 M7_CLK J22-B14 J22-B 5 J14- 5 J14- 5
CN145-B 5 PS44_SIG CN279- 2 SIG PS44 Folding sensor/2
CN110-16 M9_CLK J22-B13 J22-B 6 J14- 4 J14- 6
CN145-B 6 5V CN279- 1 5V
CN110-15 M10_CLK J22-B 7
CN145-B 7 SG J22-B12 J14- 3 J14- 7
CN110-14 M22_CLK CN285- 3 S.GND
J22-B11 J22-B 8 J14- 2 J14- 8
CN110-13 M12_CLK CN145-B 8 PS49_SIG CN285- 2 SIG PS49 Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Fr2
J22-B10 J22-B 9 J14- 1 J14- 9
CN110-12 M1_CLK CN145-B 9 5V CN285- 1 5V
CN110-11 M2_CLK
9
9
J22-B 9 J22-B10 J12- 3 J12- 1

CN110-10 M3_CLK J22-B 8 J22-B11 J12- 2 J12- 2
CN145-B11 PS24_SIG CN259- 2 SIG Folding exit home sensor
CN110- 9 M4_CLK J22-B 7 J22-B12 J12- 1 J12- 3 PS24
CN145-B12 5V CN259- 1 5V
CN110- 8 M5_CLK
CN110- 7 M8_CLK J22-B 6 J22-B13
CN110- 6 (PULLUP) J22-B 5 J22-B14
CN145-B14 PS 8_SIG CN243- 2 SIG PS8 Folding passage sensor
CN110- 5 (PULLUP) J22-B 4 J22-B15
CN145-B15 5V CN243- 1 5V
CN110- 4 (PULLUP)
CN110- 3 (PULLUP) J22-B 3 J22-B16
CN110- 2 M17_CLK J22-B 2 J22-B17
CN145-B17 PS46_SIG CN282- 2 SIG PS46 Guide shaft home sensor
CN110- 1 (PULLUP) J22-B 1 J22-B18
CN145-B18 5V CN282- 1 5V
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
SD-501 location list

SDDB SD drive board 1-G
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 1-C

/1050e/1050eP
M2 Horizontal conveyance motor 4-C
M3 Folding entrance motor 6-C
M4 Folding conveyance motor 5-C
M6 Right angle conveyance motor 3-C
M7 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr 5-C
M8 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor 6-C
M13 Overlap motor 1-C
M14 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr 7-C
M18 1st folding blade motor 7-C
M19 2nd folding blade motor 7-C
M25 Guide shaft motor 7-C
CL1 Tri-folding exit clutch 3-C
PS1 Entrance sensor 1-C
PS2 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 3-C
PS3 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 4-C
PS5 Right angle conveyance sensor /1 1-C
PS6 Right angle conveyance sensor /2 2-C
PS7 Folding sensor /1 8-C
PS8 Folding passage sensor 9-C
PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor 3-C
PS10 Tri-folding paper full sensor 4-C
PS11 Subtray exit sensor 4-C
PS12 Subtray paper full sensor 4-C
PS17 Overlap home sensor 1-C
PS18 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 9-C
PS19 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr 8-C
PS20 1st folding blade home sensor /1 8-C
PS21 1st folding blade home sensor /2 8-C
PS22 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 8-C
PS23 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 8-C
PS24 Folding exit home sensor 9-C
PS42 Front door sensor /Rt 3-C
PS43 Front door sensor /Lt 3-C
PS44 Folding sensor /2 9-C
PS46 Guide shaft home sensor 9-C
PS49 Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 9-C
PS56 Folding sub scan alignment home sensor 8-C
PS60 Folding entrance sensor 8-C
SD1 Entrance gate solenoid 1-C
SD2 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid 1-C
SD3 Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid 4-C
SD4 Roller release solenoid /4 4-C
SD8 Folding unit lock solenoid 2-C
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
J29-12 J29- 1 CN214- 6

CN154- 1 24V CN214- 1 COM
J29-11 J29- 2 CN214- 5
CN154- 2 24V CN214- 2 COM
J29-10 J29- 3 CN214- 4
CN154- 3 M15_DRV_A CN214- 3 A
J29- 9 J29- 4 CN214- 3 M15 Stapler movement motor
CN154- 4 M15_DRV_A/ CN214- 4 A/
J29- 8 J29- 5 CN214- 2
CN154- 5 M15_DRV_B CN214- 5 B
J29- 7 J29- 6 CN214- 1
CN154- 6 M15_DRV_B/ CN214- 6 B/
18.11 SD-501 2/4
J29- 6 J29- 7 CN215- 6

CN154- 7 24V CN215- 1 COM
J29- 5 J29- 8 CN215- 5
CN154- 8 24V CN215- 2 COM
J29- 4 J29- 9 CN215- 4
CN154- 9 M16_DRV_A CN215- 3 A
J29- 3 J29-10 CN215- 3 M16 Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt
CN154- 10 M16_DRV_A/ CN215- 4 A/
10
10
J29- 2 J29-11 CN215- 2

CN154- 11 M16_DRV_B CN215- 5 B
J29- 1 J29-12 CN215- 1
CN154- 12 M16_DRV_B/ CN215- 6 B/
J30- 8 J30- 1
CN155- 1 M11_DRV_1 CN210- 1 DRV1
J30- 7 J30- 2 Bundle clip motor
CN155- 2 M11_DRV_2 CN210- 2 DRV2

M11
J30- 6 J30- 3
CN155- 3 M20_DRV_1 CN219- 1 DRV1 Clincher up down motor
J30- 5 J30- 4 M20
CN155- 4 M20_DRV_2 CN219- 2 DRV2
J30- 4 J30- 5
CN155- 5 M21_DRV_1 CN220- 2 DRV2
J30- 3 J30- 6 M21 Saddle stitching press motor
CN155- 6 M21_DRV_2 CN220- 1 DRV1
J30- 2 J30- 7
CN155- 7 M26_DRV_1 CN225- 1 DRV1 Bundle arm assist motor
J30- 1 J30- 8 M26
CN170- 1 5V CN155- 8 M26_DRV_2 CN225- 2 DRV2
CN170- 2 LED1
CN170- 3 LED2
CN170- 4 LED3 J28-A18 J28-A 1 J44- 3 J44- 1
CN170- 5 LED4 J28-A17 J28-A 2 J44- 2 J44- 2
CN153-A 2 PS27_SIG CN262- 2 SIG PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor
CN170- 6 NC J28-A16 J28-A 3 J44- 1 J44- 3
CN153-A 3 5V
30
CN170- 7 5V CN262- 1 5V
CN170- 8 LED5
CN170- 9 LED6 J28-A15 J28-A 4
CN170-10 LED7 J28-A14 J28-A 5
CN153-A 5 PS29_SIG CN264- 2 SIG PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor/Lt
CN170-11 LED8 J28-A13 J28-A 6
CN153-A 6 5V CN264- 1 5V
CN170-12 NC
11
J28-A12 J28-A 7
11

J28-A11 J28-A 8
CN153-A 8 PS38_SIG CN273- 2 SIG PS38 Bundle arm assist home sensor
J28-A10 J28-A 9
CN153-A 9 5V CN273- 1 5V
J28-A 9 J28-A10
J28-A 8 J28-A11
CN153-A11 PS39_SIG CN274- 2 SIG PS39 Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor
J28-A 7 J28-A12
CN153-A12 5V CN274- 1 5V
J28-A 6 J28-A13
J28-A 5 J28-A14
CN153-A14 PS28_SIG CN263- 2 SIG PS28 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor/Rt
J28-A 4 J28-A15
CN153-A15 5V CN263- 1 5V
J28-A 3 J28-A16
J28-A 2 J28-A17
CN153-A17 PS32_SIG CN267- 2 SIG PS32 Bundle arm home sensor
J28-A 1 J28-A18
CN153-A18 5V CN267- 1 5V
J28-B18 J28-B 1 J27- 3 J27- 1
J28-B17 J28-B 2 J27- 2 J27- 2
CN153-B 2 PS13_SIG CN248- 2 SIG PS13 Saddle stitching paper sensor
J28-B16 J28-B 3 J27- 1 J27- 3
CN153-B 3 5V CN248- 1 5V
J28-B15 J28-B 4 J 7- 3 J 7- 1
J28-B14 J28-B 5 J 7- 2 J 7- 2
CN153-B 5 PS25_SIG CN260- 2 SIG PS25 Stapler movement home sensor
J28-B13 J28-B 6 J 7- 1 J 7- 3
CN153-B 6 5V CN260- 1 5V
J28-B12 J28-B 7 J13- 3 J13- 1
12
12
J28-B11 J28-B 8 J13- 2 J13- 2

CN153-B 8 PS26_SIG CN261- 2 SIG PS26 Clincher up down home sensor
J28-B10 J28-B 9 J13- 1 J13- 3
CN153-B 9 5V CN261- 1 5V
SDDB 2/2
Saddle stitching
CN100-1 5V
J28-B 9 J28-B10 J31- 9 J31- 1
CN100-2 5V CN153-B10 SG CN249- 3 S.GND
J28-B 8 J28-B11 J31- 8 J31- 2
CN100-3 S.GND CN153-B11 PS14_SIG CN249- 2 SIG PS14 Bundle sensor
J28-B 7 J28-B12 J31- 7 J31- 3
CN100-4 S.GND CN153-B12 5V CN249- 1 5V
J28-B 6 J28-B13 J31- 6 J31- 4
J28-B 5 J28-B14 J31- 5 J31- 5
CN153-B14 PS30_SIG CN265- 2 SIG PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor
J28-B 4 J28-B15 J31- 4 J31- 6
CN153-B15 5V CN265- 1 5V
J28-B 3 J28-B16 J31- 3 J31- 7
J28-B 2 J28-B17 J31- 2 J31- 8
CN153-B17 PS33_SIG CN268- 2 SIG PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor
J28-B 1 J28-B18 J31- 1 J31- 9
CN153-B18 5V CN268- 1 5V
CN101-1 24V J26- 13 J26- 1
CN156-A 1 24V CN209- 2 COM
J26- 12 J26- 2
CN101-2 24V CN156-A 2 24V CN209- 5 COM
J26- 11 J26- 3
CN156-A 3 M10_DRV_A CN209- 1 A
CN101-3 24V J26- 10 J26- 4 M10 Bundle arm motor
CN156-A 4 M10_DRV_A/ CN209- 3 A/
J26- 9 J26- 5
CN101-4 P.GND CN156-A 5 M10_DRV_B CN209- 4 B
J26- 8 J26- 6
CN156-A 6 M10_DRV_B/ CN209- 6 B/
CN101-5 P.GND CN156-A 7 NC
J26- 7 J26- 7
CN156-B 1 24V CN208- 3 COM
CN101-6 P.GND CN208- 2 NC
J26- 6 J26- 8
CN156-B 2 24V CN208- 9 COM
13
13
CN208- 4 NC
J26- 5 J26- 9
31
CN156-B 3 M 9_DRV_A CN208- 1 A

CN208- 6 NC M9 Saddle stitching alignment motor/Rt
CN162-1 24V J26- 4 J26- 10
CN156-B 4 M 9_DRV_A/ CN208- 5 A/
CN162-2 24V CN208- 8 NC
J26- 3 J26- 11
CN156-B 5 M 9_DRV_B CN208- 7 B
CN162-3 24V CN208-10 NC
J26- 2 J26- 13
CN156-B 6 M 9_DRV_B/ CN208-11 B/
CN162-4 P.GND CN156-B 7 NC
J26- 1 J26- 13
CN162-5 P.GND
CN162-6 P.GND
J35- 1 J35- 1
CN150- 1 M23_DRV_1 CN222- 1 DRV1 Bundle press motor
CN163-1 24V J35- 2 J35- 2 M23
CN150- 2 M23_DRV_2 CN222- 2 DRV2
CN163-2 24V
CN163-3 24V
CN163-4 P.GND CN150- 3 M24_DRV_1 CN223- 1 DRV1
CN150- 4 M24_DRV_2
M24 Bundle press stage up down motor
CN223- 1 DRV1
CN163-5 P.GND
CN163-6 P.GND
J37- 9 J37- 1
14
14
J37- 8 J37- 2
CN151-A 2 PS15_SIG CN250- 2 SIG PS15 Bundle sensor/2
J37- 7 J37- 3
CN151-A 3 5V CN250- 1 5V
J37- 6 J37- 4
J37- 5 J37- 5
CN151-A 5 PS34_SIG CN269- 2 SIG PS34 Bundle registration home sensor
J37- 4 J37- 6
CN151-A 6 5V CN269- 1 5V
J37- 3 J37- 7
J37- 2 J37- 8
CN151-A 8 PS54_SIG CN290- 2 SIG PS54 Bundle sensor/4
J37- 1 J37- 9
CN151-A 9 5V CN290- 1 5V
CN151-A10 24V CN204-11 24V
CN151-A11 24V CN204-10 24V
CN151-A12 P.GND CN204- 9 P.GND
CN151-A13 P.GND CN204- 8 P.GND
CN166-1 TRI/M1_DRV1 CN151-A14 M5_H/L CN204- 7 H/L
CN166-2 TRI/M1_DRV2 CN151-A15 M5_LD CN204- 6 LD M5 Bundle exit motor
CN151-A16 M5_F/R CN204- 5 CW/CCW
CN166-3 TRI/M2_DRV1 CN151-A17 M5_CLK CN204- 4 CLOCK
CN166-4 TRI/M2_DRV2 CN151-A18 M5_S/S CN204- 3 START/STOP
CN151-A19 S.GND CN204- 2 S.GND
CN151-A20 5V CN204- 1 5V
J34- 12 J34- 1
J34- 11 J34- 2
CN167-1 TRI/M3_DRV1 CN151-B 2 PS36_SIG CN271- 2 SIG PS36 Bundle press movement home sensor
J34- 10 J34- 3
15
15
CN167-2 TRI/M3_DRV2 CN151-B 3 5V CN271- 1 5V

J34- 9 J34- 4
J34- 8 J34- 5
CN151-B 5 PS37_SIG CN272- 2 SIG PS37 Bundle press home sensor
J34- 7 J34- 6
CN168-1 SG CN151-B 6 5V CN272- 1 5V
CN168-2 TRI_START J34- 6 J34- 7
CN168-3 5V J34- 5 J34- 8
CN151-B 8 PS47_SIG CN283- 2 SIG PS47 Bundle press lower limit sensor
J34- 4 J34- 9
CN168-4 SG CN151-B 9 5V CN283- 1 5V
CN168-5 TRI_END J34- 3 J34- 10
CN168-6 5V J34- 2 J34- 11
CN151-B11 PS55_SIG CN291- 2 SIG PS55 Trimmer registration sensor
J34- 1 J34- 12
CN168-7 SG CN151-B12 5V CN291- 1 5V
CN168-8 TRI_UP
CN168-9 5V
J17- 3 J17- 1
CN168-10 SG CN151-B13 SG CN251- 3 S.GND
J17- 2 J17- 2
CN168-11 TRI_DOWN CN151-B14 PS16_SIG CN251- 2 SIG PS16 Bundle registration plate home sensor
J17- 1 J17- 3
CN168-12 5V CN151-B15 5V CN251- 1 5V
CN168-13 SG CN151-B16 SG
CN168-14 KCIN_72 CN151-B17 KCIN_76
CN168-15 5V CN151-B18 5V
CN151-B19 NC
32
CN151-B20 NC
J43- 3 J43- 1
J43- 2 J43- 2
CN149-A 2 PS 4_SIG CN239- 2 SIG PS4 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
J43- 1 J43- 3
CN149-A 3 5V CN239- 1 5V
CN164-1 STA/R_DRV1
16
16
CN164-2 STA/R_DRV2
CN164-3 STA/L_DRV1
CN164-4 STA/L_DRV2
CN149-A 5 PS31_SIG CN266- 2 SIG Bundle arm rotation home sensor
CN164-5 CLI/R_DRV1 PS31
CN149-A 6 5V CN266- 1 5V
CN164-6 CLI/R_DRV2
CN164-7 CLI/L_DRV1 CN149-A 7 SG CN270- 3 S.GND
Bundle
CN164-8 CLI/L_DRV2 CN149-A 8 PS35_SIG CN270- 2 SIG PS35 Bundle press stage up down home motor
CN149-A 9 5V CN270- 1 5V
CN149-A11 PS40_SIG CN275- 2 SIG PS40 Scraps box set sensor
CN149-A12 5V CN275- 1 5V
CN165- 1 5V
CN149-B 5 PS48_SIG CN284- 2 SIG Scraps press home sensor
CN165- 2 5V PS48
CN149-A15 5V CN284- 1 5V
CN165- 3 SG
CN165- 4 SG CN149-B 1 SG CN281- 3 S.GND
CN165- 5 STA/R_LOW CN149-B 2 PS45_SIG CN281- 2 SIG PS45 Bundle press stage up down limit sensor
CN165- 6 STA/R_HP_IN CN149-B 3 5V CN281- 1 5V
CN165- 7 CLI/R_TIM
CN165- 8 5V J45- 6 J45- 1
CN165- 9 5V J45- 5 J45- 2
CN149-B 5 PS61_SIG CN297- 2 SIG Bundle tray paper full sensor
CN165-10 SG J45- 4 J45- 3 PS61
CN149-B 6 5V CN297- 1 5V
CN165-11 SG
J45- 3 J45- 4
CN165-12 STA/L_LOW CN149-B 7 SG CN293- 3 S.GND
J45- 2 J45- 5
CN165-13 STA/L_HP_IN CN149-B 8 PS57_SIG CN293- 2 SIG Bundle exit sensor/2
J45- 1 J45- 6 PS57
CN165-14 CLI/L_TIM CN149-B 9 5V CN293- 1 5V
17
17
J36- 6 J36- 1
J36- 5 J36- 2
CN149-B11 PS58_SIG CN294- 2 SIG PS58 Bundle tray set sensor
J36- 4 J36- 3
CN149-B12 5V CN294- 1 5V
J36- 3 J36- 4
J36- 2 J36- 5
CN151-B17 PS41_SIG CN276- 2 SIG PS41 Trimmer scraps full sensor
J36- 1 J36- 6
CN149-B15 5V CN276- 1 5V
CN169-1 24V CN362- 3
CN362- 1 24V
CN169-2 FAN/1_LOCK CN362- 2
CN362- 2 LD
CN169-3 PG FM1 Scraps removal fan motor
CN169-4 PG CN362- 1
CN362- 3 GND
CN158- 1 24V CN216- 5 COM
CN158- 2 24V CN216- 2 COM
CN158- 3 M17_DRV_A CN216- 4 A
CN158- 4 M17_DRV_A/ CN216- 6 A/ M17 Bundle press movement motor
CN158- 5 M17_DRV_B CN216- 3 B
CN158- 6 M17_DRV_B/ CN216- 1 B/
CN152-A 1 24V CN221- 2 COM
CN152-A 2 24V CN221- 5 COM
CN152-A 3 M22_DRV_A CN221- 1 A
18
18
CN152-A 4 M22_DRV_A/ M22 Bundle arm rotation motor

CN221- 3 A/
CN152-A 5 M22_DRV_B CN221- 4 B
CN152-A 6 M22_DRV_B/ CN221- 6 B/
CN152-B 1 24V CN211- 2 COM
CN152-B 2 24V CN211- 5 COM
CN152-B 3 M12_DRV_A CN211- 1 A
CN152-B 4 M12_DRV_A/ CN211- 3 A/ M12 Bundle registration motor
CN152-B 5 M12_DRV_B CN211- 4 B
CN152-B 6 M12_DRV_B/ CN211- 6 B/
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP

FM1 Scraps removal fan motor 17-C
M5 Bundle exit motor 17-C

/1050e/1050eP
M9 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt 13-C
M10 Bundle arm motor 13-C
M11 Bundle clip motor 10-C
M12 Bundle registration motor 18-C
M15 Stapler movement motor 10-C
M16 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt 10-C
M17 Bundle press movement motor 18-C
M20 Clincher up down motor 10-C
M21 Saddle stitching press motor 10-C
M22 Bundle arm rotation motor 18-C
M23 Bundle press motor 14-C
M24 Bundle press stage up down motor 14-C
M26 Bundle arm assist motor 11-C
PS4 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor 16-C
PS13 Saddle stitching paper sensor 12-C
PS14 Bundle sensor /1 12-C
PS16 Bundle registration plate home sensor 16-C
PS25 Stapler movement home sensor 12-C
PS26 Clincher up down home sensor 12-C
PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor 11-C
PS28 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt 11-C
PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt 11-C
PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor 12-C
PS31 Bundle arm rotation home sensor 16-C
PS32 Bundle arm home sensor 11-C
PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor 12-C
PS34 Bundle registration home sensor 14-C
PS35 Bundle press stage up down home motor 16-C
PS36 Bundle press movement home sensor 15-C
PS37 Bundle press home sensor 15-C
PS38 Bundle arm assist home sensor 11-C
PS39 Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor 11-C
PS40 Scraps box set sensor 16-C
PS41 Trimmer scraps full sensor 17-C
PS45 Bundle press stage up down limit sensor 17-C
PS47 Bundle press lower limit sensor 15-C
PS48 Scraps press home sensor 16-C
PS55 Trimmer registration sensor 15-C
PS57 Bundle exit sensor /2 17-C
PS58 Bundle tray set sensor 17-C
PS61 Bundle tray paper full sensor 17-C
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
CN9-A 1 5V CN1-A 1 KCIN_1

CN9-A 2 5V CN1-A 2 KCIN_2
CN9-A 3 NSW1-1 CN1-A 3 KCIN_3
18.12 SD-501 3/4
CN9-A10 NSW2-8 CN1-A10 KCIN_10

1
1

CN9-A17 NSW4-4 CN1-B 1 KCIN_17
CN9-A18 NSW4-8
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18
CN9-B 1 NSW5-4 CN1-B 5 KCIN_21
CN9-B 2 NSW6 CN1-B 6 KCIN_22
CN9-B 5 NLED0 CN1-B 9 KCIN_25
CN9-B 6 NLED1 CN1-B10 KCIN_26
CN9-B10 NLED5 CN1-B14 KCIN_30
CN9-B13 NC
CN9-B14 NC
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1
CN9-B15 NC
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2
CN9-B16 NC
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3
CN9-B17 NC
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4
CN9-B18 NC
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5
CN9-B19 NC
2
2
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6
CN9-B20 NC
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9
CN111-1 CN2-A10 KCOUT_10
CN19-4 FNS2_RTS CN2-A11 KCOUT_11
CN111-2
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN CN2-A12 KCOUT_12
CN19-2 NC(SYS_RTS) CN2-A13 KCOUT_13
CN19-1 NC(SYS_SIN) CN2-A14 KCOUT_14
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15
CN104-1 MTXD CN2-A16 KCOUT_16
CN16-1 SYS_SIN CN2-A17 KCOUT_17
CN104-2 SG
CN16-2 S.GND CN2-A18 KCOUT_18
CN104-3 MCTS
CN16-3 /SYS_RTS CN2-A19 KCOUT_19
CN104-4 MRXD
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT CN2-A20 KCOUT_20
CN104-5 SG
CN16-5 S.GND CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21
CN104-6 MRTS
CN16-6 /SYS_CTS CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1 CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23
CN107-1 PAPER_OUT CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24
CN107-2 SG CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25
7
CN20-1 5V CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26

CN107-3 SG
8
CN20-2 5V CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27

CN107-4 5V
9

CN107-5 5V
3
10

CN2-B10 KCOUT_30
CN103-1 24V CN2-B11 KCOUT_31
CN2-B12 KCOUT_32
3
3
CN103-2 5V
1
CN103-3 SG CN2-B13 KCOUT_33

2
CN103-4 PG CN2-B14 KCOUT_34

CN103-5 PG CN2-B15 KCOUT_35
CN103-6 FG CN2-B16 KCOUT_36
CN2-B17 KCOUT_37
CN2-B18 KCOUT_38
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40
CN6- 1 KCOUT_97
CN192-2
7
CN6- 2 KCOUT_98
CN192-3 CN6- 3 KCOUT_99
1
11
5V
CN192-1 CN192-4 CN6- 4 KCOUT_100

15
CN6- 5 KCOUT_101
CN6- 6 KCOUT_102
CN192-6 CN6- 7 KCOUT_103
9
CN192-7 CN6- 8 KCOUT_104

2
13
CN6- 9 KCOUT_105
SG
CN192-5 CN192-8
CN6-10 KCOUT_106
16
CN6-11 KCOUT_107
CN6-12 KCOUT_108
To front option or main body
CN6-13 KCOUT_109
CN190-3 CN6-14 KCOUT_110
8
CN190-1 CN6-15 KCOUT_111

CN190-4
12
CN6-16 KCOUT_112
CN190-5
4
4
5V
17
CN190-6
3
18
CN190-2 CN3- 1 KCOUT_41

CN3- 2 KCOUT_42
CN3- 3 KCOUT_43
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45
CN191-3 CN3- 6 KCOUT_46
6
10
CN191-1 CN3- 7 KCOUT_47

CN191-4
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48
14
CN191-5 CN3- 9 KCOUT_49

19
SG
CN191-6 CN3-10 KCOUT_50

5
20
CN191-2 CN3-11 KCOUT_51

CN3-12 KCOUT_52
CN3-13 KCOUT_53
CN3-14 KCOUT_54
CN3-15 KCOUT_55
CN112-1
CN18-2 FNS2_SIN CN3-16 KCOUT_56
CN112-2
CN18-1 /FNS2_RTS
CN4-A 1 KCIN_33
CN4-A 2 KCIN_34
CN4-A 3 KCIN_35
CN4-A 4 KCIN_36
CN105-6 MTXD
CN17-1 MTXD CN4-A 5 KCIN_37
CN105-5 SG
CN17-2 SG CN4-A 6 KCIN_38
SDCB
CN105-4 MCTS
CN17-3 MCTS CN4-A 7 KCIN_39
CN105-3 MRXD
29
CN17-4 MRXD CN4-A 8 KCIN_40
5
5
CN105-2 SG
CN17-5 SG CN4-A 9 KCIN_41
CN105-1 MRTS
CN17-6 MRTS CN4-A10 KCIN_42
CN17-7 /PAPEROUT_2 CN4-A11 KCIN_43
CN17-8 NC CN4-A12 KCIN_44
CN108-5 PAPER_OUT
CN4-A13 KCIN_45
CN108-4 SG
CN4-A14 KCIN_46
20
CN108-3 SG
CN4-A15 KCIN_47
19
CN108-2 5V
CN4-A16 KCIN_48
18
CN108-1 5V
CN4-B 1 KCIN_49
17
CN4-B 2 KCIN_50
CN4-B 3 KCIN_51
CN4-B 4 KCIN_52
CN4-B 5 KCIN_53
CN4-B 6 KCIN_54
CN4-B 7 KCIN_55
CN106-1 24V CN106-1 24V CN4-B 8 KCIN_56
CN106-2 5V CN106-2 5V CN4-B 9 KCIN_57
15
CN106-3 SG CN106-3 SG CN4-B10 KCIN_58

16
CN106-4 PG CN106-4 PG CN4-B11 KCIN_59

CN106-5 PG CN106-5 PG CN4-B12 KCIN_60
CN106-6 FG CN106-6 FG CN4-B13 KCIN_61
CN4-B14 KCIN_62
CN4-B15 KCIN_63
CN4-B16 KCIN_64
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57
6
6
CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58
To rear option
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62
CN12-1 NC CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63
CN12-2 M33_CLK CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64
CN12-3 NC CN5-A 9 KCOUT_65
CN12-4 NC CN5-A10 KCOUT_66
J48-1 J48-4 M33_CLK
CN12-5 NC CN5-A11 KCOUT_67
J48-2 J48-3 M33_CONT
CN12-6 M33_CONT CN5-A12 KCOUT_68
J48-3 J48-2 M33_LD
CN12-7 M33_LD CN5-A13 KCOUT_69
J48-4 J48-1 M33_FR
CN12-8 M33_FR CN5-A14 KCOUT_70
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71
CN5-A16 KCOUT_72
CN5-A17 KCOUT_73
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75
CN5-A20 KCOUT_76
CN5-B 1 KCOUT_77
CN363- 6 LD
CN5-B 2 KCOUT_78
CN363- 1 NC
CN363- 7 H/L
CN363-10 24V
CN363-11 24V
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79
CN363- 2 S.GND
CN363- 8 P.GND
CN363- 9 P.GND
CN363- 4 CLOCK
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80
CN363- 5 CW/CCW
CN5-B 5 KCOUT_81
CN363- 3 START/STOP
CN5-B 6 KCOUT_82
CN5-B 7 KCOUT_83
CN5-B 8 KCOUT_84
7
7
M33
CN5-B 9 KCOUT_85
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86
CN5-B11 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89
AC CODE
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91
CN5-B16 KCOUT_92
CN5-B17 KCOUT_93
CN5-B18 KCOUT_94
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96
Trimmer paddle motor

AC INRET
CN7-A 1 KCIN_65
CN7-A 2 KCIN_66
FT2
FT1
CN7-A 3 KCIN_67
CN7-A 4 KCIN_68
CN7-A 5 KCIN_69
CN7-A 6 KCIN_70
WIT
BLK
CN7-A 7 KCIN_71
CN7-A 8 KCIN_72
FT4
FT3
CN7-A 9 KCIN_73
CN7-A10 KCIN_74
8
8
CN7-A11 KCIN_75
CN7-A12 KCIN_76
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77
CBR2
CBR1
CN7-B 2 KCIN_78
FT6
FT5
CN7-B 3 KCIN_79
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
CN7-B 4 KCIN_80
CN7-B 5 KCIN_81
CN7-B 6 KCIN_82
CN7-B 7 KCIN_83
CN7-B 8 KCIN_84
WIT FT8
BLK FT7
CN7-B 9 KCIN_85
4
3
CN7-B10 KCIN_86
CN7-B11 KCIN_87
NF
CN7-B12 KCIN_88
2
1
FT9
CN10- 1 IRQ_4
FT10
CN10- 2 /IRQ_3
CN10- 3 /IRQ_1
BLK
WIT
CN14- 1 TIME_0
NOISE FILTER
CN14- 2 TIME_1
FT11
CN14- 3 TIME_2
FT14 CN14- 4 TIME_3
CN24-1 RL1_CONT
CN14- 5 TIME_4
CN14- 6 TIME_5
RL1
FT13 CN14- 7 TIME_6
CN24-2 RL1_P.GND CN14- 8 TIME_7
9
9
Power relay
CN14- 9 TIME_8
FT12
CN14-10 TIME_9
CN14-11 TIME_10
CN14-12 TIME_11
BLK
CN14-13 TIME_12
CN14-14 TIME_13
CN14-15 TIME_14
34
33
CN14-16 TIME_15
CN14-17 TIME_16
CN14-18 TIME_17
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
1050e/1050eP

SDCB SD control board 1-K
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 8-O

/1050e/1050eP
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 8-P
NF Noise filter 8-O
RL1 Power relay 9-P
M33 Trimmer paddle motor 7-P
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
34
33
18.13 SD-501 4/4
10
10
CN195-2
CN195-1
CN370- 6 5V J46-1 -6
CN370- 5 LED1 -2 -5
-3 -4
WIT
BLK
CN370- 4 LED2
CN370- 3 LED3 -4 -3
CN188-2A
CN188-1A
CN370- 2 LED4 -5 -2
CN370- 1 NC -6 -1
MS1
Front door switch/Rt
JAMIB/1
CN188-2B
CN188-1B
ACSW
WIT
BLK
CN189-2A
CN189-1A
MS2
30
CN189-2B
CN189-1B
Front door switch/Lt

WIT
BLK
11
11
CN195-4
CN195-3
CN370- 6 5V
CN370- 5 LED1
CN370- 4 LED2
WIT
BLK
CN370- 3 LED3
CN370- 2 LED4
CN370- 1 NC
G/Y
G/Y
G/Y
WIT
WIT
WIT
BLK
BLK
BLK
JAMIB/2
CN185-3
CN185-1
CN185-5
CN184-3
CN184-1
CN184-5
CN183-3
CN183-1
CN183-5
: Line (H)
: Line (H)
: Line (H)
: Neutral (N)
: Neutral (N)
: Neutral (N)
: Frame GND
: Frame GND
: Frame GND
12
12
11
DCPS3 DCPS2 DCPS1

12
13
14
:-V/PGND
CN182-1
:-V/PGND
CN182-2
:-V/PGND
CN182-3
:-V/PGND
CN182-4
:+V/24V
CN182-5
:+V/24V
CN182-6
:+V/24V
CN182-7
:+V/24V
CN182-8
:-V/PGND
CN181-1
:-V/PGND
CN181-2
:-V/PGND
CN181-3
:-V/PGND
CN181-4
:+V/24V
CN181-5
:+V/24V
CN181-6
:+V/24V
CN181-7
:+V/24V
CN181-8
:-V/PGND
CN180-1
:-V/PGND
CN180-2
:-V/PGND
CN180-3
:-V/PGND
CN180-4
:+V/24V
CN180-5
:+V/24V
CN180-6
:+V/24V
CN180-7
:+V/24V
CN180-8
13
13
31
14
14
Trimmer blade motor CN2??- 1 24V

M31 CN2??- 2 DRV
CN2??- 1 24V
Trimmer press motor M32 CN2??- 2 DRV
CN2??- 1 24V
15
15
Trimmer board solenoid SD11 CN2??- 2 DRV

CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer blade home sensor PS50 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor PS51 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer press upper limit sensor PS52 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer press home sensor PS53 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
Trimmer unit
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer board replacement sensor PS59 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
32
J33- 1 J33- 1
25
-2 -2
16
16
-3 -3
26
-4 -4
CN352-1 CLI_SD_DRV -5 -5
Clincher solenoid/Rt SD9 -6 -6
CN352-2 CLI_SD_GND
-7 -7
-8 -8
-9 -9
23
21
CN350- 2 NC -10 -10

22
CN350- 4 NC
CN350- 6 NC
CN350- 8 5V J32- 1 J32-14
CN350- 9 5V -2 -13
Stapler motor/Rt CN350-10 S.GND -3 -12
M29 -4 -11
CN350-12 S.GND
CN350- 1 STA_LOW -5 -10
CN350- 3 STA_HP -6 -9
CN350- 7 CLINCH -7 -8
CN350- 5 MOTOR_24V -8 -7
CN350-11 MOTOR_DRV -9 -6
-5
-10 -4
27
-11 -3
-12 -2
28
-13 -1
CN353-1 CLI_SD_DRV -14
Clincher solenoid/Lt SD10
17
17
CN353-2 CLI_SD_GND
24
CN351- 5 MOTOR_24V
CN351-11 MOTOR_DRV
CN351- 2 NC
CN351- 4 NC
CN351- 6 NC
Stapler motor/Lt M30 CN351- 8 5V
CN351- 9 5V
Crimp
Symbol
CN351-10 S.GND
CN351-12 S.GND
CN351- 1 STA_LOW
CN351- 3 STA_HP
Stapler/Clincher
CN351- 7 CLINCH
21
23
Connector
25
26
22
18
18
24
27
28
Relay connector
Faston
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
1050e/1050eP

JAMIB/1 Jam indicator board /1 10-K
JAMIB/2 Jam indicator board /2 11-K

/1050e/1050eP
M29 Stapler motor /Rt 16-N
M30 Stapler motor /Lt 17-N
M31 Trimmer blade motor 15-N
M32 Trimmer press motor 15-N
MS1 Front door switch /Rt 10-P
MS2 Front door switch /Lt 11-P
PS50 Trimmer blade home sensor 15-N
PS51 Trimmer blade upper limit sensor 15-N
PS52 Trimmer press upper limit sensor 15-N
PS53 Trimmer press home sensor 16-N
PS59 Trimmer board replacement sensor 16-N
SD9 Clincher solenoid /Rt 16-N
SD10 Clincher solenoid /Lt 17-N
SD11 Trimmer board solenoid 15-N
DCPS1 DC power supply /1 12-O
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 12-P
DCPS3 DC power supply /3 12-Q
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
CN54-A 1 M15_MODE1 CN70- 1 M1_24V CN100- 2 COM

CN54-A 2 M15_CLK CN70- 2 M1_24V CN100- 5 COM
CN54-A 3 M12_CONT2 CN70- 3 M1_DRV_A CN100- 1 A
18.14 PB-501 1/4
CN54-A 4 M12_CONT1 CN70- 4 M1_DRV_A/ CN100- 3 A/ M1 Entrance conveyance motor

CN54-A 5 M12_F/R CN70- 5 M1_DRV_B CN100- 4 B
CN54-A 6 M12_EN CN70- 6 M1_DRV_B/ CN100- 6 B/
4
1
1
CN54-A 7 M12_MODE1 CN70- 7 M31_24V

5
CN54-A 8 M12_CLK CN70- 8 M31_24V

6
CN54-A 9 M11_CONT2 CN70- 9 M31_DRV_A

7
CN54-A10 M11_CONT1 CN70- 10 M31_DRV_A/ (Glue tank movement motor M31)

8
CN54-A11 M11_F/R CN70- 11 M31_DRV_B

9
CN54-A12 M11_EN CN70- 12 M31_DRV_B/

CN54-A13 M11_MODE1
CN54-A14 M11_CLK
CN54-A15 M1_CONT2 CN80-A 1 M2_24V CN101-11 24V
CN54-A16 M1_CONT1 CN80-A 2 M2_24V CN101-10 24V
CN54-A17 M1_F/R CN80-A 3 M2_PGND CN101- 9 P.GND
CN54-A18 M1_EN CN80-A 4 M2_PGND CN101- 8 P.GND
CN54-A19 M1_MODE1 CN80-A 5 M2_H/L CN101- 7 H/L
CN54-A20 M1_CLK
Intermediate conveyance
CN80-A 6 M2_LD CN101- 6 LD M2
CN54-B 1 M4_CONT CN80-A 7 M2_F/R CN101- 5 CW/CCW
motor
CN54-B 2 SD61_F/R CN80-A 8 M2_CLK CN101- 4 CLOCK
CN54-B 3 SD61_CONT CN80-A 9 M2_CONT CN101- 3 START/STOP
CN54-B 4 SD91_CONT CN80-A10 M2_SGND CN101- 2 S.GND
CN54-B 5 M21_CONT2 CN80-A11 M2_5V CN101- 1 5V
CN54-B 6 M21_CONT1
CN54-B 7 M21_F/R J16-6 -1 -2
CN80-A12 SD2_24V CN141- 1 24V
CN54-B 8 M21_EN J16-7 -2 -1 SD2 Bypass gate solenoid
CN80-A13 SD2_DRV CN141- 2 DRV
CN54-B 9 M21_MODE1
CN54-B10 M21_CLK
CN54-B11 M17_CONT2 J10-20 -1 -2
CN80-B 1 SD1_24V CN140- 1 24V
CN54-B12 M17_CONT1 J10-19 -2 -1 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
CN54-B13 M17_F/R
2
2
CN54-B14 M17_EN J10-18 -3 -2

CN54-B15 M17_MODE1 CN80-B 3 SD3_24V CN142- 1 24V
J10-17 -4 -1 SD3 Sub tray gate solenoid
CN54-B16 M17_CLK CN80-B 4 SD3_DRV CN142- 2 DRV
CN54-B17 M15_CONT2
J10-16 -5 -2
CN54-B18 M15_CONT1 CN80-B 5 SD4_24V CN143- 1 24V
J10-15 -6 -1 SD4 Sub tray exit solenoid
CN54-B19 M15_F/R CN80-B 6 SD4_DRV CN143- 2 DRV
CN54-B20 M15_EN
J10-14 -7 -2
CN80-B 7 SD80_DRV1 CN153- 1 DRV1
J10-13 -8 -1 SD80 Front door lock solenoid
CN80-B 8 SD80_DRV2 CN153- 2 DRV2
CN55-A 1 M43_CLK
CN55-A 2 M42_CONT2
CN55-A 3 M42_CONT1 CN80-B 9 M4_LD CN138- 1 DRV
CN55-A 4 M42_F/R CN80-B10 M80_LD CN138- 2 EM
CN55-A 5 M42_EN CN80-B11 M80_H/L M80 Exhaust fan /1
CN138- 3 H/L
51
CN55-A 6 M42_MODE1 CN80-B12 M81_LD CN138- 4 PGND

52
CN55-A 7 M42_CLK CN80-B13 M81_H/L

CN55-A 8 M41_CONT2 CN158- 1 DRV
51
CN55-A 9 M41_CONT1 CN61- 1 M4_DRV CN158- 2 EM Exhaust fan /2

52
CN55-A10 M41_F/R M81

Conveyance/Main frame
CN158- 3 H/L
CN55-A11 M41_EN CN61- 2 M4_PGND CN158- 4 PGND
CN55-A12 M41_MODE1 CN61- 3 M80_DRV -3
CN55-A13 M41_CLK CN139- 1 DRV
CN61- 4 M80_PGND -2 Pellet supply cooling fan motor
CN55-A14 M31_CONT2 CN139- 2 EM M4
-1
CN55-A15 M31_CONT1 CN139- 3 PGND
CN55-A16 M31_F/R
CN55-A17 M31_EN CN71- 1 M11_24V CN103- 3 COM
CN55-A18 M31_MODE1 CN71- 2 M11_24V CN103- 9 COM
3
3
CN55-A19 M31_CLK CN71- 3 M11_DRV_A CN103- 1 A

CN55-B 1 SOUT23 CN71- 4 M11_DRV_A/ CN103- 5 A/ M11 SC entrance conveyance motor
CN55-B 2 SOUT22 CN71- 5 M11_DRV_B CN103- 7 B
CN55-B 3 M45_CONT2 CN71- 6 M11_DRV_B/ CN103-11 B/
CN55-B 4 M45_CONT1
CN55-B 5 M45_F/R CN71- 7 M12_24V CN104- 3 COM
CN55-B 6 M45_EN CN71- 8 M12_24V CN104- 9 COM
CN55-B 7 M45_MODE1 CN71- 9 M12_DRV_A CN104- 1 A
CN55-B 8 M45_CLK CN71- 10 M12_DRV_A/ CN104- 5 A/ M12 SC switchback conveyance motor
CN55-B 9 M44_CONT2 CN71- 11 M12_DRV_B CN104- 7 B
CN55-B10 M44_CONT1 CN71- 12 M12_DRV_B/ CN104-11 B/
CN55-B11 M44_F/R
CN55-B12 M44_EN
CN55-B13 M44_MODE1 CN72- 1 M15_24V CN106- 3 COM
CN55-B14 M44_CLK CN72- 2 M15_24V CN106- 9 COM
CN55-B15 M43_CONT2 CN72- 3 M15_DRV_A CN106- 1 A
CN55-B16 M43_CONT1 CN72- 4 M15_DRV_A/ CN106- 5 A/ M15 SC alignment motor
CN55-B17 M43_F/R CN72- 5 M15_DRV_B CN106- 7 B
CN55-B18 M43_EN CN72- 6 M15_DRV_B/ CN106-11 B/
CN55-B19 M43_MODE1 CN72- 7 NC
CN72- 8 M17_24V CN107- 5 COM
CN72- 9 M17_24V CN107- 2 COM
CN57-A 1 SD2_CONT CN72- 10 M17_DRV_A CN107- 4 A
M17 SC bundle conveynace motor
CN57-A 2 SD1_CONT CN72- 11 M17_DRV_A/ CN107- 6 A/
CN57-A 3 M74_H/L CN72- 12 M17_DRV_B CN107- 3 B
CN57-A 4 M74_F/R CN72- 13 M17_DRV_B/ CN107- 1 B/
4
4
CN57-A 5 M74_CLK
CN57-A 6 M74_CONT -6
CN57-A 7 M32_H/L CN81-A 1 M19_24V CN109- 1 COM
-5
CN57-A 8 M32_F/R CN81-A 2 M19_24V CN109- 2 COM
-4
CN57-A 9 M32_CLK CN81-A 3 M19_DRV_A CN109- 3 A
-3 M19 Clamp entranse movement motor
CN57-A10 M32_CONT CN81-A 4 M19_DRV_A/ CN109- 4 A/
-2
CN57-A11 M91_H/L CN81-A 5 M19_DRV_B CN109- 5 B
-1
CN57-A12 M91_F/R CN81-A 6 M19_DRV_B/ CN109- 6 B/
CN57-A13 M91_CLK
CN57-A14 M91_CONT CN81-A 7 M13_DRV1 CN105- 2 DRV1 SC switchback release motor
CN57-A15 M2_H/L CN81-A 8 M13_DRV2 CN105- 1 DRV2
M13
CN57-A16 M2_F/R
CN57-A17 M2_CLK -2
CN81-A 9 M18_DRV1 CN108- 1 DRV1 SC roller release motor
CN57-A18 M2_CONT -1 M18
CN81-A10 M18_DRV2 CN108- 2 DRV2
CN57-B 1 SOUT17
Sub compile
CN81-A11 NC
CN57-B 2 CL72_CONT -2
CN57-B 3 CL71_CONT CN81-B 1 SD12_24V CN145- 1 24V SC stopper solenoid
-1 SD12
CN57-B 4 SD80_F/R CN81-B 2 SD12_DRV CN145- 2 DRV
CN57-B 5 SD80_CONT
J21- 2 -1 -2
CN57-B 6 SD72_CONT CN81-B 3 SD11_24V CN144- 1 24V FD alignment solenoid
J21- 1 -2 -1 SD11
CN57-B 7 SD71_CONT CN81-B 4 SD11_DRV CN144- 2 DRV
CN57-B 8 SD43_CONT
CN57-B 9 SD42_CONT
CN57-B10 SD41_CONT
CN57-B11 SD32_CONT J20-10 -1 -2
CN57-B12 SD31_CONT CN81-B 5 M20_DRV1 CN110- 1 DRV1 Clamp entranse roller release motor
J20- 9 -2 -1 M20
CN57-B13 SD21_CONT CN81-B 6 M20_DRV2 CN110- 2 DRV2
101
5
5
CN57-B14 SD13_CONT
J20- 8 -3 -2
CN57-B15 SD12_CONT CN81-B 7 SD13_24V CN146- 1 24V SC pressure arm solenoid
J20- 7 -4 -1 SD13
CN57-B16 SD11_CONT CN81-B 8 SD13_DRV CN146- 2 DRV
CN57-B17 SD4_CONT
CN57-B18 SD3_CONT
-2
CN81-B 9 SD91_24V CN157- 1 24V Straight gate solenoid
-1 SD91
CN81-B10 SD91_DRV CN157- 2 DRV
CN60- 1 SUB1_CONT2 CN81-B11 NC
CN60- 2 SUB1_CONT1
CN60- 3 SUB1_F/R
CN60- 4 SUB1_EN
CN73- 1 M21_24V CN111- 3 COM
CN60- 5 SUB1_MODE1
CN73- 2 M21_24V CN111- 9 COM
CN60- 6 SUB1_CLK
CN73- 3 M21_DRV_A CN111- 1 A
CN73- 4 M21_DRV_A/ CN111- 5 A/ M21 Clamp alignment motor
CN73- 5 M21_DRV_B CN111- 7 B
PBDB(1/2)
CN73- 6 M21_DRV_B/ CN111-11 B/
CN56-A 1 M61_CONT2
CN56-A 2 M61_CONT1
J31- 5 -1
CN56-A 3 M61_F/R CN82- 1 M22_DRV1 CN112- 1 DRV1 Clamp motor
J31- 4 -2 M22
CN56-A 4 M61_EN CN82- 2 M22_DRV2 CN112- 2 DRV2
CN56-A 5 M61_MODE1
CN56-A 6 M61_CLK
CN56-A 7 M47_CONT2 J31- 3 -3
CN82- 3 SD21_24V
CN56-A 8 M47_CONT1 J31- 2 -4
CN82- 4 SD21_DRV
CN56-A 9 M47_F/R J31- 1 -5
Clamp
CN56-A10 M47_EN
CN56-A11 M47_MODE1
6
6
CN56-A12 M47_CLK
CN56-A13 M46_CONT2 CN82- 5 M23_DRV1 CN113- 1 DRV1
CN56-A14 M46_CONT1 CN82- 6 M23_DRV2 CN113- 2 DRV2
M23 Clamp rotation motor
CN56-A15 M46_F/R CN82- 7 RSV_SD1_24V
CN56-A16 M46_EN CN82- 8 RSV_SD1_DRV
4
CN56-A17 M46_MODE1 CN114- 2 COM

5
CN56-A18 M46_CLK CN114- 5 COM

6
CN56-B 1 M80_H/L CN114- 1 A

7
CN56-B 2 M80_CONT
(DB CN70) CN114- 3 A/ M31 Glue tank movement motor
8
CN56-B 3 M81_H/L CN114- 4 B

9
CN56-B 4 M72_CONT CN114- 6 B/

CN56-B 5 M71_H/L
CN56-B 6 M71_CONT J42-A11 -A 1
CN83- 1 M32_24V CN115-11 24V
CN56-B 7 M65_/B J42-A10 -A 2
CN83- 2 M32_24V CN115-10 24V
CN56-B 8 M65_B J42-A 9 -A 3
CN83- 3 M32_PGND CN115- 9 P.GND
CN56-B 9 M65_/A J42-A 8 -A 4
CN56-B10 M65_A J42-A 7 -A 5
CN83- 5 M32_H/L CN115- 7 H/L
CN56-B11 M62_/B J42-A 6 -A 6
CN83- 6 M32_LD CN115- 6 LD M32 Glue apply roller motor
CN56-B12 M62_B J42-A 5 -A 7
CN83- 7 M32_F/R CN115- 5 CW/CCW
CN56-B13 M62_/A J42-A 4 -A 8
CN83- 8 M32_CLK CN115- 4 CLOCK
CN56-B14 M62_A J42-A 3 -A 9
CN83- 9 M32_CONT CN115- 3 START/STOP
CN56-B15 M19_/B J42-A 2 -A10
CN83- 10 M32_SGND CN115- 2 S.GND
CN56-B16 M19_B J42-A 1 -A11
CN83- 11 M32_5V CN115- 1 5V
CN56-B17 M19_/A
CN56-B18 M19_A J42-B11 -B 1 -2
CN83- 12 SD31_24V CN148- 1 24V
J42-B10 -B 2 -1 SD31 Glue tank up solenoid /1
CN83- 13 SD31_DRV CN148- 2 DRV
7
7
CN58-A 1 SOUT14 -2
CN148- 1 24V Glue tank up solenoid /2
CN58-A 2 SOUT13 -1 SD33
CN148- 2 DRV
CN58-A 3 M48_CONT
CN58-A 4 M34_F/R -2
J42-B 9 -B 3
CN58-A 5 M34_CONT CN83- 14 SD32_24V CN149- 1 24V
J42-B 8 -B 4 -1 SD32 Glue equalize up solenoid
CN58-A 6 M33_F/R CN83- 15 SD32_DRV CN149- 2 DRV
CN58-A 7 M33_CONT
CN58-A 8 M23_F/R -2
J41-18 -1
CN58-A 9 M23_CONT CN83- 16 M34_DRV1 CN117- 1 DRV1 Pellet supply arm motor
J41-17 -2 -1 M34
CN58-A10 M23_F/R CN83- 17 M34_DRV2 CN117- 2 DRV2
Glue tank
CN58-A11 M22_CONT
CN58-A12 M20_F/R PS #110
J47- 4 -1
CN58-A13 M20_CONT CN68- 1 24V1_OUT FT-1
CN58-A14 M18_F/R CN68- 2 PGND(NC) PS #110 MS 1 Pellet supply door switch
J47- 3 -2
CN58-A15 M18_CONT CN68- 3 24V1_IN FT-2
CN58-A16 M13_F/R
CN58-A17 M13_CONT J47- 2 -3 -2
CN83- 4 M33_DRV1 CN116- 1 DRV1 Pellet supply motor
CN58-B 1 SOUT16 J47- 1 -4 -1 M33
CN83- 5 M33_DRV2 CN116- 2 DRV2
CN58-B 2 SOUT15 CN68- 6 PGND(NC)
CN58-B 3 M73_F/R
CN58-B 4 M73_CONT
CN58-B 5 M64_F/R
CN58-B 6 M64_CONT
CN58-B 7 M63_F/R
CN58-B 8 M63_CONT
CN58-B 9 M60_F/R
8
8
CN58-B10 M60_CONT
CN58-B11 M50_F/R
CN58-B12 M50_CONT
CN58-B13 M49_F/R
CN58-B14 M49_CONT
CN58-B15 M48_F/R
CN58-B16 SOUT10
CN58-B17 SOUT9
CN59-A 1 M2_LD
CN59-A 2 AD_SUB1
CN59-A 3 VR71_SIG
CN59-A 4 PS82_SIG
CN59-A 5 PS77_SIG
CN59-A 6 PS76_SIG
CN59-A 7 PS75_SIG
CN59-A 8 PS74_SIG
CN59-A 9 SIN_9
CN59-A10 PS71_SIG
CN59-A11 TRAY_SET(SW71)
CN59-A12 24V_DEC
CN59-B 1 SIN_7
CN59-B 2 M81_LD
CN59-B 3 AD_SUB2
CN59-B 4 M4_LD
CN59-B 5 PS92_SIG
9
9
CN59-B 6 PS91_SIG
CN59-B 7 M80_LD
CN59-B 8 M74_LD
CN59-B 9 M72_LD
CN59-B10 M71_LD
CN59-B11 M32_LD
CN59-B12 M91_LD
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP
PB-501 location list

M1 Entrance conveyance motor 1-C
M2 Intermediate conveyance motor 1-C

/1050e/1050eP
M4 Pellet supply cooling fan motor 3-C
M11 SC entrance conveyance motor 3-C
M12 SC switchback conveyance motor 3-C
M13 SC switchback release motor 4-C
M15 SC alignment motor 3-C
M17 SC bundle conveynace motor 4-C
M18 SC roller release motor 4-C
M19 Clamp entranse movement motor 4-C
M20 Clamp entranse roller release motor 5-C
M21 Clamp alignment motor 5-C
M22 Clamp motor 6-C
M23 Clamp rotation motor 6-C
M31 Glue tank movement motor 6-C
M32 Glue apply roller motor 6-C
M33 Pellet supply motor 8-C
M34 Pellet supply arm motor 7-C
M80 Exhaust fan /1 3-C
M81 Exhaust fan /2 2-C
MS1 Pellet supply door switch 3-C
PBDB PB drive board 1-G
SD1 Entrance gate solenoid 2-C
SD2 Bypass gate solenoid 2-C
SD3 Sub tray gate solenoid 2-C
SD4 Sub tray exit solenoid 2-C
SD11 FD alignment solenoid 5-C
SD12 SC stopper solenoid 5-C
SD13 SC pressure arm solenoid 5-C
SD31 Glue tank up solenoid /1 7-C
SD32 Cover paper glue up solenoid 7-C
SD33 Glue tank up solenoid /2 7-C
SD80 Front door lock solenoid 2-C
SD91 Straight gate solenoid 5-C
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
CN75- 1 M46_24V CN123- 5 COM

CN75- 2 M46_24V CN123- 2 COM
CN75- 3 M46_DRV_A CN123- 4 A
CN75- 4 M46_DRV_A/ CN123- 6 A/ M46 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr
CN75- 5 M46_DRV_B CN123- 3 B
CN75- 6 M46_DRV_B/ CN123- 1 B/
CN75- 7 M47_24V CN124- 5 COM
18.15 PB-501 2/4
CN75- 8 M47_24V CN124- 2 COM

CN75- 9 M47_DRV_A CN124- 4 A
CN75- 10 M47_DRV_A/ CN124- 6 A/ M47 Cover paper table up down motor /Rr
CN75- 11 M47_DRV_B CN124- 3 B
10
10
CN75- 12 M47_DRV_B/ CN124- 1 B/

J94-13 -1
CN76- 1 M41_24V CN118- 5 COM
J94-12 -2
CN76- 2 M41_24V CN118- 2 COM
J94-11 -3
CN76- 3 M41_DRV_A CN118- 4 A
J94-10 -4 M41 Cover paper alignment motor
CN76- 4 M41_DRV_A/ CN118- 6 A/
J94- 9 -5
CN76- 5 M41_DRV_B CN118- 3 B
J94- 8 -6
CN76- 6 M41_DRV_B/ CN118- 1 B/
J94- 7 -7
CN76- 7 NC
J94- 6 -8
CN76- 8 M42_24V CN119- 3 COM
J94- 5 -9
CN76- 9 M42_24V CN119- 9 COM
J94- 4 -10
CN76- 10 M42_DRV_A CN119- 1 A
J94- 3 -11 M42 Booklet exit motor
CN76- 11 M42_DRV_A/ CN119- 5 A/
J94- 2 -12
CN76- 12 M42_DRV_B CN119- 7 B
J94- 1 -13
CN76- 13 M42_DRV_B/ CN119-11 B/
J95-12 -1
CN77- 1 M43_24V CN120- 3 COM
J95-11 -2
CN77- 2 M43_24V CN120- 9 COM
J95-10 -3
CN77- 3 M43_DRV_A CN120- 1 A
J95- 9 -4 M43 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt
CN77- 4 M43_DRV_A/ CN120- 5 A/
J95- 8 -5
CN77- 5 M43_DRV_B CN120- 7 B
J95- 7 -6
CN77- 6 M43_DRV_B/ CN120-11 B/
CN77- 7 NC
J95- 6 -7
CN77- 8 M44_24V CN121- 3 COM
J95- 5 -8
CN77- 9 M44_24V CN121- 9 COM
11
11
J95- 4 -9
CN77- 10 M44_DRV_A CN121- 1 A
J95- 3 -10 M44 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt
CN77- 11 M44_DRV_A/ CN121- 5 A/
J95- 2 -11
CN77- 12 M44_DRV_B CN121- 7 B
J95- 1 -12
CN77- 13 M44_DRV_B/ CN121-11 B/
J56- 6 -1
CN74- 1 M45_24V CN122- 5 COM
J56- 5 -2
CN74- 2 M45_24V CN122- 2 COM
J56- 4 -3
CN74- 3 M45_DRV_A CN122- 4 A
J56- 3 -4 M45 Cover paper conveyance motor
CN74- 4 M45_DRV_A/ CN122- 6 A/
J56- 2 -5
CN74- 5 M45_DRV_B CN122- 3 B
J56- 1 -6
CN74- 5 M45_DRV_B/ CN122- 1 B/
J91- 9 -1
Cover paper table
J91- 8 -2
CN84- 1 M49_DRV1 CN126- 1 DRV1 Cover paper folding motor /Lt
J91- 7 -3 M49
CN84- 2 M49_DRV2 CN126- 2 DRV2
J91- 6 -4
CN84- 3 M48_DRV1 CN125- 1 DRV1 Cover paper folding motor /Rt
J91- 5 -5 M48
CN84- 4 M48_DRV2 CN125- 2 DRV2
J91- 4 -6 J53-9 -1 CN166-6 -1Red Cutter motor
CN84- 5 M50_DRV1 CN127- * DRV1
J91- 3 -7 J53-8 -2 CN166-5 -2Black M50
CN84- 6 M50_DRV2 CN127- * DRV2 (Within the cutter unit)
12
12
J91- 2 -8 -2
CN84- 7 SD41_24V CN150- 1 24V Cutter HP sensor
J91- 1 -9 -1 SD41
CN84- 9 SD42_24V
CN84- 10 SD42_DRV
CN84- 11 SD43_24V
CN84- 12 SD43_DRV
CN78- 1 NC
CN78- 2 M61_24V CN129- 3 COM
CN78- 3 M61_24V CN129- 9 COM
CN78- 4 M61_DRV_A CN129- 1 A Booklet conveyance belt motor
CN78- 5 M61_DRV_A/ CN129- 5 A/ M61
CN78- 6 M61_DRV_B CN129- 7 B
CN78- 7 M61_DRV_B/ CN129-11 B/
J61-15 -1 -6
CN85-A 1 M62_24V CN130- 1 COM
J61-14 -2 -5
CN85-A 2 M62_24V CN130- 2 COM
J61-13 -3 -4
CN85-A 3 M62_DRV_A CN130- 3 A
J61-12 -4 -3 M62 Booklet conveyance belt movement motor
CN85-A 4 M62_DRV_A/ CN130- 4 A/
J61-11 -5 -2
CN85-A 5 M62_DRV_B CN130- 5 B
J61-10 -6 -1
CN85-A 6 M62_DRV_B/ CN130- 6 B/
13
13
CN85-A 7 M63_DRV1 CN131- 1 DRV1

CN85-A 8 M63_DRV2 CN131- 2 DRV2
M63 Booklet conveyance belt up down motor
J62-18 -1 -6
CN85-B 1 M65_24V CN133- 1 COM
Booklet
J62-17 -2 -5
CN85-B 2 M65_24V CN133- 2 COM
J62-16 -3 -4
CN85-B 3 M65_DRV_A CN133- 3 A
J62-15 -4 -3 M65 Booklet stopper motor
CN85-B 4 M65_DRV_A/ CN133- 4 A/
J62-14 -5 -2
CN85-B 5 M65_DRV_B CN133- 5 B
J62-13 -6 -1
CN85-B 6 M65_DRV_B/ CN133- 6 B/
J64- 8
CN85-B 7 M60_DRV1
J64- 7
CN85-B 8 M60_DRV2
PBDB(2/2)
CN69- 1 M64_DRV1 CN132- 1 DRV1

CN69- 2 M64_DRV2 CN132- 2 DRV2
M64 Booklet movement motor
CN69- 3 PGND(NC) -2
J92- 2 -1
CN69- 4 SD61_DRV1 J92- 1 -2 -1 CN153- 1 DRV1
CN153- 2 DRV2
SD61 Booklet door solenoid
CN69- 5 SD61_DRV1
CN86- 1 M74_24V CN137-11 24V
CN86- 2 M74_24V CN137-10 24V
CN86- 5 M74_H/L CN137- 7 H/L
CN86- 6 M74_LD CN137- 6 LD M74 Cover paper feed motor
CN86- 7 M74_F/R CN137- 5 CW/CCW
14
14
CN86- 8 M74_CLK CN137- 4 CLOCK

CN86- 9 M74_CONT CN137- 3 START/STOP
CN86- 10 M74_SGND CN137- 2 S.GND
CN86- 11 M74_5V CN137- 1 5V
J70- 2 -1 -2
CN86- 12 SD72_24V CN152- 1 24V Cover paper tray solenoid
J70- 1 -2 -1 SD72
CN86- 14 RSV_SD2_24V
CN86- 15 RSV_SD2_DRV
J73-15 -15
CN87-A 1 24V1
J73-21 -21
CN87-A 2 PGND
CN87-A 3 NC
CN87-A 4 NC
J73-14 -14
CN87-A 5 5V
J73-12 -12
CN87-A 6 TRAY_SET
J73- 9 -9
CN87-A 7 M71_LD
J73-10 -10
CN87-A 8 M72_LD
J73- 1 -1
CN87-A 9 M73_DRV1 CN136- 1 DRV1 Cover paper tray lift motor
J73-13 -13 M73
CN87-A10 M73_DRV2 CN136- 2 DRV2
-2
CN154- 1 24V
J73-19 -19 -1 MC71 Cover paper pick up clutch
CN87-A11 CL71_DRV CN154- 2 DRV
-2
CN155- 1 24V
J73-18 -18 -1 MC72 Cover paper separation clutch
CN87-A12 CL72_DRV CN155- 2 DRV
15
15
-2
CN151- 1 24V
J73-20 -20 -1 SD71 Cover paper pick up solenoid
J83-3 -1
CN222- 3 SGND
J73- 2 -2 J83-2 -2
CN87-B 2 PS71_SIG CN222- 2 SIG PS71 Cover paper empty sensor
J83-1 -3
CN222- 1 5V
CN50- 4 SGND CN225- 3 SGND
J73-11 -11 Cover paper conveyance sensor /2
CN50- 3 SGND CN87-B 3 PS76_SIG CN225- 2 SIG PS76
CN50- 2 5V CN225- 1 5V
CN50- 1 5V J84-3 -1
CN226- 3 SGND
J73-16 -16 J84-2 -2 Cover paper conveyance sensor /3
CN87-B 4 PS77_SIG CN226- 2 SIG PS77
J84-1 -3
CN226- 1 5V
CN231- 3 SGND
J73- 4 -4 Cover paper tray knob sensor
CN87-B 5 PS82_SIG CN231- 2 SIG PS82
CN231- 1 5V
J80-3 -4
Cover paper tray
CN223- 3 SGND
J73- 3 -3 J80-2 -5
Cover paper feed
CN87-B 6 PS74_SIG CN223- 2 SIG PS74 Cover paper tray upper limit sensor
J80-1 -6
CN223- 1 5V
CN51-4 PGND J80-6 -1
CN51-3 PGND CN224- 3 SGND
J73-23 -23 J80-5 -2 Cover paper conveyance sensor /1
CN51-2 24V1 CN87-B 7 PS75_SIG CN224- 2 SIG PS75
J80-4 -3
CN51-1 24V1 CN87-B 8 RSV_PS1_SIG CN224- 1 5V
16
16
CN87-B 9 NC
CN87-B10 NC
J73-22 -22
CN87-B11 SGND
J73-17 -17 J81-3 -1 -3
CN87-B12 M71/72_DRV CN134- 1 DRV
J81-2 -2 -2
J81-1 -3 -1 CN134- 2 EM M71 Cover paper tray fan /1
J73-24 CN134- 3 PGND
CN52-6 PGND
CN52-5 PGND CN64- 1 RSV_M2_DRV1 J82-3 -1 -3
CN52-4 PGND CN64- 2 RSV_M2_DRV2 J82-2 -2 -2 CN135- 1 DRV
CN52-3 24V2 CN64- 3 RSV_M3_DRV1 J82-1 -3 -1 CN135- 2 EM M72 Cover paper tray fan /2
CN52-2 24V2 CN64- 4 RSV_M3_DRV2 -24 CN135- 3 PGND
CN52-1 24V2 CN64- 5 AD_SUB2
J7-4
J7-3
J7-1
J7-2
J2-4
J2-3
CN88- 12 5V
CN88- 11 AD_SUB1
CN88- 10 SGND
CN88- 9 5V
CN88- 8 RSV_PS2_SIG
CN88- 7 SGND
CN88- 6 5V
CN88- 5 PS92_SIG
CN88- 4 SGND
CN88- 3 5V
CN88- 2 PS91_SIG
CN88- 1 SGND
CN89- 11 M91_5V
CN89- 10 M91_SGND
CN89- 9 M91_CONT
CN89- 8 M91_CLK
CN89- 7 M91_F/R
CN89- 6 M91_LD
CN89- 5 M91_H/L
CN89- 4 M91_PGND
CN89- 3 M91_PGND
CN89- 2 M91_24V
CN89- 1 M91_24V
AC CODE
WIT
WIT
BLK
17
17
CN98-6 㧗V/24V BLK

CN98-5 㧗V/24V
CN47-1B
CN47-2B
CN98-4 㧗V/24V CN66-5 :LINE(N)
J7-2
J7-1
J7-3
J7-4
CN98-3 -V/PGND
CN98-2 -V/PGND
AC INRET
CN66-1 :LINE(H)
MS2
CN98-1 -V/PGND
BLK
WIT
BLK
WIT
DCPU/2
(with interlock)
CN47-1A
CN47-2A
FT5
FT6
CN93-1 PS_ON
Front door switch

J8-4
J8-2
J8-1
J8-3
CN93-2 PGND WIT
13
CN97-6 㧗V/24V BLK
19
J8-3
CN97-5 㧗V/24V J8-4
WIT
BLK
BLK FT7
WIT FT8
CN97-4 㧗V/24V CN67-5 :LINE(N)
J8-2 WIT
J8-1 BLK
CN97-3 -V/PGND
CN97-2 -V/PGND
CN67-1 :LINE(H)
20
CN97-1 -V/PGND
CN248-1B
CN248-2B
CBR
14
CN239-2A
CN239-1A
DCPU/1
WIT
15
CN92-1 PS_ON
MS3
FT9
Circuit breaker
FT10
(without interlock)
16
CN92-2 PGND
MS4
BLK
17
18
CN248-1A
CN248-2A
CN239-2B
CN239-1B
CN95-1
11
18
18
WIT
BLK
㧦㧗V/5V BLK J2-1
BLK FT11
CN95-2 CN65-3 :LINE(N) WIT FT12
㧦㧗V/5V
3
4
WIT
BLK
CN95-3 J2-2
㧦-V/SGND CN65-1 :LINE(H) WIT
Upper door switch
DCPU/3
CN95-4
1
2
NF1
12
102
㧦-V/SGND
Noise filter
FT13
FT14
BLK BLK
WIT WIT
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1050e/1050eP

CBR Circuit breaker 18-A
DCPU/1 DC power supply unit /1 17-F

/1050e/1050eP
M41 Cover paper alignment motor 10-C
M42 Booklet exit motor 10-C
M43 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt 11-C
M44 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt 11-C
M45 Cover paper conveyance motor 11-C
M46 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr 10-C
M47 Cover paper table up down motor /Rr 10-C
M48 Cover paper folding motor /Rt 12-C
M49 Cover paper folding motor /Lt 12-C
M50 Cutter motor 12-C
M61 Booklet conveyance belt motor 12-C
M62 Booklet conveyance belt movement motor 13-C
M63 Booklet conveyance belt up down motor 13-C
M64 Booklet movement motor 13-C
M65 Booklet stopper motor 13-C
M71 Cover paper tray fan /1 16-C
M72 Cover paper tray fan /2 16-C
M73 Cover paper tray lift motor 15-C
M74 Cover paper feed motor 14-C
MC71 Cover paper pick up clutch 15-C
MC72 Cover paper separation clutch 15-C
MS2 Front door switch 17-C
MS3 Upper door switch 18-C
MS4 Stacker door switch 18-B
NF Noise filter 18-A
PBDB PB drive board 10-H
PS71 Cover paper empty sensor 15-C
PS74 Cover paper tray upper limit sensor 16-C
PS75 Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 16-C
PS82 Cover paper tray knob sensor 16-C
SD41 Cover paper lift solenoid 12-C
SD61 Booklet door solenoid 14-C
SD71 Cover paper pick up solenoid 15-C
SD72 Cover paper tray solenoid 14-C
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
CN170- 3 S.GND J11- 1 -3 J10- 9 -12

CN30-A 1 SGND CN15-A20 M15_MODE1
CN170- 2 SIG J11- 2 -2 J10-10 -11
Entrance sensor PS1 CN30-A 2 PS1_SIG CN15-A19 M15_CLK
CN170- 1 5V J11- 3 -1 J10-11 -10
CN30-A 3 5V CN15-A18 M12_CONT2
CN15-A17 M12_CONT1
CN15-A16 M12_F/R
J12- 1 -3 J10-12 -9
18.16 PB-501 3/4
CN172- 3 S.GND CN30-A 4 SGND CN15-A15 M12_EN

CN172- 2 SIG J12- 2 -2 J10-13 -8
Cover paper entrance sensor PS3 CN30-A 5 PS3_SIG CN15-A14 M12_MODE1
CN172- 1 5V J12- 3 -1 J10-14 -7
CN30-A 6 5V CN15-A13 M12_CLK
CN15-A12 M11_CONT2
1
1
CN15-A11 M11_CONT1
CN173- 3 S.GND J17- 1 -6 J10-15 -6
CN30-A 7 SGND CN15-A10 M11_F/R
CN173- 2 SIG J17- 2 -5 J10-16 -5
Sub tray exit sensor PS4 CN30-A 8 PS4_SIG CN15-A 9 M11_EN
CN173- 1 5V J17- 3 -4 J10-17 -4
CN30-A 9 5V CN15-A 8 M11_MODE1
CN15-A 7 M11_CLK
CN15-A 6 M1_CONT2
CN174- 3 S.GND J17- 4 -3 J10-18 -3
CN30-A10 SGND CN15-A 5 M1_CONT1
CN174- 2 SIG J17- 5 -2 J10-19 -2
Sub tray full sensor PS5 CN30-A11 SIN_10 CN15-A 4 M1_F/R
CN174- 1 5V J17- 6 -1 J10-20 -1
CN30-A12 5V CN15-A 3 M1_EN
CN15-A 2 M1_MODE1
CN15-A 1 M1_CLK
CN30-A13 SGND CN15-B20 M4_CONT
CN30-A14 PS5_SIG CN15-B19 M66_F/R
CN30-A15 5V CN15-B18 M66_CONT
CN15-B17 SD91_CONT
CN15-B16 M21_CONT2
CN171- 3 S.GND J16- 3 -5
CN30-B 1 SGND CN15-B15 M21_CONT1
CN171- 2 SIG J16- 4 -4
SC entrance sensor PS2 CN30-B 2 PS2_SIG CN15-B14 M21_F/R
CN171- 1 5V J16- 5 -3
CN30-B 3 5V CN15-B13 M21_EN
CN15-B12 M21_MODE1
CN15-B11 M21_CLK
CN240- 2 SIG J16- 6 -2
CN30-B 4 SW1 CN15-B10 M17_CONT2
Upper door switch SW1 CN15-B 9 M17_CONT1
CN240- 1 S.GND J16- 7 -1
CN30-B 5 SGND CN15-B 8 M17_F/R
Conveyance
CN15-B 7 M17_EN
CN15-B 6 M17_MODE1
2
2
CN191- 3 S.GND CN30-B 6 SGND CN15-B 5 M17_CLK

Glue tank movement limit sensor PS31 CN191- 2 SIG CN30-B 7 PS31_SIG CN15-B 4 M15_CONT2
CN191- 1 5V CN30-B 8 5V CN15-B 3 M15_CONT1
CN193- 3 S.GND CN30-B 9 SGND CN15-B 2 M15_F/R
Glue tank HP sensor PS33 CN193- 2 SIG CN30-B10 PS33_SIG CN15-B 1 M15_EN
CN193- 1 5V CN30-B11 SGND
CN16-A19 M43_CLK
1
CN30-B12 H1_CONT CN16-A18 M42_CONT2

2
(ACDB CN43) CN30-B13 H2_CONT CN16-A17 M42_CONT1

3
CN30-B14 RL_CONT CN16-A16 M42_F/R

CN30-B15 NC CN16-A15 M42_EN
CN16-A14 M42_MODE1
CN16-A13 M42_CLK
CN16-A12 M41_CONT2
CN175- 3 S.GND CN31-A 1 SGND CN16-A11 M41_CONT1
SC switchback arm pressure CN16-A10 M41_F/R
PS12 CN175- 2 SIG CN31-A 2 PS12_SIG
detection sensor CN175- 1 5V CN31-A 3 5V CN16-A 9 M41_EN
CN16-A 8 M41_MODE1
CN16-A 7 M41_CLK
CN176- 3 S.GND CN31-A 4 SGND CN16-A 6 M31_CONT2
SC switchback spring pressure CN16-A 5 M31_CONT1
PS13 CN176- 2 SIG CN31-A 5 PS13_SIG
detection sensor CN176- 1 5V CN31-A 6 5V CN16-A 4 M31_F/R
CN16-A 3 M31_EN
CN16-A 2 M31_MODE1
CN177- 3 S.GND J24- 1 -3 CN16-A 1 M31_CLK
CN31-A 7 SGND
CN177- 2 SIG J24- 2 -2 CN16-B19 SOUT23
CN31-A 8 PS14_SIG
3
3
SC alignment HP sensor PS14

CN177- 1 5V J24- 3 -1 CN16-B18 SOUT22
CN31-A 9 5V
CN16-B17 M45_CONT2
CN179- 3 S.GND J27- 1 -3 CN16-B16 M45_CONT1
CN31-A10 SGND
CN179- 2 SIG J27- 2 -2 CN16-B15 M45_F/R
SC roller release sensor PS17 CN31-A11 PS17_SIG
CN179- 1 5V J27- 3 -1 CN16-B14 M45_EN
CN31-A12 5V
CN16-B13 M45_MODE1
CN180- 3 S.GND CN31-B 1 SGND CN16-B12 M45_CLK
CN180- 2 SIG CN31-B 2 PS18_SIG
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor PS18 CN16-B11 M44_CONT2
CN180- 1 5V CN31-B 3 5V CN16-B10 M44_CONT1
J20- 5 -6 CN16-B 9 M44_F/R
CN178- 3 S.GND CN31-B 4 SGND
J20- 6 -5 CN16-B 8 M44_EN
SC paper detection sensor PS16 J20- 7 -4 CN16-B 7 M44_MODE1
CN178- 1 5V CN31-B 6 5V CN16-B 6 M44_CLK
J22- 1 -3 J20- 8 -3 CN16-B 5 M43_CONT2
CN181- 3 S.GND CN31-B 7 SGND
J22- 2 -2 J20- 9 -2 CN16-B 4 M43_CONT1
Clamp entrance roller release sensor PS19 J22- 3 -1 J20-10 -1 CN16-B 3 M43_F/R
CN181- 1 5V CN31-B 9 5V CN16-B 2 M43_EN
Sub compile
CN31-B10 SGND CN16-B 1 M43_MODE1

CN31-B11 SIN_11
CN31-B12 5V
CN18-A18 SD2_CONT
CN18-A17 SD1_CONT
CN185- 3 S.GND CN32-A 1 SGND CN18-A16 M74_H/L
Clamp rotation HP sensor PS24 CN185- 2 SIG CN32-A 2 PS24_SIG CN18-A15 M74_F/R
CN185- 1 5V CN32-A 3 5V CN18-A14 M74_CLK
CN18-A13 M74_CONT
CN182- 3 S.GND J30-A 1 -A13
CN32-A 4 SGND CN18-A12 M32_H/L
4
4
CN182- 2 SIG J30-A 2 -A12

Clamp alignment HP sensor PS21 CN32-A 5 PS21_SIG CN18-A11 M32_F/R
CN182- 1 5V J30-A 3 -A11
CN32-A 6 5V CN18-A10 M32_CLK
CN18-A 9 M32_CONT
CN183- 3 S.GND J32- 1 -3 J30-A 4 -A10
CN32-A 7 SGND CN18-A 8 M3_H/L
CN183- 2 SIG J32- 2 -2 J30-A 5 -A 9
Clamp HP sensor PS22 CN32-A 8 PS22_SIG CN18-A 7 M3_F/R
CN183- 1 5V J32- 3 -1 J30-A 6 -A 8
CN32-A 9 5V CN18-A 6 M3_CLK
CN18-A 5 M3_CONT
CN184- 3 S.GND J34- 1 -3 J30-A 7 -A 7 CN18-A 4 M2_H/L
CN32-A10 SGND
CN184- 2 SIG J34- 2 -2 J30-A 8 -A 6 CN18-A 3 M2_F/R
Clamp pressure sensor PS23 CN32-A11 PS23_SIG
CN184- 1 5V J34- 3 -1 J30-A 9 -A 5 CN18-A 2 M2_CLK
CN32-A12 5V
CN18-A 1 M2_CONT
CN18-B18 SOUT17
CN189- 3 SIG J33- 2 -1 J30-B 7 -B 7 CN18-B17 CL72_CONT
CN32-A13 PS28_SIG
CN189- 2 NC CN18-B16 CL71_CONT
Clamp paper sensor PS28 J33- 1 -2 J30-B 8 -B 6 CN18-B15 SD80_F/R
CN189- 1 SGND CN32-A14 SGND
CN18-B14 SD80_CONT
J30-A10 -A 4 CN18-B13 SD72_CONT
CN186- 3 S.GND CN32-B 1 SGND CN18-B12 SD71_CONT
CN186- 2 SIG J30-A11 -A 3
Clamp rotation pressure sensor PS25 CN32-B 2 PS25_SIG CN18-B11 SD43_CONT
CN186- 1 5V J30-A12 -A 2
CN32-B 3 5V CN18-B10 SD42_CONT
J30-A13 -A 1
CN18-B 9 SD41_CONT
J30-B 1 -B13
Clamp
CN187- 3 S.GND CN32-B 4 SGND CN18-B 8 SD32_CONT
CN187- 2 SIG J30-B 2 -B12
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr PS26 CN32-B 5 PS26_SIG CN18-B 7 SD31_CONT
CN187- 1 5V J30-B 3 -B11
CN32-B 6 5V CN18-B 6 SD21_CONT
CN188- 3 S.GND J30-B 4 -B10 CN18-B 5 SD13_CONT
CN32-B 7 SGND
CN188- 2 SIG J30-B 5 -B 9 CN18-B 4 SD12_CONT
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr PS27 CN32-B 8 PS27_SIG
J30-B 6 -B 8
101
CN18-B 3 SD11_CONT
5
5
CN188- 1 5V CN32-B 9 5V
J30-B 9 -B 5 CN18-B 2 SD4_CONT
CN160- 3 S.GND CN32-B10 LED21_CONT CN18-B 1 SD3_CONT
Clamp paper LED LED21 CN160- 2 NC
CN160- 1 5V J30-B10 -B 4
CN32-B11 SGND
CN190- 1 S.GND J30-B11 -B 3
CN32-B12 SGND CN21- 6 SUB1_CONT2
CN190- 2 SIG J30-B12 -B 2
Booklet thickness sensor PS29 CN32-B13 PS29_SIG CN21- 5 SUB1_CONT1
CN190- 3 5V J30-B13 -B 1
CN32-B14 5V CN21- 4 SUB1_F/R
CN21- 3 SUB1_EN
PBCB(1/2)
CN21- 2 SUB1_MODE1
CN21- 1 SUB1_CLK
CN192- 3 SIG J42-B 5 -B 7
CN33- 1 PS32_SIG
Glue apply position detection sensor PS32 CN192- 2 NC
CN192- 1 SGND J42-B 6 -B 6
CN33- 2 SGND
CN161- 3 S.GND J42-B 7 -B 5 CN17-A18 M61_CONT2
CN33- 3 LED31
CN161- 2 NC CN17-A17 M61_CONT1
Glue apply position LED LED31 J42-B 8 -B 4 CN17-A16 M61_F/R
CN161- 1 5V CN33- 4 5V
CN17-A15 M61_EN
J42-B 9 -B 3 CN17-A14 M61_MODE1
J42-B10 -B 2 CN17-A13 M61_CLK
J42-B11 -B 1 CN17-A12 M47_CONT2
CN17-A11 M47_CONT1
CN17-A10 M47_F/R
CN194- 3 S.GND J41- 3 -16 CN17-A 9 M47_EN
CN33- 5 SGND
CN194- 2 SIG J41- 4 -15 CN17-A 8 M47_MODE1
Pellet remain sensor PS36 CN33- 6 PS36_SIG
CN194- 1 5V J41- 5 -14 CN17-A 7 M47_CLK
CN33- 7 5V
CN195- 3 SIG J41- 6 -13 CN17-A 6 M46_CONT2
CN33- 8 PS37_SIG
6
6
Pellet count sensor PS37 CN195- 2 NC CN17-A 5 M46_CONT1

CN195- 1 SGND J41- 7 -12 CN17-A 4 M46_F/R
CN33- 9 SGND
J41- 8 -11 CN17-A 3 M46_EN
CN162- 3 S.GND CN33- 10 LED32_CONT CN17-A 2 M46_MODE1
Pellet count LED LED32 CN162- 2 NC CN17-A 1 M46_CLK
CN162- 1 5V J41- 9 -10
CN33- 11 5V CN17-B18 M80_H/L
CN196- 3 S.GND J41-10 -9 CN17-B17 M80_CONT
CN33- 12 SGND
CN196- 2 SIG J41-11 -8 CN17-B16 M72_H/L
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor PS38 CN33- 13 PS38_SIG
CN196- 1 5V J41-12 -7 CN17-B15 M72_CONT
CN33- 14 5V
CN197- 3 S.GND J41-13 -6 CN17-B14 M71_H/L
CN33- 15 SGND
CN197- 2 SIG J41-14 -5 CN17-B13 M71_CONT
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor PS39 CN33- 16 PS39_SIG
CN197- 1 5V J41-15 -4 CN17-B12 M65_/B
CN33- 17 5V
J41-16 -3 CN17-B11 M65_B
CN249- 3 S.GND CN33- 18 SGND CN17-B10 M65_/A
CN249- 2 SIG J41-17 -2
Pellet supply door sensor PS40 CN33- 19 PS40_SIG CN17-B 9 M65_A
CN249- 1 5V J41-18 -1
CN33- 20 5V CN17-B 8 M62_/B
CN17-B 7 M62_B
-2 J43- 1 -8 CN17-B 6 M62_/A
CN250- 1 CN34- 1 TH1_SIG CN17-B 5 M62_A
Glue apply roller temperature sensor TH1 -1 J43- 2 -7 CN17-B 4 M19_/B
CN250- 2 CN34- 2 SGND CN17-B 3 M19_B
CN251- 1 -2 J43- 3 -6 CN17-B 2 M19_/A
CN34- 3 TH2_SIG
Glue tank temperature sensor /up TH2 CN17-B 1 M19_A
CN251- 2 -1 J43- 4 -5
CN34- 4 SGND
CN252- 1 -2 J43- 5 -4
CN34- 5 TH3_SIG
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md TH3 CN19-A17 SOUT14
CN252- 2 -1 J43- 6 -3 CN19-A16 SOUT13
CN34- 6 SGND
7
7
-2 J43- 7 -2 CN19-A15 M48_CONT

CN253- 1 CN34- 7 TH4_SIG CN19-A14 M34_F/R
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw TH4 -1 J43- 8 -1 CN19-A13 M34_CONT
CN253- 2 CN34- 8 SGND CN19-A12 M33_F/R
CN34- 9 NC CN19-A11 M33_CONT
Glue tank/Glue supply

CN19-A10 M23_F/R
CN19-A 9 M23_CONT
J90-A 1 -A19 CN19-A 8 M22_F/R
CN199- 3 S.GND CN35-A 1 SGND CN19-A 7 M22_CONT
CN199- 2 SIG J90-A 2 -A18
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt PS42 CN35-A 2 PS42_SIG CN19-A 6 M20_F/R
CN199- 1 5V J90-A 3 -A17
CN35-A 3 5V CN19-A 5 M20_CONT
CN205- 3 S.GND J90-A 4 -A16 CN19-A 4 M18_F/R
CN35-A 4 SGND
CN205- 2 SIG J90-A 5 -A15 CN19-A 3 M18_CONT
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt PS48 CN35-A 5 PS48_SIG
CN205- 1 5V J90-A 6 -A14 CN19-A 2 M13_F/R
CN35-A 6 5V
CN198- 3 S.GND J90-A 7 -A13 CN19-A 1 M13_CONT
CN35-A 7 SGND
CN198- 2 SIG J90-A 8 -A12 CN19-B17 SOUT16
Cover paper alignment HP sensor PS41 CN35-A 8 PS41_SIG
CN198- 1 5V J90-A 9 -A11 CN19-B16 SOUT15
CN35-A 9 5V
J90-A10 -A10 CN19-B15 M73_F/R
CN200- 3 S.GND CN35-A10 SGND CN19-B14 M73_CONT
CN200- 2 SIG J90-A11 -A 9
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt PS43 CN35-A11 PS43_SIG CN19-B13 M64_F/R
CN200- 1 5V J90-A12 -A 8
CN35-A12 5V CN19-B12 M64_CONT
Cutter unit CN19-B11 M63_F/R
CN241- * NO Yellow-3 CN166-4 J53-3 -7 J90-A13 -A 7 CN19-B10 M63_CONT
CN35-A13 SW41
Cutter HP sensor CN19-B 9 M60_F/R
(Within the cutter unit)
SW41 Brown-4 CN166-3 J53-4 -6 J90-A14 -A 6 CN19-B 8 M60_CONT
CN241- * COM CN35-A14 SGND
Yellow-5 CN166-2 J53-5 -5 J90-A15 -A 5 CN19-B 7 M50_F/R
CN242- * NO CN35-A15 SW42 CN19-B 6 M50_CONT
8
8
Cutter end position switch

SW42 Brown-6 CN166-1 J53-6 -4 J90-A16 -A 4 CN19-B 5 M49_F/R
(Within the cutter unit) CN242- * COM CN35-A16 SGND CN19-B 4 M49_CONT
CN19-B 3 M48_F/R
CN201- 3 S.GND J53-7 -3 J90-A17 -A 3 CN19-B 2 SOUT10
CN35-A17 SGND
CN201- 2 SIG J53-8 -2 J90-A18 -A 2 CN19-B 1 SOUT9
Cover paper switchback switch PS44 CN35-A18 PS44_SIG
CN201- 1 5V J53-9 -1 J90-A19 -A 1
CN35-A19 5V
J52- 1 -3 J90-B 1 -B19 CN20-A12 M2_LD
CN202- 3 S.GND CN35-B 1 SGND CN20-A11 AD_SUB1
CN202- 2 SIG J52- 2 -2 J90-B 2 -B18
Cover paper sensor /Rt PS45 CN35-B 2 PS45_SIG CN20-A10 VR71_SIG
CN202- 1 5V J52- 3 -1 J90-B 3 -B17
CN35-B 3 5V CN20-A 9 PS82_SIG
CN20-A 8 PS77_SIG
J58- 1 -3 J90-B 4 -B16 CN20-A 7 PS76_SIG
CN203- 3 S.GND CN35-B 4 SGND CN20-A 6 PS75_SIG
CN203- 2 SIG J58- 2 -2 J90-B 5 -B15
Cover paper sensor /Lt PS46 CN35-B 5 PS46_SIG CN20-A 5 PS74_SIG
CN203- 1 5V J58- 3 -1 J90-B 6 -B14
CN35-B 6 5V CN20-A 4 SIN_9
CN206- 3 S.GND J90-B 7 -B13 CN20-A 3 PS71_SIG
CN35-B 7 SGND
CN206- 3 S.GND J90-B 8 -B12 CN20-A 2 TRAY_SET(SW71)
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt PS49 CN35-B 8 PS49_SIG
CN206- 1 5V J90-B 9 -B11 CN20-A 1 24VDEC
CN35-B 9 5V
J90-B10 -B10 CN20-B12 SIN_7
CN207- 3 S.GND CN35-B10 SGND CN20-B11 SIN_6
CN207- 2 SIG J90-B11 -B 9
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor PS50 CN35-B11 PS50_SIG CN20-B10 AD_SUB2
CN207- 1 5V J90-B12 -B 8
CN35-B12 5V CN20-B 9 M4_LD
CN208- 3 S.GND J90-B13 -B 7 CN20-B 8 PS92_SIG
Cover paper table

CN35-B13 SGND
CN208- 2 SIG J90-B14 -B 6 CN20-B 7 PS91_SIG
Cover paper folding plate position sensor PS51 CN35-B14 PS51_SIG
CN208- 1 5V J90-B15 -B 5 CN20-B 6 M80_LD
CN35-B15 5V
9
9
CN209- 3 S.GND J90-B16 -B 4 CN20-B 5 M74_LD

CN35-B16 SGND
CN209- 2 SIG J90-B17 -B 3 CN20-B 4 M72_LD
Cover paper folding pressure sensor PS52 CN35-B17 PS52_SIG
CN209- 1 5V J90-B18 -B 2 CN20-B 3 M71_LD
CN35-B18 5V
J90-B19 -B 1 CN20-B 2 M32_LD
CN35-B19 NC
CN20-B 1 M91_LD
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
1050e/1050eP

LED21 Clamp paper LED 5-O
LED31 Booklet upper limit LED 6-O

/1050e/1050eP
LED32 Glue apply position LED 6-O
PBCB PB control board 1-J
PS1 Entrance sensor 1-O
PS2 SC entrance sensor 2-O
PS3 Cover paper entrance sensor 1-O
PS4 Sub tray exit sensor 1-O
PS5 Sub tray full sensor 1-O
PS12 SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor 3-O
PS13 SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor 3-O
PS14 SC alignment HP sensor 3-O
PS16 SC paper detection sensor 3-O
PS17 SC roller release sensor 3-O
PS18 Clamp entrance movement HP sensor 3-O
PS19 Clamp entrance roller release sensor 4-O
PS21 Clamp alignment HP sensor 4-O
PS22 Clamp HP sensor 4-O
PS23 Clamp pressure sensor 4-O
PS24 Clamp rotation HP sensor 4-O
PS25 Clamp rotation pressure sensor 5-O
PS26 Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr 5-O
PS27 Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr 5-O
PS28 Clamp paper sensor 4-O
PS29 Booklet thickness sensor 5-O
PS31 Glue tank movement limit sensor 2-O
PS32 Glue apply position detection sensor 5-O
PS33 Glue tank HP sensor 2-O
PS36 Pellet remain sensor 6-O
PS37 Pellet count sensor 6-O
PS38 Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor 6-O
PS39 Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor 6-O
PS40 Pellet supply door sensor 7-O
PS41 Cover paper alignment HP sensor 8-O
PS42 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt 7-O
PS43 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Lt 8-O
PS44 Cover paper switchback sensor 8-O
PS45 Cover paper sensor/Rt 8-O
PS46 Cover paper sensor/Lt 8-O
PS48 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Rt 7-O
PS49 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt 9-O
PS50 Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor 9-O
PS51 Cover paper folding plate position sensor 9-O
PS52 Cover paper folding pressure sensor 9-O
SW1 Upper door switch 2-O
SW41 Cutter HP switch 8-O
SW42 Cutter end position switch 8-O
TH1 Glue apply roller temperature sensor 7-O
TH2 Glue tank temperature sensor /Up 7-O
TH3 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md 7-O
TH4 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw 7-O
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
CN218- 3 S.GND J62- 7 -12

CN36-A 1 SGND
CN218- 2 SIG J62- 8 -11
Booklet sensor /1 PS66 CN36-A 2 PS66_SIG
CN218- 1 5V J62- 9 -10
CN36-A 3 5V
CN220- 3 S.GND J62-10 -9
CN36-A 4 SGND
CN220- 2 SIG J62-11 -8
Booklet stopper HP sensor PS68 CN36-A 5 PS68_SIG
CN220- 1 5V J62-12 -7
CN36-A 6 5V
18.17 PB-501 4/4
CN219- 3 S.GND J62-13 -6

CN36-A 7 SGND
CN219- 2 SIG J62-14 -5
Booklet sensor /2 PS67 CN36-A 8 PS67_SIG
CN219- 1 5V J62-15 -4
CN36-A 9 5V
10
10
CN221- 3 S.GND J63- 1 -3 J62-16 -3

CN36-A10 SGND
CN221- 2 SIG J63- 2 -2 J62-17 -2 CN 6- 1 MONI_TXD
Cart set sensor PS69 CN36-A11 PS69_SIG
CN221- 1 5V J63- 3 -1 J62-18 -1 CN 6- 2 SGND
CN36-A12 5V
CN 6- 3 MONI_RXD
-6
CN36-A13 SGND
-5
CN36-A14 PS59_SIG
-4 CN 7-A20 NSW5-2
CN36-A15 5V
-3 CN 7-A19 NSW5-1
CN36-A16 SGND
-2 CN 7-A18 NSW4-8
CN36-A17 PS60_SIG
-1 CN 7-A17 NSW4-4
CN36-A18 5V
CN 7-A16 NSW4-2
CN217- 3 SIG CN36-A19 PS65_SIG CN 7-A15 NSW4-1
Booklet load limit sensor PS65 CN217- 2 NC CN 7-A14 NSW3-8
CN217- 1 SGND CN36-A20 SGND CN 7-A13 NSW3-4
CN 7-A12 NSW3-2
CN 7-A11 NSW3-1
CN213- 3 S.GND J61- 7 -9 CN 7-A10 NSW2-8
CN36-B 1 SGND
CN213- 2 SIG J61- 8 -8 CN 7-A 9 NSW2-4
Booklet end sensor PS61 CN36-B 2 PS61_SIG
CN213- 1 5V J61- 9 -7 CN 7-A 8 NSW2-2
CN36-B 3 5V
J61-10 -6 CN 7-A 7 NSW2-1
Booklet conveyance belt CN214- 3 S.GND CN36-B 4 SGND CN 7-A 6 NSW1-8
CN214- 2 SIG J61-11 -5
PS62 CN36-B 5 PS62_SIG CN 7-A 5 NSW1-4
movement HP sensor CN214- 1 5V J61-12 -4
CN36-B 6 5V CN 7-A 4 NSW1-2
Booklet
J65- 1 -3 J61-13 -3 CN 7-A 3 NSW1-1

Booklet conveyance CN216- 3 S.GND CN36-B 7 SGND CN 7-A 2 5V
11
11
CN216- 2 SIG J65- 2 -2 J61-14 -2

PS64 CN36-B 8 PS64_SIG CN 7-A 1 5V
belt lower limit sensor CN216- 1 5V J65- 3 -1 J61-15 -1
CN36-B 9 5V CN 7-B20 SGND
CN 7-B19 SGND
CN 7-B18 NC
Booklet conveyance CN215- 3 S.GND CN36-B10 SGND CN 7-B17 NC
PS63 CN215- 2 SIG CN36-B11 PS63_SIG CN 7-B16 NC
belt HP sensor CN215- 1 5V CN36-B12 5V CN 7-B15 NC
CN 7-B14 NC
CN 7-B13 NC
CN163- 3 S.GND CN36-B13 LED61_CONT CN 7-B12 NLED7
Booklet upper limit LED LED61 CN163- 2 NC CN 7-B11 NLED6
CN163- 1 5V CN36-B14 5V CN 7-B10 NLED5
J93- 1 -3 CN 7-B 9 NLED4
CN232- 3 S.GND CN36-B15 SGND CN 7-B 8 NLED3
CN232- 2 SIG J93- 2 -2
Stacker door sensor PS57 CN36-B16 PS57_SIG CN 7-B 7 NLED2
CN232- 1 5V J93- 3 -1
CN36-B17 5V CN 7-B 6 NLED1
CN36-B18 SGND CN 7-B 5 NLED0
CN36-B19 PS58_SIG CN 7-B 4 NSW7
CN36-B20 5V CN 7-B 3 NSW8
CN53- 1 SGND CN 7-B 2 NSW6
CN53- 2 SIN_12 CN 7-B 1 NSW5-4
CN53- 3 5V
CN53- 4 SGND
CN53- 5 SIN_12
CN53- 6 5V CN 8- 1 /RES_CONT
CN53- 7 NC CN 8- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN 8- 3 MD2
12
12
CN227- 3 S.GND J71- 1 -9

Cover paper CN37- 1 SGND CN 8- 4 SGND
CN227- 2 SIG J71- 2 -8
CN37- 2 PS78_SIG CN 8- 5 TXD1_OUT
conveyance sensor /4 PS78 CN227- 1 5V J71- 3 -7
CN37- 3 5V CN 8- 6 SGND
CN228- 3 S.GND J71- 4 -6 CN 8- 7 TXD1_IN
Cover paper CN37- 4 SGND
CN228- 2 SIG J71- 5 -5 CN 8- 8 5V
CN37- 5 PS79_SIG
conveyance sensor /5 PS79 CN228- 1 5V J71- 6 -4 CN 8- 9 5V
CN37- 6 5V
CN229- 3 S.GND J71- 7 -3
CN37- 7 SGND
CN229- 2 SIG J71- 8 -2
Waste box full sensor PS80 CN37- 8 PS80_SIG
CN229- 1 5V J71- 9 -1
CN37- 9 5V
CN230- 3 S.GND CN37- 10 SGND
Booklet
Waste box set sensor PS81 CN230- 2 SIG CN37- 11 PS81_SIG CN 9- 1 MONI_TXD
CN230- 1 5V CN37- 12 5V CN 9- 2 SGND
CN 9- 3 MONI_RXD
CN204- 3 S.GND J57-13 -6
CN37- 13 SGND
CN204- 2 SIG J57-14 -5
Cover paper PS47 CN37- 14 PS47_SIG
CN204- 1 5V J57-15 -4
table HP sensor /Fr CN37- 15 5V
J57-16 -3 CN10-A20 NSW5-2
CN210- 3 S.GND CN37- 16 SGND
J57-17 -2 CN10-A19 NSW5-1
Cover paper PS53 CN210- 2 SIG CN37- 17 PS53_SIG
J57-18 -1 CN10-A18 NSW4-8
table HP sensor /Rr CN210- 1 5V CN37- 18 5V
CN10-A17 NSW4-4
CN10-A16 NSW4-2
J74- 1 -4 CN10-A15 NSW4-1
CN246- 3 GND CN38- 1 AGND
Multi feed J74- 2 -3 CN10-A14 NSW3-8
MFDTB71CN246- 1 CLK㧗 CN38- 2 JCLK_OUT
J74- 3 -2 CN10-A13 NSW3-4
detection board /1 CN246- 2 CLK- CN38- 3 JCLK_AGND
13
13
J74- 4 -1 CN10-A12 NSW3-2

CN38- 4 NC
CN10-A11 NSW3-1
CN38- 5 NC
CN10-A10 NSW2-8
CN10-A 9 NSW2-4
J75- 1 -3 CN10-A 8 NSW2-2
CN247- 1 SIG㧗 CN39- 1 PCB72_IN㧗
Multi feed J75- 2 -2 CN10-A 7 NSW2-1
MFDTB72 CN247- 2 SIG- CN39- 2 PCB72_IN-
J75- 3 -1 CN10-A 6 NSW1-8
detection board /2 CN247- 3 GND CN39- 3 AGND
CN10-A 5 NSW1-4
Cover paper feed/
CN10-A 4 NSW1-2
CN10-A 3 NSW1-1
CN370 - 6 5V J5-1 -12 CN10-A 2 5V
CN370 - 5 LED1 -2 -11 CN10-A 1 5V
CN370 - 4 LED2 -3 -10 CN10-B20 SGND
CN370 - 3 LED3 -4 -9 CN10-B19 SGND
CN370 - 2 LED4 -5 -8 CN10-B18 NC
-6 -7 J57- 1 -18
CN370 - 1 NC CN4- 1 5V CN10-B17 NC
J57- 2 -17
PBCB(2/2)
CN4- 2 JAM_OUT1 CN10-B16 NC

J57- 3 -16
J57- 4 -15
JAMB/1
J57- 5 -14
J57- 6 -13
CN4- 6 NC CN10-B12 NLED7
J57- 7 -12
CN4- 7 5V CN10-B11 NLED6
J57- 8 -11
CN4- 8 JAM_OUT5 CN10-B10 NLED5
J57- 9 -10
CN4- 9 JAM_OUT6 CN10-B 9 NLED4
J57-10 -9
CN4-10 JAM_OUT7 CN10-B 8 NLED3
J57-11 -8
CN4-11 JAM_OUT8 CN10-B 7 NLED2
-7 -6 J57-12 -7
CN371 - 6 5V CN4-12 NC CN10-B 6 NLED1
14
14
CN371 - 5 LED1 -8 -5 CN10-B 5 NLED0

CN371 - 4 LED2 -9 -4 CN10-B 4 NSW7
CN371 - 3 LED3 -10 -3 CN10-B 3 NSW8
CN371 - 2 LED4 -11 -2 CN10-B 2 NSW6
CN371 - 1 NC -12 -1 CN10-B 1 NSW5-4
JAMB/2 CN48- 4 5V J6-1
-2
-11
-10
CN5- 1 5V
CN11- 1 /RES_CONT
CN48- 3 MAN_SW1 CN5- 2 SW_1
CN48- 2 MAN_LED1 -3 -9 CN5- 3 LED_1 CN11- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN48- 1 SGND -4 -8 CN5- 4 SGND CN11- 3 MD2
CN11- 4 SGND
CN11- 5 TXD1_OUT
CN11- 6 SGND
CN49- 7 MAN_SW2 -5 -7 CN5- 5 SW_4 CN11- 7 TXD1_IN
CN49- 6 MAN_SW3 -6 -6 CN5- 6 SW_5 CN11- 8 5V
CN49- 5 NC -7 -5 CN5- 7 SW_6 CN11- 9 5V
OB/1
CN49- 4 MAN_LED2 -8 -4 CN5- 8 LED_2
CN49- 3 MAN_LED3 -9 -3 CN5- 9 LED_3
-10 -2 CN12- 1 MONI_TXD
CN49- 2 MAN_LED4 CN5-10 LED_4
-11 -1 CN12- 2 SGND
CN49- 1 NC CN5-11 LED_RSV
CN12- 3 MONI_RXD
CN48- 4 5V J66-1 -4 CN62- 1 5V
CN48- 3 MAN_SW1 -2 -3 CN62- 2 SW61
-3 -2 CN13-A20 NSW5-2
CN48- 2 MAN_LED1 CN62- 3 OBOUT6 CN13-A19 NSW5-1
CN48- 1 SGND -4 -1 CN62- 4 SGND
15
15
CN13-A18 NSW4-8
CN13-A17 NSW4-4
CN49- 7 MAN_SW2
CN13-A16 NSW4-2
CN49- 6 MAN_SW3
CN13-A15 NSW4-1
CN49- 5 NC
CN13-A14 NSW3-8
OB/2
CN49- 4 MAN_LED2
CN23-1 TXD CN13-A13 NSW3-4
CN49- 3 MAN_LED3
CN23-2 RXD CN13-A12 NSW3-2
CN49- 2 MAN_LED4
CN23-3 SCK CN13-A11 NSW3-1
CN49- 1 NC
CN23-4 RTS CN13-A10 NSW2-8
CN23-5 CTS CN13-A 9 NSW2-4
CN13-A 8 NSW2-2
CN13-A 7 NSW2-1
CN238-2 CN13-A 6 NSW1-8
CN29-1 SYS_SIN
CN238-1 CN13-A 5 NSW1-4
CN29-2 SYS_RTS
CN13-A 4 NSW1-2
CN29-3 ISW_SIN
CN13-A 3 NSW1-1
CN29-4 ISW_RTS
CN237-1 MTXD CN13-A 2 5V
CN24-1 FS_SOUT CN13-A 1 5V
CN237-2 SG
CN24-2 S.GND CN13-B20 SGND
CN237-3 MCTS
CN24-3 FS_CTS CN13-B19 SGND
CN237-4 MRXD
CN24-4 FS_SIN CN13-B18 NC
CN237-5 SG
CN24-5 FSSET CN13-B17 NC
CN237-6 MRTS
CN24-6 FS_RTS CN13-B16 NC
CN24-7 BACK_PAPER CN13-B15 NC
CN24-8 NC CN13-B14 NC
CN236-1 PAPER_OUT CN13-B13 NC
CN236-2 SG CN13-B12 NLED7
16
16
CN236-3 SG CN13-B11 NLED6

CN236-4 5V CN13-B10 NLED5
CN236-5 5V
FNS
CN13-B 9 NLED4
CN13-B 8 NLED3
CN13-B 7 NLED2
CN235-1 24V CN13-B 6 NLED1
CN235-2 5V CN13-B 5 NLED0
CN235-3 SG CN13-B 4 NSW7
CN235-4 PG CN13-B 3 NSW8
CN235-5 PG CN13-B 2 NSW6
CN235-6 FG CN13-B 1 NSW5-4
-1
-2
-3
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
J3-4
J4-1
CN14- 1 /RES_CONT
CN14- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN14- 3 MD2
CN29-1 NC
-4
-3
-2
-1
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN14- 4 SGND
CN29-2 NC CN14- 5 TXD1_OUT
CN28-2
CN29-3 FNS2_RTS CN14- 6 SGND
CN28-1
CN29-4 FNS2_SIN CN14- 7 TXD1_IN
CN14- 8 5V
CN27-1 MTXD CN14- 9 5V
CN 2-1 SYS_SIN
CN27-2 SG
CN 2-2 S.GND
CN27-3 MCTS
19
CN 2-3 /SYS_RTS CN22- 1 24V1

CN27-4 MRXD
20
CN 2-4 SYS_SOUT CN22- 2 PGND
17
17
CN27-5 SG
CN 2-5 S.GND
CN27-6 MRTS
CN 2-6 /SYS_CTS
15
CN44- 1 5V
CN 2-7 /PAPEROUT_1
16
CN44- 2 5V
17
CN26-1 PAPER_OUT CN44- 3 SGND

CN 1- 1 5V
18
CN26-2 SG CN44- 4 SGND

CN 1- 2 NC
CN26-3 SG CN 1- 3 SGND
CN26-4 5V
CN26-5 5V
CN25-1 24V
CN25-2 5V
Crimp
Symbol
CN25-3 SG
CN25-4 PG
CN25-5 PG CN46- 1 5V2 (MAIN_RL CONT)
11
CN46- 2 SGND2(MAIN_RL GND ) CN42- 1 5V
Main body
CN25-6 FG
12
CN42- 2 SGND
CN42- 3 NC
13
CN42- 4 24V1
14
CN42- 5 PGND
3
CN43- 1 RL_CONT
Connector
2
(CB CN30) CN43- 2 H2_CONT BLK
CN45- 1 AC_H(5V)
1
CN43- 3 H1_CONT BLK
CN45- 2 AC_H(24V1)
BLK
CN45- 3 AC_H(24V2)
WIT
CN45- 4 AC_N(5V)
18
18
CN164- 1 J44- 1 -1 WIT

Glue tank heater CN41- 1 AC_HOT CN45- 5 AC_N(24V1)
CN41- 2 NC WIT
ACDB
CN45- 6 AC_N(24V2)
102
(Within the glue unit) H1 CN164- 3 J44- 2 -2

CN41- 3 H1_DRIVE
CN41- 4 NC
J44- 3 -3
Glue apply roller heater CN165- 1 CN41- 5 AC_HOT BLK
CN40- 1 AC_IN(H)
(Within the glue unit) H2 CN41- 6 NC CN40- 2 NC
J44- 4 -4
Relay connector
Faston
CN165- 3 CN41- 7 H2_DRIVE WIT
CN40- 3 AC_IN(N)
J44- 5 -5
J44- 6 -6
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
1050e/1050eP

ACDB AC drive board 18-J
H1 Glue tank heater 18-P

/1050e/1050eP
H2 Glue apply roller heater 18-P
JAMB/1 JAM indication board /1 13-O
JAMB/2 JAM indication board /2 14-O
LED61 Pellet count LED 11-O
MFDTB71 DC power supply unit /3 13-O
MFDTB72 Glue tank heater 13-O
OB/1 Manual operation board 14-O
OB/2 Booklet stock operation board 15-O
PBCB PB control board 10-J
PS47 Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr 13-O
PS53 Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr 13-O
PS57 Stacker door sensor 12-O
PS61 Booklet end sensor 11-O
PS62 Booklet conveyance belt movement HP sensor 11-O
PS63 Booklet conveyance belt HP sensor 11-O
PS64 Booklet conveyance belt lower limit sensor 11-O
PS65 Booklet load limit sensor 11-O
PS66 Booklet sensor /1 10-O
PS67 Booklet sensor /2 10-O
PS68 Booklet stopper HP sensor 10-O
PS69 Cart set sensor 10-O
PS78 Cover paper conveyance sensor /4 12-O
PS79 Cover paper conveyance sensor /5 12-O
PS80 Waste box full sensor 12-O
PS81 Waste box set sensor 12-O
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006 19. PAPER SETTING
19. PAPER SETTING

19.1 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand (U.S.A. paper) (for fusing hard roller)
NOTE
• This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.
1050e/1050eP
Weight 40 to 49 g/m2 50 to 61 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2 72 to 91 g/m2 92 to 130 g/m2 131 to 161 g/m2 162 to 209 g/m2 210 to 244 g/m2 245 to 300 g/m2
Paper type Tray/4
Coated A Futura Leser (105 g/m2)
(Smoothness: over100sec)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425
Fusing temp. index (°C) -15 -15 -15 -10 Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5
Coated B
(Smoothness: over100sec)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425
Fine Domtar (16 lb, 60 g/m2) Gilbert Neutech Color (28lb, 105 Kromekote Cover Leser High
2 2
(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec) g/m ) Gross (183 g/m )
HM Color (28lb, 105 g/m2) Domter Color (65lb,176 g/m2)
Cover Supersmooth (65lb,176g/
m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425 290
Fusing temp index. (°C) -15 -15 -15 -10 Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5
Normal Docupaque (16 lb, 60 g/m2) HM-T MP (20lb, 75g/m2) Cougar Opaque Digital Smooth
2 2
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec) HM-Fore (20lb, 75g/m ) Cover 65lb 7885 (176g/m )
Wheyerhauser Recycled Laser
(20lb, 75g/m2)
Domter (20lb,75g/m2)
Great White (20lb,75g/m2)
Great White Rycycle Content
(20lb,75g/m2)
Xerox4024 (20lb,75g/m2)
Husky Xerocopy (20lb,75g/m2)
Recycle Eclips 20lb (20lb,75g/m2)
AVERY 5160
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 490 490 490 425 290 290
Fusing temp index. (°C) -5 -5 -5 Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5 +5

Book/News Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover
(Smoothness: 10 to 20sec) (65lb, 176g/m2)
Digital Laser Opaque Couverture
Cover (65lb, 176g/m2) *
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 425 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. Standard temp. Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5 +10
Disable
Embossed Gilbert Neutech 25% Cotton Wasau Exact Velum Bristol Hamme-Cover (65lb,176g/m2)
(Smoothness: 5 to 10sec) (20lb,75g/m2)* (67lb,145g/m2)
Gilbert Neutech 25% Cotton Disable
(24lb,90g/m2)* (A fusing performance is not securable.)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp index. (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +10 +10
1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type and paper weight.
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which
3. Coated paper B: To be used when it is corresponding to overlay printing. For particulars, see chapter III "6.5 Overlay printing adjustment" in the Field Service.
Setting of the condition for paper feeding

<Air assist setting> <Paper feed assist plate>
Halftone dot: Air ON Frame in a thick line: 4 paper feed assist plates used
No halftone dot: Air auto Frame in a thin line: No paper feed assist plate used
NOTE
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
19. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
19.2 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand (U.S.A. paper) (for fusing soft roller)
NOTE

/1050e/1050eP
Paper type Tray/4
Coated A Futura Leser (105 g/m2)
(Smoothness: over 100sec)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 (425 when paper width is less 290 290 290
than 8.5-inch)
Fusing temp index. (°C) -20 Standard temp. Standard temp. Standard temp. +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Coated B
(Smoothness: over 100 sec)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 (425 when paper width is less 290 290 290
than 8.5-inch)
Fusing temp. index (°C) -20 Standard temp. Standard temp. Standard temp. +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Fine Domtar (16 lb, 60 g/m2) GilbertNeutechColor (28lb, 105g/ Kromekote Cover Leser High
2 2
(Smoothness: 50 to 100 sec) m ) Gross (183g/m )
HM Color (28lb, 105g/m2) Domter Color (65lb,176g/m2)
Cover Supersmooth (65lb,176g/
m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 425 490 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 Standard temp. +5 +10 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Normal Docupaque (16 lb, 60) HM-T MP (20lb, 75g/m2) Cougar Opaque Digital Smooth
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec) HM-Fore (20lb, 75g/m2) Cover 65lb 7885(176g/m2)
Wheyerhauser Recycled Laser
(20lb, 75g/m2)
Domter (20lb,75g/m2)
Great White (20lb,75g/m2)
Great White Rycycle Content
(20lb,75g/m2)
Xerox 4024 (20lb,75g/m2)
Husky Xerocopy (20lb,75g/m2)
Recycle Eclips 20lb (20lb,75g/m2)
AVERY 5160
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. Standard temp. +10 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Book/News Cougar Cover (65lb, 176g/m2)
(Smoothness: 10 to 20 sec) Disable Digital Laser Opaque Couverture Disable
Cover (65lb, 176g/m2) * (A fusing performance is not securable.)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 425 290 290 290

Fusing temp index. (°C) +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Embossed Gilbert Neutech 25% Cotton (20lb/75g/m2)* Wasau ExactVelum Bristol
(Smoothness: 5 to 10sec) Gilbert Neutech 25% Cotton (24lb/90g/m2)* (67lb,145g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp index. (°C) +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which.

NOTE
19.3 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand (European paper) (for fusing hard roller)
NOTE
1050e/1050eP
Paper type Tray/4

Coated A PRIMASET115 (115g/m2) RDEREY (160g/m2) RDEREY (200g/m2)
(Smoothness: over 100sec) Schneidersohne Business Paper
Color Copy (120g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425
Coated B
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425
Fusing temp. index (°C) -15 -15 -15. -10 Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5
Fine Clair Mail (60g/m2) Mondi Business Paper Color
(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec) Copy (200g/m2)
(NEU Color Copy (200g/m2))
PRIMASET (170g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 425 490 490 490 490 490 425 290
Normal Mondi CEETEE COPIER (60g/m2) Konicaminolta Profi (80g/m2)* Nautilaus (80g/m2) Plano Jet90 (90g/m2)
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec) (NEU CEETEE COPIER (60g/m2)) NOPA Top (80g/m2)
Konicaminolta Original (80g/m2)
Konica Minolta Color + A4 (90g/
m2)
REPEAT (80g/m2)
Turbocopy80 (80g/m2)
Turbocopy80 (SB,BB) (80g/m2)
AVERY DSP24
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 490 490 490 425 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -5 -5 -5 Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5 +5
Book/News BioTop3 (80g/m2) Xerox3R91978 (160g/m2) Turbocopy (160g/m2)*
(Smoothness: 10 to 20sec) Classic White (80g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 425 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. Standard temp. Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +5 +10
Disable
Embossed
(Smoothness: 5 to 10sec) Disable
(A fusing performance is not securable.)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5 +10 +10

NOTE
19. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
19.4 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand (European paper) (for fusing soft roller)
NOTE

/1050e/1050eP
Paper type Tray/4
Coated A PRIMASET115 (115g/m2) RDEREY (160g/m2) RDEREY (200g/m2)
(Smoothness: over100sec) Schneidersohne Business Paper
Color Copy (120g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 (425 when paper width is 290 290 290
215mm or less)
Coated B
Line speed (mm/s) 290 290 425 490 490 490 (425 when paper width is 290 290 290
215mm or less)
Fine Clair Mail (60g/m2) Mondi Business Paper Color Mondi Business Paper Color
2 2
(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec) Copy(100g/m )* Copy (200g/m )
PRIMASET (170g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 290 425 490 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 Standard temp. +5 +10 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Normal Mondi CEETEE COPIER (60g/m2) Konicaminolta Profi (80g/m2)* Nautilaus (80g/m2) PlanoJet90 (90g/m2)
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec) (NEU CEETEE COPIER (60g/m2)) NOPA Top (80g/m2)
Konicaminolta Original (80g/m2)
Konica Minolta Color + A4 (90g/
m2)
REPEAT (80g/m2)
Turbocopy80 (80g/m2)
Turbocopy80 (SB,BB) (80g/m2)
AVERY DSP24
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 490 490 490 425 290 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. Standard temp. +10 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Book/News BioTop3 (80g/m2) Xerox3R91978 (160g/m2) Turbocopy (160g/m2)*
(Smoothness: 10 to 20sec) Classic White (80g/m2)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 425 290 290 290

Fusing temp. index (°C) Disable +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
Embossed Disable
(Smoothness: 5 to 10sec) (A fusing performance is not securable.)
Line speed (mm/s) 490 490 290 290 290
Fusing temp index. (°C) +15 +15 +15 +15 +15

NOTE
19.5 Conversion table of paper weight

Reference:
• Paper weight (g/m2):Unit showing the mass of a 1 m2 sheet of paper in gram.
• Basis Weight (lb): The basis weight of a paper is the designated fixed weight of 500 sheets, measured in pounds, in that paper's basic sheet size.
It is important to note that the "basic size" is not the same for all types of paper.
1050e/1050eP
Paper type Basic size Bond Cover Index Bristol Tag Book
(inch) 17 x 22 20 x 26 25.5 x 30.5 22.5 x 28.5 24 x 36 25 x 38
(mm) 432 x 559 508 x 660 648 x 775 572 x 724 610 x 914 635 x 965
g/m2 lb lb lb lb lb lb
40.0 10.7 14.8 22.2 18.3 24.6 27.1
50.0 13.3 18.5 27.7 22.8 30.8 33.8
52.3 13.9 19.4 29.0 23.9 32.2 35.4
54.2 14.4 20.1 30.0 24.7 33.3 36.7
60.2 16.0 22.3 33.3 27.5 37.0 40.7
64.0 17.0 23.7 35.4 29.2 39.4 43.3
66.3 17.7 24.6 36.7 30.3 40.8 44.9
68.7 18.3 25.4 38.0 31.4 42.3 46.5
72.3 19.3 26.8 40.0 33.0 44.5 48.9
75.9 20.2 28.1 42.0 34.7 46.7 51.3
80.0 21.3 29.6 44.3 36.5 49.2 54.1
83.7 22.3 31.0 46.4 38.2 51.5 56.6
88.0 23.4 32.6 48.7 40.2 54.1 59.5
90.0 24.0 33.3 49.8 41.1 55.4 60.9
98.3 26.2 36.4 54.4 44.9 60.5 66.5
100.0 26.6 37.0 55.4 45.7 61.5 67.6
104.7 27.9 38.8 58.0 47.8 64.4 70.8
108.0 28.8 40.0 59.8 49.3 66.4 73.1
110.0 29.3 40.7 60.9 50.2 67.7 74.4
120.0 32.0 44.4 66.5 54.8 73.8 81.2
127.9 34.1 47.4 70.8 58.4 78.7 86.5
130.0 34.6 48.1 72.0 59.4 80.0 87.9
140.0 37.3 51.8 77.5 63.9 86.1 94.7
150.0 39.9 55.5 83.1 68.5 92.3 101.5
160.0 42.6 59.2 88.6 73.1 98.4 108.2
170.0 45.3 62.9 94.2 77.6 104.6 115.0
180.0 47.9 66.7 99.7 82.2 110.7 121.8
190.0 50.6 70.4 105.2 86.8 116.9 128.5
200.0 53.3 74.1 110.8 91.3 123.1 135.3
210.0 55.9 77.8 116.3 95.9 129.2 142.1
220.0 58.6 81.5 121.8 100.5 135.4 148.8
230.0 61.3 85.2 127.4 105.0 141.5 155.6
240.0 63.9 88.9 132.9 109.6 147.7 162.4
250.0 66.6 92.6 138.5 114.2 153.8 169.1
260.0 69.2 96.3 144.0 118.7 160.0 175.9
270.0 71.9 100.0 149.5 123.3 166.1 182.7
280.0 74.6 103.7 155.1 127.9 172.3 189.4
290.0 77.2 107.4 160.6 132.4 178.4 196.2
300.0 79.9 111.1 166.2 137.0 184.6 203.0
Divisor 3.7548 2.7006 1.8056 2.1899 1.6253 1.4782

Field Service - 1050,1050P, 1050e, 1050ep (Ver. 3.0 November 2006) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Field Service - 1050,1050P, 1050e, 1050ep (Ver. 3.0 November 2006) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL Field Service

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

:Precaution when using the copier.

:Prohibition when using the copier.

:Direction when using the copier.

1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY

• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)

• Making any modification to the product unless instructed by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

2. POWER PLUG SELECTION

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:

3. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Connection to Power Supply

• Check that mains voltage is as specified.

• Check whether the product is grounded properly.

Power Plug and Cord

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.

Prohibited Installation Place

When not using product for a long time

Inspection before Servicing

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.

Work Performed with the product Powered

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.

• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit) incorporating a

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.

Handling of Service Materials

• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

For metric area:

This product employs a Class

This area generates high votage. Be

For inch area:

This product employs a Class

This area generates high votage. Be

This product employs a Class

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>

<Field service section>

3. Electrical parts and signals

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description

4. Paper feed direction

Paper size Feed direction Notation

Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

4.4.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.4.4 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

18.2 Main body 2/4

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P

[1] Main body [9] Expanded memory: 256 MB (EM-701) for

*1 In the case of the 1050P, no scanner/DF function is provided.